//, di. 2-2. 
 
 iffrum % iCtbraru flf 
 
 PrafrBBDr Itenjamtn fSmktttrtbgr Uarftelfc 
 
 foqite atljeb bg l?tm In 
 
 tlte IGtbrarg of 
 
 JInnrrtntt ®tt? nlngtral §>mtttarg 
 
 PR 3329 .H6 1892 
 Bunyan, John, 1628-1688. 
 The holy war and The 
 heavenly foot-man 
 
3,5U 
 

 
 BUNYAN'S 
 HOLY WAR & HEAVENLY FOOT-MAN 
 
 M. PEACOCK 
 
JSonfcon 
 
 HENRY FROWD E 
 
 Oxford University Press Warehouse 
 
 Amen Corner, E.C. 
 
 (TUu> (Porft 
 
 112 Fourth Avenui 
 
/ 
 
 tfarenfcon (pttee §&mte 
 
 "BUNYAN 
 
 THE HOLY WAR 
 
 AND THE 
 
 HEAVENLY FOOT-MAN 
 
 WITH INTRODUCTION AND NOTES 
 
 BY 
 
 MABEL PEACOCK 
 
 AT THE CLARENDON PRESS 
 1892 
 
Ojforo 
 
 PRINTED AT THE CLARENDON PRESS 
 
 BY HORACE MART, PRINTER TO THE UNIVERSITY 
 
INTRODUCTION 
 
 John Bunyan was born at Bunyan's End, near the hamlet 
 of Harrowden, in the eastern fields of the parish of Elstow, 
 towards the end of the year 1628, a year distinguished in 
 history by the enforced assent to the Petition of Right wrung 
 from Charles I., and by the early mutterings of the political 
 storm which was to culminate in the outbreak of the Great 
 Civil War, the triumph of the Parliamentary army, and the 
 death of the king. Bunyan himself tells us in ' Grace Abound- 
 ing' that he was by descent 'of a low and inconsiderable 
 Generation ; ' his father's house ' being of that Rank that is 
 meanest and most despised of all Families in the Land.' 
 Modern research has proved, however, that he sprang from 
 a family of long standing in Bedfordshire, for the evidence 
 brought forward by Dr. Brown \ after a laborious search 
 through assize-rolls, manorial court-rolls, wills, and other 
 documents relating to the county, demonstrates that, poor as 
 his immediate ancestry may have been, the remoter fore- 
 elders of the author of the ' Pilgrim's Progress ' and the 
 'Holy War' belonged to a race of well-to-do yeomen. 
 
 The cottage in which Bunyan first saw light lay at the foot 
 of a gentle declivity about a mile from Bedford, and less than 
 a mile from the church at Elstow, where the bells so often 
 rang out under the impulse given by his strong young arms, 
 before the stern demands of conscience made him forsake his 
 favourite recreation as ungodly. Little is known of Bunyan's 
 childhood, beyond the few facts to be gleaned from ' Grace 
 
 1 John Bunyan, His Life Times and Work, bv John Brown. B.A. 
 1885. 
 
VI 1NTR 0/) UCTION. 
 
 Abounding.' According to his own statement he was brought 
 up in his father's house, ' in a very mean condition, among 
 a company of poor countrymen,' but notwithstanding their 
 poverty his parents put him to school for a while, and he 
 learnt to read and write ' according to the Rate of other poor 
 Men's children ;' although he confesses with shame that he 
 soon forgot the little he acquired. The serious and enduring 
 part of his education was gained unconsciously by daily contact 
 with his rollicking companions of the village-green and their 
 sedate, earth-tilling, bible-loving elders. From the earliest 
 age the lad's mind must have had a theological bent, for 
 although his ' natural life . . . was indeed according to the 
 Course of this world,' and he had, as he tells us, but few 
 equals for swearing and lying, he suffered from a morbid 
 sensitiveness of conscience which gave rise to fearful dreams 
 and visions, ' with the apprehensions of Devils and wicked 
 Spirits,' accompanied by troublous thoughts of the Day of 
 Judgment and Hell-fire. ' These things,' he declares, ' when 
 I was but a Child, but nine or ten years old, did so distress my 
 Soul, that then in the midst of my many Sports and Childish 
 Vanities, amidst my vain Companions, I was often much cast 
 down and afflicted in my Mind therewith . . . Yea, I was also 
 then so overcome with despair of life and Heaven that I should 
 often wish either that there had been no Hell, or that I had 
 been a Devil— supposing they were only tormentors ; that if 
 it must needs be that I went thither, I might be rather 
 a Tormentor, than be tormented myself.' While playing 
 under the shadow of the church-tower with his blithe, in- 
 different comrades, while bird's-nesting in the overgrown haw- 
 thorn hedges round the village, wandering as a truant among the 
 swamps and sloughs of the open country, or paddling in the 
 willow-fringed shallows of the Ouse, a secret terror perpetually 
 haunted him, embittering his fairest hours and over-clouding 
 the sunlit world about him. Yet, for some years, the lurid 
 theology which dominated his thoughts by day and night, 
 menacing him with all the punishments wielded by dread 
 Omniscience, lost its hold ; the buoyancy of youth asserted 
 itself, and the instinctive desire to enjoy the cakes and ale of 
 
LIFE OF BUNYAN. vii 
 
 life dispelled all visions of future retribution. Bunyan became 
 •a very Ringleader,' in graceless and unprofitable pastimes. 
 * In these days, the thoughts of Religion were very grievous to 
 me . . . ,' he says, ' Yet, even then, if I have at any time seen 
 wicked things by those who professed goodness, it would 
 make my spirit tremble.' In the summer of 1644, when he 
 was already following his father's trade of a tinker or brazier, 
 he had to face his first great domestic sorrow. His mother 
 and his sister Margaret died within a month of each other, 
 and then came a further trial. Before another month had 
 passed away, his father married again, and gave a new-comer 
 the chief place in his desolate household. 
 
 It is probable that during the following winter Bunyan 
 joined the army after reaching the regulation age of sixteen, 
 and went through the military experience mentioned in 
 ' Grace Abounding.' His acquaintance with active warfare 
 can only have been short, as the battle of Naseby, which 
 practically brought the first Civil War to a close, was fought 
 in June, 1645. Unfortunately, the brief reference that 
 Bunyan makes to his career as a soldier leaves it doubtful 
 whether he served under the King or the Parliament, as 
 the information he supplies is singularly indefinite. ' This 
 also have I taken notice of with thanksgiving. When I was a 
 soldier, I, with others, were drawn out to go to such a place 
 to besiege it ; but when I was just ready to go, one of the 
 Company desired to go in my Room ; to which when I had 
 consented, he took my Place ; and coming to the Siege, as he 
 stood Sentinel, he was shot into the head with a musket 
 bullet, and died.' That is all. The name of the beleaguered 
 town, the names of the commanders conducting the attack, 
 and the cause for which they fought all remain uncertain. 
 We are in absolute ignorance of the time and season when 
 that unknown ' one of the Company ' met a soldier's fate, and 
 left Bunyan behind, to become a mighty captain in the spiritual 
 warfare which continued to agitate the country after the 
 sword had been returned to its sheath. In the absence 
 of further testimony on the point, it has been assumed that 
 Bunyan's comrade was killed before Leicester, the only town 
 
vi 11 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 which is known to have stood' a siege during the period 
 of Bunyan's connection with the army ; but the evidence 
 collected by Dr. Brown proves the unlikelihood of a Bedford- 
 shire levy serving against that place. Bedfordshire, as a 
 member of the * Eastern Association,' had ranged itself among 
 the counties adhering most firmly to the Parliament, and the 
 Royalists within its borders appear to have been far too 
 weak to form any effective organisation in favour of the King. 
 Moreover, the county was secured on the north by the posi- 
 tion of the Parliamentary forces. It is therefore hardly 
 possible that Bunyan could have taken up arms for Charles I., 
 supposing even that the sympathies of his family inclined 
 towards the royalist cause, as they may well have done, for 
 his father had a son christened Charles on the 30th of May. 
 1645. Nevertheless, direct proof that he served among the 
 monarch's adversaries has still to be discovered, although 
 enlistment under the Parliament would be a matter of little 
 difficulty while Sir Samuel Luke, the skilful puritanical leader, 
 who is said to have been travestied in Butler's ' Hudibras," 
 was governing the garrison at Newport Pagnel, and promoting 
 the ' good old cause ' throughout the surrounding district. 
 Indeed, it is far from unlikely that Bunyan was included in 
 one of the levies made by the Parliament upon the Bedford- 
 shire villages, and that he was sent to serve at Newport with- 
 out any choice of his own in the matter. In which case the 
 young tinker may have been at Leicester, not as one of the 
 besiegers, but as a member of the defensive forces, for it 
 is indisputable that a detachment of the Newport soldiery 
 held a portion of the fortifications on the south side of the 
 town against the royalist gunners. The author of an account 
 of Bunyan's life, which was professedly written by a friend in 
 1700, asserts that Bunyan was serving on the side of the 
 Parliament during the siege, and that another soldier who 
 volunteered to take his place when he was drawn out for 
 a sentinel was shot dead. This statement can scarcely be 
 accurate, for Bunyan's own words show that he was not 
 present at the siege where his substitute perished ; yet it 
 is possible that some confusion in the memory of the writer 
 
LIFE OF BUNYAX. IX 
 
 has blended two separate events, and that Bunyan was in fact 
 among the Newport men who drove back the enemy from 
 the ' Xewarke,' and that he joined in the dogged resistance 
 which Major Ennis maintained against the attacking party 
 long after the rest of the defensive forces had yielded. In 
 any case, whether his lot happened to be cast in a royalist 
 regiment, in which light-hearted audacity and earnest politi- 
 cal conviction went out to battle side by side, or among the 
 martial enthusiasts of the Parliamentary host, the Elstow 
 tinker must have found himself moving in a new world when 
 he plunged into the strange, energetic life of the camp and 
 battle-field, with ah its clear-cut contrasts between bluster 
 and courage, dissimulation and honest faith, dreaming and 
 doing. It was inevitable that the stir and strife about him 
 should leave their traces on a soul which delighted in any fellow- 
 creature who proved to be ' a man of his hands.' Great-heart, 
 Valiant-for-Truth, and Shaddai's captains in the Holy War 
 offer us conclusive evidence that years after Bunyan had laid 
 aside pike and musket, he retained a vivid remembrance 
 of the few months he spent in the army among a set of fight- 
 ing-men who, to use Cromwell's phrase, knew what they fought 
 for, and loved what they knew, whatsoever banner they might 
 serve under. 
 
 Two or three years after Bunyan returned to Elstow on the 
 disbanding of the army in 1646, he took a wife of whose 
 parentage he tells us nothing beyond the fact that her father 
 was a godly man. From the worldly point of view the mar- 
 riage was decidedly imprudent, both the bridegroom and bride 
 being ' as poor as poor might be.' But although the future 
 which lay before them was one of daily toil, it was brightened by 
 affection and hope, nor did the penniless wife enter her new 
 home quite undowered, for she brought with her the devout 
 traditions of the household in which she had grown to woman- 
 hood, and two theological books, ' The Plain Man's Pathway 
 to Heaven' and 'The Practice of Piety,' which in conjunc- 
 tion with her own womanly influence were destined to rouse 
 her husband to serious reflection, and to awaken in him 'some 
 desires to Religion,' with a reverential awe of all persons 
 
X rXTRODUCTIOiY. 
 
 or things connected with ecclesiastical ritual, although he was 
 still unconscious of the hopeless conviction of sin, which was 
 to be the real ground-work of his conversion. The agonising 
 contest between the earthly and the spiritual in his nature 
 had not yet commenced, but the period of luke-warm indif- 
 ference was drawing to a close. At times his conscience would 
 upbraid him for his graceless habits, and by imperceptible 
 degrees he entered on the great struggle, which he describes 
 in the burning phraseology of 'Grace Abounding.' During 
 the battle with his lower inclinations, the young man lived 
 through hours of anguish and desolation, in which he re- 
 proached himself as the most horrible of sinners, although it 
 is almost certain that he was a stranger to the grosser vices. 
 The remembrance of his transgressions overwhelmed him 
 with a sense of his wickedness, and crushed him with the 
 knowledge of his unworthiness. Heavy clouds began to 
 gather between him and Heaven, obscuring the light of day 
 and casting a ghastly, unnatural glare on every deed of his life. 
 Thought became a torture, for he could not escape from the 
 contemplation of his own actions, or turn away from the 
 examination of his own heart. The fierceness of the strife on 
 which he was now entering was in accordance with the 
 strength and earnestness of Bunyan's character, but his 
 pitiable ignorance further intensified the struggle. He had to 
 war against the real or imaginary terrors besetting him with 
 the arms chance brought to his hands, or with clumsy weapons 
 of his own forging, and to bear the brunt of the battle un- 
 counselled by any who had already encountered and overcome 
 the doubts which assailed him. It was a time of inexpressible 
 suffering, only to be recompensed in later years, when 
 the knowledge acquired in his contest with the dusky demons 
 who had possession of his spirit, stood him in good stead 
 while dealing with the * domestic diabolonians ' of feebler 
 natures. Had he been possessed of the easy, placid tempera- 
 ment which remains unaware of half the trials and perplexities 
 tormenting more ardent imaginations, he might still have been 
 a great man, an adept in writing that rough and ready 
 English speech, dear to the heart of every student of language 
 
LIFE OF BUNYAN. XI 
 
 and literature ; but he could never have won that passionate 
 power of diction, which thrills through all his appeals to the 
 human conscience, nor have attained his wonderful mastery 
 over the minds of men. It is true that many of the difficulties 
 besetting him were vain fantasies, mere delusive will-o'-the- 
 wisps, but the war he waged was none the less the eternal 
 war of the righteous and god-fearing against temptation and 
 sin, while his errors were natural mistakes having their 
 source in his want of instruction, or in the prejudices of the 
 age in which he lived. 
 
 Not long after Bunyan's marriage a sermon preached by 
 Christopher Hall, the vicar of Elstow, on the evil of Sabbath- 
 breaking, filled him with apprehensions concerning the admis- 
 sibility of Sunday sports ; yet, notwithstanding his disquietude, 
 he ' shook the sermon off his mind,' and went out after dinner 
 to join in the diversions of the village-green. But the sense 
 of wrong-doing once awakened was not to be lightly silenced. 
 In the midst of a game of «cat, Bunyan seemed to be aware of 
 a voice from heaven demanding whether he would leave his 
 sins and go to Heaven, or have his sins and go to Hell, and 
 gazing upwards he seemed, with the eyes of his understanding, 
 to see the Redeemer looking down on him, as being very hotly- 
 displeased. After this experience he made a reckless endeavour 
 to escape from the domination of his conscience, only to find, 
 as people of strong moral conviction must always find, that 
 the violation of its dictates made mental quietude impossible. 
 Then again he yielded to religious impulse, and surprised his 
 neighbours by the outward propriety of his conduct, while 
 their flattering criticisms filled him with vanity, and urged him 
 on to a further display of godliness. Hitherto, he had taken 
 great pleasure in bell-ringing, but now he began to esteem it 
 an unjustifiable delight, so he gave it up, although the desire to 
 indulge in the old amusement continued to cling to him, as 
 appears from his allusions to it in the ' Pilgrim's Progress' and 
 the ' Holy War,' and from his confession that after relinquish- 
 ing the forbidden diversion he would still go to watch the 
 ringers, until the fear that if he continued to countenance 
 what his conscience condemned, a bell, or the steeple itself, 
 
Xll TXTRODUCTIOX. 
 
 might crash down upon his head, drove him to forego even 
 that slight gratification. To quit dancing was a still severer sacri- 
 fice, but at last he forced himself to abandon this amusement also, 
 under the idea that God must be pleased with one who showed 
 such self-denial. His complacency was to be of short duration, 
 however, for one day, while working at Bedford, he chanced to 
 overhear the conversation of a little knot of women who were 
 sitting in the sunshine, 'talking about the things of God,' and 
 learnt from their discourse how far he was from the knowledge 
 of true piety. These women were members of a congregational 
 community under the pastoral care of John Gifford, after- 
 wards rector of St. John's Church at Bedford, and master of 
 St. John's Hospital, when the revolution in ecclesiastical 
 matters promoted by the Commonwealth permitted Presby- 
 terians, Baptists, and Independents to hold preferment in the 
 Church. Gifford's experience of life had been a varied one. 
 At the beginning of the war he was a royalist major of dissolute 
 life, and at a later date he practised as a physician at Bedford 
 without any change in his disorderly habits, but ultimately he 
 saw the error of his ways, and, becoming a fervent expounder 
 of the Gospel, was chosen the first minister of the little band 
 of believers who formed themselves into a congregationalist 
 church at Bedford. 
 
 In listening to the earnest words of a few poor women of 
 Gifford's flock, Bunyan recognised how little knowledge he 
 had of the essential truths of religion, and soon he fell to 
 calling in question his apparent faith. At one time he was 
 inclined to test his seeming reliance on God by miracle. He 
 would bid the rain puddles on the road between Elstow and 
 Bedford dry up. But if they remainea unchanged at his word, 
 what then ? Would he not know that he was one of the re- 
 jected? He dare not face the hazard. 'If it be so, I will 
 never try it yet, but stay a little longer.' He was also tortured 
 by misgivings about predestination and election. Were he 
 only sure of being one of the chosen, he would count himself 
 rich in the very direst poverty. Strange imaginations and 
 visions filled his soul with a succession of lovely and terrible 
 pictures. At times he was walking in glorious light, and then 
 
LIFE OF BUNYAN. Xlii 
 
 again, darkness came down and plunged him in the murkiest 
 despair. Uncertainties and temptations confronted him at 
 every step, and he might have been wholly discouraged had 
 not the good people who had unintentionally revealed to him 
 his ignorance, spoken of his condition to their minister, with 
 the result that GifFord was ' well persuaded' of one who sought 
 for the truth so zealously, < though,' says Bunyan modestly, ' I 
 think but from little grounds.' Probably the experienced 
 man of the world, accustomed to form rapid judgments, and 
 to divine personal character at a glance, soon discovered that 
 the village tinker was no shallow enthusiast whose desires after 
 righteousness would scorch up and wither away ' because thev 
 had no deepness of earth,' but one in whom < the word of the 
 kingdom ' would take lasting hold. However it may have 
 been, he invited Bunyan to his house, that he might have the 
 opportunity of receiving instruction, and learning how God 
 deals with those whom he is drawing towards heaven. On the 
 whole, the teaching received from 'the godly Mr. Gifford' seems 
 to have been injurious in its first effects. The scrupulous, sus- 
 ceptible aspirant after heavenly things became the prey of a 
 morbid self-watchfulness which instigated him to a fevered 
 examination and criticism of his most insignificant actions. 
 He persuaded himself that his heart hankered after every 
 foolish vanity, and imagined that he was a reprobate given up 
 to the Devil. Torturing doubts still afflicted him. What 
 if he were, like the Turks, trusting in a spurious faith. A copy 
 of Luther's ' Commentary on the Galatians,' which fell into 
 his hands, calmed him for a while, but the peace it brought 
 passed away again, and the old agony resumed its sway. He 
 was haunted by an odious desire ' to sell and part with the 
 blessed Christ, to exchange Him for the things of this life— 
 for anything.' Day and night the temptation followed him, 
 and at last it seemed to him that he had committed the un- 
 pardonable sin, for he was conscious of the thought, ' Let Him 
 go it He will.' Sick in soul as Bunyan was, this transitory 
 idea passing through an over-excited brain, appeared to con- 
 demn him eternally. His guilt was beyond redemption. He 
 was shut out from mercy for ever. The most miserable of 
 
xiv INTRODUCTION. 
 
 created beings was happier than he, for was he not lost ? It 
 seemed so to him, but there is an old proverb teaching faith 
 and resignation which tells us — 
 
 ' When the bale is at the highest 
 Then the boot is at the nighest,' 
 
 and so it proved with Bunyan. Black as the night was, day- 
 break came creeping on. The first faint light of dawn began 
 to show, and then came the sun at last. 
 
 His diligent study of the Bible filled Bunyan's mind with 
 quieting and consoling words, and by degrees he learnt to feel 
 that there was ground for hope. How could he be a cast- 
 away ? God was a jealous God, indeed, but not merely jealous. 
 Was He not patient and long-suffering, and had He not given 
 the vilest of mankind the most comforting assurances ? Surely 
 Christ died to save sinners. ' And now,' says Bunyan, ' Christ 
 was all ; all my wisdom, all my righteousness, all my sanctifica- 
 tion, all my redemption.' He was not without backslidings 
 and graceless lapses into terror, but still he had found a release 
 from his former bonds, and a shelter from the storm. How- 
 ever he might suffer in the future, he could never be so desolate 
 as in the old days of doubt. 
 
 Freed at last from the Slough of Despond, Bunyan became 
 a member of Mr. Gifford's congregation ; and eventually he 
 quitted his native village and settled among his co-religionists 
 at Bedford, where two severe trials soon fell on him to try 
 his newly found tranquillity. A dangerous sickness reduced 
 him for a time to a state of weakness and despondency which 
 threatened to destroy his calm of soul, and after his recovery 
 came a still more grievous trouble. His wife died, leaving to 
 his care four children, of whom one was blind. John Gifford, 
 too, whose force of character and vigorous faith must have 
 made him a tower of strength in evil days, was also taken 
 away in the prime of life. Others remained behind, however, 
 who understood that the once light-minded l town-sinner ' was 
 no common convert from worldliness. Already in 1655 ne 
 was asked to exhort the brethren, and two years later men 
 came together by hundreds to hear the Word from his lips. 
 
LIFE OF BUNYAN. XV 
 
 ' Though of myself of all saints the most unworthy,' he tells 
 us, ' yet I, but with great fear and trembling at the sight 
 of my own weakness, did set forth upon the work and 
 did according to my gift and the proportion of my Faith 
 preach that blessed Gospel that God had showed me.' 
 
 About a twelvemonth after he had been formally chosen as 
 a preacher, he was engaged in a controversy with the Quakers, 
 which led to the publication of his first book ; but although his 
 earliest venture in authorship drew him into the region of 
 polemics, where he showed himself no contemptible opponent 
 in the war of words, the best of his intellect was not to 
 be frittered away in theological invective. He was to be 
 a voice crying in the highways and by-ways, 'Prepare ye the 
 way of the Lord, make His path straight,' an exponent of the 
 principles lying at the root of Christianity, not a mere word- 
 mill grinding out dry texts and dogmatic denunciations. He 
 purposely avoided touching on contested questions, when 
 he could do so without cowardice, and clung to the doctrines 
 which found acceptance among all serious Christians. 
 
 The fame of the tinker-preacher soon spread far and wide, 
 and crowds gathered eagerly to listen to his teaching ; but his 
 impetuous eloquence drew around him enemies as well as friends. 
 The orthodox parochial clergy, especially, regarded him with 
 scorn as a pernicious demagogue, while, at the same time, they 
 envied his skill in stirring the souls of his audience. Slanders 
 against his moral character were spread abroad wherever he 
 went, and so repulsive were the vices attributed to him, that he 
 was driven to vindicate himself by a solemn denial of the licen- 
 tiousness with which he was charged. The right of an irregular 
 preacher to deliver any religious discourse was necessarily 
 a subject of dispute, and once in the days of the Protectorate 
 he narrowly escaped indictment for his unauthorized ministry; 
 but it was not till 1660 that he came into actual collision with 
 the law. After the death of Cromwell, the one man capable 
 of securing even a limited degree of toleration for unpopular 
 theology, sectarian Christianity fell on evil days. The abdi- 
 cation of the second Protector, and the subsequent accession 
 of Charles II., was followed by a counter-revolution in matters 
 
XVI rXTRODUCTION. 
 
 relating to religion. The nonconformist pastors were ex- 
 pelled from the livings into which they had been inducted, 
 the episcopal form of faith was restored to its old position, 
 and the Church received back its former privileges. The days 
 of oppression, which were to test Bunyan's sincerity, were now 
 at hand. Scarcely a month after the Liturgy of the Church 
 of England had been reinstated in Bedfordshire, he found 
 himself thrown into prison for conscience sake. The severe 
 statutes enacted under Elizabeth were enforced with all rigour 
 against a man gifted with such inconvenient eloquence, and 
 he was arrested for preaching in a private house at Samsall, a 
 hamlet lying about thirteen miles south of Bedford. The 
 news of Bunyan's imprisonment brought dismay on all his 
 friends and followers. An application was made to the 
 authorities requesting that he might be released on bail, but 
 the justice of the peace acting in the case feared that a more 
 serious charge than that of unlawful preaching might be 
 lying behind the ostensible accusation, and refused to set him 
 at liberty. Seven or eight weeks after Bunyan had been 
 seized, the January Quarter Sessions were held at Bedford, 
 and then he was brought to trial for infringing the law, by 
 'devilishly and perniciously abstaining from coming to church 
 to hear divine service, and for being a common upholder of 
 several unlawful meetings and conventicles, to the great dis- 
 turbance and distraction of the good subjects of this kingdom, 
 contrary to the laws of our sovereign lord the king.' On 
 being asked what he had to say in self-defence, the delinquent 
 replied that he did go to the church of God, but to the 
 question whether he attended service in the parish church, 
 he answered boldly that he did not ; which avowal led to 
 a disputation between himself and the chairman of the sessions, 
 ending as everyone knew it must end, in the condemnation of 
 the non-conformist culprit, who was little likely to obtain 
 mercy from the magistrates on the Bench, more than one 
 of whom had suffered formerly for his adherence to Church 
 and King. 
 
 Bunyan's sentence was imprisonment for three months, 
 followed by banishment in case he continued to show contu- 
 
LIFE OF BUNYAN. XVli 
 
 macy. For three months, accordingly, he lay in prison, but 
 the expiration of the period for which he was condemned did 
 not bring release. His refusal to give up preaching was 
 so decided that it was judged safer to keep him under 
 restraint without further trial for the following six years. In 
 spite of the exhortations and threats lavished upon him, the 
 stiff-necked tinker held staunchly to his convictions, and 
 defended his right to use his 'gift for edification' while 
 behaving in all godliness and honesty. The resolute spirit 
 that was in him refused to be shackled ; he feared to palter 
 with his own conscience, by binding himself by a cowardly 
 promise, more than he dreaded the harshness of the men 
 in power. Yet he was willing to escape from thraldom if he 
 could do so without showing himself a traitor and craven. 
 After an imprisonment lasting from January, 1661, to the fol- 
 lowing August, there was hope that he might obtain a further 
 trial at the Summer Assizes, and he petitioned the judges three 
 several times through his second wife, but with no result. An 
 appeal was then made to the high sheriff, who, touched perhaps 
 by brave Elizabeth Bunyan's supplications, suggested to her 
 means of obtaining a hearing < in the Swan chamber,' where 
 the judges and many magistrates and gentry were in company 
 together. Here the poor woman pleaded her husband's cause, 
 and finding the recital of all her efforts to win his freedom availed 
 nothing, while he persisted in exercising the gift which he 
 believed God had given him ' for the good of the people,' she 
 tried to soften the hearts of the administrators of justice 
 by entreating their pity for her step-children, who must live 
 on charity if their father were kept from exercising his trade . 
 She spoke also of her own child, who had been born only to 
 die in the first miserable days of her husband's arrest, and 
 spoke to such purpose that one of the judges, Sir Matthew 
 Hale, more compassionately disposed than his angry and 
 violent companion^ inquired what calling her husband fol- 
 lowed. ' A tinker ' was the answer given. < Yes,' exclaimed 
 the prisoner's wife with spirit, ' And because he is a tinker 
 and a poor man, therefore he is dispised and cannot have 
 justice.' But supplication and retort were alike in vain; 
 
 b 
 
XVI 11 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 Sir Matthew Hale advised her to apply to the King, or sue 
 out a pardon, or get a writ of error, but beyond this manifesta- 
 tion of good will he had no power to go. So nothing came of 
 the efforts made by the loyal wife. The recalcitrant preacher 
 remained in irksome confinement, while she returned to her 
 cottage to fill the place of both mother and father to her four 
 step-children. 
 
 The long-enduring tradition that Bunyan was kept in con- 
 finement in the gaol on the Ouse-bridge has been finally 
 disproved. As he was arrested by a county magistrate for an 
 offence committed in the county, there is no doubt that he 
 passed the twelve years of his incarceration in the county 
 prison ; no very pleasant dwelling, indeed, but far from the 
 dark and noisome den of popular imagination. A decent 
 place of abode, according to our modern ideas of decency, it 
 could scarcely have been in that age ; but probably its worst 
 discomforts were mitigated by gifts of money from such friends 
 of the prisoner as were fortunate enough to escape persecution, 
 and also by the laxity of the prison rules, which allowed 
 an amount of liberty impossible in modern times. Between 
 the Summer Assizes of 1661 and the Spring Assizes of 1662, 
 while Bunyan was doing his utmost to get his name included 
 in the Calendar of prisoners for trial, the restraint he under- 
 went must have been of the slightest. He says himself that 
 during this period greater freedom was granted him by 
 the gaoler than at first, and that he not only followed his 
 wonted course of preaching on all occasions when he had an 
 opportunity of visiting the people of God, but also went ' to 
 see Christians in London.' In addition to this statement, 
 however, he informs us that this unaccustomed liberty soon 
 ceased, for ' My enemies hearing of it were so angry that they 
 had almost cast my jailor out of his place, threatening to indite 
 him, and to do what they could against him . . . Whereupon 
 my liberty was more straightened than it was before ; so 
 that I must not look out of the door.' Apparently, the 
 severity or laxity of the prison discipline depended on the 
 good or evil will of the men in charge of the gaol, and their 
 superiors, but it must be remembered that the least rigorous 
 
LIFE OF BUNYAN. xix 
 
 restraint possible was very severe punishment to a man 
 of strong natural affection, who knew that his wife and child- 
 ren were reduced to penury by his unwilling idleness. It 
 may, indeed, be argued that Bunyan remained in prison by his 
 own deliberate preference, choosing to sacrifice his personal 
 freedom rather than yield outward conformity to a law which 
 he had no reasonable hope of abrogating, but this view of his 
 position is manifestly unjust. Putting ourselves in Bunyan's 
 place we are obliged to acknowledge that the course he 
 adopted was the only one open to a man of courage, possessed, 
 as he undoubtedly was, by the conviction that the power 
 so strangely bestowed on a poor unlearned villager, must 
 be used in bringing home the eternal truths of religion to the 
 ignorant and frivolous. To his mind it was obvious that 
 spiritual slothfulness must lead to damnation. How then 
 could he show himself a backslider and a faineant ? ' If it 
 was to lie in hell but for a day, but for a year, nay ten 
 thousand years it would (in comparison) be nothing,' he cries, 
 ' But oh ! it is for ever/ and an overmastering sense of the 
 doom awaiting the careless and headstrong, who were 'sloth- 
 ful for Heaven,' impelled him to let all his worldly concerns 
 go to wreck rather than lose the slightest chance of bringing 
 souls to happiness. Believing as he did, Bunyan could not do 
 otherwise than defy the law requiring his silence, although he 
 found himself • a man compassed with infirmities,' when 
 he thought of his separation from wife and children, and of the 
 ' hardships, miseries and wants ' they must endure, especially, 
 as he says, ' My poor blind child, who lay nearer my heart 
 than all I had besides.' The thought of his family was heart- 
 breaking, but still his plain duty was to testify to the truth, 
 and, if need be, to suffer for it, occupying himself in the mean 
 time with the small handicrafts permitted to prisoners, while 
 he helped those who resorted to him for religious or moral 
 advice, and preached to his fellow-prisoners who were in 
 bondage for theological delinquencies. Many hours were 
 also employed in the preparation of the books published 
 during his detention, among them t Grace Abounding to the 
 Chief of Sinners,' that vivid and terrible delineation of spiritual 
 
 b 2 
 
XX INTRODUCTIOX. 
 
 agony which is the story of his own soul. This book appeared 
 in 1666, the year when its author obtained a brief release 
 from imprisonment through the intervention, as we are told 
 by his earliest biographer, of 'some in trust and power, that 
 took pity on his sufferings and obtained his freedom.' Only 
 a few weeks after his release, Bunyan was taken again ' at 
 a meeting' and carried back to his prison once more. Of this 
 second period of six years' confinement little is known. He 
 was almost entirely silent as a writer from 1666 to 1672, but 
 whether from inability to get his manuscripts published, from 
 stress of work caused by the needs of his family, or from 
 other reasons cannot be discovered. In March, 1672 (new 
 style), he completed a controversial treatise aimed at Edward 
 Fowler, Vicar of Northill in Bedfordshire, afterwards Bishop 
 of Gloucester, which was scarcely out of the printer's hands 
 before its author found himself a free man. The Declaration 
 of Religious Indulgence stayed the execution of all kinds of 
 penal laws relating to ecclesiastical matters, and on soliciting 
 release of the king in council, Bunyan's petition was granted 
 after several legal delays. At last the champion of religious 
 independence was out of the hands of the oppressors. At last 
 he had liberty to return to his wife and children, those 'great 
 mercies ' of whom he fancied he was 'somewhat too fond,' and 
 to speak to all who cared to hear his message, untrammelled 
 by the tyranny of those in high places. Some months before 
 his release even, the severity shown to Nonconformist prisoners 
 was sufficiently relaxed to allow his co-religionists to consider 
 the advisability of electing him as their pastor, notwithstanding 
 his position. We find that ' At a full Assembly of the Church 
 at Bedford, the 21st of the 10th moneth [January 21st, 1672] 
 . . . the Congregation did . . . call forth and appoint . . . 
 John Bunyan to the pastorall office or eldership.' In the 
 October of the same year he was preaching at Leicester, and 
 about the same time he was engaged in a literary fray on the 
 subject of 'water baptism,' although he entered unwillingly on 
 the controversy, thinking it childish to wrangle about a sub- 
 ject which appeared to him a mere matter of ritual. He 
 would not, he says, have written on the question but for 
 
LIFE OF BUNYAN. XX i 
 
 the incessant disputes concerning it which threatened the unity 
 of his congregation, and caused endless divisions outside 
 the community. 
 
 The closing years of Bunyan's life seem, on the whole, to 
 have been peaceful. If happiness consists in striking the 
 mark aimed at, his later days must have been bright enough, 
 for his great gifts had now full scope. The adversaries against 
 whom he had so long contended, Giant Despair and all the 
 other giants who had attacked him from within and without, 
 were down in the dust. Whatsoever his heart had found to 
 do, he had done it with all his might, and now courage and 
 constancy brought their own reward. His celebrity as a 
 preacher was naturally increased by his sufferings as a prisoner 
 for the faith. Wherever he went hearers thronged together 
 at the announcement that John Bunyan was in their midst. 
 His fame spread through all the country, and he was invited 
 to leave Bedford and settle in London. But the quiet town by 
 the Ouse, where he had first found tranquillity of mind, and 
 where he had endured his long imprisonment was not to be 
 lightly left. He could not be persuaded to desert his flock 
 there, and at Bedford he remained, ministering to his humble 
 neighbours through the period of political disorder which was 
 to displace the Stuart Dynasty. Once, it is true, during those 
 changeful years Bunyan again found himself behind lock 
 and bar, for after modifications in the policy of the Govern- 
 ment had led to the withdrawal of the licences granted to 
 nonconformist preachers under the Declaration of Indulgence, 
 on the ground that penal statutes could only be suspended by 
 Act of Parliament, not by the Sovereign's proclamation, he 
 was arrested for preaching or teaching ' at a Conventicle 
 Meeting or Assembly,' and thrown into prison for six months. 
 At the end of that time the ' Tynker ' was again at liberty, and 
 henceforward he was free from molestation. Judging from 
 the evidence brought together by Dr. Brown, it is almost 
 certain that Bunyan began to compose the 'Pilgrim's Progress' 
 while undergoing this comparatively short imprisonment after 
 his arrest under a warrant issued by the Bedfordshire magis- 
 tracy. It is known from the writer's own words that the 
 
X X i i TNTR OD UCTION. 
 
 book was commenced in gaol, and there seems no reason for 
 assuming that it dates from an earlier imprisonment. Bun- 
 yan's custom was to give his works to the world soon after 
 they were finished, inserting any additional matter, which 
 might occur to him, in later editions ; hence it is very unlikely 
 that his great allegory was laid aside for six or more years. 
 The First Part of the ' Pilgrim's Progress' appeared in 1678, 
 and it was already in a third and much improved edition in 
 1679. The Second Part issued from the press early in 1685 ; 
 but before the story of Christiana and her children was 
 written, the author printed two other books which are counted 
 among his most successful literary efforts— 'The Life and 
 Death of Mr. Badman' — a description of an ungodly soul on 
 its downward course — and the ' Holy War,' which is an 
 allegory dealing with the spiritual history of mankind. This 
 book appeared in 1682, when the reaction against the com- 
 parative clemency shown to dissenters was setting in. Two 
 or three years later the former severities appeared to be 
 coming into vogue once more. On the 14th of January, 1685, 
 the General Sessions of the Bedford magistrates resolved that 
 the laws provided for reducing recusants to conformity should 
 be put in force. But help was to be procured, although from 
 a reluctant and unpopular champion. On the 6th of Feb- 
 ruary, 1685, Charles the Second passed out of life, and the 
 accession of his brother James to the throne eventually 
 brought relief to the protestant dissenters. The Roman 
 Catholic monarch had, indeed, no love for ordinary Noncon- 
 formists, but his position was such that it was impossible 
 to alleviate the hardships pressing on members of his own 
 communion unless he lightened the burden of all Christian 
 sectaries. After the judicial cruelties following on the 
 rebellion of Monmouth, cruelties which filled England with 
 loathing, political expediency drove the King to publish a 
 Declaration of Indulgence in favour of religious dissentients, 
 notwithstanding that the loyalty of his motives was held in 
 doubt by all parties in the State. The whole country was 
 thrown into agitation by the action taken by James, who was 
 openly bidding for the favour of outsiders that he might 
 
LIFE OF BUN YAK. xxill 
 
 weaken the power of the Church of England, and propagate 
 Roman Catholic tenets throughout his dominions. The cry- 
 ing question of the day was, were the Nonconformists to buy 
 present ease at the expense of future suffering ? And the 
 answer given to that question was 'No.' Bunyan, among 
 others, was keen-sighted enough to understand that the aim 
 of the King was to crush dissent after he had crushed the 
 national church, and, great as was his desire for personal liberty, 
 he refused to sell or give his influence for the benefit of any 
 Lord Time-server, Lord Fair-speech, Mr. Smooth-man or 
 Mr. Two-tongues in Christendom, and ' laboured with his 
 congregation ' to prevent them falling victims to the specious 
 promises of those" who were at heart convinced believers in 
 the moral obligation of persecuting the unorthodox when the 
 accomplishment of their designs should give them a freehand. 
 Bunyan died before the fall of the House of Stuart, actively 
 employed to the last in the work to which his life had been 
 dedicated. To the end he despised worldly advantages, and 
 clung to the people among whom he had grown to manhood. 
 He was not destined, however, to complete his earthly 
 pilgrimage among them. He passed away in London, on 
 Friday, the 31st of August, 1688, dying from an illness brought 
 on by a journey undertaken in consequence of his being 
 entreated to act as peace-maker between an estranged father 
 and son, and he was buried in Bunhill Fields, the graveyard 
 in Finsbury where so many noted nonconformists have found 
 a resting-place. 
 
 Bun van's title to remembrance in these after-days rests 
 chiefly on his gift for comprehending and portraying char- 
 acter, and his genius for fitting high religious thoughts to the 
 homely, straightforward English which was his native tongue. 
 Utterly untrained as he was, he had a natural instinct for 
 language. No sooner had he mastered an idea than he was 
 inspired with the words most appropriate for giving it 
 utterance. Although but few of his many books can be said 
 to approach the ' Pilgrim's Progress ' and the ' Holy War ' in 
 excellence, every page he wrote shows the unstudied eloquence 
 which springs from an innate faculty for estimating the rela- 
 
XXIV INTRODUCTION. 
 
 tions between thought and expression. The reader feels 
 that the man addressing him has something to say, and knows 
 how to say it; that he speaks from the heart, and of necessity 
 delivers his message in the plain unaffected language in which ' 
 all great emotions clothe themselves. He is too entirely in 
 earnest to waste time in polishing his phraseology ; rude as 
 his speech is, he will make it suffice, and it does suffice. The 
 words he uses have still all the vitality and vehemence that 
 distinguished them when they first flashed into his mind two 
 hundred years ago. The tender imagery, the forcible ex- 
 pressions which appealed so strongly to the heart of mankind 
 when a plain Huntingdonshire gentleman held the fate of 
 England in his hand, the keen-edged words which cleft pre- 
 judice and frivolity to the quick in the riotous days of the 
 Second Charles have lost none of their force through the 
 lapse of time. The Elstow tinker's English, like the English 
 of the Bible, is direct, vigorous and enduring. His similes 
 and illustrations are always simple, always forcible, and the 
 men and women of his allegories are the men and women of 
 actual experience ; not imaginary sketches, but portraits 
 drawn from the life. ' What we call obscure condition or 
 vulgar society is that condition and society whose poetry is 
 not yet written,' says Emerson. Bunyan was the prose-poet 
 who unveiled the beauty of work-a-day English life, and 
 taught us that there is no such thing as line and rule heroism, 
 or line and rule genius. The gift to do noble deeds, and 
 think great thoughts comes by right of birth, not from the 
 education of schools or lecture-rooms ; and the special gift 
 of this Midland peasant was to teach succeeding generations 
 what manner of men his ordinary, everyday contemporaries 
 were, with their selfishness and self-effacement, their sordid 
 desires and their impulses towards a higher life. The un- 
 romantic and unlovely vanished at his touch and showed the 
 under-lying form in all its symmetry. Invincibly persuaded 
 of the necessity of leading souls along the royal road of faith 
 to the Divine presence he acquired an insight into human 
 nature which within the limitations fixed by his experience 
 has never been surpassed. No days of dreary vacuity were 
 
LIFE OF BUN VAN. XXV 
 
 his, God and man, man and God, filled all his thoughts and 
 fired him with an enthusiasm which breathes from every line 
 he wrote. 
 
 Bunyan's first literary effort was ' Some Gospel Truths 
 Opened ' — a protest against what he considered the danger- 
 ous mysticism of the Quakers. In 1658 he published ' Sighs 
 from Hell,' a book founded on the parable of the rich man 
 and Lazarus, in which gravity of purpose, and a certain eerie 
 imaginativeness contrast with quaint references to the 
 ordinary life of an English village. A year or two later 'The 
 Doctrine of Law and Grace Unfolded,' issued from the press, 
 containing, as several of his later works also do, significant 
 allusions to his own spiritual experiences. After his imprison- 
 ment appeared ' Profitable Meditations/ a poetical dialogue 
 of small literary merit, giving an imaginary conversation 
 between Satan and a tempted soul. His next book, written 
 in gaol, was ' Praying in the Spirit,' which is interesting, apart 
 from its religious earnestness, as showing the ground of 
 Bunyan's dislike to the forms found in the Book of Common 
 Prayer. A third volume sent out from prison was ' Christian 
 Behaviour,' which deals with the manner of life resulting from 
 Christian faith. Several of the comparisons and metaphors 
 it contains show its near relationship with the ' Pilgrim's 
 Progress.' ' The Holy City ' appeared in 1665. It originated 
 in a prison sermon, and to it Bunyan has prefixed a character- 
 istic Epistle, in which he tells his readers that he has not 
 employed learned sentences and words, because he knows 
 nothing of them. The book itself is an exposition of the 
 vision of the New Jerusalem given in the concluding chapters 
 of the Book of Revelation, a vision appealing strongly to 
 Bunyan's mind. Next followed ' The Resurrection of the 
 Dead,' and ' Prison Meditations,' a poetical epistle to a friend. 
 Then, in 1666, came 'Grace Abounding to the Chief of 
 Sinners,' the story of his own spiritual struggles told in the 
 fervid language of one who has tasted the full bitterness of 
 the anguish he describes. The book, he says in the preface, 
 is ' a Relation of the Work of God upon my own Soul, even 
 from the first till now ; wherein you may perceive my 
 
x X vi rNTK OD UCTION. 
 
 Castings down, and Risings up.' A terrible history it unfolds. 
 The history of a conflict in which innocent longings, fierce 
 temptations, morbid imaginations, and godly desires, all 
 warred against each other till, when the battle was almost 
 lost, Faith laid bonds on the unholy spirits, and compelled 
 them to submission. During Bunyan's second imprisonment 
 he wrote his ' Confession of Faith,' and a work entitled ' A 
 Defence of the Doctrine of Justification by Faith,' which was 
 published in 1672. In the following year 'Differences in 
 Judgment about Water Baptism no Bar to Communion,' was 
 given to the world, and a little later came ' Peaceable Prin- 
 ciples and True.' ' Light for them that sit in Darkness,' a 
 discourse on the redemption of sinners, appeared in 1675, 
 and the first edition of Bunyan's most memorable work, 
 ' The Pilgrim's Progress' was published in 1678. No sooner 
 had the book been issued than it took the hearts of men 
 by storm. The subject with which it dealt was of such vital 
 interest, and the characters it described were so graphically 
 drawn, that everyone, from the scholar to the unlettered boor, 
 found in it a message specially directed to himself. Even 
 now, profound as have been the modifications endured by 
 European thought since the book was written, we are struck 
 by its wisdom and its truthfulness. Our exterior beliefs and 
 customs change, but beneath the shifting surface nature 
 remains the same. Bunyan's people have their counter-parts 
 in all ranks and grades of society to-day as they had when he 
 was a spectator of the Come die Huma'me under Cromwell and 
 the Stuarts. Do we not all know Obstinate, Pliable, and 
 Ignorance, Sloth, Presumption, and Lingerafterlust. Many of 
 us have met Talkative, the man of whom Christian says, 
 ' Religion hath no place in his heart, house, or conversation ; 
 all he hath lieth in his tongue, and his Religion is to make 
 a noise therewith.' That ' Gentleman of good Quality,' By- 
 ends, is also counted among our acquaintance, and we have 
 met Timorous, too, who dreaded the chained lions, and 
 worthy Mr. Fearing of the town of Stupidity, who, choice 
 spirit as he is, has a Slough of Despond in his mind, and con- 
 trives to make ' his life burdensome to himself and trouble- 
 
LIFE OF BUNYAN. XXV11 
 
 some to others.' Then there is Wantwit, who spends his 
 time ' washing of an Ethiopian with the intention to make 
 him white ' — did we never meet with him — or with that sturdy 
 pilgrim, old Honesty, or with Faithful, who was done to death 
 in Vanity Fair, and Valiant-for-Truth who fights one to three, 
 against Wildhead, Inconsiderate, and Pragmatic ? My Lord 
 Fair-Speech, and Temporary, Madame Bubble, Ready-to-halt, 
 Feeble-mind and twenty other pilgrims, lightly sketched 
 as they are, we recognise the exactitude of the portraits 
 at a glance. 
 
 The same accuracy also distinguishes Bunyan's scenery 
 when he restricts himself to describing the meadows, thickets 
 and streams with which he was familiar. His Slough of 
 Despond, 'a very miry Slough that was in the midst of the 
 plain,' his Vanity Fair,— drawn perhaps from the great fair 
 at Stourbridge, — with its jugglings, cheats, games, fools, apes, 
 knaves, and rogues, and its people who make a great gazing at 
 outlandish men ; his river with green trees, his flowery meadow, 
 and that other meadow named By-path meadow, are all 
 depicted from the familiar landscapes through which Bunyan 
 had tramped in his tinker's wanderings. Compared with 
 these sketches his delineation of scenery of which he only 
 heard from others is ill-defined and misty. He knew nothing 
 of rugged upland and mountain-crest with their bold outlines, 
 sombre shadows, and varying lights, and his ignorance betrays 
 itself whenever he attempts to describe the more striking types 
 of natural beauty. He rarely strays beyond his own ex- 
 perience, however. His aim is to present the soul of man 
 in its everyday surroundings, overcoming inward weakness 
 and outward temptation as it toils painfully forward to ' the 
 desired country.' Different as his two great allegories are in 
 form they are based on the same conception. In the First and 
 Second Part of the ' Pilgrim's Progress ' we see the Christian 
 soul idealized as a wayfarer through the wilderness of this 
 world, treading the path towards eternal life among difficulties 
 innumerable ; while in the ' Holy War ' the soul is typified as a 
 city besieged alternately by Good and Evil, tempted to its 
 destruction by Diabolus, redeemed, lost and recovered again 
 
xxviii INTRODUCTION. 
 
 by Emmanuel. The fundamental idea of both is the contest 
 between Doubt and Sin on the one side, and Faith and 
 Virtue on the other. 
 
 From the literary point of view the ' Holy War ' ranks far 
 below the ' Pilgrim's Progress,' for it is impossible to represent 
 the Fall of Man and the Redemption successfully under an alle- 
 gorical form. With all its stirring incidents and episodes, the 
 story lacks personal interest. With the exception of Willbe- 
 will, the defenders and assailants of the beleaguered town are 
 wanting in the individuality which distinguishes the men who 
 live and move and have their being in the 'Pilgrim's Progress.' 
 My Lord Understanding, Mr. Conscience, Ill-pause, Incredu- 
 lity, Loth-to-stoop, Godly-fear, Carnal-Security, Conviction, 
 and Credence, fail to impress us with their personality ; 
 Shaddai, Emmanuel, the Lord Chief Secretary, and the Lords 
 of the Diabolonian host are woefully unsubstantial. The 
 conclusion of the story, too, is a failure. There is a natural 
 fitness in the end of the ' Pilgrim's Progress.' The narrative 
 has led us up to i,t step by step, and we never dream of 
 questioning its reality, but the closing scene of the 'Holy War' 
 leaves us dissatisfied. The conflict has been decided to the 
 advantage of Immanuel. For the moment, certainly, the vic- 
 tory lies with him ; but is the triumph permanent? Diabolus 
 and his army of doubts and vices may attack Mansoul afresh. 
 Some of his adherents are lurking within and around the 
 town ready to rise in favour of the rule of the Dragon, when a 
 reasonable chance of success offers itself. Mansoul, indeed, 
 is safe while her Prince is welcomed within her borders, and 
 his captains and men-of-war keep watch and ward, but if she 
 should become indifferent, if her soldiers should relax their 
 vigilance, never so little, the battle must be fought over again, 
 with the same indeterminate result, for the soul will ever be in 
 danger of falling under the dominion of earthly passions, till 
 it is carried away to become 'a spectacle of Wonder, a Monu- 
 ment of Mercy, and the Admirer of its own Mercy ' in the 
 Kingdom of the Father. It is here that, artistically speaking, 
 the 'Holy War' fails. The spiritual career of the human race, 
 the fall of mankind, and the subsequent salvation of the just, 
 
LIFE OF BUNYAN. xxix 
 
 cannot be treated of under the form of an allegory. Sin, the 
 cause of sin, the distresses resulting from it, and the apparent 
 failure of ' the plan of salvation ' constitute a theological 
 mystery, which remains unsolved. The world is full of per- 
 plexities and contradictions, and the end of the strife between 
 righteousness and iniquity seems as far off now as it did before 
 the Deluge, when l the earth was corrupt before God, and the 
 earth was filled with violence.' The war between them can 
 only cease at the dark river over which saint and sinner must 
 pass into the Unknown. Hence the impossibility of com- 
 pleting the history of Mansoul. There is no certainty that 
 the contest is over. 
 
 One of the principal causes of the popularity achieved by 
 Bunyan's masterpieces is that the form he gave them satisfies 
 our inherent love of allegory. The Greek, the Hindoo, the 
 Hebrew, the Negro, all possess a hoard of fables, or parables, in 
 which the ostensible motive of the narrative serves as a veil 
 to a graver under-meaning. The Rhinelanders have their 
 ' Reincke Fuchs ' to prove the Teutonic aptitude for disguising 
 a serious manifesto against oppression and wrong under the 
 roughest and most grotesque humour, and in England, William 
 Langland's ' Piers Plowman's Vision ' offers a striking example 
 of the use of theological allegory during the middle ages. 
 
 Whether Bunyan derived the fundamental idea of the 
 Pilgrim's Progress from traditionary knowledge of earlier 
 religious visions, or from direct acquaintanceship with the 
 writings of some Christian fabulist, is a question which has 
 occupied many minds. It has been suggested more than once 
 that the groundwork of the story is to be found in a trans- 
 lation of ' Le Pelerinage de 1' Homme,' a fourteenth century 
 allegory by Guillaume de Guileville, a monk of the Abbey of 
 Chaliz, or in one of the many subsequent works representing 
 human life as a pilgrimage. But there are many objections to 
 urge against this theory. It is certain that Bunyan never 
 consciously collected material for his greatest work from 
 any predecessor, for he was occupied by far other thoughts 
 when the idea of the Pilgrim's Progress unfolded itself in his 
 mind. 
 
XXX INTRODUCTION. 
 
 1 When at the first I took my pen in hand, 
 Thus for to write ; I did not understand 
 That I at all should make a little book 
 In such a mode : ' 
 
 he declares. And again, he says, with the utmost plainness : 
 ' Manner and matter too, was all my own.' If he rested 
 under any obligation whatever to the Cistercian monk or his 
 imitators, the indebtedness was only that which all authors must 
 acknowledge towards the writers of previous ages whose ideas 
 form part of the general heirloom of the race long after their 
 author has been forgotten. The most important source of 
 Bunyan's inspiration was, no doubt, the Bible. From his 
 early manhood he had been imbued with scriptural lore, and 
 his thoughts naturally followed out the striking metaphors of 
 the New Testament. 
 
 ' These all died in faith, not having received the promises, 
 but having seen them afar off, and were persuaded of them, 
 and embraced them, and confessed they were strangers and 
 pilgrims on the earth/ says St. Paul, Heb. xi. 13 ; and again 
 he exhorts the Ephesians to ' Put on the whole armour of 
 God, that ye may be able to stand against the wiles of the 
 devil. For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against 
 principalities, against powers, against rulers of the darkness 
 of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places. 
 Wherefore take unto you the whole armour of God, that ye 
 may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all, 
 to stand,' Efth. vi. 11-13. These two quotations show that 
 the conception of life as a pilgrimage, or a warfare, is as familiar 
 to the Christian mind as the straight gate and narrow way 
 leading to eternal life, or the house of God, ' built upon the 
 foundations of the apostles and prophets/ and demonstrate 
 that there is no occasion to search out obscure sources for 
 ' the Pilgrim's Progress ' and ' the Holy War.' 
 
 As Bunyan had described a man journeying towards the 
 heavenly city in the story of Christian, so in the ' Life and 
 Death of Mr. Badman ' he shows us a sinner treading the way 
 of wickedness. The book is of decidedly inferior interest to 
 the ' Pilgrim's Progress/ overladen as it is with plain-spoken 
 
LIFE OF BUNYAN. XXX i 
 
 dissertations on the vices of which its hero is guilty, yet it 
 deserves study as an accurate character-sketch of a mean, 
 unlovely nature developed in the English middle-class ; and, 
 notwithstanding serious defects, its picturesque and vigorous 
 English marks it as a work of undoubted power. Bunyan in- 
 dulges in no euphemisms, and his blunt straightforwardness 
 carries conviction to the reader, who finds truth on every page 
 of the narrative, disagreeable as many of its details are. 
 Badman's qualities are neither slurred nor over-accentuated. 
 He is an acute and sagacious sinner, who gains himself more 
 than an average share of earthly pleasure, and dies tranquilly, 
 when he has wasted his possessions in evil-living. Yet 
 his success is a success few would care to enjoy. After all, 
 he is but a narrow-minded egomaniac whose thoughts are 
 always fixed on his own corrupt personality. Happier the 
 virtuous man unrewarded than this human brute in the 
 midst of his self-indulgence. 
 
CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE 
 
 1628. Third Parliament of 1628. John Bunyan born at El- 
 Charles I. The Petition of stow. 
 
 Right. Assassination of Buck- 
 ingham. Laud, Bishop of 
 London. Third edition of 
 Robert Burton's ' Anatomy of 
 Melancholy' printed. Wil- 
 liam Harvey publishes ' De 
 Motu Cordis.' 
 
 1629. Tonnage and poundage. 
 Dissolution of Parliament. 
 Robert Herrick, the poet, 
 takes orders and is presented 
 to the living of Dean Prior, 
 Devonshire. 
 
 1630. Puritan Emigration to 
 New England. 
 
 1632. Spinosa, Leuwenhoeck, 
 Sir Christopher Wren, and An- 
 thony Wood born. Seventh 
 edition of Foxe's ' Acts and 
 Monuments.' 
 
 1633. Prynne condemned by the 
 Star-Chamber. Laud, Arch- 
 bishop of Canterbury. 
 
 1634. Ship-money enforced. 
 
 1637. Burton and Bastwick con- 
 demned by the Star-Chamber. 
 Prynne tried and condemned 
 again. Williams, Bishop of 
 
 C 
 
XXX IV 
 
 CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE. 
 
 Lincoln, fined by the Star- 
 Chamber, and committed to 
 the Tower. Trial of Hamp- 
 den for refusing to pay Ship- 
 money. Introduction of the 
 canons and liturgy into Scot- 
 land. Ben Jonson dies. 
 
 1638. The Scotch Covenant. 
 Milton publishes ' Lycidas.' 
 
 2639. Scotch insurrection. The 
 canons, liturgy, and episcopacy 
 abolished in Scotland. Death 
 of Robert Burton. Death of 
 Sir Henry Wotton. 
 
 1640. The Scots rout the King's 
 forces at Newburn upon Tyne, 
 28th Aug. Meeting of the 
 Long Parliament, 3rd Nov. 
 Revival of pretensions to ton- 
 nage and poundage. Straf- 
 ford's trial. 
 
 1641. Execution of Strafford. 
 Court of High Commission 
 and Star-Chamber abolished. 
 Eighth edition of Foxe's ' Acts 
 and Monuments.' (Bunyan's 
 copy.) 
 
 1642. The King endeavours to 
 arrest the five members, Pym, 
 Hampden, Hazelrig, Holies, 
 and Strode. Charles I. raises 
 his standard at Nottingham. 
 Battle of Edge -hill, 23rd 
 Oct. Sir Isaac Newton born. 
 Galileo dies. 
 
 1643. Battle of Chalgrove field, 
 18th June. Death of Hamp- 
 den. Battle of Newbury, 20th 
 Sep. Death of Lord Falk- 
 land. Solemn League and 
 Covenant. 
 
 1638. Briny an suffering from 
 'thoughts of the fearful Tor- 
 ments of Hell fire,' and from 
 dreadful dreams. 
 
CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE. 
 
 XXXV 
 
 1644. Scotch Invasion. Battle 
 of Marston Moor, 2nd July. 
 Self-denying Ordinance. 
 
 1645. Laud beheaded. New 
 Model army. Siege of Leices- 
 ter. Battle of Naseby, June 
 14th. 
 
 1646. Fairfax subdues the Royal- 
 ists in the West of England. 
 Revolution in ecclesiastical 
 affairs. Charles I. surrenders 
 to the Scots. 
 
 1647. The king yielded up by 
 the Scots. Mutiny of the Par- 
 liamentary army. The king 
 seized by Joyce. Hostility of 
 the army to the Parliament. 
 The king flies to the Isle 
 of Wight. Robert Herrick 
 among the deprived clergy. 
 
 1648. The second civil war. In- 
 vasion from Scotland. Treaty 
 of Newport. The king seized 
 again by the army. Pride's 
 Purge. Herrick publishes his 
 • Hesperides.' 
 
 1649. Execution of Charles I. 
 Levellers suppressed. 
 
 1650. Defeat and execution of 
 Montrose. Battle of Dunbar, 
 3rd Sep. Laurence Clarkson 
 imprisoned by Parliament for 
 Antinomian writings ; and his 
 book, ' The Single Eye,' or- 
 dered to be burnt. Descartes 
 dies. 
 
 1644. Bunyan's mother and his 
 sister Margaret die. 
 
 1645. Bunyan serving as a sol- 
 dier. 
 
 1648 or 1649. Bunyan marries 
 his first wife. 
 
 1649 or 1650. Gives up Sun- 
 day sports, bell-ringing and 
 dancing. Reforms his life 
 and manners. 
 
 1650. His first child, Mary, bap- 
 tised. 
 
 1651. Battle of Worcester. 
 
 1651-1653. Hears the poor 
 
 C 2 
 
X X X V 1 
 
 cirROxoLocrcAi. table. 
 
 1652. Dutch war. Naval en- 
 gagements between Blake. 
 Bourne, and Pen on the one 
 side, and Tromp, de Wittc and 
 de Ruyter on the other. 
 
 1653. Sea-fight, in which Blake, 
 I ) an. and Monk oppose Tromp 
 and de Ruyter. Cromwell dis- 
 solves the Long Parliament. 
 Barebone's Parliament assem- 
 bles. Cromwell declared Pro- 
 tector. Naval battle, Monk 
 and Dean opposing Tromp. 
 Death of Tromp. 
 
 1654. Peace with the Nether- 
 lands. A new Parliament. 
 John Seldcn dies. 
 
 1655. Insurrection of Royalists. 
 The English Fleet in the 
 Mediterranean. Conquest of 
 Tamaica. Persecution of the 
 Vaudois. 
 
 1656. War with Spain. Engage- 
 ment between Stayner and the 
 Spanish ' Plate Fleet.' Action 
 fought between Blake and the 
 Spnnish Admiral, Diego Dia- 
 ques. Death of Blake on his 
 return to England. Cromwell's 
 third Parliament. The Crown 
 offered to Cromwell and reject- 
 ed. The Humble Petition and 
 Advice. Archbishop Usher 
 dies. Joseph Hall, Bishop of 
 Norwijh, dies. 
 
 1657. Harvey die>. James Nay - 
 lor whipped and his tongue 
 bored for heresy. 
 
 1658. Dunkirk taken. Death of 
 Cromwell. Richard Cromwell 
 acknowledged Protector. 
 
 women at Bedford talking of 
 ' the work of God in their 
 hearts,' and begins to mistrust 
 his own religious theories. 
 Long mental conflict. Intro- 
 duced to Mr. Gifford. Joins 
 Gifford's church at Bedford. 
 
 1654. Second daughter, Eliza- 
 beth, born. 
 
 1655. Probable date of Bunyan's 
 removal to Bedford. Death of 
 Bunyan's wife. Gifford dies. 
 Bunyan asked to exhort his co- 
 religionists at their gatherings. 
 
 1656. Controversy with the Qua- 
 kers. Publishes ' Some Gospel 
 Truths Opened.' 
 
 1657. Bunyan preaching pub- 
 licly. ' A Vindication of Gos- 
 pel Truths Opened.' 
 
 1658. Publishes ' A Few Sighs 
 from Hell.' Is indicted for 
 preaching at Eaton. 
 
CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE. 
 
 xx xvi 1 
 
 1659. A Parliament called. 
 Richard Cromwell resigns. 
 The Long Parliament restored. 
 Royalistconspiracy suppressed. 
 Parliament expelled. Com- 
 mittee of Safety. Monk de- 
 clares for the Parliament. 
 Parliament restored. 
 
 1660. Monk enters London. 
 The Long Parliament dis- 
 solves. Council of State. New 
 Parliament. Charles II. lands 
 at Dover, and enters London, 
 29th May. Trial and execu- 
 tion of the regicides. Prelacy 
 restored. Insurrection of the 
 Millenarians. The Royal So- 
 ciety instituted. 
 
 1661. Conference between Bish- 
 ops and Presbyterians at the 
 Savoy. A new Parliament. 
 Corporation Act. Brian "Wal- 
 ton dies. 
 
 1662. Act of Uniformity. Trial 
 and execution of regicides who 
 had formerly escaped beyond 
 sea. Trial and execution of 
 Vane. Bartholomew ejectment. 
 Dunkirk sold to the French. 
 Declaration of Indulgence. 
 Death of Sanderson, Bishop of 
 Lincoln. Herrick reinstated in 
 his living. 
 
 1663. Persecution of Noncon- 
 formists. Probable date of 
 Daniel De Foe"s birth. First 
 part of Butler's ' Hudibras ' 
 published. 
 
 1659. Disputation with Thomas 
 Smith, lecturer at Christ Col- 
 lege, Cambridge, when preach- 
 ing at Toft in Cambridgeshire. 
 Publishes ' The Doctrine of 
 Law and Grace Unfolded.' 
 
 1660. Nov. 1 2th, Bunyan is ar- 
 rested at Samsall. Committed 
 to Bedford Gaol. 
 
 1661. Condemned to imprison- 
 ment at the Quarter Sessions. 
 Admonished by the Clerk of 
 the Peace. Bedford Assizes. 
 His second wife pleads his 
 cause unsuccessfully with the 
 judges. He publishes 'Profit- 
 able Meditations.' 
 
 1662. March. Denied leave to 
 appear at the Assizes for fur- 
 ther trial. 
 
 1663. Probable date of the pub- 
 lication of ' I will pray with 
 the Spirit.' 'Christian Be- 
 haviour' published. 
 
XX XVI 11 
 
 C II R 0X0 LOGICAL TABLE. 
 
 1664. Conventicle Act. 
 ture with 1 Iolland. 
 
 Rui 
 
 1665. Victory of the Duke of 
 York in a naval engagement 
 with Obdain. Rupture with 
 Fiance. Five-mile Act. 
 
 1666. Sea-fight of four days be- 
 tween the English under Monk 
 (Duke of Albemarle) and the 
 Dutch under de Ruyter and 
 the younger Tromp. The fire 
 of London. 
 
 1667. The Dutch fleet under de 
 Ruyter enters the Thames. 
 The Peace of Breda. Milton's 
 ' Paradise Lost ' published. 
 Abraham Cowley dies. 
 
 1668. Insurrection against the 
 Scotch Conventicle Act. Sir 
 William Davenant dies. 
 
 1669. Death of William Prynne 
 and of Monk. 
 
 1670. Conventicle Act. The 
 Cabal Ministry. Alliance with 
 France. 
 
 1671. Milton's 'Paradise Re- 
 gained ' and ' Samson Agon- 
 istes' published. Sir Richard 
 Steele born. 
 
 1672. Declaration of Indulgence. 
 War with Holland. Battle of 
 Solebay, fought between the 
 Duke of York and the Earl of 
 Sandwich on the English side, 
 and de Ruyter on the Dutch. 
 The Prince of Orange Stall- 
 holder. Massacre of the d< 
 Witts. Joseph Addison born. 
 
 1664. Probable date of ' A Map 
 showing the ( trder and Causes 
 of Salvation and Damnation.' 
 
 1665. Probable date of 'One 
 Thing is Needful,' ' Ebal and 
 Gerizim,' 'The Resurrection 
 of the Dead,' ' The Holy Cit\ ,' 
 and ' Prison Meditations,' pub- 
 lished. 
 
 1666. ' Grace Abounding to the 
 Chief of Sinners.' Bun van re- 
 leased, and after a brief space 
 of time imprisoned again. 
 
 1672. Bunyan publishes ' A Con- 
 fession of Faith and Reason of 
 my Practice,' and ' A Defence 
 of the Doctrine of Justification 
 by Faith.' He is appointed 
 pastor of his church, 2 1st Jan. 
 Licensed to preach, 9th May. 
 Pardoned under the deal 
 Seal. 13th Sept. Preaching 
 
CHR OXOL GICA L TABLE. 
 
 XXXIX 
 
 1673. Declaration of Indulgence 
 recalled. Test Act. Naval en- 
 gagements with the Dutch 
 Fleet under de Ruyter and 
 Tromp, ending in a final bat- 
 tle at the mouth of the TexeL 
 Prince Rupert, Sprague and 
 d'Etrees commanding the Eng- 
 lish. Death of Sprague. Death 
 of Moliere. 
 
 1674. Peace with Holland. 
 Deaths of Herrick, Milton, 
 and Lord Clarendon. 
 
 1675. Acts against Nonconform- 
 ists enforced. 
 
 1676. Death of William Caven- 
 dish, Duke of Newcastle. 
 
 1677. Treaty with Holland. 
 Marriage of the Prince of 
 Orange and the Princess 
 Mary. James Harrington, 
 author of 'Oceana/ dies. 
 Spinosa dies. 
 
 1678. Secret treaty with France. 
 Peace of Nimeguen. Rigour 
 exercised against Scotch con- 
 venticles. The Popish Plot. 
 Titus Oates. Coleman's papers 
 seized. Bedloe's evidence. 
 Execution of Coleman. An- 
 drew Marvell dies. 
 
 at Leicester, 6th Oct. Has a 
 son, Joseph, baptised i6th 
 Nov. 
 
 1673. : Differences in judgment 
 about Water-Baptism no bar 
 to Communion.' 
 
 1674. ' Peaceable Principles and 
 True,' and probably ' Refuta- 
 tion asserted.' 
 
 1675. 'Light for them that sit 
 in Darkness.' Bunyan arrested 
 and imprisoned for some 
 months. ' Instruction for the 
 Ignorant.' ' Saved by Grace.' 
 The probable date of the com- 
 mencement of the ' Pilgrim's 
 Progress.' 
 
 1676. Death of Bunyan's father. 
 ' The Straight Gate.' 
 
 1678. The First Part of the 
 ' Pilgrim's Progress.' ' Come 
 and Welcome to Jesus Christ.' 
 
xl 
 
 iHRO h V L QIC A L TA /! I. E . 
 
 1670. Danby's impeachment. 
 Habeas Corpus. 'Trial and 
 execution of Jesuits and others 
 accused of promoting (he sup- 
 posed Popish Plot. Murder 
 of Archbishop Sharpe. (Ira- 
 ham of Claverhouse persecutes 
 the covenanters in the west of 
 Scotland. 
 
 1680. Exclusion Bill rejected. 
 Execution of Stafford. Death 
 of Samuel Butler. 
 
 1681. Execution of Oliver Plun- 
 kct for supposed participation 
 in the Popish riot (the last 
 Roman Catholic put to death 
 for his religion in England). 
 
 1682. Sir Thomas Browne died. 
 
 1683. The Rye- House Plot. 
 Execution of Russell and Sid- 
 ney. 
 
 1684. Town charters annulled. 
 
 1685. Death of Charles II. and 
 accession of James II. Ar- 
 gyle's rising, defeat, and exe- 
 cution. Monmouth's invasion 
 and execution. Cruelties of 
 Kirke and Judge Jefferies. Re- 
 vocation of the Edict of 
 Nantes. 
 
 1686. Court of Ecclesiastical 
 Commission. Penal statues 
 suspended by royal proclam- 
 ation. 
 
 1670. The third and first com- 
 plete edition of the First Part 
 of the ' Pilgrim's Progress ' 
 published. * A Treatise on 
 the Fear of God.' 
 
 1680. 'The Life and Death of 
 M . Badman.' 
 
 1682. 'The Holy War' and 
 ' The Barren Figtree.' 
 
 1683. ' The Greatness of the 
 Soul,' and ' A Case of Con- 
 science Resolved.' 
 
 1684. ' Seasonable ( 'ounsel,' ' A 
 Holy Life the Beauty of 
 Christianity,' ' A Caution to 
 Stir up to watch against Sin,' 
 and the Second Part of the 
 ' Pilgrim's Progress ' pub- 
 lished. 
 
 1G85. Deed of gift of Bunyan's 
 property to his wife. ' Ques- 
 tions about the Nature and 
 Perpetuity of the Seventh-day 
 
 Sabbath.' ' A Discourse upon 
 the Pharisee and the Pub- 
 lican.' 
 
 1686. ' A Book for Boys and 
 (iirls, or Country Rhymes for 
 Children.' 
 
CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE. 
 
 xli 
 
 1887. Declaration of Indul- 
 gence. Edmund Waller, the 
 poet, died. Newton's ' Philo- 
 sophise Xaturalis Principia 
 Mathematics' published. 
 
 1688. Trial of the seven Bish- 
 ops. Birth of the Prince of 
 Wales. The Prince of Orange 
 resolves to support the Pro- 
 testant interest. James II. re- 
 tracts his unpopular measures. 
 William of Orange sails from 
 Helvoet-Sluys, 21st October. 
 James II. deserted by the army. 
 William of Orange lands at 
 Torbay, 5th Nov. Flight of 
 James. Alexander Pope born. 
 
 1688. ' The Jerusalem Sinner 
 Saved,' 'The Work of Jesus 
 Christ as an Advocate,' ' A 
 Discourse of the Building, 
 Nature, Excellency, and Gov- 
 ernment of the House of God,' 
 'The Water of Life,' and 
 ' Solomon's Temple Spiritual- 
 ized.' Death of Bunyan, 31st 
 Aug., while ' The Acceptable 
 Sacrifice,' published in the 
 following year, is going 
 through the press. 
 
 1692. Publication of a folio 
 containing ' An Exposition on 
 the Ten first chapters of 
 Genesis, and part of the 
 Eleventh,' 'Justification by im- 
 puted Righteousness,' ' Paul's 
 Departure and Crown,' ' Is- 
 rael's Hope Encouraged.' 
 ' The Desires of the Right- 
 eous Granted,' « The Saint's 
 Privilege and Profit,' ' Christ 
 a Compleat Saviour,' ' The 
 Saint's Knowledge of Christ's 
 Love,' 'The House of the 
 Forest of Lebanon,' ' Of 
 Antichrist and his Ruine.' 
 
 1698. Publication of 'The 
 Heavenly Footman,' to which 
 is added The Life and Death 
 of John Bunyan ; with a cata- 
 logue of all Mr. Bunyan's 
 writings [by C. Doe]. 
 
x I i i 11 r o .vol o arc a i. r.i />'/. /■;. 
 
 1765. Publication of 'A rela- 
 tion of the Imprisonment of 
 Mr. John Bunyan in Novem- 
 ber, 1660.' Written by him- 
 self, and never before pub- 
 lished. Also his Prison Medi- 
 tations. 
 
 'A Pocket Concordance to the 
 
 Scriptures,' and ' A Christian 
 Dialogue ' are still imprinted. 
 
THE HOLY WAR 
 
TO THE READER. 
 
 ' "7^/5 strange to me, that they that /eve to tell 
 Things done of old, yea, and that do excell 
 Their equals in Historiology, 
 Speak not of Mansoul's wars, but let them lye 
 Dead, like old Fables, or such worthless things, 
 That to the Reader no advantage brings : 
 AVhen men, let them make what they will their own. 
 Till they know this, are to themselves unknown. 
 
 Of Stories, 1 well know, there 's divers sorts, 
 i o Some foreign, some domestick ; and reports 
 
 Are thereof made as fancy leads the Writers. 
 (By Books a man may guess at the Inditers.) 
 
 Some will again of that which never was, 
 Nor will be, feign {and that without a cause) 
 Such matter, raise such Mountains, tell such things 
 Of Men, of Laws, of Countries, and of Kings ; 
 And in their Story seem to be so sage, 
 And with such gravity cloath ev'ry Page, 
 That though their Front ice-piece says all is vain, 
 ao Yet to their way Disciples they obtain. 
 
 But, Readers, I have somewhat else to do, 
 Than with vain stories thus to trouble you ; 
 What here I say, some men do know so well, 
 They can with tears and joy the story tell. 
 
 B 
 
 tiar.s. 
 
TO THE READER. 
 
 The town of Mansoul is well known to many, 
 are her troubles doubted of by any 
 are acquainted with those Histories 
 Thai Mansoul and her Wars Anatomize. 
 
 ids. 
 
 1 
 
 Then lend thine ear to (what I do re/ate, 
 Touching the town of Mansoul and her state : 
 How she was lost, took captive, made a slave : 
 And how against Him set that should her save; 
 Tea, how by hostile ways she did oppose 
 Her Lord, and with his Enemy did close. 
 For thy are true : he that will them deny, 
 Must needs the best of records vilife. 
 For my part, I (my self) was in the Town, 
 Both when 'twas set up and when pulling down. 
 I saw Diabolus in his possession, 
 And Mansoul also under his oppression. 
 Tea, I was there when she ownd him for lord, 
 And to him did submit with one accord. 
 
 When Mansoul trampled upon things Divine, 
 And wallowed in filth as doth a Swine : 
 When she betook her self unto her arms, 
 Fought her Emmanuel, despised his charms, 
 Then I was there, and did rejoice to see 
 Diabolus and Mansoul so agree. 
 
 Let no men, then, count me a Fable-maker, 
 Nor make my name or credit a partaker 
 Of their derision : what is here in view, 
 Of mine own knowledge, I dare say is true. 
 
 I saw the Princes armed men come down 
 By troops, by thousands, to besiege the Town ; 
 I saw the Captains, heard the Trumpets sound, 
 And how his forces cover d all the ground. 
 Tea, how) they set thetnselves in battel- ray, 
 I shall remember to my dying day. 
 
 10 
 
 20 
 
 30 
 
TO THE READER. 
 
 20 
 
 1 saw the Colours warning in the wind, 
 And they within to mischief how combin'd 
 To ruin Mansoul, and to make away 
 Her Primum Mobile without delay. 
 
 I saw the Mounts cast up against the Town, 
 And how the Slings were placd to beat it down ; 
 1 heard the Stones fly whizzing by mine ears ; 
 (What longer kept in mind than got in fears) 
 I heard them fall, and saw what work they made, 
 io And how old Mors did cover with his shade 
 
 The face of Mansoul ; and I heard her cry, 
 Wo worth the day, in dying I shall die. 
 
 / saw the Battering-Rams , and how they play'd 
 To beat ope Ear- gate ; and I was afraid 
 1 Not only Ear-gate, but the very Town 
 \ Would by those Battering-Rams be beaten down. 
 
 I saw the fights and heard the Captains shout, 
 And in each battel saw who fac'd about ; 
 I saw who wounded were, and who were slain; 
 And who, when dead, would come to life again. 
 
 I heard the cries of those that wounded were 
 (While others fought like men bereft of fear), 
 And while the cry, Kill, kill, was in mine ears, 
 The Gutters ran, not so with blood as tears. 
 
 Indeed, the Captains did not always fight, 
 Bid then they would molest us day and night; 
 Their cry, Up ! fall on, let us take the Town, 
 Kept us from sleeping or from lying down. 
 
 I w as there when the Gates were broken ope, 
 30 And saw how Mansoul then was stript of hope : 
 
 I saw the Captains march into the Town, 
 How there they fought, and did their Foes cut down. 
 
 I heard the Prince bid Boanerges go 
 Up to the Castle, and there seize his foe ; 
 
 B 2 
 
 Her Soul. 
 
 Death. 
 
 Lusts. 
 
TO THE READER. 
 
 And saw him and his follows bring him down, 
 
 In Chains of great contempt, quite through the Town. 
 
 1 sawi Emmanuel, when he possesst 
 His Town of Mansoul ; and how greatly blest 
 A Town, his gallant Town of Mansoul was, 
 When she received his pardon, livd his laws. 
 
 When the Diabolonians were caught, 
 When tryd, and when to execution brought, 
 Then I was there; yea, I was standing by 
 When Mansoul did the Rebels crucifie. 10 
 
 / also saw Mansoul clad all in white, 
 And heard her Prince call her his heart's delight, 
 I saw him put upon her Chains of Gold, 
 And Rings, and Bracelets, goodly to behold. 
 
 What shall I say? I heard the people's cries, 
 And saw the Prince wipe tears from Mansoul's eyes, 
 I heard the groans, and saw the joy of many : 
 Tell you of all, I neither will nor can I. 
 But by what here I say, you well may see 
 That Mansoul's matchless wars no fables be. 20 
 
 Mansoul ! the desire of both Princes was : 
 One keep his gain would, t'other gain his loss ; 
 Diabolus would cry, the Town is mine ! 
 Emmanuel would plead a right Divine 
 Unto his Mansoul: then to blows they go, 
 A?id Mansoul crys, These Wars will me undo. 
 
 Mansoul ! her 'wars seemed endless in her eyes : 
 She y s lost by one, becomes another's prize ; 
 And he again that lost her last would swear, 
 Have her I will, or her in pieces tear. 30 
 
 Mansoul ! it was the very seat of war ; 
 Wherefore her troubles greater were by far 
 
TO THE READER. 
 
 Than only where the noise of War is heard, 
 Or where the shaking of a Sword is fear'd; 
 Or only where small skirmishes are fought, 
 Or where the fancy fighteth with a thought. 
 
 She saw the Swords of fighting men made red, 
 And heard the cries of those with them wounded : 
 Must not her frights, then, be much more by far 
 Than theirs that to such doings strangers are? 
 Or theirs that hear the beating of a Drum, 
 10 But not made fly for fear from House and Home? 
 
 Mansoul not only heard the Trumpets sound, 
 But saw her Gallants gasping on the ground: 
 Wherefore we must not think that she could rest 
 With them, whose greatest earnest is but jest ; 
 Or where the blust'ring threatening of great Wars 
 Do end hi Parleys, or in wording Jars. 
 
 Mansoul ! her mighty Wars, they did portend 
 Her weal or wo, and that world without end: 
 Wherefore she must be more concerned than they 
 20 Whose fears begin and end the selfsame day; 
 
 Or where none other harm doth come to him 
 That is engaged, but loss of Life or Limb, 
 As all must needs confess that now do dwell 
 In Universe, and can this story tell. 
 
 Count me not, then, with them, that, to amaze 
 The people, set them on the Stars to gaze, 
 Insinuating with much confidence, 
 Thai each of them is now the residence 
 Of some brave Creatures : yea, a world they will 
 30 Have in each. Star, though it be past their skill 
 
 To make it manifest to any man- 
 That reason hath, or tell his fingers can. 
 
 But I have too long held thee in the Porch, 
 And kept thee from the Sunshine with a Torch. 
 
6 TO THE READER. 
 
 Well, now go forward, step within the door, 
 And there behold five hundred times much more 
 Of all sorts of such inward Rarities 
 As phase the mind will, and will feed the eyes 
 With those, which, if a Christian, thou wilt see 
 Not small, but things of greatest moment be. 
 
 Nor do thou go to work without my Key 
 
 (In mysteries men soon do lose their way) ; 
 
 And also turn it right, if thou wouldst know 
 
 My Riddle, and wouldst with my Heifer plow. io 
 
 The Mar j t y les there in the window. Fare thee well, 
 
 gent 
 
 My next may be to ring thy Passing-Bell. 
 
 Jo. Banyan. 
 
RELATION 
 
 OF THE 
 
 HOLY WAR, & 
 
 c. 
 
 T N my Travels, as I walked through many Regions and 
 Countries, it was my chance to happen into that famous 
 Continent of Universe; a very large and spacious Country it is. 
 It lieth between the two Poles, and just amidst the four points 
 of the Heavens. It is a place well watered, and richly adorned 
 with Hills and Valleys, bravely situate ; and for the most part, 
 (at least where I was,) very fruitful, also well peopled, and a 
 very sweet Air. 
 
 The people are not all of one Complexion, nor yet of one 
 
 10 Language, mode, or way of Religion, but differ as much as 
 ('tis said) do the Planets themselves. Some are right and 
 some are wrong, even as it happeneth to be in lesser Regions. 
 In this Country, as I said, it was my lot to travel; and 
 there travel I did, and that so long, even till I learned much 
 . of their mother tongue, together with the Customs and man- 
 ners of them among whom I was. And, to speak truth, I was 
 much delighted to see and hear many things which I saw and \ 
 heard among them. Yea, I had, (to be sure,) even lived and^!' 
 died a Native among them (so was I taken with them and^ jA - 
 
 20 their doings), had not my Master sent for me home to hisCAru*. 
 House, there to do business for him, and to over-see business 
 done. 
 
8 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Now, there is in this gallant Country of Universe a fair and 
 delicate town, a Corporation, called Mansoul : a Town for its 
 Building so curious, for its Situation so commodious, for its 
 Priviledges so advantageous (I mean with reference to its 
 Original), that I may say of it, as was said before of the 
 Continent in which it is placed, There is not its equal under tl.\ 
 nvhole Heaven. 
 
 As to the Situation of this Town, it lieth just between the 
 two worlds ; and the first founder and builder of it, so far as 
 by the best and most Authentick records I can gather, was 10 
 
 .26. one Shaddai] and he built it for his own delight. He made it 
 the mirrour and glory of all that he made; even the Top-piece, 
 beyond anything else that he did in that country. Yea, so 
 goodly a Town was Mansoul when first built, that it is said by 
 
 (8. 7] some, the Gods, at the setting up thereof, came down to see 
 it and sang for joy. And as he made it goodly to behold, so 
 also mighty to have Dominion over all the Country round 
 about. Yea, all were commanded to acknowledge Mansoul- 
 for their Metropolitan, all were injoyned to do homage to it. 
 29, Ay, the Town it self had positive commission and power from 20 
 her King to demand service of all, and also to subdue any that 
 anyways denied to do it. 
 
 There was reared up in the midst of this Town a most 
 famous and stately Palace ; for strength, it might be called a 
 h *>*• Castle ; for pleasantness, a Paradise ; for largeness, a place so 
 Eccies. 3. 11. copious as to contain all the world. This place the King 
 Shaddai intended but for himself alone, and not another with 
 him ; partly because of his own delights, and partly because 
 he would not that the terror of strangers should be upon the 
 Town. This place Shaddai made also a Garrison of, but 30 
 
 wen committed the keeping of it only to the men of the 
 
 0/ the Soul. ,_ 
 
 Town. 
 
 The wall of the Town was well built, yea, so fast and firm 
 was it knit and compact together, that, had it not been for 
 the townsmen themselves, it could not have been shaken or 
 broken for ever. 
 
 For here lay the excellent wisdom of him that builded 
 Mansoul, that the Walls could never be broken down nor hurt 
 
THE HOLY WAR. g 
 
 by the most mighty adverse Potentate, unless the Townsmen 
 gave consent thereto. 
 
 This famous Town of Mansoul had five Gates, in at which 
 to come, out at which to go ; and these were made likewise 
 answerable to the Walls: to wit, Impregnable, and such as 
 could never be opened nor forced but by the will and leave of 
 those within. The names of the Gates were these : Ear-gare, / 
 Eye-gate, Mouth-gate, Nose-gate, and Feel-gate. 
 
 Other things there were that belonged to the Town of 
 
 10 Mansoul, which, if you adjoyn to these, will yet give farther 
 demonstration to all, of the glory and strength of the place. 
 It had always a sufficiency of provision within its Walls ; it had Tke state oj 
 the best, most wholesome, and excellent Law that then was thejint. ° 
 extant in the world. There was not a Rascal, Rogue, or 
 Traitorous person then within its Walls: They were all true 
 men, and fast joyned together ; and this, you know, is a great 
 matter. And to all these, it had always (so long as it had the 
 goodness to keep true to Shaddai the King) his countenance, 
 ' his protection, and it was his delight, &c. 
 
 20 Well, upon a time there was one Dlabolus, a mighty Giant, Thedez-u. 
 made an assault upon this famous Town of Mansoul, to take 
 it, and make it his own habitation. This Giant was king of 5. 
 the Blacks, or Negroes, and a most raving Prince he was. We^f"' An ~ 
 will, if you please, first discourse of the Original of this' 
 Dlabolus, and then of his taking of this famous town of 
 Mansoul. 
 
 This Dlabolus is indeed a great and mighty prince, and yet Theort 
 both poor and beggarly. As to his Original he was at first 
 one of the servants of King Shaddai, made, and taken and put 
 
 30 by him into most high and mighty place; yea, was put into 
 such Principalities as belonged to the best of his Territories 
 and Dominions. This Dlabolus was made Son of the morning, isa. 14. 12. 
 and a brave place he had of it: It brought him much glory, 
 and gave him much brightness, an income that might have 
 contented his Luciferian heart, had it not been insatiable, and 
 inlarged as Hell itself. 
 
 W r ell, he seeing himself thus exalted to greatness and 
 honour, and raging in his mind for higher state and degree, 
 
10 THE HOLY WAR, 
 
 what doth he but begins to think with himself how he might 
 be set up as Lord over all, and have the sole power under 
 
 jmieY 4 Sbaddai. (Now that did the King reserve for his Son, yea, 
 and had already bestowed it upon him.) Wherefore he first 
 consults with himself what had best to be done ; and then 
 breaks his mind to some other of his companions, to the 
 which they also agreed. So, in fine, they came to this issue, 
 that they should make an attempt upon the King's Son to destroy 
 him, that the Inheritance might be theirs. Well, to be short, 
 the Treason, (as I said,) was concluded, the time appointed, 10 
 the word given, the Rebels rendezvoused, and the assault 
 attempted. Now the King and his Son being All and always 
 Eye, could not but discern all passages in his Dominions ; and 
 he, having always love for his Son as for himself, "could not at 
 what he saw but be greatly provoked and offended : where- 
 fore what does he, but takes them in the very Nick and first 
 Trip that they made towards their design, convicts them of 
 the Treason, horrid Rebellion, and Conspiracy that they had 
 devised, and now attempted to put into practice ; and cast 
 them altogether out of all place of trust, benefit, honour, and 20 
 preferment. This done, he banishes them the Court, turns 
 them down into the horrible Pits, as fast bound in chains, 
 never more to expect the least favour from his hands, but to 
 abide the judgment that he had appointed, and that for 
 ever. 
 
 Now they being thus cast out of all place of trust, profit, 
 and honour, and also knowing that they had lost their Prince's 
 favour for ever (being banished his Court, and cast down to 
 the horrible Pits), you may be sure they would now add to 
 their former pride what malice and rage against Shaddai and 3° 
 against his Son, they could. Wherefore, roving and ranging 
 in much fury from place to place, if, perhaps, they might find 
 
 . Pet. 5 s. something that was the King's, by spoiling of that, to revenge 
 themselves on him ; at last they happened into this spacious 
 country of Universe, and steer their course towards the town 
 of Mansoul; and considering that that Town was one of the 
 chief works and delights of King Sbaddai) what do they but, 
 after Counsel taken, make an assault upon that. I say, they 
 
THE HOLY WAR. II 
 
 knew that Mansoul belonged unto Shaddai ; for they were 
 there when he built it and beautified it for himself. So when 
 they had found the place, they shouted horribly for joy, and 
 roared on it as a Lion upon the prey, saying, Now we have 
 found the prize, and how to be revenged on King Shaddai for 
 what he hath done to us. So they sat down and called zACouncUo/ 
 
 -II ar held ny 
 
 Council of War, and considered with themselves what ways D iaboius 
 and methods they had best to ingage in for the winning toJJ^J^ 
 themselves this famous Town of Mansoul, and these four//- 
 
 Mansoul. 
 
 io things were then propounded to be considered of. 
 
 (i) First. Whether they had best all of them to show them- 
 selves in this design to the 'Town of Mansoul. 
 
 (2) Secondly. Whether they had best to go and sit down 
 against Mansoul in their now ragged and beggarly guise. 
 
 (3) Thirdly. Whether they had best show to Mansoul their 
 intentions, and what design they came about, or whether to assault 
 it with words and ways of deceit. 
 
 (4) Fourthly. Whether they had not best to some of their Com- 
 panions to give out private orders to take the advantage, if they 
 
 20 see one or more of the principal Townsmen, to shoot them, if thereby 
 they shall judge their cause and design will the better be pro- 
 moted. 
 
 1. It was answered to the first of these Proposals in the j™££* 
 Negative, to wit, that it would not be best that all should 
 
 show themselves before the Town, because the appearance of 
 many of them might alarm and fright the Town ; whereas a 
 few or but one of them was not so likely to do it. And to 
 inforce this advice to take place 'twas added further, that if 
 Mansoul was frighted, or did take the alarm, 'Tis impossible, 
 30 said Diaboius (for he spake now), that we should take the 
 Town : for that none can enter into it without its own consent. 
 Let, therefore, but few, or but one, assault Mansoul; and in mine- 
 opinion, said Diaboius, let me be he. Wherefore to this they all 
 agreed. 
 
 2. And then to the second Proposal they came, namely, 7*^ 
 Whether they had best to go and sit down before Mansoul in their 
 now ragged and beggarly guise. To which it was answered 
 also in the Negative, By no means ; and that because, though 
 
12 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Alecto. 
 Apollyon 
 
 the Town of Man soul had been made to know, and to have to 
 do, before now, with things that are invisible, they did never 
 as yet see any of their fellow-Creatures in so sad and Rascal 
 condition as they; and this was the advice of that fierce 
 Alecto. Then said Apollyon, The advice is pertinent ; for even 
 one of us appearing to them as we are novo, must needs both beget 
 and multiply such thoughts in them as will both put them into a 
 consternation of spirit, and necessitate them to put them selves upon 
 Beelzebub, their guard. And if so, said he, then as my Lord Diabolus said 
 
 but novo, it is in vain for us to think of taking the Town. Then 10 
 said that mighty Giant Beelzebub, The advice that already is 
 given is safe ; for though the men of Mansoul have seen such 
 things as ewe once were, yet hitherto they did never behold such 
 things as we now are ; and it is best, in mine opinion, to come 
 upon them in such a guise as is common to, and most familiar 
 among, them. To this when they had consented, the next 
 thing to be considered was, in what shape, hue, or guise 
 Diabolus had best to show himself when he went about to 
 make Mansoul his own. Then one said one thing, and another 
 the contrary. At last Lucifer answered, that, in his opinion, 20 
 'twas best that his Lordship should assume the body of some 
 of those Creatures that they of the Town had dominion over ; 
 for, quoth he, these are not only familiar to them, but being 
 under them, they will never imagine that an attempt should by 
 them be made upon the Town ; and to blind all, let him assume 
 the body of one of those beasts that Mansoul deems to be wiser 
 than any of the rest. This advice was applauded of all: so it 
 was determined that the giant Diabolus should assume the 
 Dragon, for that he was in those days as familiar with the 
 Town of Mansoul as now is the Bird with the Boy. For 30 
 nothing that was in its primitive state was at all amazing to 
 them. Then they proceeded to the third thing, which was, 
 
 3 . Whether they had best to show their intentions, or the design 
 of his coming to Mansoul or no? This also was answered in 
 the Negative, because of the weight that was in the former 
 reasons, to wit, for that Mansoul were a strong people; a 
 strong people in a strong Town, whose Wall and Gates were 
 impregnable (to say nothing of their Castle), nor can they by 
 
 I-ucifer. 
 
 Den. 3 r. 
 
 ■ 
 
 proposal. 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 13 
 
 any means be won but by their own consent. Besides, said 
 Legion (for he gave answer to this), a discovery of our intentions / . 
 may make them send to their King for aid ; and if that be done, I 
 know quickly (what time of day 'twill be (with us. Therefore let 
 us assault them in all pretended fairness, covering our intentions 
 with all ma finer of lies, flatteries, delusive words • feigning things 
 that never will be, and promising that to them that they shall 
 never fnd. This is the (way to win Mansoul, and to make them 
 of themselves open their Gates to us ; yea, and to desire us too to 
 10 come m to them. 
 
 And the reason (why I think that this project (will do is, because 
 the people of Mansoul now are, every one, simple and innocent ; 
 all honest and true ; nor do they as yet know (what it is to be 
 assaulted (with Fraud, Guile, and Hypocrisy. They are strangers 
 to lying and dissembling lips ; (wherefore, we cannot, if thus we 
 be disguised, by them at all be discerned ; our Lies shall go for 
 true sayings, and our dissimulations for upright dealings. What 
 we promise them they (will in that believe us, especially if, in all 
 our Lies and feigned (words, we pretend great love to them, and 
 20 that our design is only their advantage and honour. Now 
 there was not one bit of a reply against this ; this went 
 as current down, as doth the water down a steep descent. 
 Wherefore they go to consider of the last proposal, which 
 was, 
 
 4. Whether they had not best to give out orders to some of their The fourth 
 compatiy to shoot some one or more of the principal of the Towns- 
 men, if they judge that their cause may be promoted thereby. 
 
 This was carried in the Affirmative, and the man that was 
 designed by this stratagem to be destroyed was one Mr. 
 3° Resistance, otherwise called Captain Resistance. And a great o/capt. 
 man in Mansoul this Captain Resistance was, and a man that 
 the Giant Diabolus and his band more feared than they feared 
 the whole Town of Manscul besides. Now who should be the 
 Actor to do the murder? That was the next, and they 
 appointed one Tisiphone, a Fury of the Lake, to do it. 
 
 They thus having ended their Council of War, rose up, and 
 assay'd to do as they had determined ; they marched towards tiu result 
 Mansoul, but all in a manner invisible, save one, only one;^"^. 
 
14 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 nor did he approach the Town in his own likeness, but under 
 the shade, and in the body of the Dragon. 
 
 So they drew up, and sat down before Ear-gate, for that 
 
 was the place of hearing for all without the Town, as Eye-gate 
 
 was the place of perspection. So, as I said, he came up with 
 
 his train to the Gate, and laid his ambuscado for Captain 
 
 niaboius Resistance within Bow-shot of the Town. This done, the 
 
 *tooL T(mn Giant ascended up close to the Gate, and called to the Town 
 
 and gaiis /or Q f Mansoul for audience. Nor took he anv with him but one 
 
 Audience. ' 
 
 Ill-pause, who was his Orator in all difficult matters. iSow, as 10 
 
 I said, he being come up to the Gate (as the manner of those 
 
 times was), sounded his Trumpet for Audience ; at which the 
 
 The Lords chief of the Town of Mansoul, such as my Lord Innocent, my 
 
 append. Lord Willbewill, my Lord Mayor, Mr. Recorder, and Captain 
 
 Resistance, came down to the Wall to see who was there, and 
 
 what was the matter. And my Lord Willbevjill, when he had 
 
 looked over and saw who stood at the Gate, demanded what 
 
 he was, wherefore he was come, and why he roused the Town 
 
 of Mansoul with so unusual a sound. 
 
 niaboius Diabolus, then, as if he had been a Lamb, began his Oration, 20 
 
 "' and said, Gentlemen of the famous Town of Mansoul, I am, 
 
 as you may perceive, no far dweller from you, but near, and 
 
 one that is bound by the King to do you my homage and 
 
 what service I can ; wherefore, that I may be faithful to 
 
 myself, and to you, I have somewhat of concern to impart 
 
 unto you. Wherefore, grant me your Audience, and hear me 
 
 patiently. And first, I will assure you, it is not myself, but 
 
 you ; not mine, but your advantage that I seek by what I 
 
 now do, as will full well be made manifest by that I have 
 
 opened my mind unto you. For, Gentlemen, I am (to tell 3° 
 
 you the truth) come to show you how you may obtain great 
 
 and ample deliverance from a bondage that, unawares to 
 
 Mansoul yourselves, you are captivated and inslaved under. At this 
 
 iugaged. tne T oxvn f Mansoul began to prick up its ears. And What 
 
 is it ? Pray what is it ? thought they. And he said, I have 
 
 somewhat to say to you concerning your King, concerning 
 
 his Law, and also touching yourselves. Touching your 
 
 King, I know he is great and potent; but yet all that 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 15 
 
 he hath said to you is neither true, nor yet for your ad- 
 vantage. 
 
 1. 'Tis not true, for that wherewith he hath hitherto awed 
 you shall not come to pass, nor be fulfilled, though you do the 
 thing that he hath forbidden. But if there was danger, what 
 a slavery is it to live always in fear of the greatest of punish- 
 ments, for doing so small and trivial a thing as eating of a little Diaboius 
 
 fruit iS. hissubtilty 
 
 >nadc tip of 
 
 2. Touching his Laws, this I say further, they are both""- 
 : c unreasonable, intricate, and intolerable. Unreasonable, as 
 
 was hinted before ; for that the punishment is not propor- 
 tioned to the offence : there is great difference and dispro- 
 portion betwixt the Life and an Apple ; yet the one must go 
 for the other by the Law of your Shaddai. But it is also [Gen. 2. 16, 
 intricate, in that he saith, first you may eat of all; and yet r?,] 
 after forbids the eating of one. And then, in the last place, it 
 must needs be intolerable, forasmuch as that fruit which you 
 are forbidden to eat of (if you are forbidden any) is that, and 
 that alone, which is able, by your eating, to minister to you a 
 
 20 good as yet unknown by you. This is manifest by the very 
 name of the tree; it is called the Tree of Knowledge of Good 
 and E<vil\ and have you that knowledge as yet? No, no; 
 nor can you conceive how good, how pleasant, and how much 
 to be desired to make one wise it is, so long as you stand by 
 your King's commandment. Why should you be holden in 
 ignorance and blindness? Why should you not be inlarged 
 in knowledge and understanding ? And now ! O ye inhabitants 
 of the famous Town of Mansoul, to speak more particularly 
 to yourselves, you are not a free people ! You are kept both 
 
 30m bondage and slavery, and that by a grievous threat; no 
 reason being annexed but, So I will have it; jo it shall be. 
 And is it not grievous to think on, that that very thing which 
 you are forbidden to do, might you but do it, would yield you 
 both wisdom and honour? for then your eyes will be opened, 
 and you shall be as Gods. Now, since this is thus, quoth he, 
 can you be kept by any Prince in more slavery and in greater 
 bondage than you are under this day ? You are made under- 
 lings, and are wrapt up in inconveniences, as I have well 
 
1 6 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 made appear. For what bondage greater than to be kept in 
 blindness? Will not reason tell you, that it is better to have 
 Eyes than to be without them ? and so to be at Liberty to be 
 better than to be shut up in a dark and stinking Cave ? 
 
 And just now, while Diabolas was speaking these words to 
 Mansoul, Tisiphone shot at Captain Resistance, where he stood 
 on the Gate, and mortally wounded him in the head ; so that 
 
 
 he, to the amazement of the Townsmen, and the incourage- 
 ment of Diabolus, fell down dead quite over the Wall. Now 
 when Captain Resistance was dead (and he was the only Man 10 
 of War in the Town), poor Mansoul was wholly left naked of 
 Courage, nor had she now any heart to resist. But this was 
 as the Devil would have it. Then stood forth he, Mr. Ill-pause, 
 that Diabohis brought with him, who was his Orator; and he 
 addressed himself to speak to the Town of Mansoul ; the 
 tenour of whose Speech here follows : — 
 Mr. 111- Ill-pause. Gentlemen, quoth he, it is my Master's happi- 
 
 sfrtc/i to the ness that he has this day a quiet and teachable Auditory ; and it 
 °f is hoped by us that we shall prevail with you not to cast off 
 good advice. My Master has a very great love for you ; and 20 
 although, as he very well knows, that he runs the hazard of 
 the anger of King Shaddai, yet love to you will make him do 
 more than that. Nor doth there need that a word more 
 should be spoken to confirm for truth what he hath said; 
 there is not a word but carries with it self-evidence in its 
 Bowels; the very name of the Tree may put an end to all 
 controversy in this matter. I therefore, at this time, shall 
 only add this advice to you, under and by the leave of my 
 Lord [and (with that he made Diabolus a very low Congee); 
 Consider his words, look on the Tree and the promising 30 
 Fruit thereof; remember also that yet you know but little, 
 and that this is the way to know more: and if your Reasons 
 be not conquered to accept of such good Counsel, you are not 
 the men that I took you to be. 
 
 But when the Townsfolk saw that the Tree was good for 
 
 food, and that it was pleasant to the eye, and a tree to be 
 
 [Gen. 3. 6.] desired to make one wise, they did as old Ill-pause advised; 
 
 they took and did eat thereof. Now this I should have told 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 17 
 
 you before, that even then, when this Ill-pause was making 
 his speech to the townsmen, my Lord Innocency (whether by a 
 shot from the camp of the Giant, or from some sinking qualm 
 that suddenly took him, or whether by the stinking breath of 
 that treacherous Villain old Ill-pause, for so I am most apt to 
 think), sunk down in the place where he stood, nor could he : 
 be brought to life again. Thus these two brave men died. d< 
 Brave men, I call them ; for they were the beauty and glory 
 of Mansoul, so long as they lived therein : nor did there now 
 10 remain any more a noble spirit in Mans out ; they all fell down 
 and yielded obedience to Diabolus, and became his Slaves and 
 Vassals, as you shall hear. 
 
 Now these being dead, what do the rest of the townsfolk, The 
 
 ° ' taken 
 
 but, as men that had found a fool's Paradise, they presently, n<no. 
 as afore was hinted, fall to prove the truth of the Giant's 
 words. And, first, they did as Ill-pause had taught them ; 
 they looked, they considered, they were taken with the for- 
 bidden fruit: they took thereof, and did eat ; and having eaten, 
 they became immediately drunken therewith. So they opened 
 
 20 the Gates, both Ear-gate and Eye-gate, and let in Diabolus with 
 all his bands, quite forgetting their good Shaddai, his Law, and 
 the Judgment that he had annexed with solemn threatening, 
 to the breach thereof. 
 
 Diabolus, having now obtained entrance in at the Gates of 
 the Town, marches up to the middle thereof, to make his 
 conquest as sure as he could ; and finding, by this time, the 
 affections of the people warmly inclining to him, he, as 
 thinking 'twas best striking while the Iron is hot, made this 
 further deceivable speech unto them, saying, Alas ! my poor 
 
 30 Mansoul! i" have done thee indeed this service, as to promote 
 thee to honour, and to greaten thy liberty ; but, alas ! alas ! poor 
 Mansoul, thou wantest now one to defend thee ; for assure thyself 
 that when Shaddai shall hear what is done, he will come ; for 
 sorry will he be that thou hast broken his Bonds, and cast his Cords 
 away from thee. What wilt thou do? Wilt thou, after enlarge- 
 ment, suffer thy Priviledges to be invaded and taken away f or 
 what wilt resolve with thyself! 
 
 Then they all with one consent said to this Bramble, Do 
 
 C 
 
1 8 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 enter- tbou rdgn over us. So he accepted the motion, and became 
 King, the King of the Town of Mansoul. This being done, the next 
 thing was to give him possession of the Castle, and so of the 
 whole strength of the Town. Wherefore, into the Castle he 
 goes : it was that which Shaddai built in Mansoul for his own 
 delight and pleasure ; this now was become a Den and Hold 
 for the Giant Diabolus. 
 Heitpos- Now, having got possession of this stately Palace or Castle, 
 ,,,,''• what doth he but makes it a Garrison for himself, and 
 f /w himself, strengthens and fortifies it with all sorts of provision, against 10 
 the King Sbaddai, or those that should endeavour the regain- 
 ing of it to him and his obedience again. 
 
 This done, but not thinking himself yet secure enough, in 
 
 Hi nrw the next place, he bethinks himself of new modelling the 
 
 tk, Town. Town ; and so he does, setting up one, and putting down 
 
 My Lord another at pleasure. Wherefore my Lord Mayor, whose 
 
 to/ place, name was my Lord Understanding, and Mr. Recorder, whose 
 
 name was Mr. Conscience, these he put out of place and 
 
 power. 
 
 As for my Lord Mayor, though he was an understanding 20 
 man, and one too that had complied with the rest of the 
 Town of Mansoul in admitting the Giant into the Town ; yet 
 4-4.5 Diabolus thought not fit to let him abide in his former lustre 
 and glory, because he was a seeing man. Wherefore he 
 darkened it, not only by taking from him his office and 
 power, but by building a high and strong Tower, just between 
 the Sun's reflections and the Windows of my Lord's Palace ; 
 by which means his house and all, and the whole of his habi- 
 Eph.4.18,19. tation, was made as dark as darkness itself. And thus, being 
 
 alienated from the light, he became as one that was born 30 
 blind. To this his house, my Lord was confined as to a 
 Prison ; nor might he, upon his parole, go further than within 
 his own bounds. And now, had he had an heart to do for 
 Mansoul, what could he do for it, or wherein could he be 
 profitable to her? So then, so long as Mansoul was under the 
 power and government of Diabolus (and so long it was under 
 him, as it was obedient to him, which was even until by a 
 War it was rescued out of his hands), so long my Lord Mayor 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 19 
 
 was rather an impediment in, than an advantage to the famous 
 Town of Mansoul. 
 
 As for Mr. Recorder, before the Town was taken, he was a 77. Re- 
 man well read in the Laws of his King, and also a man oi outq /-p 
 courage and faithfulness to speak truth at every occasion. 
 And he had a tongue as bravely hung, as he had a head filled 
 with judgment. Now, this man Diabolus could by no means 
 abide, because, though he gave his consent to his coming into 
 the Town, yet he could not, by all the wiles, trials, stratagems, 
 
 10 and devices that he could use, make him wholly his own. 
 True, he was much degenerated from his former King, and 
 also much pleased with many of the Giant's Laws and service; 
 but all this would not do, forasmuch as he was not wholly his. 
 He would now and then think upon Shaddai, and have dread m ■ some- 
 of his Law upon him, and then he would speak with a voice ^"Jf^'l** 
 against Diabolus as great as when a Lion roareth. Yea, and Kin s- 
 would also at certain times, when his fits were upon him (for 
 you must know that sometimes he had terrible fits), make the 
 whole town of Mansoul shake with his voice : and therefore 
 
 20 the now King of Mansoul could not abide him. 
 
 Diabolus, therefore, feared the Recorder more than any that 
 was left alive in the Town of Mansoul, because, as I said, his 
 words did shake the whole Town ; they were like the rattling 
 Thunder, and also like Thunder-claps. Since, therefore, the 
 Giant could not make him wholly his own, what doth he do 
 but studies all that he could to debauch the old Gentleman, 
 and by debauchery to stupify his mind, and more harden his 
 heart in the ways of vanity. And as he attempted, so he 
 accomplished his design. He debauched the man, and byiteismort 
 
 30 little and little, so drew him into sin and wickedness, that at /Aa ^£^ A 
 last he was not only debauched, as at first, and so by con- 
 sequence defiled, but was almost (at last, I say) past all 
 Conscience of sin. And this was the farthest Diabolus could 
 go. Wherefore he bethinks him of another project, and that 
 was, to persuade the men of the town that Mr. Recorder was 
 mad, and so not to be regarded. And for this he urged 
 his fits, and said, If he be himself, muhy doth he not do thus 
 always ? But, quoth he. as all mad folks have their fts, 
 
 C 2 
 
20 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 and in them their raving language, so bath this old and doating 
 Gentleman, 
 me Tcnvn Thus, by one means or another, he quickly got Mansoul 
 
 taken off .. , . 1 1 • t* ii 
 
 from heed- to slight, neglect, and despise whatever Mr. Recorder could 
 ingofhxm. sa y^ p or ^ bggjjeg w hat already you have heard, Diabolus had 
 a way to make the old Gentleman, when he was merry, unsay 
 and deny what he in his fits had affirmed. And, indeed, this 
 was the next way to make himself ridiculous, and to cause 
 that no man should regard him. Also, now he never spake 
 freely for King Shaddai, but always by force and constraint 10 
 Hon- con- Besides, he would at one time be hot against that at which 
 
 science be- 
 
 comes so at another he would hold his peace; so uneven was he now 
 as Jltk" m his doings. Sometimes he would be as if fast asleep, and 
 camai men a g a j n sometimes as dead, even then when the whole town of 
 
 :t is. " ' 
 
 Mansoul was in her career after vanity, and in her dance after 
 the Giant's pipe. 
 
 Wherefore, sometimes when Mansoul did use to be frighted 
 with the thundring voice of the Recorder that was, and when 
 they did tell Diabolus of it, he would answer, that what the 
 old Gentleman said was neither of love to him nor pity t< 20 
 them, but of a foolish fondness that he had to be prating ; 
 and so would hush, still, and put all to quiet again. And 
 that he might leave no argument unurged that might tend 
 to make them secure, he said, and said it often, Mansoul ! 
 satanicai consider that, notwithstanding the old Gentleman s rage, and 
 the rattle of his high and thundring words, you hear nothing of 
 Shaddai himself; when, liar and deceiver that he was, every 
 outcry of Mr. Recorder against the sin of Mansoul was the 
 voice of God in him to them. But he goes on, and says, Ton 
 see that he values nbt the loss nor rebellion of the Town c/30 
 Mansoul, nor will he trouble himself with calling his Town 
 to a reckoning for their giving themselves to me. He knows that 
 though you were his, now you are lawfully mine ; so, leaving us 
 one to another, he novo hath shaken his hands of us. 
 
 Moreover, O Mansoul ! quoth he, consider how I have 
 served you, even to the uttermost of my power ; and that with 
 the best that I have, could get, or procure for you in all the 
 world ; besides, I dare say, that the laws and customs that you 
 
THE HOL Y WAR. 2 i 
 
 are now under, and by which you do homage to me, do yield you 
 more solace and content than did the Paradise that at first you 
 possessed. Tour liberty also, as yourselves do very well know, 
 has been greatly widened and enlarged by me ; whereas I found 
 you a penned-up people. J have not laid any restraint upon you; His flatter- 
 you have no Law, Statute, or Judgment of mine to fright you ; 
 I call none of you to account for your doings, except the Madman 
 —you know who I mean ; I have granted you to live, each man 
 like a Prince in his own, even with as little control from me as I 
 I o myself have from you. 
 
 And thus would Diabolus hush up and quiet the town of 
 Mansoul when the Recorder that was did at times molest them: conscience. 
 yea, and with such cursed Orations as these, would set the 
 whole Town in a rage and fury against the old Gentleman. 
 Yea, the Rascal crew at sometimes would be for destroying Men some- 
 
 r. .it/- i • \ . i .« i 1 j times angry 
 
 him. They have often wished (in my hearing), that he h&Q. wit h their 
 lived a thousand miles off from them: his company, his consciences. 
 words, yea, the sight of him, and especially when they re- 
 membered how in old times he did use to threaten and 
 
 20 condemn them (for all he was now so debauched), did terrify 
 and afflict them sore. 
 
 But all wishes were vain, for I do not know how, unless by 
 the power of Shaddai and his wisdom, he was preserved in 
 being amongst them. Besides, his House was as strong as a 
 Castle, and stood hard by a stronghold of the Town. More- 
 over, if at any time any of the crew or rabble attempted torn thoughts. 
 make him away, he could pull up the sluices, and let in such o/fears. 
 floods as would drown all round about him. 
 
 But to leave Mr. Recorder, and to come to my Lord Willbe- 
 
 30 will, another of the Gentry of the famous Town of Mansoul. 
 
 This Willbewill was as high born as any man in Mansoul, and The wul 
 was as much, if not more, a freeholder than many of them 
 were; besides, if I remember my tale aright, he had some 
 priviledge peculiar to himself in the famous Town of Mansoul. 
 Now, together with these, he was a man of great strength, 
 resolution, and courage, nor in his occasion could any turn 
 him away. But I say, whether he was proud of his estate, 
 priviledges, strength, or what (but sure it was through pride 
 
22 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 The -will 
 takes place 
 under Dia- 
 bolus. 
 
 Flesh, 
 
 Sttises. 
 
 I m. . 
 
 Mr. Mind 
 my i ords 
 c lerk. 
 
 Epll. 2. 2 — 
 
 of something), he scorns now to be a slave in Mansoul ; and 
 therefore resolves to bear office under Diabolus, that he might 
 (such an one as he was) be a petty Ruler and Governor in 
 Mansoul. And, headstrong man that he was ! thus he began 
 betimes; for this man, when Diabolus did make his oration at 
 Ear-gate, was one of the first that was for consenting to his 
 words, and for accepting of his counsel as wholesome ; and 
 that was for the opening of the Gate, and for letting him 
 into the Town ; wherefore Diabolus had a kindness for him, 
 and therefore he designed for him a place. And perceiving io 
 the valour and stoutness of the man, he coveted to have him 
 for one of his great ones, to act and do in matters of the 
 highest concern. 
 
 So he sent for him, and talked with him of that secret 
 matter that lay in his breast, but there needed not much 
 persuasion in the case. For as at first he was willing that 
 Diabolus should be let into the Town, so now he was as 
 willing to serve him there. When the Tyrant, therefore, 
 perceived the willingness of my Lord to serve him, and that 
 his mind stood bending that way, he forthwith made him the 20 
 Captain of the Castle, Governor of the Wall, and Keeper of 
 the Gates of Mansoul : yea, there was a clause in his com- 
 mission, that nothing without him should be done in all the 
 Town of Mansoul. So that now, next to Diabolus himself, 
 who but my Lord Willbewill in all the Town of Mansoul! 
 nor could anything now be done, but at his will and pleasure, 
 throughout the Town of Mansoul. He had also one Mr. 
 Mind for his Clerk, a man to speak on every way like his 
 Master: for he and his Lord were in principle one, and in 
 •practice not far asunder. And now was Mansoul brought 30 
 under to purpose, and made to fulfil the lusts of the will and 
 of the mind. 
 
 But it will not out of my thoughts, what a desperate one 
 this Willbewill was, when power was put into his hand. First, 
 he flatly denied that he owed any suit or service to his former 
 Prince and Liege Lord. This done, in the next place he 
 took an Oalh, and swore fidelity to his great Master Diabolus, 
 and then, being stated and settled in his places, offices, ad- 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 23 
 
 vancements, and preferments, oh ! you cannot think, unless 
 you had seen it, the strange work that this workman made in 
 the Town of Mansoul. 
 
 (1) First, he maligned Mr. Recorder to death. He would TheCamai 
 neither endure to see him, nor to hear the words of his^^^f 
 mouth ; he would shut his eyes when he saw him, and stop 
 his ears when he heard him speak. Also he could not indure 
 that so much as a fragment of the Law of Shaddai should be 
 anywhere seen in the Town. For example, his Clerk, Mr. 
 
 10 Mind, had some old, rent, and torn parchments of the Law 
 of good Shaddai in his house, but when Willbewill saw them, 
 he cast them behind his back. True, Mr. Recorder had some xdi. 9 26. 
 of the Law T s in his study ; but my Lord could by no means 
 come at them. He also thought and said, that the windows corrupt 
 of my old Lord Mayor s house were always too light for the under- 
 profit of the Town of Mansoul. The light of a candle h.e si " !d! '"- r - 
 could not indure. Now nothing at all pleased Willbewill but 
 what pleased Diabolus his Lord. 
 
 There was none like him to trumpet about the Streets the 
 
 20 brave nature, the wise conduct, and great glory of the King 
 Diabolus. He would range and rove throughout all the 
 Streets of Mansoul to cry up his illustrious Lord, and would 
 make himself even as an abject, among the base and Rascal 
 crew, to cry up his valiant Prince. And I say when and 
 wheresoever he found these Vassals, he would even make //<» 
 himself as one of them. In all ill courses, he would act 
 without bidding, and do mischief without commandment. 
 
 The Lord Willbe<will also had a Deputy under him, and his 
 name was Mr. Affection, one that was also greatly debauched 
 
 30 in his principles, and answerable thereto in his life: he was 
 
 wholly given to the flesh, and therefore they called him Vile- Rom. ;. 26. 
 Affection. Now there was he and one Carnal-Lust, the 
 daughter of Mr. Mind (like to like quoth the Devil to the 
 Collier), that fell in love, and made a match, and were a 
 married; and, as I take it, they had several children, as/ ffe ^ 
 
 Impudent, Blackmouth, and Hate-Reproof. These three were 
 black boys. And besides these they had three daughters, as 
 Scorn-Truth, and Slight-God, and the name of the youngest 
 
 and Carnal 
 Lust. 
 
24 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 was Revenge. These were all married in the Town, and also 
 begot and yielded many bad brats, too many to be here in- 
 serted. But to pass by this. 
 
 When the Giant had thus ingarrisoned himself in the Town 
 of Mansoul, and had put down and set up whom he thought 
 good, he betakes himself to defacing. Now there was in the 
 Market place in Mansoul, and also upon the Gates of the 
 Castle, an image of the blessed King Shaddai. This image 
 was so exactly ingraven (and it was ingraven in gold), that 
 it did the most resemble Sbaddai himself of anything that 10 
 then was extant in the World. This he basely commanded 
 to be defaced, and it was as basely done by the hand of Mr. 
 
 »%tf/No No-Truth. Now you must know that, as Diabolus had com- 
 manded, and that by the hand of Mr. No-Truth, the image 
 of Shaddai was defaced, he likewise gave order that the same 
 Mr. No -Truth should set up in its stead the horrid and for- 
 midable image of Diabolus, to the great contempt of the 
 former king, and debasing of his Town of Mansoul. 
 
 au Law Moreover, Diabolus made havock of all remains of the 
 
 bofks tie- ~ 
 
 stroyedtkat Laws and Statutes of Shaddai that could be found in the 20 
 dbeso. T own Q f Mansoul; to wit, such as contained either the 
 doctrines of Morals, with all Civil and Natural Documents. 
 Also relative severities he sought to extinguish. To be short, 
 there was nothing of the remains of good in Mansoul, which 
 he and Willbewill sought not to destroy ; for their design was 
 to turn Mansoul into a Brute, and to make it like to the 
 sensual Sow, by the hand of Mr. No-Truth. 
 
 When he had destroyed what Law and good Orders he 
 could, then further to effect his design, namely, to alienate 
 Mansoul from Shaddai her King, he commands, and they set 30 
 up his own vain Edict-, Statutes, and Commandments, in all 
 places of resort or concourse in Mansoul, to wit, such as gave 
 '' liberty to the lusts of the flesh, the lusts of the eyes, and the pride 
 of life, which are not of Shaddai, but cf the World. He in- 
 couraged, countenanced, and promoted lasciviousness and all 
 ungodliness there. Yea, much more did Diabolus to incourage 
 wickedness in the Town of Mansoul; he promised them 
 peace, content, joy, and bliss in doing his commands, and that 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 25 
 
 they should never be called to an account for their not doing 
 the contrary. And let this serve to give a taste to them that 
 love to hear tell of what is done beyond their knowledge afar 
 off in other Countries. 
 
 Now Mansoul being wholly at his beck, and brought wholly 
 to his bow, nothing was heard or seen therein but that which 
 tended to set up him. 
 
 But now he, having disabled the Lord Mayor and Mr. Theyhavea 
 
 . new Lord 
 
 Recorder, from bearing of office in Mansoul, and seeing that Mayor and 
 10 the Town, before he came to it, was the most ancient of * ^ e 
 Corporations in the world ; and fearing, if he did not maintain 
 Greatness, they at any time should object that he had done 
 them an injury; therefore, I say (that they might see that 
 he did not intend to lessen their grandeur, or to take from 
 them any of their advantageous things), he did choose for 
 them a Lord Mayor and a Recorder himself, and such as con- 
 tented them at the heart, and such also as pleased him 
 wondrous well. 
 
 The name of the Mayor that was of Diaiolus' making was Thenem 
 20 the Lord Lustings, a man that had neither Eyes nor Ears. Mayor . 
 AU that he did, whether as a man or as an officer, he did 
 it naturally, as doth the Beast. And that which made himtju: 
 yet the more ignoble, though not to Mansoul, yet to them 
 that beheld and were grieved for its ruin, was, that he never 
 could savour good, but evil. 
 
 The Recorder was one whose name was Forget-Good, and The new 
 
 , Recorder. 
 
 a very sorry fellow he was. He could remember nothing but 
 
 mischief, and to do it with delight. He was naturally prone 
 
 to do things that were hurtful ; even hurtful to the Town of 
 
 30 Mansoul, and to all the dwellers there. These two, therefore, 
 
 by their power and practice, example, and smiles upon evil, Thoughts. 
 did much more grammar and settle the common people in 
 hurtful ways. For who doth not perceive that when those 
 that sit aloft are vile and corrupt themselves, they corrupt the 
 whole Region and Country where they are ? 
 
 Besides these, Dlabolus made several Burgesses and Alder- He doth 
 men in Mansoul, such as out of whom the Town, when it new Aider- 
 needed, might choose them Officers, Governors, and Magis- JJJ; and 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 trates. And these are the names of the chief of them: Mr. 
 Incredulity) Mr. Haughty,. Mr. Swearing) Mr. Whoring) Mr. 
 Hard-Heart) Mr. Pitiless, Mr.' fV/ry, Mr. No-Truth, Mr. Sfcww/- 
 to-Lles, Mr. False-Peace, Mr. Drunkenness ) Mr. Charting, Mr. 
 
 Atheism — thirteen in all. Mr. Incredulity is the eldest, and 
 Mr. Atheism the youngest of the Company. 
 
 There was also an election of Common Councilmen and 
 others, as Bailiffs, Serjeants, Constables, and others ; but all 
 of them like to those aforenamed, being either Fathers, 
 Brothers, Cousins, or Nephews to them, whose names, for to 
 brevity's sake, I omit to mention. 
 Hebuiideth When the Giant had thus far proceeded in his work, in 
 holds, their the next place he betook him to build some strongholds in 
 the Town, and he built three that seemed to be impregnable. 
 The first he called the Hold of Defiance, because it was made 
 to command the whole Town, and to keep it from the know- 
 
 names and 
 
 governors. 
 
 ledge of its ancient King. 
 
 The second he called Mldnlght- 
 
 Diabolus 
 
 lit s j a tide 
 his nest. 
 
 Hold, because it was built on purpose to keep Mansoul from 
 the true knowledge of itself. The third was called S~<joeet-Sin- 
 Hold, because by that he fortified Mansoul against all desires of 20 
 good. The first of these holds stood close by Eye-gate, that, as 
 much as might be, light might be darkened there ; the second 
 was built hard by the old Castle, to the end that that might 
 be made more blind, if possible ; and the third stood in the 
 Market-place. 
 
 He that Diabolus made governour over the first of these 
 was one Spite-God, a most blasphemous wretch. He came 
 with the whole rabble of them that came against Mansoul at 
 first, and was himself one of themselves. He that was made 
 the governour of Midnight-Hold was one Love- nc- Light. He 30 
 was one also of them that came first against the Town. And 
 he that was made the governour of the hold called Sweet-Sin- 
 Hold was one whose name was Love-Flesh : he was also a very 
 lewd fellow, but not of that Country where the others are 
 bound. This fellow could find more sweetness when he stood 
 sucking of a lust, than he did in all the Paradise of God. 
 
 And now Diabolus thought himself safe. He had taken 
 Mansoul, he had ingarrisoncd himself therein ; he had put 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 27 
 
 down the old Officers, and had set up new ones ; he had de- 
 faced the image of Shaddai, and had set up his own ; he had 
 spoiled the old Law Books, and had promoted his own vain 
 lie ; he had made him new Magistrates, and set up new Alder- 
 men ; he had builded him new Holds, and had manned them 
 for himself. And all this he did to make himself secure, in 
 case the good Shaddai, or his Son, should come to make an 
 incursion upon him. 
 
 Now you may well think, that long before this time, word, Tidings 
 10 by some or other, could not but be carried to the good King^c^^y 
 Shaddai, how his Mansoul, in the Continent of Universe, was )^f 1^'^ ^ 
 lost ; and that the runagate Giant Diabolus, once one of his Mansoul. 
 Majesty's Servants, had, in rebellion against the King, made 
 sure thereof for himself. Yea, tidings were carried and 
 brought to the King thereof, and that to a very circumstance. 
 As first, how Diabolus came upon Mansoul (they being a 
 simple people and innocent) with craft, subtlety, lies, and guile. 
 item, that he had treacherously siain the right noble and valiant 
 captain, their Captain Resistance, as he stood upon the Gate 
 20 with the rest of the Townsmen. Item, how my brave Lord 
 Innocent fell down dead (with grief, some say, or with being 
 poisoned with the striking breath of one Ill-Pause, as say 
 others) at the hearing of his just Lord and rightful Prince, 
 Shaddai, so abused by the mouth of so filthy a Diabolonian as 
 that varlet Ill-Pause was. The messenger further told, that 
 after this Ill-Pause had made a short Oration to the Towns- 
 men in behalf of Diabolus, his Master, the simple Town, be- 
 lieving that what was said was true, with one consent did open 
 Ear-gate, the chief Gate of the Corporation, and did let him, 
 30 with his crew, into a possession of the famous Town of Mansoul. 
 He further showed how Diabolus had served the Lord Mayor 
 and Mr. Recorder, to wit, that he had put them from all place 
 of power and trust. Item, he showed also that my Lord 
 Willbewill was turned a very Rebel and Runagate, and that so 
 was one Mr. Mind, his Clerk ; and that they two did range 
 and revel it all the Town over, and teach the wicked ones 
 
28 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 their ways. He said, moreover, that this Willbewill was put 
 into great trust ; and particularly that Diabolus had put into 
 WillbewilVs hand all the strong places in Mansoul ' ; and that 
 Mr. Affection was made my Lord WillhevjilVs Deputy in his 
 most rebellious affairs. Tea, said the Messenger, this monster, 
 Lord Willbewill has openly disavowed his King Shaddai, and 
 hath horridly given his faith and plighted his troth to Diabolus. 
 
 Also, said the Messenger, besides all this, the new King, or 
 rather rebellious Tyrant, over the once famous, but now perishing 
 Town of Mansoul, has set up a Lord Mayor and a Recorder of 10 
 his own. For Mayor he has set up one Mr. Lustings ; and for 
 Recorder, Mr. Forget-Good ; two of the vilest of all the Town 
 of Mansoul. This faithful Messenger also proceeded, and told 
 what a sort of new Burgesses Diabolus had made ; also that he 
 had built several strong Forts, Towers, and Strongholds in 
 Mansoul. He told, too, the which I had almost forgot, how 
 Diabolus had put the Town of Mansoul into arms, the better 
 to capacitate them, on his behalf, to make resistance against 
 Shaddai their King, should he come to reduce them to their 
 former obedience. 20 
 
 Now this Tidings-teller did not deliver his relation of things 
 in private but in open Court, the King and his Son, high 
 Lords, chief Captains, and Nobles, being all there present to 
 Grief at hear. But by that they had heard the whole of the story, it 
 fcar'the would have amazed one to have seen, had he been there to 
 Tidings, behold it, what sorrow and grief, and compunction of spirit, 
 there was among all sorts, to think that famous Mansoul was 
 now taken : only the King and his Son foresaw this long be- 
 fore, yea, and sufficiently provided for the relief of Mansoul, 
 though they told not everybody thereof. Yet because they 30 
 also would have a share in condoling of the misery of Mansoul, 
 therefore they also did, and that at a rate of the highest 
 degree, bewail the losing of Mansoul. The King said plainly 
 ,,. 5i c. that it grieved him at the heart, and you may be sure that his 
 Son was not a whit behind him. Thus gave they conviction 
 to all about them that they had love and compassion for the 
 famous Town of Mansoul. Well, when the King and his Son 
 were retired into the Privy-chamber, there they again con- 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 29 
 
 suited about what they had designed before, to wit, that as 
 Mansoul should in time be suffered to be lost, so as certainly The sea 
 it should be recovered again ; recovered, I say, in such a way, 
 as that both the King and his Son would get themselves 
 eternal fame and glory thereby. Wherefore, after this Consult, 
 the Son of Shaddai (a sweet and comely Person, and one that tju son <?/ 
 had always great affection for those that were in affliction, but 
 one that had mortal enmity in his heart against Diabolus, be- 
 cause he was designed for it, and because he sought his Crown isa. 49- 3 
 10 and Dignity) — this Son of Shaddai, I say, having stricken hands hos. 13. ll 
 with his Father, and promised that he would be his Servant to 
 recover his Mansoul again, stood by his resolution, nor would 
 he repent of the same. The purport of which agreement was 
 this : to wit, that at a certain time, prefixed by both, the King's a 
 Son should take a journey into the Country of Universe, and there •, #,#*/<£ the 
 in a way of justice and equity, by making amends for the follies of !° u ' n 0/ 
 Mansoul, he should lay a foundation of her perfect deliverance 
 from Diabolus and from his Tyranny. 
 
 Moreover, Emmanuel resolved to make, at a time con- 
 
 20 venient, a war upon the Giant Diabolus, even while he was 
 
 possessed of the Town of Mansoul. And that he would fairly 
 
 by strength of hand drive him out of his hold, his nest, and 
 
 take it to himself to be his habitation. 
 
 This now being resolved upon, order was given to the Lord t/u 
 Chief Secretary to draw up a fair Record of what was deter- T £' Hol 
 mined, and to cause that it should be published in all the s& 
 corners of the Kingdom of Universe. A short Breviat of the 
 Contents thereof you may, if you please, take here as follows: 
 
 Let all men knew who are concerned, that the Son of Shaddai, 
 30 the great King, is ingaged by covenant to his Father to bring his 
 Mansoul to him again ; yea, and to put Mansoul, too, through the 
 power cf his matchless love, into afar better and more happy con- 
 dition than 'twas in before it was taken by Diabolus. 
 
 These papers, therefore, were published in several places, 
 to the no little molestation of the Tyrant Diabolus • for now, 
 thought he, I shall be molested, and my habitation will be taken 
 from me. 
 
 But when this matter, I mean this purpose of the King and 
 
30 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 v the his Son, did at first take air at Court, who can tell how the 
 high Lords, chief Captains, and noble Princes that were there, 
 were taken with the business ! First, they whispered it one 
 to another, and after that it began to ring out through the 
 King's Palace, all wondering at the glorious design that be- 
 tween the King and his Son was on foot for the miserable 
 town of Mansoul. Yea, the Courtiers could scarce do anything 
 either for the King or Kingdom, but they would mix with the 
 doing thereof, a noise of the love of the King and his Son, 
 that they had for the Town of Mansoul. i o 
 
 Nor could these Lords, high Captains, and Princes be con- 
 tent to keep this news at Court ; yea, before the Records 
 thereof were perfected, they themselves came down and told 
 it in Universe* At last it came to the ears, as I said, of Diabolus, 
 Diaboius to his no little discontent; for you must think it would per- 
 
 perplexed at . . . . _ . . . . TT7 . . 
 
 the news, plex him to hear 01 such a design against him. Well, but 
 He con- after a few casts in his mind, he concluded upon these four 
 
 eluded o?i , . 
 
 things : — 
 
 (i) First. That this news, these good tidings, if possible, 
 should be kept from the ears of the Town of Mansoul ; for, 20 
 said he, if they should once come to the knowledge that Shaddai, 
 their former King, and Emmanuel his Son, are contriving good 
 for the Town of Mansoul, achat can be expected by me, but that 
 Mansoul will make a revolt from under my hand and government, 
 
 things. 
 
 trad return again to him ? 
 
 First hoio 
 t" keep the 
 
 Now, to accomplish this his design, he renews his flattery 
 
 with my Lord Willbetvill, and also gives him strict charge and 
 
 command, that he should keep watch by day and by night at 
 
 all the Gates of the Town, especially Ear-gate and Eye-gat: ; 
 
 for I hear of a design, quoth he, a design to make us all trai- 3° 
 
 tors, and that Mansoul must be reduced to its first bondage again. 
 
 I hope they are but flying stories, quoth he ; however, let no such 
 
 1 hi news by any means be let into Mansoul, lest the people be dejected 
 
 tst the thereat. 1 think, my Lord, it can be no welcome tu ws to you ; 1 
 
 Gospel. Good am JUrg fa j s nQne tQ me , a)H [ j i/y !n /, that, at this time, it should 
 
 thoughts 
 
 must be kept be all our wisdom and care to nip the head of all such rumours as 
 
 ',- shall tend to trouble our people. Wherefore, I desire, my Lord, that 
 
 MansouL y CU ^yy/ j n ffo s ma tf er fa as J say. Let there be strong guards 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 31 
 
 dally kept at every Gate of the Town. Stop also and examine 
 from whence such come that you perceive do from far come hither 
 to trade, nor let them by any means be admitted into Mansoul 
 unless you shall plainly perceive that they are favourers of our 
 excellent Government. I command, moreover, said Diabolus, that ah Good 
 there be spies continually walking up and down the Town of Man- and words 
 soul, and let them have power to suppress and destroy any that 2 "^ 
 they shall perceive to be plotting against us, or that shall prate of suppressed. 
 what by Shaddai and Emmanuel is intended. 
 1 o This, therefore, was accordingly done ; my Lord IVillbewill 
 hearkened to his Lord and Master, went willingly after the 
 commandment, and, with all the diligence he could, kept any 
 that would from going out abroad, or that sought to bring 
 these tidings to Mansoul from coming into the Town. 
 
 (2) Secondly. This done, in the next place, Diabolus, that 
 he might make Mansoul as sure as he could, frames and im- 
 poses a new Oath and horrible Covenant upon the Towns- 
 
 c t z in posed 
 
 folk: — To wit, that they should never desert him nor his upon 
 Government, nor yet betray him, nor seek to alter his Laws ; but 
 
 20 that they should own, confess, stand by, and acknowledge him for 
 their rightful King, in defiance to any that do, or hereafter shall, 
 by any pretence, law, or title whatever, lay claim to the Town of 
 Mansoul ; thinking, belike, that Shaddai had not power to isa 
 absolve them from this covenant with Death, and agreement 
 with Hell. Nor did the silly Mansoul stick or boggle at all at 
 this most monstrous engagement ; but, as if it had been a 
 Sprat in the mouth of a Whale, they swallowed it without 
 any chewing. Were they troubled at it ? Nay, they rather 
 bragged and boasted of their so brave fidelity to the Tyrant, 
 
 30 their pretended King, swearing that they would never be 
 Changelings, nor forsake their old Lord for a new. Thus did 
 Diabolus tie pcor Mansoul fast. 
 
 (3) Thirdly. But jealousy, that never thinks itself strong 
 enough, put him, in the next place, upon another exploit, 
 which was, yet more, if possible, to debauch this Town of 
 Mansoul. Wherefore he caused, by the hand of one Mr. Filth, 
 
 an odious, nasty, lascivious piece of beastliness to be drawn up JJJJjJ^ 
 in writing, and to be set upon the Castle Gates, whereby he p a 
 
32 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 -thy granted and gave license to all his true and trusty sons in 
 mcts Mansoul to do whatsoever their lustful appetites prompted 
 them to do ; and that no man was to let, hinder, or control 
 them, upon pain of incurring the displeasure of their prince. 
 Reasons o/ Now this he did for these reasons : 
 
 h:s thus 
 
 i. That the Town of Mansoul might be yet made weaker 
 and weaker, and so more unable, should tidings come that 
 their redemption was designed, to believe, hope, or consent to 
 the truth thereof; for reason says, 'The bigger the Sinner, the 
 less grounds of hope of mercy. l ° 
 
 2. The second reason was, if perhaps Emmanuel, the Son of 
 Shaddai their King, by seeing the horrible and profane doings 
 of the Town of Mansoul, might repent, though entered into a 
 Covenant of redeeming them, of pursuing that Covenant of 
 their redemption; for he knew that Shaddai was holy, and 
 that his Son Emmanuel was holy; yea, he knew it by woful 
 experience, for for his iniquity and sin was Diabolus cast from 
 the highest Orbs. Wherefore what more rational than for 
 him to conclude that thus, for sin, it might fare with Man- 
 soull But fearing also lest this knot should break, he bethinks 20 
 himself of another, to wit : 
 / (3) Thirdly. To endeavour to possess all hearts in the town 
 andl/con- of Mansoul that Shaddai was raising of an Army, to come to 
 ndertng. overthrow and utterly to destroy this Town of Mansoul. And 
 this he did to forestall any tidings that might come to their 
 ears of their deliverance; for, thought he, if I first bruit this, 
 the tidings that shall come after will all be swallowed up of this ; 
 for what else will Mansoul say, 'when they shall hear that they 
 must be delivered, but that the true meaning is, Shaddai intends 
 to destroy them? Wherefore he summons the whole Town 30 
 into the Market place, and there, with deceitful tongue, thus 
 he addresses himself unto them : — 
 
 Gentlemen, and my very good Friends, you are all, as you 
 know, my legal Subjects, and men of the famous Town of 
 Mansoul. You know how, from the first day that I have been 
 with you until now, I have behaved myself among you, and 
 what liberty and great priviledges you have injoyed under my 
 Government, I hope to your honour and mine, and also to your 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 33 
 
 content and delight. Now, my famous Mansoul, a noise of 
 trouble there is abroad, of trouble to the Town of Mansoul ; 
 sorry I am thereof for your sakes : for I received but now by 
 the Post from my Lord Lucifer (and he useth to have good 
 intelligence), that your old King Shaddai is raising of an Army 
 to come against you, to destroy you root and branch ; and 
 this, O Mansoul) is now the cause that at this time I have 
 called you together, namely, to advise what in this juncture is 
 best to be done. For my part, I am but one, and can with 
 
 1 o ease shift for myself, did I list to seek my own ease, and leave 
 my Mansoul in all the Danger; but my heart is so firmly united 
 to you, and so unwilling am I to leave you, that I am willing 
 to stand and fall with you, to the utmost hazard that shall 
 befall me. What say you, O my Mansoul? Will you now 
 desert your old Friend, or do you think of standing by me ? 
 Then, as one man, with one mouth, they cried out together, 
 Let him die the Death that will not. 
 
 Then said Diabolus again, It is in vain for us to hope for 
 quarter, for this King knows not how to show it. True, perhap?, very 
 
 20 he, at his first sitting down before us, will talk of and pretend iZTguaJ. 
 to Mercy, that thereby, with the more ease and less trouble, 
 he may again make himself the master of Mansoul. Whatever, 
 therefore, he shall say, believe not one syllable or tittle of it; 
 for all such language is but to overcome us, and to make us, 
 while we wallow in our blood, the Trophies of his merciless 
 Victory. My mind is, therefore, that we resolve to the last 
 man to resist him, and not to believe him upon any terms ; 
 For in at that door will come our danger. But shall we be 
 flattered out of our lives? I hope you know more of the 
 
 30 rudiments of Politicks than to suffer yourselves so pitifully to 
 be served. 
 
 But suppose he should, if he gets us to yield, save some of 
 our lives, or the lives of some of them that are underlings in 
 Mansoul, what help will that be to you that are the chief of 
 the Town, especially you whom I have set up, and whose 
 greatness has been procured by you through your faithful 
 sticking to me? And suppose, again, that he should give/.... 
 quarter to every one of you, be sure he will bring you into la 
 
 D 
 
34 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 that bondage under which you were captivated before, or a 
 worse, and then what good will your lives do you ? Shall you 
 with him live in pleasure as you do now ? No, no ; you must 
 be bound by Laws that w T ill pinch you, and be made to do that 
 which at present is hateful to you. I am for you, if you are 
 for me; and it is better to die valiantly than to live like pitiful 
 Slaves. But, I say, the life of a Slave will be counted a life 
 He * a/raid too good for Mansoul now. Blood, blood, nothing but blood, 
 Mansoui. is in every blast of Shaddai 1 s Trumpet against poor Mansoul 
 
 now. Pray, be concerned; I hear he is coming. Up, and 10 
 Heputs stand to your Arms, that now, while you have any leisure, I 
 
 them upon ' 1 ' ' J 
 
 Armingof may learn you some feats of War. Armour for you I have, 
 and by me it is ; yea, and it is sufficient for Mansoul from top to 
 toe ; nor can you be hurt by what his force can do, if you 
 shall keep it well girt and fastened about you. Come, there- 
 fore, to my Castle, and welcome, and harness yourselves for the 
 war. There is Helmet, Breastplate, Sword, and Shield, and 
 what not, that will make you fight like men. 
 
 His Heimu. i. My Helmet, otherwise called an Head-piece, is Hope of 
 
 doing well at last, what lives soever you live. This is that 20 
 which they had who said, That they should have peace, though 
 
 Deut 29. 19. they walked in the wickedness of their heart, to add drunken- 
 ness to thirst. A piece of approved Armour this is, and who- 
 ever has it, and can hold it, so long no Arrow, Dart, Sword, 
 or Shield can hurt him. This, therefore, keep on, and thou 
 wilt keep off many a blow, my Mansoul. 
 
 His Breast- 2 . My Breastplate is a Breastplate of Iron. I had it forged 
 
 Rev. 9- 9. in mine own Country, and all my Soldiers are armed there- 
 with. In plain language, it is an hard heart, an heart as 
 hard as Iron, and as much past feeling as a stone ; the which 30 
 if you get and keep, neither msrey shall win you, nor judg- 
 ment fright you. This, therefore, is a piece of Armour most 
 necessary for all to put on that hate Shaddai, and that would 
 fight against him under my Banner. 
 
 His Sword. 3. My Sword is a Tongue that is set on fire of Hell, and that 
 
 64. '3! James can bend itself to speak evil of Shaddai, his Son, his ways, 
 and people. Use this ; it has been tried a thousand times 
 twice told. Whoever hath it, keeps it, and makes that use of 
 
THE HOLY WAR, 
 
 35 
 
 it as I would have him, can never be conquered by mine 
 enemy. 
 
 4. My Shield is Unbelief, or calling into question the truth His shuid. 
 of the Word, or all the sayings that speak of the Judgment ps. ^ 3! 
 that Sbaddai has appointed for wicked men. Use this Shield: 
 many attempts he has made upon it, and sometimes, it is 
 true, it has been bruised ; but they that have writ of the 
 wars of Emmanuel against my servants, have testified that 
 he could do no mighty work there because of their unbelief. Mark 6. 5, 6. 
 
 10 Now, to handle this weapon of mine aright, it is not to Matt 
 believe things because they are true, of what sort or by 
 whomsoever asserted. If he speaks of Judgment, care not 
 for it ; if he speaks of Mercy, care not for it ; if he promises, 
 if he swears that he would do to Mansoul, if it turns, no hurt 
 but good, regard not what is said, question the truth of all, 
 for it is to wield the Shield of Unbelief aright, and as my 
 servants ought and do ; and he that doth otherwise loves me 
 not, nor do I count him but an Enemy to me. 
 
 5. Another part or piece, said Diabolus, of mine excellent 
 
 20 Armour is a dumb and prayerless Spirit, a spirit that scorns to 
 cry for Mercy : wherefore be you, my Mansoul, sure that you 
 make use of this. What! cry for quarter? Never do that, 
 if you would be mine. I know you are stout men, and am 
 sure that I have clad you with that which is Armour of 
 proof. Wherefore, to cry 'to Sbaddai for Mercy, let that be 
 far from you. Besides all this, I have a Maul, Firebrands, 
 Arrows, and Death, all good Hand-weapons, and such as will 
 do execution. 
 
 After he had thus furnished his men with Armour and Hc backs aU 
 
 ■with 1 
 
 30 Arms, he addressed himself to them in such like words as to them. 
 these: — Remember, quoth he, that I am your rightful King, 
 and that you have taken an Oath and entered into Covenant 
 to be true to me and my cause. I say, remember this, and 
 show yourselves stout and valiant men of Mansoul. Re- 
 member also the kindness that I have always showed to you, 
 and that without your petition I have granted to you external 
 things ; wherefore the Pri'viledges, Grants, Immunities, Profits, 
 and Honours wherewith I have indowed you, do call for, at 
 
 D 2 
 
36 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 your hands, returns of loyalty, my lion-like men of Mansoul. 
 And when so fit a time to show it as when another shall seek 
 to take my dominion over you into their own hands ? One 
 word more, and I have done. Can tve but stand, and over- 
 come this one shock or brunt, I doubt not but in little time 
 all the World will be ours ; and when that day comes, my true 
 hearts, I will make you Kings, Princes, and Captains ; and 
 what brave days shall we have then ! 
 
 They of Diabolus having thus armed and forearmed his Servants and 
 
 'heir Vassals in Mansoul against their good and lawful King Shaddai, 10 
 
 ^a,T ' he ' ln the next P lace > he doubleth his Guards at the Gates of the 
 Town, and he takes himself to the Castle, which was his 
 stronghold. His Vassals also, to show their wills, and sup- 
 posed (but ignoble) gallantry, exercise themselves in their 
 Arms every day, and teach one another feats of War : they 
 also defied their Enemies, and sang up the praises of their 
 Tyrant : they threatened also what men they would be, if 
 ever things should rise so high as a War between Shaddai and 
 their king. 
 
 shaddai pre- Now all this time the good King, the King Shaddai, was 20 
 
 P Ar»!y/or preparing to send an Army to recover the Town of Mansoul 
 
 the recovery a g a j n f r0 m under the Tyranny of their pretended King 
 
 Diabolus; but he thought good, at first, not to send them 
 
 by the hand and conduct of brave Emmanuel his Son, but 
 
 under the hand of some of his Servants, to see first by them 
 
 the temper of Mansoul, and whether by them they would be 
 
 won to the Obedience of their King. The Army consisted 
 
 of above forty thousand, all true men, for they came from the 
 
 The -words King's own Court, and were those of his own choosing. 
 
 They came up to Mansoul under the conduct of four stout 30 
 The cap. Generals, each man being a Captain of ten thousand men, 
 names. and these are their names and their signs. The name of the 
 first was Boanerges. The name of the second was Captain 
 Conviction. The name of the third was Captain Judgment ; 
 and the name of the fourth was Captain Execution. These 
 were the Captains that Shaddai sent to regain Mansoul. 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 37 
 
 These four Captains (as was said), the King thought fit, in 
 the first place, to send to Mansoul, to make an attempt upon 
 it; for indeed generally in all his Wars he did use to send 
 these four Captains in the Van, for they were very stout and 
 rough-hewn men, men that were fit to break the ice, and 
 to make their way by dint of Sword, and their men were like 
 themselves. 
 
 To each of these Captains the King gave a Banner, that it p& 60. 4. 
 might be displayed, because of the goodness of his cause, and 
 10 because of the right that he had to Mansoul 
 
 (1) First, to Captain Boanerges, for he was the chief, to 
 
 him, I say, was given ten thousand men. His Ensign was Mark 3. 17. 
 Mr. Thunder; he bare the black Colours, and his Scutcheon 
 was the three burning Thunder Bolts. 
 
 (2) The second captain was Captain Conviction; to him 
 also was given ten thousand men. His Ensign's name was 
 Mr. Sorrow ; he did bear the pale Colours, and his Scutcheon 
 
 was the Book of the Law wide open, from whence issued Deut. 33 . 2. 
 a flame of fire. 
 20 (3) The third Captain was Captain Judgment ; to him was 
 given ten thousand men. His Ensign's name was Mr. Terror; 
 he bare the red Colours, and his Scutcheon was a burning Matt 13. 40, 
 fiery furnace. 
 
 (4) The fourth Captain was Captain Execution ; to him was 
 given ten thousand men. His Ensign was one Mr. Justice ; 
 he also bare the red Colours, and his Scutcheon was a Fruit- Matt. 3. 10. 
 less Tree, with an Axe laying at the root thereof. 
 
 These four Captains, as I said, had every one of them 
 under his command ten thousand men, all of good fidelity to 
 30 the King, and stout at their military actions. 
 
 Well, the Captains and their forces, their men and under 
 officers, being had upon a day by Shaddai into the field, and 
 there called all over by their names, were then and there put 
 into such harness as became their degree and that service 
 which now they were going about for their King. 
 
 Now, when the King had mustered his Forces (for it is he 
 that mustereth the host to the battle), he gave unto the Captains 
 their several Commissions, with charge and commandment in 
 
33 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Their Com- 
 missions. 
 
 Matt 10. 
 
 ii— 13. 
 Luke 10. e. 
 
 1 Thess. =. 
 7—11. 
 
 the audience of all the Soldiers, that they should take heed 
 faithfully and courageously to do and execute the same. 
 Their Commissions were, for the substance of them, the 
 same in form, though, as to name, title, place, and degree of 
 the Captains, there might be some, but very small variation. 
 And here let me give you an account of the matter and sum 
 contained in their Commission. 
 
 A Commission fr -cm the great Shaddai, King of Mansoul, to his 
 trusty and noble Captain Boanerges, for his making War 
 upon the Town of Mansoul. IO 
 
 Oh, thou^Boanerges, one of my stout and thundering Cap- 
 tains over one ten thousand of my valiant and faithful 
 Servants, go thou in my name, with this thy force, to the 
 miserable Town of Mansoul ; and when thou comest thither, 
 offer them first conditions of peace; and command them 
 that, casting off the yoke and tyranny of the wicked Diabolus, 
 they return to me, their rightful Prince and Lord. Com- 
 mand them also that they cleanse themselves from all that 
 is his in the Town of Mansoul ; and look to thyself, that thou 
 hast good satisfaction touching the truth of their obedience. 20 
 Thus when thou hast commanded them (if they in truth 
 submit thereto), then do thou, to the uttermost of thy power, 
 what in thee lies to set up for me a Garrison in the famous 
 Town of Mansoul ; nor do thou hurt the least Native that 
 moveth or breatheth therein, if they will submit themselves 
 to me, but treat thou such as if they were thy Friend or 
 Brother ; for all such I love, and they shall be dear unto me ; 
 and tell them that I will take a time to come unto them, and 
 to let them know that I am merciful. 
 
 But if they shall, notwithstanding thy summons and the 30 
 producing of thy authority, resist, stand out against thee, and 
 rebel, then do I command thee to make use of all thy 
 cunning, power, might, and force, to bring them under by 
 strength of hand. Farewell. 
 
 Thus you see the sum of their Commissions ; for, as I said 
 before, for the substance of them, they were the same that 
 the rest of the noble Captains had. 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 39 
 
 Wherefore they, having received each Commander his They pre- 
 authority at the hand of their King, the day being appointed, f vZ{Z a 
 and the place of their Rendezvous prefixed, each Commander 
 appeared in such gallantry as became his cause and calling. 
 So, after a new entertainment from Shaddai, with flying 
 Colours they set forward to march towards the famous Town 
 of Mans oul. Captain Boanerges led the Van ; Captain Con- 
 viction and Captain Judgment made up the main body ; and 
 Captain Execution brought up the rear. They then, having a E P h. 2. r 3 , 
 10 great way to go (for the Town of Mansoul was far off from 17 
 the Court of Shaddai), marched through the Regions and 
 Countries of many people, not hurting or abusing any, but 
 blessing wherever they came. They also lived upon the 
 King's cost in all the way they went. 
 
 Having travelled thus for many days, at last they came 
 within sight of Mansoul; the which when they saw, the 
 Captains could for their hearts do no less than for a while 
 bewail the condition of the Town ; for they quickly saw how 
 that it was prostrate to the will of Diabolus, and to his ways 
 20 and designs. 
 
 Well, to be short, the Captains came up before the Town, 
 march up to Ear-gate, sit down there (for that was the place 
 of hearing). So, when they had pitched their Tents and 
 intrenched themselves, they addressed themselves to make 
 their assault. 
 
 Now the Townsfolk at first, beholding so gallant a com- The -world 
 pany, so bravely accoutred, and so excellently disciplined, wncedby 
 having on their glittering Armour, and displaying of their %™Idnse 
 flying Colours, could not but come out of their Houses and "/"**« G*uy. 
 30 gaze. But the cunning fox Diabolus, fearing that the people, 
 after this sight, should, on a sudden summons, open the Gates 
 to the Captains, came down with all haste from the Castle, 
 and made them retire into the body of the Town, m ho, when 
 he had them there, made this lying and deceivable speech 
 unto them :-— 
 
 Gentlemen, quoth he, although you are my trusty and Diabolus 
 well-beloved Friends, yet I cannot but a little chide you for their minds 
 your late uncircumspect action, in going out to gaze on that 7 ™ 
 
40 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 great and mighty force that but yesterday sat down before, 
 and have now entrenched themselves in order to the main- 
 taining of a Siege against the famous Town of Mansoul. Do 
 you know who they arc, whence they come, and what is their 
 purpose in sitting down before the Town of Mansoul? They 
 are they of whom I have told you long ago, that they would 
 come to destroy this Town, and against whom I have been 
 at the cost to arm you with Cap-a-pie for your body, besides 
 great fortifications for your mind. Wherefore, then, did you 
 not rather, even at the first appearance of them, cry out, Fire 10 
 the Beacons, and give the whole Town an alarm concerning 
 them, that we might all have been in a posture of defence, 
 and a been ready to have received them with the highest 
 Satan ac t s f defiance ? Then had you showed yourselves men to 
 
 greatly * * 
 
 afraid of my liking; whereas, by what you have done, you have made 
 urs^haT** me h^f afraid — I say, half afraid — that when they and we 
 they -wiii set shall come to push a Pike, I shall find you want courage to 
 
 Mansoul r 7 j o 
 
 *st stand it out any longer. Wherefore have I commanded a 
 
 Watch, and that you should double your guards at the Gates? 
 
 Wherefore have I endeavoured to make you as hard as iron, 20 
 
 and your hearts as a piece of the nether Millstone ? Was it, 
 
 think you, that you might show yourselves Women, and that 
 
 you might go out like a company of Innocents to gaze on your 
 
 mortal foes? Fie, fie! put yourselves into a posture of 
 
 defence, beat up the Drum, gather together in warlike 
 
 manner, that our foes may know that, before they shall 
 
 conquer this Corporation, there are valiant men in the Town 
 
 of Mansoul. 
 
 fie stirs \ will leave off now to chide, and will not further rebuke 
 
 bid defiance you ; but I charge you, that henceforwards you let me see no 30 
 
 Ministers of more suc ^ actions. Let not henceforward a man of you, 
 
 the word, without order first obtained from me, so much as show his 
 
 head over the Wall of the Town of Mansoul. You have now 
 
 heard me. Do as I have commanded, and you shall cause me 
 
 that I dwell securely with you, and that I take care, as for 
 
 myself, so for your safety and honour also. Farewell. 
 
 ivhenSin- Now were the Townsmen strangely altered; they were as 
 
 hearken to 1Ilcn stricken with a panic fear ; they ran to and fro through 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 41 
 
 the Streets of the Town of Mansoul, crying out, Help, help ! satan they 
 
 the men that turn the World upside down are come hither also. 
 
 Nor could any of them be quiet after : but still, as men bereft Godliness. 
 
 } n [Acts 17. 6.] 
 
 of wit, they cried out, The destroyers of our peace and people 
 are come. This went down with Diabolus. Ay, quoth he 
 to himself, this I like well ; now it is as I would have it : 
 now you show your obedience to your Prince. Hold you but here, 
 and then let them take the Town if they can. 
 
 "Well, before the King's forces had sat before Mansoul The icing's 
 
 10 three days, Captain Boanerges commanded his Trumpeter to w ^^y, 
 go down to Ear-gate, and there, in the name of the great Ear « ate - 
 Shaddai, to summon Matisoul to give audience to the message 
 that he, in his Master's name, was to them commanded to 
 deliver. So the Trumpeter, whose name was Take-heed- [Mar. 4. 24.] 
 what-you-hear, went up, as he was commanded, to Ear-gate, not hZl>. 
 and there sounded his Trumpet for a hearing ; but there was 
 none that appeared that gave answer or regard, for so had 
 Diabolus commanded. So the Trumpeter returned to his 
 Captain, and told him what he had done, and also how he 
 
 20 had sped; whereat the Captain was grieved, but bid the 
 Trumpeter go to his Tent. 
 
 Again Captain Boanerges sendeth his Trumpeter to Ear- a second 
 gate, to sound as before for a hearing ; but they again kept '^Zsld 
 close, came not out, nor would they give him an answer, so 
 observant were they of the command of Diabolus their King. 
 
 Then the Captains and other Field Officers called a Council a council 
 of War, to consider what further was to be done for the" 7 
 gaining of the Town of Mansoul; and, after some close and 
 thorough debate upon the contents of their Commissions, 
 
 30 they concluded yet to give to the Town, by the hand of 
 the fore-named Trumpeter, another Summons to hear ; but 
 if that shall be refused, said they, and that the Town shall 
 stand it out still, then they determined, and bid the Trumpeter 
 tell them so, that they would endeavour, by what means they 
 could, to compel them by force to the obedience of their Luk, 
 King. 
 
 So Captain Boanerges commanded his Trumpeter to go up a third 
 
 r ° , , ,, ir • Summons. 
 
 to Ear-gate again, and, m the name ot the great King 
 
42 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Shaddai, to give it a very loud Summons to come down 
 without delay to Ear-gate, there to give audience to the 
 King's most noble Captains. So the Trumpeter went, and 
 
 rsa 5' i. did as he was commanded : he went up to Ear-gate, and 
 sounded his Trumpet, and gave a third Summons to Manscul. 
 He said, moreover, that if this they should still refuse to , 
 the captains of his Prince would with might come dewn upon 
 them, and indeavour to reduce them to their obedience by force. 
 
 The i Then stood up my Lord Willbewill, who was the Gover- 
 
 A\ i Ibewill l ' ' 
 
 his speck to nour of the Town (this Willbewill was that Apostate of whom 10 
 feter" mention was made before), and the Keeper of the Gates 
 of Mansoul. He therefore, with big and ruffling words, de- 
 manded of the Trumpeter who he was, whence he came, 
 and what was the cause of his making so hideous a noise at 
 the Gate, and speaking such insufferable words against the 
 Town of Manscul. 
 
 Trump. The Trumpeter answered, J am servant to the most 
 noble captain, Captain Boanerges, General of the Forces of the great 
 King Shaddai, against whom both thyself, with the whole Town 
 of Mansoul, have rebelled, and lift up the heel ; and my Master, 20 
 the Captain, hath a special message to this Town, and to thee as a 
 member thereof '; the which if you of Mansoul shall peaceably 
 hear, so : and if not, you must take what follows. 
 
 WlLLB. Then said the Lord IVillbewill, I will carry thy 
 words to my Lord, and will know what he will say. 
 
 Trump. But the Trumpeter soon replied, saying, Our mes- 
 sage is not to the Giant Diabolus, but to the miserable Town of 
 Mansoul; nor shall we at all regard what answer by him is made, 
 nor yet by any for him. We are sent to this Town to recover it 
 from under his cruel Tyranny, and to persuade it to submit, as in 30 
 former times it did, to the most excellent King Shaddai. 
 
 WlLLB. Then said the Lord Willbewill, I will do your errand 
 to the Town. 
 
 Trump. The Trumpeter then replied, Sir, do not deceive us, 
 lest, in so doing, you deceive yourselves much more. He added, 
 moreover, For we are resolved, if in peaceable manner you do not 
 submit yourselves, then to make a War upon you, and to bring you 
 under by force. And of the truth of what J now say, this shall 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 43 
 
 be a sign unto you : you shall see the black Flag, with its hot, 
 burning Thunderbolts, set upo?i the Mount to-morrow, as a token of 
 defiance against your Prince, and of our resolutions to reduce you 
 to your Lord and rightful King. 
 
 So the said Lord Willbewill returned from off the Wall, The Tr ><»>- 
 and the Trumpeter came into the Camp. When the tur> !S to the 
 Trumpeter was come into the Camp, the Captains and amp ' 
 Officers of the mighty King Shaddai came together to know 
 if he had obtained a hearing, and what was the effect of his 
 
 10 errand. So the Trumpeter told, saying, When I had sounded 
 my Trumpet, and had called aloud to the Town for an hearing, 
 my Lord Willbewill, the Gcuernour of the Town, and he that 
 hath charge of the Gates, came up when he heard me sound, and, 
 locking o'ver the Wall, he asked me what I was, whence I came, 
 and w hat was the cause of my making this noise? So L told him 
 my errand, and by whose Authority I brought it. Then, said 
 he, / will tell it to the Go'vemour and to Mansoul ; and then 
 I returned to my Lords. 
 
 Then said the brave Boanerges, Let us yet for a while lie 
 
 2 o still in our Trenches, and see what these Rebels will do. 
 
 Now when the time drew nigh that audience by Mansoul carnal 
 must be given to the brave Boanerges and his Companions, a wrong " 
 it was commanded that all the Men of war throughout the 2JJ3J" 
 whole Camp of Shaddai should as one man stand to their ***» °f» 
 
 r Gospel 
 
 Arms, and make themselves ready, if the Town of Mansoul Ministry. 
 shall hear, to receive it forthwith to mercy; but if not, to 
 force a subjection. So the day being come, the Trumpeters 
 sounded, and that throughout the whole Camp, that the Men 
 of War might be in a readiness for that which then should be 
 30 the work of the day. But when they that were in the Town 
 of Mansoul heard the sound of the Trumpets throughout the 
 Camp of Shaddai, and thinking no other but that it must 
 be in order to storm the Corporation, they at first were 
 put to great consternation of spirit ; but after they a little 
 were settled again, they also made what preparation they 
 could for a War, if they did storm ; else, to secure them- 
 selves. 
 
 Well, when the utmost time was come, Boanerges was 
 
44 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 -,. ii. 
 
 resolved to hear their answer ; wherefore he sent out his 
 Trumpeter again to summons Mansoul to a hearing of the 
 message that they had brought from Shaddai. So he went 
 and sounded, and the Townsmen came up, but made Ear- 
 gate as sure as they could. Now when they were come up 
 to the top of the Wall, Captain Boanerges desired to see 
 the Lord Mayor; but my Lord Incredulity was then Lord 
 Mayor, for he came in the room of my Lord Lu J tings. So 
 Incredulity he came up and shewed himself over the Wall ; 
 
 i rges 
 re/uses to . 
 
 makeincre- but when the Captain Boanerges had set his eyes upon him, 10 
 $;5vV hc C1 7 e d out aloud, This is not he : (where is my Lord Under- 
 ^"t ^ had standing, the ancient Lord Mayor of the Town of Mansoul? for 
 
 to a t liver to ' J 
 
 tons to him I in oid d deliver my message. 
 
 Mansoul 
 
 Boanerges 
 
 obtains a 
 hearing. 
 
 Knm. 3. 
 10—19, 23. 
 
 Then said the Giant (for Diabolus was also come down) 
 to the Captain, Mr. Captain, you have by your boldness given 
 to Mansoul at least four Summons to subject herself to your 
 King, by whose authority I know not, nor will I dispute that 
 nono. I ask, therefore, What is the reason of all this ado, or 
 what voould you be at, if you knew yourselves? 
 
 Then Captain Boanerges (whose was the black Colours, 20 
 and whose Scutcheon was the three burning Thunderbolts), 
 taking no notice of the Giant or of his speech, thus addressed 
 himself to the Town of Mansoul: Be it known unto you, 
 oh, unhappy and rebellious Mansoul, that the most gracious 
 King, the great King Shaddai, my Master, hath sent me 
 unto you with commission (and so he showed to the Town 
 his broad Seal) to reduce you to his obedience. And he 
 hath commanded me, in case you yield upon my Summons, 
 to carry it to you as if you were my Friends or Brethren ; 
 but he also hath bid, that if, after Summons to submit, you 30 
 still stand out and rebel, we should endeavour to take you by 
 force. 
 
 Then stood forth Captain Conviction, and said (his was 
 the pale Colours, and for a Scutcheon he had the Book of 
 the Law wide open, &c), Hear, O Mansoul! Thou, O Man- 
 soul, wast once famous for innocency, but now thou art de- 
 generated into lies and deceit. Thou hast heard what my 
 brother, the Captain Boanerges, hath said ; and it is your 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 45 
 
 wisdom, and will be your happiness, to stoop to and accept 
 of conditions of Peace and Mercy when offered, specially 
 when offered by one against whom thou hast rebelled, and p s . 50. 21, 
 one who is of Power to tear thee in pieces, for so is Shaddai, ~~' 
 our King ; nor, when he is angry, can anything stand before 
 him. If you say you have not sinned, or acted rebellion 
 against our King, the whole of your doings since the day 
 that you cast off his service (and there was the beginning 
 of your sin) will sufficiently testify against you. What else 
 
 10 means your hearkening to the Tyrant, and your receiving 
 him for your King? What means else your rejecting of the 
 Laws of Shaddai, and your obeying of Diabolus ? Yea, what 
 means this your taking up of Arms against, and the shutting 
 of your Gates upon us, the faithful servants of your King ? 
 Be ruled then, and accept of my Brother's invitation, and 
 overstand not the time of Mercy, but agree with thine Hike 12. 5 s, 
 adversary 7 quickly. Ah ! Mansoul, suffer not thyself to be 59 ' 
 kept from Mercy, and to be run into a thousand miseries, 
 by the flattering wiles of Diabolus. Perhaps that Piece of 
 
 20 deceit may attempt to make you believe that we seek our 
 own profit in this our service ; but know it is obedience to 
 our King, and Love to your happiness, that is the cause of 
 this undertaking of ours. 
 
 Again I say to thee, O Mansoul, consider if it be not 
 amazing Grace that Shaddai should so humble himself as he 
 doth : now he, by us, reasons with you, in a way of entreaty 2 cor. 5 , 
 and sweet perswasions, that you would subject yourselves to 
 him. Has he that need of you that we are sure you have of 
 him ? No, no ; but he is merciful, and will not that Mansoul 
 
 30 should die, but turn to him and live. 
 
 Then stood forth Captain Judgment (whose was the red captain 
 Colours, and for a Scutcheon he had the burning fiery Fur-J^g^,, 
 nace), and he said, Oh, ye, the inhabitants of the Town of MansouL 
 Mansoul, that have lived so long in Rebellion and acts of 
 Treason against the King Shaddai, know that we come not 
 to-day to this place, in this manner, with our Message of our 
 own minds, or to revenge our own Quarrel ; it is the King, 
 my Master, that hath sent us to reduce you to your obedience 
 
4 6 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 to him ; the which if you refuse in a peaceable way to yield, 
 we have Commission to compel you thereto. And never 
 think of yourselves, nor yet suffer the Tyrant Diabolus to 
 persuade you to think, that our King, by his power, is not 
 able to bring you down, and to lay you under his feet; for 
 he is the Former of all things, and if he touches the Moun- 
 tains, they smoke. Nor will the Gate of the King's clemency 
 stand always open; for the day that shall burn like an Oven 
 is before him ; yea, it hasteth greatly, it slumbreth not. 
 
 O Mansoul, is it little in thine eyes that our King doth 10 
 offer thee mercy, and that after so many provocations ? Yea, 
 
 [Esther. 5.2] he still holdeth out his golden Scepter to thee, and will not 
 yet suffer his Gate to be shut against thee : wilt thou provoke 
 him to do it? If so, consider of what I say: To thee it is 
 
 job 35. 14; opened no more for ever. If thou sayest thou shalt not see 
 
 ch. 36. 18. ^ fc^ yet judgment is before him; therefore trust thou in him. 
 
 66. is Yea, because there is wrath, beware lest he take thee away 
 with his stroke ; then a great ransom cannot deliver thee. 
 Will he esteem thy riches? No, not gold, nor all the forces 
 of strength. He hath prepared his Throne for Judgment, 20 
 for he will come with fire, and with his Chariots like a whirl- 
 wind, to render his Anger with fury, and his Rebukes with 
 Flames of fire. Therefore, O Mansoul, take heed lest, after 
 thou hast fulfilled the judgment of the wicked, Justice and 
 Judgment should take hold of thee. 
 
 Now while the Captain Judgment was making of this Ora- 
 tion to the Town of Mansoul, it was observed by some that 
 Diabolus trembled ; but he proceeded in his parable and said, 
 Oh, thou woful Town of Mansoul, wilt thou not yet set open 
 thy Gate to receive us, the Deputies of thy King, and those 30 
 
 Ezck. 22. t 4 . that would rejoice to see thee live ? Can thine heart endure, 
 or can thy hands be strong in the day that he shall deal in 
 judgment with thee ? I say, canst thou endure to be forced 
 to drink, as one would drink sweet Wine, the Sea of wrath 
 that our King has prepared for Diabolus and his angels? 
 Consider betimes, consider. 
 
 Thespach Then stood forth the fourth Captain, the noble Captain 
 
 0/ Captain r 
 
 Execution. Execution, and said, Oh, Town of Mansoul, once famous, but 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 47 
 
 now like the fruitless Bough ; once the delight of the high 
 ones, but now a den for Diabolus, hearken also to me, and 
 to the words that I shall speak to thee in the Name of the 
 great Sbaddai. Behold, the Ax is laid to the root of the m 
 Trees ; every Tree, therefore, that bringeth not forth good ~ 
 fruit, is hewen down and cast into the fire. 
 
 Thou, O Town of Mansoul, hast hitherto been this fruitless 
 Tree ; thou barest nought but Thorns and Briers. Thy evil 
 fruit fore-bespeaks thee not to be a good Tree ; thy Grapes Deut 
 
 10 are Grapes of Gall, thy clusters are bitter. Thou hast re- 
 belled against thy King ; and, lo ! we, the power and force 
 of Sbaddai, are the Ax that is laid to thy roots. What sayest 
 thou? Wilt thou turn? I say again, Tell me, before the 
 first blow is given, wilt thou turn? Our Ax must first be 
 laid to thy root before it be laid at thy root : it must first be 
 laid to thy root in a way of Threatening, before it is laid at 
 thy root by way of Execution ; and between these two is 
 required thy Repentance, and this is all the time that thou 
 hast. What wilt thou do? Wilt thou turn, or shall I smite? 
 
 20 If I fetch my blow, Mansoul, down you go. For I have 
 Commission to lay my Ax at as well as to thy roots, nor 
 will anything but yielding to our King prevent doing of 
 Execution. What art thou fit for, O Mansoul, if Mercy pre- 
 venteth not, but to be hewen down, and cast into the fire and 
 burned ? 
 
 O Mansoul, patience and forbearance do not act for ever : 
 a year, or two, or three, they may; but if thou provoke by a 
 three years' Rebellion (and thou hast already done more than 
 this), then what follows but, Cut it down ? nay, After that thou Lu'<e 13. a. 
 
 loshalt cut it down. And dost thou think that these are but 
 threatenings, or that our King has not power to execute his 
 words ? O Mansoul, thou wilt find that in the words of our 
 King, when they are by sinners made little or light of, there 
 is not only threatening, but burning Coals of fire. Thou hast 
 been a Cumber-ground long already, and wilt thou continue 
 so still ? Thy sin has brought this Army to thy Walls, and 
 shall it bring it in judgment to do execution into thy Town ? 
 Thou hast heard what the Captains have said, but as yet thou 
 
48 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Mans< ul 
 
 them time. 
 
 shuttest thy Gates. Speak out, Mansoul; wilt thou do so 
 still, or wilt thou accept of conditions of peace ? 
 
 These brave speeches of these four noble Captains the 
 Town of Mansoul refused to hear; yet a sound thereof did 
 beat against Ear-gate, though the force thereof could not 
 break it open. In fine, the Town desired a time to prepare 
 to make their answer to these demands. The Captains then told 
 upon what tncm > tnat if they would throw out to them one Ill-Pause 
 condition, that was in the Town, that they might reward him according 
 
 the Captains ' , 
 
 • to his works, then they would give them time to consider ; 10 
 but, if they would not cast him to them over the Wall of 
 Mansoul, then they would give them none ; for, said they, we 
 know that, so long as Ill-Pause draws breath in Mansoul, all 
 good consideration will be confounded, and nothing but mischief 
 will come thereon. 
 
 Then Diabolus, who was there present, being loth to lose 
 his Ill-Pause, because he was his Orator (and yet be sure he 
 had, could the Captains have laid their fingers on him), was 
 resolved at this instant to give them answer by himself; but 
 then changing his mind, he commanded the then Lord Mayor, 2c 
 the Lord Incredulity, to do it, saying, My Lord, do you give 
 these Runagates an answer, and speak out, that Mansoul may 
 hear and understand you. 
 
 So Incredulity, at Diabolus's command, began and said, 
 Gentlemen, you have here, as we do behold, to the disturb- 
 ance of our Prince and the molestation of the Town of 
 Mansoul, camped against it : but from whence you come, 
 we will not know ; and what you are we will not believe. 
 Indeed, you tell us in your terrible speech that you have 
 this authority from Shaddai : but by what right he commands 30 
 you to do it, of that we shall yet be ignorant. You have 
 also, by the authority aforesaid, summoned this Town to 
 desert her Lord, and, for protection, to yield up herself to 
 the great Shaddai, your King ; flatteringly telling her, that 
 if she will do it, he will pass by and not charge her with her 
 past offences. 
 
 Further, you have also, to the terror of the Town of 
 Mansoul, threatened with great and sore destructions to 
 
 Diabolus 
 interrupts 
 them and 
 
 sets Incre- 
 dulity to 
 answer 
 
 then. 
 
 Hu speech. 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 49 
 
 punish this Corporation, if she consents not to do as your 
 wills would have her. 
 
 Now, Captains, from whence soever you come, and though The >- 
 your designs be ever so right, yet know ye that neither my JSSJJ^ 
 Lord Diabolus, nor I, his servant, Incredulity, nor yet our 
 brave Mansoul, doth regard either your persons, message, 
 or the King that you say hath sent you. His power, his 
 greatness, his vengeance we fear not; nor will we yield at all 
 to your Summons. 
 10 As for the War that you threaten to make upon us, we 
 must therein defend ourselves as well as we can ; and know 
 ye, that we are not without wherewithal to bid defiance to 
 you; and, in short (for I will not be tedious), I tell you, 
 that we take you to be some Vagabond Runagate Crew, that, 
 having shaken off all obedience to your King, have gotten 
 together in tumultuous manner, and are ranging from place 
 to place to see if, through the flatteries you are skilled to 
 make on the one side, and threats wherewith you think to 
 fright on the other, to make some silly Town, City, or 
 20 Country, to desert their place, and leave it to you ; but 
 Mansoul is none of them. 
 
 To conclude : we dread you not, we fear you not, nor 
 will we obey your summons. Our Gates we keep shut upon 
 you, our Place we will keep you out of. Nor will we long 
 thus suffer you to sit down before us : our people must live in i.uken. 12. 
 quiet : your appearance doth disturb them. Wherefore arise 
 with Bag and Baggage, and be gone, or we will let fly from fush. 
 the Walls against you. 
 
 This Oration, made by old Incredulity, was seconded by The speech 
 } desperate Willbeivill, in words to this effect : — Gentlemen, tve waibewui. 
 have beard your demands, and the noise cf your threats, and have 
 heard the sound of your summons ; but auefear not your force, nve 
 regard not your threats, but ivill still abide as you found us. 
 And ~tue command you, that in three days" time you cease to appear 
 in those parts, or you shall knonv ivhat it is once to dare offer 
 to rouse the Lion Diabolus when asleep in his Tcavn of Mansoul. 
 
 The Recorder, whose name was Forget-Good, he also added The speech 
 as followeth : — Gentlemen, my Lords, as you see, have with Good, the 
 
 Recorder. 
 
50 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 mild and gentle words answered your rough and angry speeches ; 
 they have moreover, in my hearing, given you leave quietly to 
 depart as you came : wherefore, take their kindness and be gone. 
 We might have come out ivith force upon you, and have caused 
 you to feel the dint of our Svuords ; but as voe love ease and quit t 
 ourselves, so nue love not to hurt or molest others. 
 The Town Then did the town of Mansoul shout for joy, as if bv Dia~ 
 
 resolved to _ J * ' 
 
 withstand bolus and his Crew some great advantage had been gotten of 
 ''tamT' the Captains. They also rang the Bells, and made merry, 
 
 and danced upon the Walls. 10 
 
 Diabolus also returned to the Castle, and the Lord Mayor 
 
 and Recorder to their places. But the Lord Willb&UiUl took 
 
 special care that the Gates should be secured with double 
 
 guards, double bolts, and double locks and bars ; and that 
 
 Ear-gate especially might the better be looked to, for that 
 
 was the gate in at which the King's forces sought most to 
 
 enter. The Lord Willbewill made one old Mr. Prejudice, an 
 
 angry and ill-conditioned fellow, captain of the ward at that 
 
 The band legate, and put under his power sixty men, called Deaf men; 
 
 set to ^p men advantageous for that service, forasmuch as they mat- 20 
 
 Ear-gate. { t- erec j no WO rds of the Captains, nor of the Soldiers. 
 
 Now when the Captains saw the answer of the great ones, 
 
 and that they could not get a hearing from the old Natives of 
 
 The cap- t h e Town, and that Mansoul was resolved to give the King's 
 
 tains re- ' j 
 
 itogive Army battel, they prepared themselves to receive them, and 
 
 " to try it out by the power of the arm. And, first, they made 
 
 their force more formidable against Ear-gate ; for they knew 
 
 that, unless they could penetrate that, no good could be done 
 
 upon the Town. This done, they put the rest of their men in 
 
 their places; after which, they gave out the word, which was, 30 
 
 I John 3 . 7 .] Ye must be born again. Then they sounded the Trumpet ; 
 
 then they in the Town made them answer, with shout against 
 
 shout, charge against charge, and so the Battel began. Now 
 
 they in the Town had planted upon the Tower over Ear-gate 
 
 Twoguns two great Guns, the one called High-mind, and the other 
 
 «f Ear-gate. Heady. Unto these two Guns they trusted much : they were 
 
 cast in the castle by Diabolus's founder, whose name was 
 
 Mr. Puff-up, and mischievous pieces they were. But so vigi- 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 51 
 
 lant and watchful, when the Captains saw them, were they, 
 that though sometimes their shot would go by their ears with 
 a Whiz, yet they did them no harm. By these two Guns the 
 Townsfolk made no question but greatly to annoy the Camp 
 of Shaddai, and well enough to secure the Gate ; but they 
 had not much cause to boast of what execution they did, as 
 by what follows will be gathered. 
 
 The famous Mansoul had also some other small pieces in it, 
 of which they made use against the Camp of Shaddai. 
 
 10 They from the Camp also did as stoutly, and with as much J^ 
 of that as may in truth be called Valour, let fly as fast at the the \ 
 Town and at Ear-gate ; for they saw that, unless they could 
 break open Ear-gate, it would be but in vain to batter the 
 Wall. Now the King's Captains had brought with them 
 several slings, and two or three Batter'mg-Rams ; with their 
 slings, therefore, they battered the houses and people of the 
 Town, and with their Rams they sought to break Ear-gate 
 open. 
 
 The Camp and the Town had several skirmishes and brisk 
 
 20 encounters, while the Captains with their Engines made many 
 brave attempts to break open or beat down the Tower that 
 was over Ear-gate, and at the said gate to make their en- 
 trance ; but Mansoul stood it out so lustily, through the rage The Town 
 
 stoutly 
 
 out ; 
 
 of Diabolus, the valour of the Lord Willbeivill, and the con- sta ]J s 
 duct of old Incredulity, the Mayor, and Mr. Forget-Good, the w ' ;: 
 
 y ' J ' ° tains 
 
 Recorder, that the charge and expense of that Summer's u 
 Wars, (on the King's side,) seemed to be almost quite lost, Quarters. 
 and the advantage to return to Mansoul. But when the Cap-^**«» 
 tains saw how it was, they made a fair retreat, and entrenched witk re/£r .' 
 30 themselves in their Winter Quarters. Now in this War, youjJJJ* 
 must needs think, there was much loss on both sides, of which sides. 
 be pleased to accept of this brief account following. 
 
 The King's Captains, when they marched from the Court 
 to come up against Mansoul to War ; as they came crossing 
 over the country, they happened to light upon three young Thn 
 fellows that had a mind to go for soldiers : proper men they 50 
 were, and men of courage and skill, to appearance. Their 
 names were Mr. Tradition, Mr. Human-Wisdom, and Mr. 
 
 £ 2 
 
52 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Man's-Irrvention. So they came up to the Captains, and 
 proffered their service to Shaddai. The Captains then told 
 them of their design, and bid them not to be rash in their 
 offers ; but the young men told them they had considered 
 the thing before, and that, hearing they were upon their 
 march for such a design, came hither on purpose to meet 
 them, that they might be listed under their Excellencies. 
 Then Captain Boanerges, for that they were men of courage, 
 listed them into his company, and so away they went to the 
 War. • i o 
 
 Now, when the War was begun, in one of the briskest 
 skirmishes, so it was, that a Company of the Lord Willbewiir s 
 men sallied out at the Sally-port or Postern of the Town, 
 and fell in upon the rear of Captain Boanerges' men, where 
 these three fellows happened to be; so they took them 
 Prisoners, and away they carried them into the Town, where 
 they had not lain long in durance, but it began to be noised 
 about the Streets of the Town what three notable Prisoners 
 the Lord WillbewilFs men had taken, and brought in Prisoners 
 out of the Camp of Shaddai. At length tidings thereof were 20 
 carried to Diabolus to the Castle, to wit, what my Lord Will- 
 beavilFs men had done, and whom they had taken Prisoners. 
 They arc Then Diabolus called for Willbewill, to know the certainty 
 
 brought be- 
 
 fireDabo- of this matter. So he asked him, and he told him. Then 
 
 lus. and a 
 content to 
 
 ' e did the Giant send for the Prisoners, who, when they were 
 
 figM under come demanded of them who they were, whence they came, 
 
 his banner. 
 
 and what they did in the Camp of Shaddai; and they told 
 him. Then he sent them to ward again. Not many days 
 after, he sent for them to him again, and then asked them if 
 they would be willing to serve him against their former Cap- 30 
 tains. They then told him that they did not so much live by 
 Religion as by the fates of Fortune ; and that since his Lord- 
 ship was willing to entertain them, they should be willing to 
 serve him. Now while things were thus in hand, there was 
 Anything, one Captain Anything, a great doer in the town of Mansoul ; 
 //,- therefore and to this Captain Anything did Diabolus send these men, 
 s tQ captain with a note under his hand, to receive them into his com- 
 Anytiung pany : the contents of which letter were thus: — 
 
 With a letter. r ' 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 53 
 
 Anything, my Darling, — The three men that are the bearers of 
 this Letter have a desire to serve me in the War ; nor know I 
 better to whose conduct to commit them than to thine. Receive 
 them, therefore, in my name, and, as need shall require, make use 
 of them against Shaddai and his men. Farewell. 
 
 So they came, and he received them ; and he made of two Anything 
 
 ' ' receives 
 
 of them Serjeants; but he made Mr. Man 's -Invention his them 
 Ancient-bearer. But thus much for this, and now to return M 
 to the Camp. 
 10 They of the Camp did also some execution upon the 
 
 Town; for they did beat down the roof of the old Lord Tferoo/or 
 
 ' , - old Incred- 
 
 Mayors house, and so laid him more open than he was berore. uiity 
 They had almost, (with a sling,) slain My Lord Willbewill be 
 outright; but he made a shift to recover again. But they 
 made a notable slaughter among the Aldermen, for with one 
 only shot they cut off six of them; to wit, Mr. Swearing, Mr.^'^^- 
 Whoring, Mr. Fury, Mr. Stand-to- Lies, Mr. Drunkenness, and 
 Mr. Cheating. 
 
 They also dismounted the two Guns that stood upon the The two 
 20 Tower over Far-gate, and laid them flat in the dirt. I toldaismo. 
 you before that the King's noble Captains had drawn off to 
 their Winter Quarters, and had there entrenched themselves 
 and their carriages, so as with the best advantage to their 
 King, and the greatest annoyance to the enemy, they might 
 give seasonable and warm alarms to the Town of Mansoul. continual 
 
 1. ■■ 1 • i t ,1 j- j alarms 
 
 And this design of them did so hit, that I may say they did £ . iven t0 
 almost what they would to the molestation of the Corpora- M in 
 tion. For now could not Mansoul sleep securely as before, 
 nor could they now go to their debaucheries with that quiet- 
 30 ness as in times past ; for they had from the camp of Shaddai 
 such frequent, warm, and terrifying alarms, yea, alarms upon 
 alarms, first at one Gate and then at another, and again at all 
 the Gates at once, that they were broken as to former peace. 
 Yea, they had their alarms so frequently, and that when the The effects *j 
 
 , conviction. 
 
 nights were at longest, the weather coldest, and so conse- th0llgh com . 
 quently the season most unseasonabk, that that Winter was to JJJJ^ 
 the Town of Mansoul a Winter by itself. Sometimes the 
 Trumpets would sound, and sometimes the slings would whirl 
 
54 
 
 The holy war. 
 
 Tlie Town 
 mutch mo- 
 
 Change of 
 thoughts in 
 
 ,-iuL 
 
 Conscience 
 speaks. 
 
 mine 
 
 ir Man- 
 soul. 
 
 Luke 15. 14 
 15- 
 Is. 3. 24. 
 
 They are 
 summoned 
 again to 
 yield. 
 
 the stones into the Town. Sometimes ten thousand of the 
 King's Soldiers would be running round the walls of Mansoul 
 at midnight, shouting and lifting up the voice for the battel. 
 Sometimes, again, some of them in the Town would be 
 wounded, and their cry and lamentable voice would be heard, 
 to the great molestation of the now languishing Town of Man- 
 soul. Yea, so distressed with those that laid siege against 
 them were they, that, I dare say, Diabohu, their King, had in 
 these days his rest much broken. 
 
 In these days, as I was informed, new thoughts, and thoughts 10 
 that began to run counter one to another, began to possess 
 the minds of the men of the Town of Mansoul. Some would 
 say, There is no living thus. Others would then reply, This 
 quill be over shortly. Then would a third stand up and answer, 
 Let us turn to the King Shaddai, and so put an end to these 
 troubles. And a fourth would come in with a fear, saying, 
 I doubt he will not receive us. The old Gentleman, too, the 
 Recorder, that was so before Diabolus took Mansoul, he also 
 began to talk aloud, and his words were now to the Town of 
 Mansoul as if they were great claps of thunder. No noise now 20 
 so terrible to Mansoul as was his, with the noise of the 
 Soldiers and the shoutings of the Captains. 
 
 Also things began to grow scarce in Mansoul; now the 
 things that her soul lusted after were departing from her. 
 Upon all her pleasant things there was a blast, and burning 
 instead of beauty. Wrinkles now, and some shews of the 
 shadow of death, were upon the inhabitants of Mansoul. And 
 now, oh, how glad would Mansoitl have been to have enjoyed 
 quietness and satisfaction of mind, though joined with the 
 meanest condition in the world ! 30 
 
 The Captains, also, in the deep of this Winter, did send by 
 the mouth of Boanerges' Trumpeter a summons to Mansoul to 
 yield up herself to the King, the great King Shaddai. They 
 sent it once, and twice, and thrice ; not knowing but that at 
 some times there might be in Mansoul some willingness to 
 surrender up themselves unto them, might they but have the 
 colour of an invitation to do it under. Yea, so far as I could 
 gather, the Town had been surrendered up to them before 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 55 
 
 now, had it not been for the opposition of old Incredulity, and 
 the fickleness of the thoughts of my Lord Willbewill. Diabolus 
 also began to rave; wherefore Mansoui, as to yielding, was 
 not yet all of one mind : therefore they still lay distressed Mansoui in 
 
 ' ' distress. 
 
 under these perplexing fears. 
 
 1 told you but now that they of the King's Army had this 
 winter sent three times to Mansoui to submit herself. 
 
 (i) The first time the Trumpeter went, he went mthrfon 
 words of peace, telling them that the Captains, the noble Cap- s:imm0K ,. 
 10 tains of Shaddai, did pity and bewail the misery of the now 
 perishing Town of Mansoui, and were troubled to see them so 
 much to stand in the way of their own deliverance. He said, 
 moreover, that the Captains bid him tell them, that if now poor 
 Mansoui would humble herself and turn, her former rebellions 
 and most notorious treasons should, by their merciful King, be 
 forgiven them, yea, and forgotten too. And having bid them 
 beware that they stood not in their own way, that they opposed 
 not themselves, nor made themselves their own losers, he re- 
 turned again into the Gamp. 
 20 (2) The second time the Trumpeter went, he did ^at ***««*«* 
 them a little more roughly. For, after sound of Trumpet, summons. 
 he told them, that their continuing in their rebellion did but 
 chafe and heat the spirit of the Captains, and that they were re- 
 solved to make a Conquest of Mansoui, or to lay their bones before 
 the Town Walls. 
 
 (3) He went again the third time, and dealt with them yet **£j£* 
 more roughly ; telling them, that now , since they had been so summons. 
 horribly profane, he did not know, not certainly know, whether 
 the Captains were inclined to mercy or judgment. Only, said he, 
 30 they commanded me to give you a summons to open the Gates unto 
 them. So he returned, and went into the Camp. 
 
 These three summons, and especially the last two, did so 
 distress the Town that they presently call a consultation, the 
 result of which was this— That my Lord Willbewill should g°^ n ^ ra 
 up to Ear-gate, and there, with sound of Trumpet, call to the parley. 
 Captains of the Camp for a parley. Well, the Lord Willbewill 
 sounded upon the Wall ; so the Captains came up in their 
 Harness, with their ten thousands at their feet. The Towns- 
 
56 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 They pro- men then told the Captains that they had heard and considered 
 
 found con- . . . . . - r r i 
 
 ditionsof their summons, and would come to an agreement with them, and 
 "•("<■ cjchh their King Shaddai, upon such certain terms, articles, and 
 propositions as, with and by the order of their prince, they to them 
 were appointed to propound ; to wit, they would agree upon these 
 grounds to be one people with tbem. 
 sition (0 If that those of their own company, as the new Lord Mayor 
 thejirst. am i t fej r jfl^ Korget-Good, with their brave Lord Willbewill, 
 might, under Shaddai, be still the governors of the Town, Castle, 
 and Gates of Mansoul. 10 
 
 Preposition (2) Provided that no man that now serveth under their great 
 the second, Q mnt Diabolus be by Shaddai cast out of house, harbor, or the 
 freedom that he hath hitherto enjoyed in the famous Town of 
 Mansoul. 
 Proposition (3) That it shall be granted them, that they of the Town cf 
 Mansoul shall e?ijoy certain of their rights and priviledges ; To 
 twit, such as have formerly been granted them, and that they have 
 long lived in the enjoyment of, under the reign of their King Dia- 
 bolus, that nowi is, and long has been, their only lord and great 20 
 defender, 
 Profosition (4) That 7io 7iew Law, Officer, or Executioner of Law or 
 Office, shall have any power over them, (without their own choice 
 and consent. 
 
 These be our propositions, or conditions of peace ; and upon these 
 terms, said they, w e will submit to your King. 
 
 But when the Captains had heard this weak and feeble 
 offer of the Town of Mansoul, and their high and bold de- 
 mands, they made to them again, by their noble captain, the 
 Captain Boanerges, this speech following : — 
 Boanerges O ye inhabitants of the Town of Mansoul, when J heard your 30 
 Trumpet sound for a Parley with us, 1 can truly say I was glad ; 
 but when you said you were willing to submit yourselves to our 
 King and Lord, then I was yet more glad ; but when, by your 
 silly provisoes and foolish cavils, you laid the stumbling-block of 
 your iniquity before your own faces, then was my gladness turned 
 into sorrows, and my hopeful beginnings of your return, into lan- 
 guishing fainting fears. 
 
 I count that old Ill-pause, the ancient enemy of Mansoul, did 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 57 
 
 draw up those proposals that now you present us with as terms 
 
 of an agreement ; but they deserve not to be admitted to sound in * Tun. , ,, 
 
 the ear of any man that pretends to have service for Snactctai. 
 
 We do therefore jointly, and that with the highest disdain, refuse 
 
 and reject such things, as the greatest of iniquities. 
 
 But, Mansoul, if you will give yourselves into our hands, or 
 rather into the hands of our King, and will trust him to make such 
 terms with and for you as shall seem good in his eyes {and I dare 
 say they shall be such as you shall find to be most prof table to you), 
 10 then we will receive you, and be at peace with you; but if you 
 like not to trust yourselves in the arms ./Shaddai our King, then 
 things are but where they were before, and we know also what 
 
 W ThZ critd out old Incredulity, the Lord Mayor, and said, £g ina£«- 
 And who, being out of the hands of their Enemies, as ye see ■ 
 we are now, will be so foolish as to put the staff out of their 
 own hands into the hands of they know not who ? I, tor my 
 part, will never yield to so unlimited a proposition. Do we 
 know the manner and temper of their King ? It is said by unbeutf 
 2 o some that he will be angry with his Subjects if but the breadth in 
 
 of an hair they chance to step out of the way ; and by others, «M; 
 that he requireth of them much more than they can perform.^^ 
 Wherefore it seems, O Mansoul, to be thy wisdom to take 
 good heed what thou dost in this matter; for if you once 
 yield, you give up yourselves to another, and so you are no 
 more your own. Wherefore, to give up yourselves to an 
 unlimited power is the greatest folly in the world; for now 
 you indeed may repent, but can never justly complain But 
 do you indeed know, when you are his, which of you he wil 
 3 o kill and which of you he will save alive ; or whether he will 
 not cut off every one of us, and send out of his own country 
 another new people, and cause them to inhabit this Town 
 
 The speech of the Lord Mayor undid all, and threw flat toijjgj. 
 the ground their hopes of an accord. Wherefore : the : Captains ^ 
 returned to their Trenches, to their Tents, and to their Men,*^ 
 as they were ; and the Mayor to the Castle and to his King, 
 
 Now Diabolus had waited for his return, for he had heard 
 that they had been at their points. So, when he was come 
 
58 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 into the Chamber of State, Diabolus saluted him with — Wel- 
 come, my Lord. How went matters betwixt yon to-day ? So 
 the Lord Incredulity, (with a low congee,) told him the whole 
 of the matter, saying, Thus and thus said the captains of 
 Shaddai, and thus and thus said I. The which, when 'twas 
 told to Diabolus, he was very glad to hear it, and said, My 
 Lord Mayor, my faithful Incredulity, I have proved thy fidelity 
 above ten times already, but never yet found thee false. I do 
 promise thee, if we rub over this brunt, to prefer thee to a place of 
 honour, a place far better than to be Lord Mayor of Mansoul. 10 
 I will make thee my Universal Deputy, and thou shah, next to me, 
 have all Nations under thy hand • yea, and thou shalt lay bands 
 upon them, that they may not resist thee ; nor shall any of our 
 Vassals walk more at liberty, but those that shall be content to 
 ivalk in thy Fetters. 
 
 Now came the Lord Mayor out from Diabolus, as if he had 
 
 obtained a favour indeed. Wherefore to his habitation he 
 
 goes in great state, and thinks to feed himself well enough 
 
 with hopes, until the time came that his greatness should be 
 
 enlarged. 20 
 
 The under- But now, though the Lord Mayor and Diabolus did thus 
 
 Tnlfcon- well agree, yet this repulse to the brave Captains put Mansoul 
 
 science begin j n ^ a Mutiny. For while old Incredulity went into the Castle 
 
 to receive i t» t t j 
 
 conviction to congratulate his Lord with what had passed, the old Lord 
 T/L sou? in Mayor, that was so before Diabolus came to the town, to wit, 
 a hubbub, m y L or d Understanding, and the old Recorder, Mr. Conscience, 
 getting intelligence of what had passed at Ear-gate (for you 
 must know that they might not be suffered to be at that 
 debate, lest they should then have mutinied for the Captains; 
 but I say, they got intelligence of what had passed there, and 30 
 were much concerned therewith), wherefore they, getting 
 some of the Town together, began to possess them with the 
 reasonableness of the noble Captains'' demands, and with the bad 
 consequences that would follow upon the speech of old Incredulity, 
 the Lord Mayor ; to wit, how little reverence he showed therein 
 either to the captains or to thsir King; also how he implicitly 
 charged them with unfaithfulness and treachery. For (what less, 
 quoth they, could be made of his words, when he said he would 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 59 
 
 not yield to their proposition, and added, moreover, a supposition 
 that he would destroy us, when before he had sent us word that he 
 would show us mercy? The multitude, being now possessed ^ mutiny in 
 with the conviction of the evil that old Incredulity had done, ' 
 began to run together by companies in all places, and in every 
 corner of the Streets of Mansoul; and first they began to 
 mutter, then to talk openly, and after that they run to and 
 fro, and cried as they run, Oh, the brave Captains <?/* Shaddai! 
 would we were under the government of the Captains, and of 
 
 10 Shaddai their King ! When the Lord Mayor had intelligence 
 that Mansoul was in an uproar, down he comes to appease the 
 people, and thought to have quashed their heat with the 
 bigness and the show of his countenance ; but when they saw 
 him, they came running upon him, and had doubtless done 
 him a mischief, had he not betaken himself to house. How- 
 ever, they strongly assaulted the house where he was, to have 
 pulled it down about his ears ; but the place was too strong, 
 so they failed of that. So he, taking some courage, addressed 
 himself, out at a Window, to the people in this manner : — 
 
 20 Gentlemen, what is the reason that there is here such an uproar incredulity 
 
 , 1 a seeks to quiet 
 
 tO-day ? the people. 
 
 Then answered my Lord Understanding, It is even because My Lord 
 that thou and thy master have carried it not rightly, and as in £ answers 
 you should, to the Captains of Shaddai ; for in three things him - 
 you are faulty. (1) First, in that you would not let Mr. 
 Conscience and myself be at the hearing of your discourse. 
 (2) Secondly, in that you propounded such terms of peace to 
 the Captains that by no means should be granted, unless they 
 had intended that their Shaddai should have been only a 
 30 Titular Prince, and that Mansoul should still have had power 
 by Law to have lived in all lewdness and vanity before him, 
 and so by consequence Diabolus should still here be King in 
 power, and the other only King in name. (3) Thirdly, for 
 that thou didst thyself, after the captains had showed us upon 
 what conditions they would have received us to mercy, even 
 undo all again with thy unsavory, unseasonable, and ungodly- 
 speech. 
 
 When old Incredulity had heard this speech he cried out, 
 
60 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 xndthe Treason! treason! To your arms! to your arms! oh ye, th< 
 ' trusty friends of Diabolus in Mansoul ! 
 
 Und. Sir, you may put upon my words what meaning you 
 please ; but I am sure that the Captains of such an high Lord 
 as theirs is, deserved a better treatment at your hands. 
 Thy chide Then said old Incredulity, This is but little better. But, sir, 
 sides. 'quoth he, what I spake I spake for my Prince, for his Govern- 
 
 ment, and the quieting of the people, whom by your unlawful 
 actions you have this day set to mutiny against us. 
 
 Consc. Then replied the old Recorder, whose name was 10 
 Mr. Conscience, and said, Sir, you ought not thus to retort 
 upon what my Lord Understanding hath said. It is evident 
 enough that he hath spoken the truth, and that you are an 
 enemy to Mansoul. Be convinced, then, of the evil of your 
 saucy and malapert language, and of the grief that you have 
 put the Captains to ; yea, and of the damages that you have 
 done to Mansoul thereby. Had you accepted of the con- 
 ditions, the sound of the Trumpet and the alarm of War had 
 now ceased about the town of Mansoul', but that dreadful 
 sound abides, and your want of wisdom in your speech has 20 
 been the cause of it. 
 
 INCRED. Then said old Incredulity, Sir, if I live, I will do 
 your errand to Diabolus, and there you shall have an answer to 
 your words. Meanwhile we will seek the good of the Town, and 
 not ask Counsel of you. 
 
 Und. Sir, your Prince and you are both Foreigners to 
 Mansoul, and not the Natives thereof: and who can tell but 
 that, when you have brought us into greater straits (when you 
 also shall see that yourselves can be safe by no other means 
 than by flight), you may leave us and shift for yourselves, or 30 
 set us on fire, and go away in the smoke, or by the light of 
 our burning, and so leave us in our ruins? 
 
 INCRED. Sir, you forget that you are under a Governor, and 
 that you ought to demean yourself like a Subject ; and know ye, 
 when my Lord the King shall hear of this day s work, he will 
 give you but little thanks for your labour. 
 Mcno/arms Now while these gentlemen were thus in their chiding 
 words, down come from the Walls and Gates of the town the 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 61 
 
 Lord Willbewill) Mr. Prejudice, old Ill-Pause, and several of 
 the new-made Aldermen and Burgesses, and they asked the 
 reason of the hubbub and tumult ; and with that every man 
 began to tell his own tale, so that nothing could be heard 
 distinctly. Then was a silence commanded, and the old Fox 
 Incredulity began to speak. My Lord, quoth he, here are a 
 couple of peevish Gentlemen, that have, as a fruit of their bad 
 dispositions, and, as I fear, through the advice of one Mr. Dis- 
 content, tumultuously gathered this Company against me this day, 
 
 i o and also attempted to run the Town into acts of rebellion against 
 our Prince. 
 
 Then stood up all the Diabolonians that were present, and a great 
 affirmed these things to be true. 
 
 Now when they that took part with my Lord Understanding 
 and with Mr. Conscience perceived that they were like to come 
 to the worst, for that force and power was on the other side, 
 they came in for their help and relief; so a great company- 
 was on both sides. Then they on Incredulity s side would 
 have had the two old Gentlemen presently away to prison ; 
 
 20 but they on the other side said they should not. Then they 
 began to cry up parties again : the Diabolonians cried up old 
 Incredulity, Forget-Good, the new Aldermen, and their great one 
 Diabolus ; and the other party, they as fast cried up Shaddai, 
 the Captains, his Laws, their mercifulness, and applauded 
 their conditions and ways. Thus the bickerment went 
 awhile ; at last they passed from words to blows, and now 
 there were knocks on both sides. The good old Gentleman, 
 Mr. Conscience, was knockt down twice by one of the Diabo- 
 lonians, whose name was Mr. Benumbing ; and my Lord 
 
 30 Understanding had like to have been slain with an Harquebus, 
 but that he that shot wanted to take his aim aright. Nor did 
 the other side wholly escape ; for there was one Mr. Rash- a hot 
 head, a Diabolonian, that had his brains beaten out by Mr/ 
 Mind, the Lord WillbewilVs servant : and it made me laugh to 
 see how old Mr. Prejudice was kicked and tumbled about in 
 the dirt ; for though, a while since, he was made Captain of a 
 Company of the Diabolonians, to the hurt and damage of the 
 Town, yet now they had got him under their feet, and, I'll 
 
62 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 assure you, he had, by some of the Lord Understandings party, 
 his crown soundly cracked to boot. Mr. Anything also, he 
 became a brisk man in the broil ; but both sides were against 
 him, because he was true to none. Yet he had, for his 
 malapertness, one of his legs broken, and he that did it 
 Harm done wished it had been his neck. Much harm was done on both 
 sides. ' sides, but this must not be forgotten ; it was now a wonder 
 to see my Lord Willbewill so indifferent as he was : he did not 
 seem to take one side more than another, only it was per- 
 ceived that he smiled to see how old Prejudice was tumbled up i o 
 and down in the dirt. Also, when Captain Anything came 
 halting up before him, he seemed to take but little notice 
 of him. 
 two old Now, when the uproar was over, Diabolus sends for my 
 p Htin Lord Understanding and Mr. Conscience, and claps them both 
 ^TJaluiors U P * n P r ' son > as ^ e ringleaders and managers of this most 
 of tins revd- heavy, riotous Rout in Mansoul. So now the Town began to 
 be quiet again, and the prisoners were used hardly ; yea, he 
 thought to have made them away, but that the present 
 juncture did not serve for that purpose, for that War was in 20 
 all their Gates. 
 The cap- But let us return again to our story. The Captains, when 
 
 council and they were gone back from the Gate, and were come into the 
 ^■"suit Camp again, called a Council of War, to consult what was 
 
 what to do. , , r 
 
 further for them to do. Now, some said, Let us go up 
 
 presently, and fall upon the Town ; but the greatest part thought 
 
 rather better it would be to give them another summons to 
 
 yield ; and the reason why they thought this to be best was, 
 
 because that, so far as could be perceived, the Town of 
 
 Mansoul now was more inclinable than heretofore. And if, 30 
 
 said they, while some of them are in a way of inclination, we 
 
 should by ruggedness gi<ve them distaste, we may set them further 
 
 from closing with our summons than we would be willing they 
 
 should. 
 
 /he result Wherefore to this advice they agreed, and called a Trum- 
 
 another peter, put words into his mouth, set him his time, and bid 
 
 L7,Z?mou nim God speed. Well, many hours were not expired before 
 
 the Ton;, to the Trumpeter addressed himself to his journey. Wherefore, 
 
 yield. 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 63 
 
 coming up to the Wall of the Town, he steereth his course 
 to Ear-gate^ and there sounded, as he was commanded. They 
 then that were within came out to see what was the matter, 
 and the Trumpeter made them this speech following : — 
 
 Oh, hard-hearted and deplorable Town of Mansoul ! how The sum- 
 long wilt thou love thy sinful, sinful simplicity ? and, ye fools, m 
 delight in your scorning? As yet despise you the offers of[Pr«> 
 peace and deliverance ? As yet will ye refuse the golden 
 offers of Shaddai, and trust to the lies and falsehoods of 
 10 Diabolusl Think you, when Shaddai shall have conquered 
 you, that the remembrance of these your carriages towards 
 him will yield you peace and comfort, or that by ruffling 
 language, you can make him afraid as a Grasshopper ? Doth 
 he entreat you for fear of you? Do you think that you are 
 stronger than he ? Look to the Heavens, and behold and 
 consider the Stars, how high are they? Can you stop the 
 Sun from running his course, and hinder the Moon from 
 giving her light? Can you count the number of the Stars, or [job 38. 37] 
 stay the bottles of heaven ? Can you call for the Waters of 
 20 the Sea, and cause them to cover the face of the ground ? 
 Can you behold every one that is proud, and abase him, and 
 bind their faces in secret ? Yet these are some of the works 
 of our King, in whose name this day we come up unto you, 
 that you may be brought under his authority. In his name, 
 therefore, I summon you again to yield up yourselves to his 
 Captains. 
 
 At this summons the Mansoulians seemed to be at a stand, The Town 
 and knew not what answer to make. Wherefore Diabolus 
 forthwith appeared, and took upon him to do it himself; and 
 30 thus he begins, but turns his speech to them of Mansoul: — 
 
 Gentlemen, quoth he, and my faithful Subjects, if it is true Jj^'J 
 that this Summoner hath said concerning the greatness oispeechtotht 
 their King, by his terror you will always be kept in bondage, favours 
 and so be made to sneak. Yea, how can you now, though he^g^fr 
 is at a distance, endure to think of such a mighty one ? And^ ea t, !eS s 
 if not to think of him while at a distance, how can you" /G 
 endure to be in his presence? I, your Prince, am familiar 
 with you, and you may play with me as you would with a 
 
64 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Grasshopper. Consider, therefore, what is for your profit, 
 and remember the immunities that I have granted you. 
 
 Farther, if all be true that this man hath said, how comes 
 it to pass that the Subjects of Shaddai are so enslaved in all 
 places where they come ? None in the Universe so unhappy 
 as they, none so trampled upon as they. 
 ire drives Consider, my Manscul: would thou wert as loth to leave me 
 uito&spair. as I am l°th to leave thee. But, consider, I say, the ball is 
 yet at thy foot ; liberty you have, if you know how to use it ; 
 yea, a King you have too, if you can tell how to love and 10 
 obey him. 
 
 Upon this speech, the Town of Mansoul did again harden 
 their hearts yet more against the Captains of Shaddai. The 
 thoughts of his greatness did quite quash them, and the 
 thoughts of his holiness sunk them in despair. Wherefore, 
 after a short consult, they (of the Diabolonian party they were) 
 Mansoul sent back this word by the Trumpeter, That, for their parts, 
 and worse, they were resolved to stick to their King, but never to yield to 
 Shaddai ; so it was but in vain to give them any further sum- 
 mons, for they had rather die upon the place than yield. And now 20 
 things seemed to be gone quite back, and Mansoul to be out 
 of reach or call ; yet the Captains, who knew what their Lord 
 could do, would not yet be beat out of heart ; they therefore 
 sent them another summons, more sharp and severe than the 
 last ; but the oftener they were sent to, to reconcile to Shaddai, 
 Hos. ir. 2 , 7 . the further off they were. As they called them, so they went 
 from them — yea, though they called them to the Most High. 
 
 So they ceased that way to deal with them any more, and 30 
 The cap- inclined to think of another way. The Captains, therefore, 
 'offtosZn- did gather themselves together, to have free conference among 
 monsand themselves, to know what was yet to be done to gain the 
 
 betake them- , , , 
 
 seiveio Town, and to deliver it from the tyranny ot Diabolus ; and 
 one said after this manner, and another after that. Then 
 stood up the right noble the Captain Conviction, and said, My 
 Brethren, mine opinion is this ; 
 
 (1) First, that we continually play our slings into the Town, and 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 65 
 
 keep it in a continual alarm, molesting them day and night. By 
 thus doing we shall stop the growth of their rampant Spirit ; for 
 a Lion may be tamed by continual molestation. 
 
 (2) Secondly, this done, I advise that, in the next place, we 
 •-with one consent draw up a petition to our Lord Shaddai, by 
 which, after we have showed our King the condition of Mansoul 
 and of affairs here, and have begged his pardon for our no better 
 success, we will earnestly implore his Majesty's help, and that he 
 will please to send us more Force and Power, and some gallant and 
 
 10 well-spoken Commander to head them, that so his Majesty may not 
 lose the benefit of these his good beginnings , but may complete his 
 conquest upon the Town of Mansoul. 
 
 To this speech of the noble Captain Conviction they as one 
 man consented, and agreed that a Petition should forthwith 
 be drawn up, and sent by a fit man away to Shaddai with 
 speed. The contents of the petition were thus : — 
 
 Most gracious and glorious King, the Lord of the best World, 
 and the Builder of the Town o/* Mansoul, we have, dread Sovereign, 
 at thy commandment, put our lives in Jeopardy, and at thy bidding 
 
 20 made a War upon the famous Town of Mansoul. When we went 
 up against it, we did, according to our Commission, first offer 
 conditions of Peace unto it. But they, great King, set light by our Matt. 22. 3. 
 
 1 r 1 • Prov. 1. 25. 
 
 Counsel, and would none of our reproof. They were for shutting zech. 7 . 
 the Gates, and for keeping us out of the Town. They also mounted 11 
 their Guns, they sallied out upon us, and have done us what 
 damage they could; but ive pursued them with Alarm upon Alarm, 
 requiting them with such retribution as was meet, and have done 
 some execution upon the Town. 
 
 Diabolus, Incredulity, and Willbewill are the great Doers 
 30 against us : now ive are in our Winter Quarters, but so as that 
 we do yet with an high hand molest and distress the Town. 
 
 Once, as we think, had we had but one substantial Friend in the 
 Town, such as would but have seconded the sound of our Summons 
 as they ought, the People might have yielded themselves ; but there 
 were none but Enemies there, nor any to speak in behalf of our 
 Lord to the Town. Wherefore, though we have done as we could, 
 yet Mansoul abides in a state of rebellion against thee. 
 
 Now, King of kings, let it please thee to pardon the unsuccessful- 
 
 F 
 
66 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 ness of thy Servants, who have been no more advantageous in so 
 desirable a work as the conquering of Mansoul is: and send, 
 Lord, as we now desire, more forces to Mansoul, that it may be 
 subdued ; and a Man to head them, that the Town may both love 
 and fear. 
 
 We do not thus speak because we are willing to relinquish the 
 IVars (for we are for laying of our Bones against the place), but 
 that the Town of Mansoul may be won for thy Majesty. We also 
 pray thy Majesty for expedition in this matter, that, after their 
 conquest, we may be at liberty to be sent about other thy gracious I o 
 designs. Amen. 
 
 The Petition, thus drawn up, was sent away with haste to 
 who carried \JhQ King by the hand of that good man, Mr. Love -to- Man soul. 
 
 this petition. -, TT i i_ • t» . •• ■ i-r-»i r i 1- • 
 
 vY hen this Petition was come to the Palace ot the King, 
 
 re whom who should it be delivered to but to the King's Son ? So he 
 
 ' \ . ed took it and read it, and, because the Contents of it pleased 
 
 him well, he mended, and also in some things added to the 
 
 Petition himself. So, after he had made such amendments 
 
 and additions as he thought convenient with his own hand, he 
 
 carried it in to the King ; to whom, when he had with obei- 20 
 
 sance delivered it, he put on authority, and spake to it himself. 
 
 The King Now the King, at the sight of the Petition, was glad ; but 
 
 n>ith"iad- how much more, think you, when it was seconded by his Son ! 
 
 It pleased him also to hear that his Servants who camped 
 
 against Mansoul were so hearty in the work, and so steadfast 
 
 in their resolves, and that they had already got some ground 
 
 upon the famous Town of Mansoul. 
 
 The King Wherefore the King called to him Emmanuel, his Son, who 
 
 calls his Son . , r->/ t-i • i 1 tt • ,-wi 
 
 a„d mis said, Here am I, my Father. I hen said the King, Thou 
 'shaii go and knowest, as I do my self, the condition of the Town of Mansoul, 30 
 .onquer the anc [ what we have purposed, and what thou hast done to redeem 
 
 Town of i> 
 
 Mansoul it. Come now, therefore, my Son, and prepare thyself for the War, 
 p'easedat it f or t ^ >ou sbalt go to my Camp at Mansoul. Thou shalt also there 
 
 prosper and prevail, and conquer the Town of Mansoul. 
 Heb 10. 7. Then said the King's Son, Thy Law is within my heart : I 
 himself in delight to do thy Will. "This is the Day that I have longed for, and 
 the thoughts th e W or k that I have waited for all this while. Grant me, there- 
 
 of this work. 
 
 fore, what force thou shah in thy wisdom think meet ; and I will 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 67 
 
 go and will deliver from Diabolus, and from his power, thy 
 perishing Town of Mansoul. My heart has been often pained within 
 me for the miserable Town of Mansoul ; but now it is rejoiced, 
 but now it is glad. And with that he leaped over the Moun- re- 
 tains for joy, saying, / have not, in my heart, thought anything 
 too dear for Mansoul : the day of vengeance is in mine heart for [is. 63. 4.] 
 thee, my Mansoul ; and glad am I that thou, my Father, hast made 
 me the Captain of their Salvation. And I will now begin to Heb. 20. 10. 
 plague all those that have been a plague to my Town of Mansoul, 
 
 1 o and will deliver it from their Hand. 
 
 When the King's Son had said thus to his Father, it The highest 
 presently flew like lightning round about at Court ; yea, it Kingdom 
 there became the only talk, what Emmanuel was to go to do ^J/* ** 
 for the famous Town of Mansoul. But you cannot think how design.' 
 the Courtiers, too, were taken with this design of the Prince ; 
 yea, so affected were they with this work, and with the just- 
 ness of the War, that the highest Lord and greatest Peer of 
 the Kingdom did covet to have Commissions under Emmanuel, 
 to go to help to recover again to Shaddai the miserable Town 
 
 20 of Mansoul. 
 
 Then was it concluded that some should go and carry 
 tidings to the Camp, that Emmanuel was to come to recover 
 Mansoul, and that he would bring along with him so mighty, 
 so impregnable a force, that he could not be resisted. But, 
 oh ! how ready were the high ones at Court to run like 
 Lacqueys to carry these tidings to the Camp that was at 
 Mansoul. Now, when the Captains perceived that the King 
 would send Emmanuel his Son, and that it also delighted the 
 Son to be sent on this errand by the great Shaddai his Father; 
 
 30 they also, to show how they were pleased at the thoughts of 
 
 his coming, gave a shout that made the Earth rend at the TheCamp 
 
 • u XT 1 shouts for 
 
 sound thereof. Yea, the Mountains did answer again by YLCho, Jeywhen 
 and Diabolus himself did totter and shake. X««IJ*. 
 
 For you must know, that though the Town of Mansoul 
 itself was not much, if at all, concerned with the project (for. 
 alas ! for them, they were wofully besotted, for they chiefly 
 regarded their pleasure and their lusts), yet Diabolus their 
 Governour was; for he had his Spies continually abroad, who 
 
 F 2 
 
68 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Diaboius brought him intelligence of all things, and they told him what 
 the news o/ was doing at Court against him, and that Emmanuel would 
 """'■-■ shortly certainly come with a power to invade him. Nor was 
 there any man at Court, nor Peer of the Kingdom, that Diabo- 
 ius so feared as he feared this Prince ; for, if you remember, 
 I showed you before that Diaboius had felt the weight of his 
 Hand already; so that, since it was he that was to come, this 
 made him the more afraid. 
 
 Well, you see how I have told you that the King's Son was 
 
 ingaged to come from the Court to save Mansoul, and that his 10 
 
 Father had made him the Captain of the forces. The time, 
 
 The Prince therefore, of his setting forth being now expired, he addressed 
 
 himself for himself for his March, and taketh with him, for his power, five 
 
 his journey. no bi e Captains and their forces. 
 
 i. The first was that famous Captain, the noble Captain 
 Credence. His were the Red Colours, and Mr. Promise bare 
 v'l'uo i? tnem 5 an d for a Scutcheon he had the Holy Lamb and Golden 
 Shield; and he had ten thousand men at his feet. 
 
 2. The second was that famous Captain, the Captain Good- 
 Hope. His were the Blue Colours : his Standard-bearer was _>o 
 Mr. Expectation, and for a Scutcheon he had the Three Golden 
 
 Hcb. 6. 19. Anchors ; and he had ten thousand men at his feet. 
 
 3. The third was that valiant Captain, the Captain Charity. 
 His Standard-bearer was Mr. Pitiful : his were the Green 
 Colours, and for his Scutcheon he had Three naked Orphans 
 
 1 ; imbraced in the bosom ; and he had ten thousand men at his 
 feet. 
 
 4. The fourth was that gallant Commander, the Captain 
 Innocent. His Standard-bearer was Mr. Harmless : his were 
 the White Colours, and for his Scutcheon he had the Three 30 
 
 Matt 10. 16. Golden Doves. 
 
 5. The fifth was the truly-loyal and well-beloved Captain, 
 the Captain Patience. His Standard-bearer was Mr. Suffer- 
 Long; his were the Black Colours, and for a Scutcheon he had 
 
 [ps. 45- si Three Arrows through the Golden Heart. 
 
 Faith and These were Emmanuel 's Captains ; these their Standard- 
 s'™^/-'*' bearers, their Colours, and their Scutcheons ; and these the 
 men under their command. So, as was said, the Brave Prince 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 69 
 
 took his march to go to the Town of Mansoul. Captain Credence 
 led the Van, and Captain Patience brought up the Rear ; so Heb. 6. , 2 . 
 the other three, with their men, made up the Main Body, the 
 Prince himself riding in his Chariot at the head of them. 
 
 But when they set out for their march, oh! how the tv^v 
 Trumpets sounded, their Armour glittered, and how the™' 
 Colours waved in the wind ! The Prince's Armour was all of 
 gold, and it shone like the Sun in the Firmament ; the Cap- 
 tains' Armour was of proof, and was in appearance like the 
 1 o glittering Stars. There were also some from the Court that rode 
 Reformades for the love that they had to the King Shaddai, 
 and for the happy deliverance of the Town of Mansoul. 
 
 Emmanuel also, when he had thus set forwards to go to re- 
 cover the Town of Mansoul, took with him, at the command- r^Hojy 
 ment of his Father, fifty-four Battering Rams, and twelve taining(A 
 Slings to hurl stones withal. Every one of these was made of Books - 
 pure Gold, and these they carried with them, in the heart and 
 body of their Army, all along as they went to Mansoul. 
 
 So they marched till they came within less than a League 
 2Q of the Town, and there they lay till the first four Captains 
 came thither to acquaint them with matters. Then they took 
 their Journey to go to the Town of Mansoul, and unto Man- 
 soul they came ; but when the old Soldiers that were in the 
 Camp saw that they had new Forces to join with, they again ^^ 
 -ave such a shout before the Walls of the Town of Mansoul, ;^,,,^ 
 that it put Diabolus into another fright. So they sat down 
 b-fore the Town, not now as the other four Captains did, to 
 wit, against the Gates of Mansoul only; but they invironec 1 it m^ 
 round on every side, and beset it behind and before; so that ,,„„., 
 30 now, let Mansoul look which way it will, it saw force and 
 power lie in Siege against it. 
 
 Besides, there were Mounts cast up against it. The Mount ^ 
 Gracious was on the one side, and Mount Justice was on tne^ a ,„, /? ,. 
 other Further, there were several small banks and advance- 
 bounds, as Plain-Truth-Hill and No-Sin-Banks, where many 
 of the Slings were placed against the Town. Upon Mount 
 Gracious were planted four, and upon Mount Justice were 
 placed as many, and the rest were conveniently placed in 
 
70 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 several parts round about the Town. Five of the best Batter- 
 ing-Rams, that is, of the biggest of them, were placed upon 
 Mount Hearken, a Mount cast up hard by Ear-gate, with in- 
 tent to break that open. 
 
 The heart o/ Now when the men of the Town saw the multitude of the 
 ..' v '"„ Soldiers that were come up against the place, and the Rams 
 and Slings, and the Mounts on which they were planted, to- 
 gether with the glittering of the Armour and the waving of 
 their Colours, they were forced to shift, and shift, and again to 
 shift their thoughts; but they hardly changed for thoughts 10 
 more stout, but rather for thoughts more faint ; for though 
 before they thought themselves sufficiently guarded, yet now 
 they began to think that no man knew what would be their 
 hap or lot. 
 
 When the good Prince Emmanuel had thus beleaguered 
 
 The white Mansoul, in the first place he hangs out the White Flag, which 
 
 Flag hung 
 
 
 he caused to be set up among the Golden Slings that were 
 
 planted upon Mount Gracious. And this he did for two 
 reasons, i. To give notice to Mansoul that he could and 
 would yet be gracious if they turned to him. 2. And that he 20 
 might leave them the more without excuse, should he destroy 
 them, they continuing in their rebellion. 
 
 So the White Flag, with the three Golden Doves in it, was 
 hanged out for two days together, to give them time and 
 space to consider ; but they, as was hinted before, as if they 
 were unconcerned, made no reply to the favourable Signal of 
 the Prince. 
 The Red Then he commanded, and they set the Red Flag upon that 
 
 Efeg*"** Mount called Mount Justice. 'Twas the Red Flag of Captain 
 
 Judgment, whose Scutcheon was the Burning Fiery Furnace ; 30 
 and this also stood waving before them in the wind for several 
 days together. But look how they carried it under the White 
 Flag, when that was hanged out, so did they also when the 
 Red one was : and yet he took no advantage of them. 
 The Black Then he commanded again that his Servants should hang 
 out the Black Flag of defiance against them, whose Scutcheon 
 was the three burning Thunderbolts ; but as unconcerned was 
 Mansoul at this as at those that went before. But when the 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 71 
 
 Prince saw that neither Mercy nor Judgment, nor Execution 
 of Judgment, would or could come near the heart of Mansoul, 
 he was touched with much compunction, and said, Surely this 
 strange carriage of the Town of Mansoul dotb rather arise from 
 ignorance of the manner and feats of War, than from a secret 
 defiance of us, and abhorrence of their own lives. Or if they know Christ 
 the Manner of the war of their own, yet not the Kites and uar as the 
 Ceremonies of the Wars in which we are concerned, when I make 
 'wars upon mine enemy Diabolus. 
 
 10 Therefore he sent to the Town of Mansoul, to let them Me sends to 
 know what he meant by those Signs and Ceremonies of the W0lM ha .^ 
 Flag ; and also to know of them which of the things they A ' e J s % c ° r 
 would choose ; whether Grace and Mercy, or Judgment and the 
 Execution of Judgment. All this while they kept their Gates 
 shut with Locks, Bolts, and Bars, as fast as they could. 
 Their Guards also were doubled, and their Watch made as 
 strong as they could. Diabolus also did pluck up what heart 
 he could, to incourage the Town to make resistance. 
 
 The Townsmen also made answer to the Prince's messen- 
 
 2 0ger, in substance according to that which follows: — 
 
 Great Sir, — As to what, by your Messenger, you have signified 
 to us, Whether we will accept of your Mercy, or fall by your 
 Justice, we are bound by the Law and Custom of this place, and 
 can give you no positive answer; for it is against the Law, 
 Government, and the Prerogative Royal of our King, to make 
 either Peace or War without him. But this we will do ; we 
 will petition that our Prince will come down to the Wall, and 
 there give you such a Treatment as he shall think fit and profitable 
 for us. 
 
 30 When the good Prince Emmanuel heard this answer, and Emmanuel 
 
 , , , 1 grieved at 
 
 saw the Slavery and Bondage ot the People, and how much thefo u yo f 
 content they were to abide in the chains of the Tyrant Mansc 
 Diabolus, it grieved him at the heart; and, indeed, when at 
 any time he perceived that any were contented under the 
 Slavery of the Giant, he would be affected with it. 
 
 But to return again to our purpose. After the Town had 
 carried this News to Diabolus, and had told him, moreover, 
 that the Prince, that lay in the Leaguer, without the Wall, 
 
)2 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 'waited upon them for an answer, he refused, and huffed as 
 
 Diaboios wc ]j as ne CO uld ; but in heart he was afraid. 
 
 Then said he, I twill go down to the Gates myself, and give 
 him such an answer as I think fit. So lie went down to 
 Mouth-gate, and there addressed himself to speak to Emmanuel 
 (but in such language as the Town understood not), the 
 Contents whereof were as follow : — 
 
 His speech to Oh, thou preat Emmanuel, Lord of all the World, I know thee, 
 
 r/u Prince. ' ° ' J ' 
 
 that thou art the Son of the great Shaddai ! Wherefore art thou 
 come to torment me, and to cast me out of my possession ? This i o 
 Town of Mansoul, as thou very well knowest, is ??iine, and that 
 by a twofold Right. I. 7/ is mine by right of Conquest ; I won it 
 Is. 4 . -4 ■] in the open fi eld : and shall the Prey be taken from the mighty, or 
 the lawful Captive be delivered? 2. This Town of Mansoul is 
 mine also by their Subjection. They have opened the Gates of their 
 Town unto me ; they have sworn fidelity to me, and have openly 
 Jicart. chosen me to be their King • they have also given their Castle into 
 
 my hands ; yea, they have put the whole strength of Mansoul 
 under me. 
 
 Moreover, this Town of Mansoul hath disavowed thee; yea, 20 
 they have cast thy Law, thy Name, thy Image, and all that is 
 thine, behind their Back, and have accepted and set up in their 
 room my Law, my Name, my Image, and all that ever is mine. 
 Ask else thy Captains, and they will tell thee that Mansoul hath, 
 in answer to all their summonses, shown Love and Loyalty to me, 
 but always Disdain, Despite, Contempt, and Scorn to thee and thine. 
 Now, thou art the Just One and the Holy, and shouldest do no 
 iniquity. Depart, then, I pray thee, therefore, from me, and leave 
 me to my just Inheritance peaceably. 
 
 This Oration was made in the Language of Diabolus him- 30 
 self; for although he can, to every man, speak in their own 
 language (else he could not tempt them all as he does), yet he 
 has a language proper to himself, and it is the language of the 
 Infernal Gave, or Black Pit. 
 
 Wherefore the Town of Mansoul (poor hearts !) understood 
 him not : nor did they see how he crouched and cringed 
 while he stood before Emmanuel, their Prince. 
 
 Yea, they all this while took him to be one of that power 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 73 
 
 and force that by no means could be resisted. Wherefore, 
 while he was thus intreating that he might have yet his 
 Residence there, and that Emmanuel would not take it from 
 him by force, the Inhabitants boasted even of his valour, 
 saying, Who is able to make war with him ? 
 
 Well, when this pretended King had made an end of what 
 he would say, Emmanuel, the Golden Prince, stood up and 
 spake ; the contents of whose words follow. 
 
 Thou deceiving one, said he, I have, in my Father's Name, 
 
 10 in mine own Name, and on the behalf and for the good of this 
 wretched Town of Mansoul, somewhat to say unto thee. 
 Thou pretendest a right, a lawful right, to the deplorable 
 Town of Mansoul, when it is most apparent to all my Father's 
 Court that the entrance which thou hast obtained in at the 
 Gates of Mansoul was through thy lie and falsehood. Thou 
 beliedst my Father, thou beliedst his Law, and so deceivedst 
 the people of Mansoul. Thou pretendest that the people 
 have accepted thee for their King, their Captain, and right 
 Liege Lord ; but that also was by the exercise of deceit and 
 
 20 guile. Now, if Lying, Wiliness, Sinful Craft, and all manner of 
 horrible Hypocrisy, will go in my Father's Court (in which 
 court thou must be tried) for Equity and Right, then will 1 
 confess unto thee that thou hast made a lawful Conquest. 
 But, alas ! what Thief, what Tyrant, what Devil is there that 
 may not conquer after this sort ? But I can make it appear, 
 O Diabolus, that thou, in all thy pretences to a Conquest of 
 Mansoul, hast nothing of truth to say. Thinkest thou this to 
 be right, that thou didst put the lie upon my Father, and 
 madest him (to Mansoul) the greatest Deluder in the world? 
 
 30 And what sayest thou to thy perverting knowingly the right 
 purport and intent of the Law ? Was it good also that thou 
 madest a prey of the innocency and simplicity of the now 
 miserable Town of Mansoul? Yea, thou didst overcome 
 Mansoul by promising to them happiness in their transgres- 
 sions against my Father's law, when thou knewest, and 
 couldest not but know, hadst thou consulted nothing but 
 thine own experience, that that was the way to undo them. 
 Thou hast also thyself, oh, thou Master of Enmity, of spite 
 
74 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 defaced my Father's Image in Mansoul, and set up thy own m 
 its place, to the great contempt of my Father, the heightening 
 of thy sin, and to the intolerable damage of the perishing 
 Town of Mansoul. 
 
 Thou hast, moreover (as if all these were but little things 
 with thee), not only deluded and undone this Place, but, by 
 thy lies and fraudulent carriage, hast set them against their 
 own deliverance. How hast thou stirred them up against my 
 Father's Captains, and made them to fight against those that 
 were sent of him to deliver them from their bondage! All i° 
 these things, and very many more, thou hast done against thy 
 light, and in contempt of my Father and of his Law, yea, and 
 with design to bring under his displeasure for ever the miserable 
 Town of Mansoul. I am therefore come to avenge the wrong 
 that thou hast done to my Father, and to deal with thee for 
 the Blasphemies wherewith thou hast made poor Mansoul 
 blaspheme his name. Yea, upon thy head, thou Prince of the 
 infernal Cave, will I requite it. 
 
 As for myself, O Diabolus, I am come against thee by lawful 
 power, and to take, by strength of hand, this Town of 20 
 Mansoul out of thy burning fingers. For this Town of Man- 
 soul is mine, O Diabolus, and that by undoubted right, as all 
 shall see that will diligently search the most ancient and most 
 authentick Records; and I will plead my title to it, to the 
 confusion of thy face. 
 
 First, for the Town of Mansoul, my Father built and did 
 fashion it with his hand. The Palace also that is in the midst 
 of that Town, he built it for his own delight. This Town of 
 Mansoul, therefore, is my Father's, and that by the best of 
 titles, and he that gainsays the truth of this must lie against 3° 
 his soul. 
 
 Secondly, O, thou Master of the lie, this Town of Mansoul is 
 mine. 
 
 1. For that I am my Father's Heir, his First-born, and the 
 only Delight of his Heart. I am therefore come up against 
 thee in mine own right, even to recover mine own Inheritance 
 out of thine hand. 
 
 2. But further, as I have a right and title to Mansoul by 
 
 John 16. 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 75 
 
 being my Father's Heir, so I have also by my Father's 
 donation. His it was, and he gave it me; nor have I at John 17. 6. 
 any time offended my Father, that he should take it from me, 
 and give it to thee. Nor have I been forced, by playing the 
 Bankrupt, to sell or set to sale to thee my beloved Town of l ™- so- & 
 Mansoul. Mansoul is my Desire, my Delight, and the Joy of 
 my heart. But, 
 
 }. Mansoul is mine bv Right of Purchase. I have bought it, [Acts 20. 28. 
 
 J ' ° 1 Pet. 1. 
 
 O Diabohu, I have bought it to myself. Now, since it was 18. i 9 .j 
 10 my Father's, and mine, as I was his Heir, and since also I have 
 made it mine by virtue of a great purchase, it followeth that, 
 by all lawful right, the Town of Ma?isoul is mine, and that 
 thou art an Usurper, a Tyrant, and Traitor, in thy holding 
 possession thereof. Now, the cause of my purchasing of it 
 was this. Mansoul had trespassed against my Father: now 
 my Father had said, that in the day that they broke his Law 
 they should die. Now, it is more possible for Heaven and Matt. 5. 18. 
 Earth to pass away than for my Father to break his Word. 
 Wherefore, when Mansoul had sinned indeed by hearkening 
 20 to thy lie, I put in and became a surety to my Father, Body 
 for body, and Soul for soul, that I would make amends for 
 Mansoul' s transgressions ; and my Father did accept thereof. 
 So, when the time appointed was come, I gave Body for body, o sweet 
 Soul for soul, Life for life, Blood for blood, and so redeemed Emmanuel, 
 my beloved Mansoul. colV^J 
 
 4. Nor did I do this by halves. My Father's Law and 
 Justice, that were both concerned in the threatening upon 
 transgression, are both now satisfied, and very well content 
 that Mansoul should be delivered. 
 30 5. Nor am I come out this day against thee, but by com- 
 mandment of my Father; it was he that said unto me, Go Jojroio. 18. 
 
 36.] 
 down and deliver Mansoul. 
 
 Wherefore be it known unto thee, oh, thou Fountain of 
 deceit, and be it also known to the foolish Town of Mansoul, 
 that I am not come against thee this day without my Father. 
 
 And now, said the Golden-headed Prince, I have a word to 
 the Town of Mansoul. But so soon as mention was made 
 that he had a word to speak to the besotted Town of Mansoul, 
 
76 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 the Gates were double-guarded, and all men commanded not 
 to give him audience. So he proceeded and said, Oh, un- 
 happy Town of Mansoul, I cannot but be touched with pity 
 and compassion for thee. Thou hast accepted of Diabolus 
 for thy King, and art become a Nurse and Minister of Diabolo- 
 nians against thy Sovereign Lord. Thy Gates thou hast opened 
 to him, but hast shut them fast against me ; thou hast given 
 him a hearing, but hast stopt thine ears at my cry. He 
 brought to thee thy destruction, and thou didst receive both 
 him and it: I am come to thee bringing Salvation, but thou 10 
 regardest me not. Besides, thou hast, as with sacrilegious 
 hands, taken thyself with all that was mine in thee, and hast 
 given all to my foe, and to the greatest enemy my Father has. 
 You have bowed and subjected yourselves to him, you have 
 vowed and sworn yourselves to be his. Poor Mansoul ! what 
 shall I do unto thee? Shall I save thee? Shall I destroy 
 thee ? What shall I do unto thee ? Shall I fall upon thee, 
 and grind thee to powder, or make thee a Monument of the 
 richest grace ? What shall I do unto thee ? Hearken, there- 
 fore, thou Town of Mansoul, hearken to my Word, and thou 20 
 shalt live. I am merciful, Mansoul, and thou shalt find me so: 
 c am 5. 2. shut me not out of the Gates. 
 
 O Mansoul, neither is my Commission nor Inclination at all 
 john 12. 47. to do thee hurt. Why fliest thou so fast from thy Friend, and 
 Luke 9. 56- s j.j c k es t so dose to thine Enemy? Indeed, I would have thee, 
 because it becomes thee, to be sorry for thy sin. But do not 
 despair of life. This great Force is not to hurt thee, but to 
 deliver thee from thy Bondage, and to reduce thee to thy 
 Obedience. 
 
 My Commission, indeed, is to make a war upon Diabolus 30 
 [Luke 11. thy King, and upon all Diabolonians with him. For he is the 
 8i, 22.J strong man armed that keeps the house, and I will have him 
 out. His Spoils I must divide, his Armour I must take from 
 him his Hold I must cast him out of, and must make it an 
 Habitation for myself. And this, O Mansoul, shall Diabolus 
 know when he shall be made to follow me in Chains, and when 
 Mansoul shall rejoice to see it so. 
 
 I could, would I now put forth my Might, cause that forth- 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 77 
 
 with he should leave you and depart. But I have it in my 
 Heart so to deal with him, as that the Justice of the War 
 that I shall make upon him may be seen and acknowledged 
 by all. He hath taken Mansoul by Fraud, and keeps it by 
 Violence and Deceit, and I will make him bare and naked in 
 the eyes of all observers. 
 
 All my words are true. I am mighty to save, and will [i* <* 
 deliver my Mansoul out of his hand. 
 
 This Speech was intended chiefly for Mansoul, but Mansoul 
 io would not have the hearing of it. They shut up Ear-gate, 
 they barricaded it up, they kept it lockt and bolted, they set 
 a Guard thereat, and commanded that no Mansoulonian should 
 go out to him, nor that any from the Camp should be 
 admitted into the Town. All this they did, so horribly had 
 Diabolus inchanted them to do, and seek to do for him, 
 against their rightful Lord and Prince. Wherefore no man, 
 nor voice, nor sound of man that belonged to the glorious 
 Host, was to come into the Town. 
 
 So when Emmanuel saw that Mansoul was thus involved in 
 20 sin, he calls his Army together (since now also his Words were 
 despised), and gave out a Commandment throughout all his 
 host to be ready against the time appointed. Now, forasmuch 
 as there was no way lawfully to take the Town of Mansoul E*™™* 
 but to get in by the Gates, and at Ear-gate as the chief, ma ^ war 
 therefore he commanded his Captains and Commanders to "J"' 
 bring their Rams, their Slings, and their Men, and place them 
 at Eye-gate and Ear-gate, in order to his taking the Town. 
 
 When Emmanuel had put all things in a readiness to give 
 Diabolus Battle, he sent again to know of the Town of Man- 
 ia soul, if in peaceable manner they would yield themselves, or 
 whether they were yet resolved to put him to try the utmost 
 extremity ? They then, together with Diabolus their King, 
 called a Council of War, and resolved upon certain propo- 
 sitions that should be offered to Emmanuel, if he will accept 
 thereof. So they agreed ; and then the next was, who should 
 be sent on this errand. Now, there was in the Town of 
 Mansoul an old man, a Diabolonian, and his name was Mr. 
 Loth-to-Stcop, a stiff man in his way, and a great Doer for 
 
78 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Jus Diabolus : him, therefore, they sent, and put into his mouth 
 fhii what he should say. So he went and came to the Camp 
 
 ..v Mr. to £ mmanue j i anc i ^hen he was come, a time was ap- 
 ",""' pointed to give him audience. So at the time he came, 
 
 i m he * ° 7 
 
 <unds and after a Diabolonian Ceremony or two, he thus began 
 
 'itions , . , 
 
 ace. and said : 
 i it.is i. 16. LOTH-TO-STOOP. Great Sir, that it may be known unto all 
 men how good-natured a Prince my Master is, he hath sent me to 
 tell your Lordship that he is 'very willing, rather than go to war, 
 Mark this, to deliver up into your hands one half of the Town o/" Mansoul. 10 
 / am therefore to know if your Mightiness will accept of this 
 proposition. 
 Mark this. Emm. Then said Emmanuel, The whole is mine by gift and 
 purchase, wherefore I will never lose one half. 
 
 Loth. Then said Mr. Loth-to-Stoop, Sir, my Master hath 
 Luke 13. 25. said that he will be content that you shall be the nominal and 
 titular Lord of all, if he may possess but a part. 
 
 Emm. Then Emmanuel answered, The whole is mine really, 
 not in name and word only ; wherefore I will be the sole 
 Lord and possessor of all, or of none at all, of Mansoul. 20 
 
 Mark this. Loth. Then Mr. Loth-to-Stoop said again, Sir, behold the 
 \ i— 5- condescension of my Master I He says that he will be content 
 if he may but have assigned to him some place in Mansoul 
 as a place to live privately in, and you shall be Lord of all 
 the rest. 
 '■ 37.] Emm. Then said the Golden Prince, All that the Father 
 giveth me shall come to me ; and of all that he giveth me I 
 [Joh. 17. is.] will lose nothing — no, not a hoof nor a hair. I will not, 
 therefore, grant him, no, not the least corner in Mansoul to 
 dwell in. I will have all to myself. 30 
 
 Karhthis. LOTH. Then Loth-to-Stoop said again, But, sir, suppose that 
 my Lord should resign the (whole Town to you, only with this 
 proviso, that he sometimes, when he comes into this Country, may, 
 for old acquaintance'' sake, be entertained as a Wayfaring man for 
 two days, or ten days, or a month, or so. May not this small 
 matter be granted t 
 12. Emm. Then said Emmanuel, No. He came as a wayfaring 
 man to David, nor did he stay long with him, and yet it had 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 79 
 
 like to have cost David his soul. I will not consent that he 
 ever should have any harbor more there. 
 
 Loth. Then said Mr. Loth-to-Stoop, Sir, you seem to be very 
 hard. Suppose my master should yield to all that your Lordship 
 hath said, provided that his friends and kindred in Mansoul may 
 have liberty to trade in the Town, and to enjoy their present Sins and 
 dwellings. May not that be granted, Sir ? 
 
 Emm. Then said Emmanuel, No; that is contrary to my R 0m . 6. 13. 
 Father's will. For all, and all manner of Diabolcnians that \ ^ 1 * 
 10 now are, or that at any time shall be found in Mansoul, 
 shall not only lose their lands and liberties, but also their 
 lives. 
 
 Loth. Then said Mr. Loth-to-Stoop again, But, sir, may not Mark this. 
 my Master and great Lord, by letters, by passengers, by accidental J01 
 opportunities, and the like, maintain, if he shall deliver up all 
 unto thee, some kind of old Friendship with Mansoul? 
 
 Emm. Emmanuel answered, No, by no means; forasmuch 
 
 as any such fellowship, friendship, intimacy, or acquaintance, 
 
 in what way. sort, or mode soever maintained, will tend to 
 
 20 the corrupting of Mansoul, the alienating their affections from 
 
 me, and the endangering of their peace with my Father. 
 
 Loth. Mr. Loth-to-Stoop yet added further, saying, But, Mark 
 great Sir, since my Master hath many Friends, and those that are ,, 
 dear to him, in Mansoul, may he not, if he shall depart from 
 them, even of his bounty and good nature, bestow upon them, as 
 he sees fit, some tokens of his love and kindness that he had for 
 them, to the end that Mansoul, when he is gone, may look upon 
 such tokens of kindness once received from their old Friend, and 
 remember him who was once their King, and the merry times 
 30 that they sometimes enjoyed one with another, while he and they 
 lived in peace together ? 
 
 Emm. Then said Emmanuel, No ; for if Mansoul come to 
 be mine, I shall not admit of nor consent that there should 
 be the least scrap, shred, or dust of Diabolus left behind, as 
 tokens or gifts bestowed upon any in Mansoul, thereby to 
 call to remembrance the horrible Communion that was betwixt 
 them and him. 
 
 Loth. Well sir, said Mr. Loth-to-Stoop, I have one thing Mark this. 
 
 2 Kings 1. 3, 
 6.7- 
 
80 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 more to propound, and then I am got to the end of my Commission. 
 Suppose that, when my Master is gone from Mansoul, any that 
 shall yet live in the Town should hair such business of high 
 concerns to do, that if they be neglected the Party shall be undone; 
 and suppose, Sir, that nobody can help in that case so well as my 
 Master and Lord, may not now my Master be sent for upon so 
 urgent an occasion as this ? Or if he may not be admitted into 
 the Town, may not he and the person concerned meet in some of the 
 Ullages near Mansoul, and there lay their heads together, and 
 there consult of matters ? I ° 
 
 This was the last of those ensnaring propositions that 
 Mr. Loth-to-Stoop had to propound to Emmanuel on behalf 
 of his Master Diabolus ; but Emmanuel would not grant it; 
 for he said, 
 i Sam 28. 15. EMM. There can be no case, or thing, or matter fall out in 
 Mansoul, when thy Master shall be gone, that may not be salved 
 by my Father; besides, it will be a great disparagement to my 
 Father's wisdom and skill to admit any from Mansoul to go out 
 51. to Diabolus for advice, when they are bid before, in everything, 
 [Phil. 4.6.] by prayer and supplication to let their requests be made known 20 
 to my Father. Further, this, should it be granted, would be to 
 grant that a Door should be set open for Diabolus and the 
 Diabolonians in Mansoul, to hatch, and plot, and bring to pass 
 treasonable designs, to the grief of my Father and me, and to the 
 utter destruction of Mansoul. 
 Loth-to- When Mr. Loth-to-Stoop had heard this Answer, he took 
 
 leave of Emmanuel, and departed, saying that he would do 
 word to his Master concerning this whole affair. So he 
 departed, and came to Diabolus to Mansoul, and told him 
 the whole of the matter, and how Emmanuel would not 50 
 admit, no, not by any means, that he, when he was once 
 gone out, should for ever have anything more to do either 
 in or with any that are of the Town of Mansoul. When 
 Mansoul and Diabolus had heard this relation of things, they 
 with one consent concluded to use their best endeavour to 
 keep Emmanuel out of Mansoul, and sent old Ill-Pause, of 
 whom you have heard before, to tell the Prince and his 
 Captains so. So the old Gentleman came up to the top of 
 
TILE HOLY WAR. Si 
 
 Ear-gate, and called to the Camp for a hearing, who, when 
 
 they gave audience, he said, / have in commandment from my 
 
 high Lord to bid you tell it to your Prince Emmanuel, tbat°£thtcS5. 
 
 Mansoul and their King are resolved to stand and fall together ; 
 
 and that it is in vain for your Prince to think of ever having 
 
 Mansoul in his hand, unless he can take it by force. So some 
 
 went and told to Emmanuel what old III- Pause, a Diabclonian 
 
 in Mansoul, had said. Then said the Prince, / must try the Eph. f. t 7 . 
 
 power of my Sword, for I will net (for all the rebellions and 
 
 io the repulses that Mansoul has made against me) raise my Siege 
 and depart, but will assuredly take my Mansoul, and deliver it 
 from the hand of her Enemy. And with that he gave out a They must 
 commandment that Captain Boanerges, Captain Conviction/^' 
 Captain Judgment, and Captain Execution should forthwith the Battle - 
 march up to Ear-gate with Trumpets sounding, Colours 
 flying, and with Shouting for the Battle. Also he would 
 that Captain Credence should join himself with them. Em- 
 manuel, moreover, gave order that Captain Good-Hope and 
 Captain Charity should draw themselves up before Eye-gate. 
 
 20 He bid also that the rest of his Captains and their men 
 should place themselves for the best of their advantage against 
 the Enemy round about the Town; and all was done as he 
 had commanded. 
 
 Then he bid that the Word should be given forth, and 
 the Word was at that time, Emmanuel. Then was an 
 alarm sounded, and the Battering-rams were played, and 
 the Slings did whirl stones into the Town amain, and thus 
 the battle began. Now Diabolus himself did manage the 
 Townsmen in the war, and that at every Gate; wherefore 
 
 30 their resistance was the more forcible, hellish, and offensive 
 to Emmanuel. Thus was the good Prince ingaged and enter- 
 tained by Diabolus and Mansoul for several days together; and 
 a sight worth seeing it was to behold how the Captains of 
 Shaddai behaved themselves in this war. 
 
 And first for Captain Boanerges (not to undervalue the Boanerg. 
 rest), he made three most fierce assaults, one after an other, "£['** 
 upon Ear-gate, to the shaking of the Posts thereof. Captain 
 Conviction, he also made up as fast with Boanerges as possibly 
 
 G 
 
82 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 he could, and both discerning that the Gate began to yield, 
 they commanded that the Rams should still be played against 
 tion it. Now, Captain Conviction, going up very near to the Gate, 
 was with great force driven back, and received three wounds 
 Angels. i n the Mouth. And those that rode Reformades, they went 
 about to encourage the Captains. 
 
 For the valour of the two Captains, made mention of 
 before, the Prince sent for them to his Pavilion, and com- 
 manded them that a while they should rest themselves, and 
 that with somewhat they should be refreshed. Care also was 10 
 taken for Captain Coti'viction that he should be healed of his 
 wounds. The Prince also gave to each of them a Chain of 
 Gold, and bid them yet be of good courage. 
 Good-Hope Nor did Captain Good-Hope nor Captain Charity come be- 
 piay the hind in this most desperate fight ; for they so well did behave 
 Gate. ** ye themselves at Eye-gate, that they had almost broken it quite 
 open. These also had a reward from their Prince, as also 
 had the rest of the Captains, because they did valiantly round 
 about the Town. 
 
 In this engagement several of the Officers of Diabolus were 20 
 
 slain, and some of the Townsmen wounded. For the Officers, 
 
 Captain there was one Captain Boasting slain. This Boasting thought 
 
 s&tin. 8 that nobody could have shaken the Posts of Ear-gate, nor 
 
 have shaken the Heart of Diabolus. Next to him there was 
 
 one Captain Secure slain. This Secure used to say that the 
 
 2 Sam. 5 . 6. blind and lame in Mansoul were able to keep the Gates of 
 
 the Town against Emmanuel' 's army. This Captain Secure 
 
 '■'" did Captain Conviction cleave down the head with a two- 
 
 Secure * 
 
 slain. handed Sword, when he received himself three wounds in his 
 
 Mouth. 30 
 
 captain Besides these there was one Captain Brahman, a very 
 
 Bragman . * 
 
 fiain. desperate fellow, and he was Captain over a band of those 
 
 -•6. is.] that threw firebrands, arrows, and death. He also received, 
 by the hand of Captain Good-Hope, at Eye-gate, a mortal 
 wound in the Breast. 
 
 Mr. Feeling There was, moreover, one Mr. Feeling] but he was no 
 Captain, but a great Stickler to encourage Mansoul to Re- 
 bellion. He received a wound in the Eye by the hand of one 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 83 
 
 of Boanerges' Soldiers, and had by the Captain himself been 
 slain, but that he made a sudden retreat. 
 
 But I never saw Willbewill so daunted in all my life. He }™ bewU1 
 was not able to do as he was wont, and some say that he also 
 received a wound in the leg, and that some of the men in the 
 Prince's army have certainly seen him limp as he afterwards 
 walked on the Wall. 
 
 I shall not give you a particular account of the names of \ 
 the Soldiers that were slain in the Town, for many wereMaasoni 
 10 maimed, and wounded, and slain; for when they saw that 
 the posts of Ear-gate did shake, and Eye-gate was well-nigh 
 broken quite open, and also that their Captains were slain, 
 this took away the hearts of many of the Diabolonians. They 
 fell also by the force of the Shot that were sent by the golden 
 Slings into the midst of the Town of Mansoul. 
 
 Of the Townsmen, there was one Lo-ue-no-Good ; he wasajjjj n0 
 Townsman, but a Diabolonian. He also received his mortal™ 
 wound in Mansoul, but he died not very soon. 
 
 Mr. Ill-Pause, also, who was the man that came along with 11 
 20 Diabolus when at first he attempted the taking of Mansoul, he 
 also received a grievous wound in the head ; some say that 
 his Brain-pan was crack't. This I have taken notice of, that 
 he was never after this able to do that mischief to Mansoul as 
 he had done in times past. Also old Prejudice and Mr. Any- 
 thing fled. 
 
 Now, when the battle was over, the Prince commanded ; ; 
 that yet once more the White Flag should be set upon™, 
 Mount Gracious in sight of the Town of Mansoul, to show 
 that yet Emmanuel had Grace for the wretched Town of 
 
 3° Mansoul. 
 
 When Diabolus saw the White Flag hung out again, andr; 
 knowing that it was not for him, but Mansoul, he cast in his 
 mind to play another prank, to wit, to see if Emmanuel would 
 raise his siege and be gone, upon promise of a Reformation. 
 So he comes down to the Gate one evening, a good while 
 after the Sun was gone down, and calls to speak with Em- 
 manuel, who presently came down to the Gate, and Diabolus 
 saith unto him — 
 
 G 2 
 
84 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 ms speech to DlAB. Forasmuch as tbcic make st it appear by tby White Flag 
 that thou art wholly given to Peace and Quiet, I thought meet to 
 acquaint thee that we are ready to accept thereof upon terms which 
 thou may est admit. 
 
 I know that thou art given to Devotion, and that Holiness 
 pleaseth thee; yea, that thy great end in making a war upon 
 Mansoul is, that it may be a Holy Habitation. Well, draw off 
 thy forces from the Town, and I will bend Mansoul to thy 
 bow. 
 Diaboius First, I will lay down all acts of hostility against thee, and 10 
 
 anuei's will be willing to become thy Deputy, and will, as I have formerly 
 y ;^ Hd been against thee, now serve thee in the Town of Mansoul. And 
 AV " more particularly. 
 
 i. I will persuade Mansoul to receive thee for their Lord; 
 and I know) that they will do it the sooner when they shall under- 
 stand that I am thy Deputy. 
 
 2. I will show them wherein they have erred, and that Trans- 
 gression stands hi the way to Life. 
 
 3. / will show them the holy Law unto which they must con- 
 form, even that which they have broken. 20 
 
 4. I will press upon them the necessity of a Reformation 
 according to thy Law. 
 
 5. And, moreover, that none of these things may fail, I myself, 
 at my own proper cost and charge, will set up and maintain a 
 sufficient Ministry, besides Lecturers, in Mansoul. 
 
 6. Thou shalt receive, as a token of our Subjection to thee, year 
 by year, what thou shalt think ft to lay and levy upon us in token 
 of our Subjection to thee. 
 
 truwer. EMM. Then said Emmanuel to him, Oh, full of Deceit, how 
 [Prov. 5.6.] movable are thy ways! How often hast thou changed and 30 
 re-changed, if so be thou mightest still keep possession of 
 my Mansoul, though, as has been plainly declared before, I 
 am the right Heir thereof! Often hast thou made thy pro- 
 posals already, nor is this last a whit better than they. And 
 failing to deceive when thou showedst thyself in thy Black, 
 II - m. thou hast now transformed thyself into an Angel of Light, and 
 wouldest, to deceive, be now as a Minister of Righteous- 
 ness. 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 85 
 
 But know thou, O Diabolus, that nothing must be regarded Diabohu 
 that thou canst propound, for nothing is done by thee but to, 
 deceive. Thou neither hast Conscience to God, nor Love to ^SZiSl 
 the Town of Mansoul ; whence, then, should these thy sayings 
 arise but from sinful craft and deceit ? He that can of list 
 and <zvill propound what he pleases, and that wherewith he 
 may destroy them that believe him, is to be abandoned, with 
 all that he shall say. But if Righteousness be such a Beauty- 
 spot in thine eyes now, how is it that Wickedness was so 
 eo closely stuck to by thee before ? But this is by-the-by. 
 
 Thou talkest now of a Reformation in Mansoul, and that^j; 
 thou thyself, if I will please, wilt be at the head of that vai do no 
 
 • ' * good ■which 
 
 Reformation; all the while knowing that the greatest pro- ^//pro- 
 ficiency that man can make in the Law, and the Righteous- the health 
 ness thereof, will amount to no more, for the taking away <yrMa ' 
 of the Curse from Mansoul, than just nothing at all. For a 
 Law being broken by Mansoul, that had before, upon a 
 supposition of the breach thereof, a Curse pronounced against t GaI - 3- *> 
 him for it of God, can never, by his obeying of the Law, 
 
 20 deliver himself therefrom (to say nothing of what a Reforma- 
 tion is like to be set up in Mansoul when the Devil is become 
 corrector of vice). Thou knowest that all that thou hast now 
 said in this matter is nothing but guile and deceit; and is, as 
 it was the first, so is it the last Card that thou hast to play. 
 Many there be that do soon discern thee when thou showest 
 them thy cloven foot ; but in thy white, thy light, and in thy 
 transformation, thou art seen but of a few. But thou shalt 
 not do thus with my Mansoul, O Diabolus ; for I do still love 
 my Mansoul. 
 
 30 Besides, I am not come to put Mansoul upon Works to live 
 thereby (should I do so, I should be like unto thee) ; but I 
 am come that by me, and by what I have and shall do for 
 Mansoul, they may to my Father be reconciled, though by 
 their sin they have provoked him to anger, and though by the 
 law they can obtain mercy. 
 
 Thou talkest of subjecting of this Town to Good, when^" 
 
 J ° must be ?i£7i 
 
 none desireth it at thy hands. I am sent by my I ather to ,•* Mansoui 
 possess it myself, and to guide it by the skilfulness of my 
 
86 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Hands into such a conformity to him as shall be pleasing in 
 his sight. I will therefore possess it myself; I will dispossess 
 and cast thee out ; I will set up mine own Standard in the 
 midst of them ; I will also govern them by new Laws, new 
 Officers, new Motives, and new Ways ; yea, I will pull down 
 this Town, and build it again, and it shall be as though 
 it had not been, and it shall then be the glory of the whole 
 Universe. 
 Diaboius When Diabolus heard this, and perceived that he was 
 
 discovered in all his deceits, he was confounded, and utterly ic 
 
 put to a nonplus. But having in himself the Fountain of 
 
 iniquity, rage, and malice, against both Sbaddai and his Son, 
 
 and the beloved Town of Mansoul, what doth he but 
 
 strengthen himself what he could to give fresh Battle to 
 
 the noble Prince Emmanuel ? So, then, now we must have 
 
 another fight before the Town of Mansoul is taken. Come 
 
 up, then, to the Mountains, you that love to see military 
 
 actions, and behold by both sides how the fatal blow is given, 
 
 while one seeks to hold, and the other seeks to make himself 
 
 Master of the famous Town of Mansoul. 20 
 
 Newfrepar- Diabolus, therefore, having withdrawn himself from the 
 
 Wall to his force that was in the heart of the Town of 
 
 Mansoul, Emmanuel also returned to the Gamp : and both 
 
 of them, after their divers ways, put themselves into a posture 
 
 fit to bid Battle one to another. 
 
 Diaboius Diabolus, as filled with despair of retaining in his hands the 
 
 to?d£s° f famous Town of Mansoul, resolved to do what Mischief he 
 
 wwTltf could (if, indeed, he could do any) to the army of the Prince 
 
 re con- an d to the famous Town of Mansoul ; for, alas ! it was not 
 
 * what Mis- the happiness of the silly Town of Mansoul that was designed 30 
 
 ine/ he can. ^ Dj a b / US} but the utter ruin and overthrow thereof, as 
 
 now is enough in view. Wherefore he commands his Officers 
 
 that they should then, when they see that they could hold 
 
 the Town no longer, do it what harm and mischief they 
 
 Mark 9. 26, could, renting and tearing men, women, and children. For, 
 
 said he, nve bad better quite demolish the place, and leave it 
 
 like a ruinous heap, than so leave it that it may be an habitation 
 
 for Emmanuel. ' 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 87 
 
 Emmanuel again, knowing that the next Battle would issue 
 in his being made Master of the place, gave out a Royal 
 Commandment to all his Officers, High Captains, and Men of 
 War, to be sure to show themselves Men of War against 
 Diabolus and all Diabolonians ; but favourable, merciful, and 
 meek to the old inhabitants of Mansoul. Bend, therefore, said 
 the Noble Prince, the hottest front of the Battle against Diabolus 
 and his Men. 
 
 So the day being come, the command was given, and the The Battle 
 10 Prince's men did bravely stand to their arms, and did, asJJJJJ^J^, 
 before, bend their main force against Ear-pate and Eye-vate. bothsides 
 
 fiercely. 
 
 The Word was then, Mansoul is won I So they made their 
 assault upon the Town. Diabolus, also, as fast as he could, 
 with the main of his power, made resistance from within ; and 
 his high Lords and chief Captains for a time fought very 
 cruelly against the Prince's Army. 
 
 But after three or four notable Charges by the Prince and 
 his noble Captains, Ear-gate was broken open, and the Bars Ear-gate 
 and Bolts wherewith it was used to be fast shut up against the br 
 20 Prince were broken into a thousand pieces. Then did the 
 Prince's Trumpets sound, the Captains shout, the Town shake, 
 and Diabolus retreat to his Hold. Well, when the Prince's 
 forces had broken open the Gate, himself came up and did set 
 his Throne in it ; also he set his Standard thereby, upon a The Prince- s 
 Mount that before by his men was cast up to place the mighty f e ™f^i d 
 Slings thereon. The Mount was called Mount Hear-Well. tHeSiiH ** 
 
 ° m are played 
 
 There, therefore, the Prince abode, to wit, hard by the going stuiatthe 
 in at the Gate. He commanded also that the Golden Slings 
 should yet be played upon the Town, especially against the 
 3° Castle, because for shelter thither was Diabolus retreated. 
 Now, from Ear-gate the Street was straight even to the House 
 of Mr. Recorder that so was before Diabolus took the Town ; 
 and hard by his House stood the Castle, which Diabolus for a 
 long time had made his irksome Den. The Captains, there- 
 fore, did quickly clear that street by the use of their Slings, 
 so that way was made up to the heart of the Town. Then 
 
88 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 did the Prince command that Captain Boanerges, Captain Con- 
 viction, and Captain Judgment should forthwith march up the 
 U'icc. Town to the old Gentleman's Gate. Then did the Captains 
 in most warlike manner enter into the Town of Mansoul, and, 
 ■■ J " p marching in with flying Colours, they came up to the Recorder s 
 Recorder's House, and that was almost as strong as was the Castle. Bat- 
 tering Rams they took also with them, to plant against the 
 Castle Gates. When they were come to the House of Mr. 
 Conscience, they knocked, and demanded entrance. Now, the 
 old Gentleman, not knowing as yet fully their design, kept his 10 
 demand Cates shut all the time of this fight. Wherefore Boanerges 
 entrance, demanded entrance at his Gates ; and no man making answer, 
 he gave it one stroke with the head of a Ram, and this made 
 the old Gentleman shake, and his House to tremble and totter. 
 Then came Mr. Recorder down to the Gates, and, as he could, 
 with quivering lips, he asked who was there. Boanerges 
 answered, We are the Captains and Commanders of the great 
 Shaddai and of the blessed Emmanuel, his Son, and <we demand 
 possession of your House for the use of our noble Prince: And with 
 that the Battering-ram gave the Gate another shake. This 20 
 made the old Gentleman tremble the more, yet durst he not but 
 They go in. open the Gate : then the King's forces marched in, namely, 
 the three brave Captains mentioned before. Now, the Recor- 
 der s House was a place of much convenience for Emmanuel, 
 not only because it was near to the Castle and strong, but also 
 because it was large, and fronted the Castle, the Den where 
 now Diabolus was, for he was now afraid to come out of his 
 ihiy do keep hold. As for Mr. Recorder, the Captains carried it very re- 
 r'eTc'rved" servedly to him ; as yet he knew nothing of the great designs 
 ■>■■ m the f Emmanuel, so that he did not know what judgment to make, 30 
 
 Recorder. ' J ° } J 
 
 nor what would be the end of such thundering beginnings. 
 
 It was also presently noised in the Town how the Recorder's 
 
 His hwse House was possessed, his Rooms taken up, and his Palace made 
 
 the seat of r ' ' ' 
 
 War. the seat of the War ; and no sooner was it noised abroad, but 
 
 they took the alarm as warmly, and gave it out to others of 
 his friends ; and you know, as a Snow-ball loses nothing by 
 rolling, so in little time the whole Town was possessed that 
 they must expect nothing from the Prince but Destruction ; 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 89 
 
 and the ground of the business was this, the Recorder was 
 afraid, the Recorder trembled, and the Captains carried it 
 strangely to the Recorder. So many came to see. But when 
 they with their own eyes did behold the Captains in the 
 Palace, and their Battering-rams ever playing at the Castle 
 Gates to beat them down, they were riveted in their fears, and 
 it made them all in amaze. And, as I said, the Man of the 
 House would encrease all this; for whoever came to him, or The office 0/ 
 discoursed with him, nothing would he talk of, tell them, or whenheis 
 
 10 hear, but that Death and Destruction now attended Mansoul. °™^ d - 
 For, quoth the old Gentleman, you are all of you sensible that 
 we all have been Traitors to that once despised, but now famously 
 •victorious and glorious Prince Emmanuel ; for he now, as you see, 
 doth not only lie in close Siege about us, but hath forced his entrance 
 in at our Gates. Moreover, Diabolusy?«\f before him; and he hath, 
 as you behold, made of my Rouse a Garrison against the Castle, 
 where he is. I, for my part, have transgressed greatly; and he 
 that is clean, 'tis well for him. But I say I have transgressed 
 greatly in keeping Silence when I should have spoken, and in per- 
 
 20 verting Justice when I should have executed the same. True, I 
 have suffered something at the hand of Diabolus for taking part 
 with the Laws of King Shaddai ; but that, alas ! what will that 
 do ? will that make compensation for the Rebellions and Treasons 
 that I have done, and have suffered without gainsaying to be com- 
 mitted in the Town of Mansoul ? Oh ! I tremble to think what 
 will be the end of this so dreadful and so ireful a beginning ! 
 
 Now, while these brave Captains were thus busy in the The brave 
 
 7 z . exploits of 
 
 House of the old Recorder, Captain Execution was as busy, in the captain 
 other parts of the Town, in securing the back-Streets and the Executlon 
 30 Walls. He also hunted the Lord Willbewill sorely; he suf- 
 fered him not to rest in any corner. He pursued him so hard 
 that he drove his men from him, and made him glad to thrust 
 his head into a hole. Also this mighty Warrior did cut three 
 of the Lord Willbewill's Officers down to the ground ; one was 
 old Mr. Prejudice, he that had his crown crackt in the Mutiny. o&iPre- 
 This man was made by Lord Willbewill keeper of Ear-gate, JuJ 
 and fell by the hand of Captain Execution. There was also 
 one Mr. Backward-to-all-but-Naught, and he also was one of 
 
9 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Lord IVillbewilY s Officers, and was the Captain of the two Guns 
 that once were mounted on the top of Ear-gate. He also was 
 cut down to the ground by the hands of Captain Execution. 
 Besides these two, there was another, a third, and his name 
 was Captain Treacherous ; a vile man this was, but one that 
 r :s Willbewill did put a great deal of confidence in : but him also 
 did this Captain Execution cut down to the ground with the 
 rest. 
 
 He also made a very great slaughter among my Lord Will- 
 bewilTs Soldiers, killing many that were stout and sturdy, and 10 
 wounding many that for Diabolus were nimble and active. 
 But all these were Diabolonians; there was not a man, a native 
 of Mansou/, hurt. 
 
 Other feats of War were also likewise performed by other 
 of the Captains, as at Eye-gate, where Captain Good-Hope and . 
 Captain Charity had a charge, was great execution done. For 
 the Captain Good-Hope with his own hands slew one Captain 
 Blindfold, the keeper of that Gate. This Blindfold was Cap- 
 tain of a thousand men, and they were they that fought with 
 Mauls. He also pursued his men, slew many, and wounded 20 
 more, and made the rest hide their heads in corners. 
 
 There was also at that gate Mr. II I- Pause, of whom you 
 have heard before. He was an old man, and had a beard that 
 reached down to his girdle : the same was he that was Orator 
 to Diabolus: he did much mischief in the Town of Mansoul, 
 and fell by the hand of Captain Good-Hope. 
 
 What shall I say ? The Diabolonians in these days lay dead 
 in every corner, though too many yet were alive in Mansoul. 
 
 Now, the old Recorder and my Lord Understanding, with 
 
 some others of the chief of the Town, to wit, such as knew 30 
 
 they must stand and fall with the famous Town of Mansoul, 
 
 came together upon a day, and, after consultation had, did 
 
 jointly agree to draw up a Petition, and to send it to Emmanuel, 
 
 now while he sat in the Gate of Mansoul. So they drew up 
 
 their Petition to Emmanuel, the contents whereof were these: — 
 
 The Town That they, the old inhabitants of the now deplorable Town o/'Man- 
 
 a>idare soul, confessed their sin, and were sorry that they had offended his 
 
 "wiTh'si^ence. Princely Majesty, and prayed that he would spare their lives. 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 91 
 
 Upon this Petition he gave no answer at all, and that did 
 trouble them yet so much the more. Now, all this while the 
 Captains that were in the Recorder s house were playing with the 
 Battering-rams at the Gates of the Castle, to beat them down. 
 So, after some time, labour, and travel, the Gate of the Castle 
 that was called Impregnable was beaten open, and broken into TheCastu 
 several splinters; and so a way made to go up to the Hold in^JJ** 1 
 which Diabolus had hid himself. Then were tidings sent down 
 to Ear-gate, for Emmanuel still abode there, to let him know 
 
 10 that a way was made in at the Gates of the Castle of Mansoul. 
 But, oh! how the Trumpets at the tidings sounded throughout 
 the Prince's Camp, for that now the War was so near an end, 
 and Mansoul itself of being set free. 
 
 Then the Prince arose from the place where he was, and 
 took with him such of his INI en of War as were fittest for that 
 expedition, and marched up the Street of Mansoul to the old 
 Recorder's House. 
 
 Now, the Prince himself was clad all in Armour of Gold, Emmanuel 
 and so he marched up the Town, with his Standard borne ££**" 
 
 20 before him; but he kept his Countenance much reserved, all MansouL 
 the way as he went, so that the people could not tell how to 
 gather to themselves love or hatred by his looks. Now, as he 
 marched up the Street, the Townsfolk came out at every door 
 to see, and could not but be taken with his Person and the 
 Glory thereof, but wondered at the reservedness of his Coun- 
 tenance ; for as yet he spake more to them by his Actions and 
 Works than he did by Words or Smiles. But also poor Mansoul 
 (as in such cases all are apt to do), they interpreted the C2lv- Ho7Vthey 
 riages of Emmanuel to them as did Joseph's brethren his to i * lte rP ret 
 
 ■* Emmanuel s 
 
 30 them, even all the quite contrary way. For, thought they, if carriage. 
 Emmanuel loved us, he would show it to us by word or carriage; 
 but none of these he doth, therefore Emmanuel hates us. Now 
 if Emmanuel hates us, then Mansoul shall be slain, then Man- 
 soul shall become a dunghill. They knew that they had trans- 
 gressed his Father's Law, and that against him they had been 
 in with Diabolus, his Enemy. They also knew that the Prince 
 Emmanuel knew all this ; for they were convinced that he was [2 Sam. 14. 
 as an Angel of God, to know all things that are done in the 20 " J 
 
92 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 earth; and this made them think that their condition was 
 miserable, and that the good Prince would make them desolate. 
 And, thought they, what time soft to do this in as now, when 
 he has the bridle of Mansoul in his hand? And this I took 
 special notice of, that the Inhabitants, notwithstanding all this, 
 could not — no, they could not, when they saw him march 
 through the Town, but cringe, bow, bend, and were ready to 
 lick the dust of his feet. They also wished a thousand times 
 over that he would become their Prince and Captain, and 
 would become their Protection. They would also, one to 10 
 another, talk of the comeliness of his Person, and how much 
 for glory and valour he outstripped the great ones of the 
 World. But, poor hearts ! as to themselves, their thoughts 
 would change, and go upon all manner of extremes. Yea, 
 through the working of them backward and forward, Mansoul 
 is. 22. is.] became as a ball tossed, and as a rolling thing before the 
 whirlwind. 
 
 '■> thc'cas'tu Now > ^ vhen he was come to tne Castle Gates, he commanded 
 ndcom- Diabolus to appear, and to surrender himself into his hands. 
 
 tanas ._ * ' 
 
 )iaboius^ But, oh ! how loth was the Beast to appear ! how he stuck at 20 
 \iZtMif. it ! how he shrunk ! how he cringed ! yet out he came to the 
 '- Prince. Then Emmanuel commanded, and they took Diabolus 
 
 nd bound , , , . , _ , , 
 
 h chants, and bound him fast in chains, the better to reserve him to the 
 
 judea] Judgment that he had appointed for him. But Diabolus stood 
 up to entreat for himself that Emmanuel would not send him 
 
 Lu.8.31.3 into the deep, but suffer him to depart out of Mansoul in 
 peace. 
 
 When Emmanuel had taken him and bound him in chains, 
 he led him into the Market-place, and there, before Mansoul, 
 
 Lu. 11. ».] stripped him of his armour in which he boasted so much be- 30 
 fore. This now was one of the Acts of Triumph of Emmanuel 
 over his Enemy; and all the while that the Giant was stripping, 
 the Trumpets of the Golden Prince did sound amain ; the 
 Captains also shouted, and the Soldiers did sing for joy. 
 
 lansoul Then was Mansoul called upon to behold the beginning of 
 
 Hust behold . r e> o 
 
 Emmanuel s l numph over him m whom they so much had 
 trusted, and of whom they so much had boasted in the days 
 when he flattered them. 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 93 
 
 Thus having made Diabolus naked in the eyes of Mansoul, 
 and before the Commanders of the Prince, in the next place 
 he commands that Diabolus should be bound with chains to He is bound 
 his Chariot Wheels. Then leaving of some of his forces, to wit, chariot 
 Captain Boanerges and Captain Conviction, as a guard for the ~ wheels - 
 Castle Gates, that resistance might be made on his behalf (if 
 any that heretofore followed Diabolus should make an attempt 
 to possess it), he did ride in triumph over him quite through the The Prince 
 
 nicies if 1 
 
 Town of Mansoul, and so out at and before the Gate called triumph 
 10 Eye-gate, to the Plain where his Camp did lie. ™J$S% 
 
 But you cannot think, unless you had been there, as I was, Mansoul - 
 what a shout there was in Emmanuel 's Camp when they saw They sing. 
 the Tyrant bound by the hand of their noble Prince, and tied 
 to his Chariot Wheels ! And they said, He hath led captivity [E P h. 4. -. 
 captive, he hath spoiled Principalities and Powers. Diabolus is 
 subjected to the Power of his Sword, and made the object of all 
 Derision. 
 
 Those also that rode Reformades, and that came down to The Refor- 
 see the Battle, they shouted with that greatness of voice, and m * A&SJoy 
 20 sung with such melodious notes, that they caused them that 
 
 dwell in the highest Orbs to open their windows, put out their Luke 15. 7, 
 heads, and look down to see the cause of that Glory. 
 
 The Townsmen, also, so many of them as saw this sight, 
 were, as it were, while they looked, betwixt the Earth and 
 the Heavens. True, they could not tell what would be the 
 issue of things as to them ; but all things were done in such 
 excellent methods, and, I cannot tell how, but things in the 
 management of them seemed to cast a smile towards the 
 Town, so that their eyes, their heads, their hearts, and their The men oj 
 30 minds, and all that they had, were taken and held while they ™l™tith 
 observed Emmanuel's order. Emmanuel. 
 
 So, when the brave Prince had finished this part of his 
 Triumph over Diabolus his foe, he turned him up in the midst 
 of his contempt and shame, having given him a charge no 
 more to be a possessor of Mansoul. Then went he from 
 Emmanuel, and out of the midst of his Camp, to inherit the J er - 17- e. 
 parched places in a salt land, seeking rest, but finding none. 
 
 Now Captain Boanerges and Captain Conviction were, both 
 
94 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 The car- of them, men of very great majesty; their faces were like 
 
 rgea the faces of Lions, and their words like the roaring of the 
 
 captain Sea ; and they still quartered in Mr. Consciences House, of 
 
 conviction w hom mention was made before. When, therefore, the high 
 
 do crush the ' ' ° 
 
 rpiritqf and mighty Prince had thus far finished his Triumph over Dia- 
 bolus, the Townsmen had more leisure to view and to behold 
 the actions of these noble Captains. But the Captains carried 
 it with that terror and dread in all that they did (and you may 
 be sure that they had private instructions so to do), that they 
 kept the Town under continual heart-aching, and caused (in I0 
 their apprehension) the well-being of Mansoul for the future 
 to hang in doubt before them, so that for some considerable 
 time they neither knew what Rest, or Ease, or Peace, or Hope, 
 meant. 
 
 Nor did the Prince himself as yet abide in the Town of 
 Mansoul, but in his royal Pavilion in the Camp, and in the 
 midst of his Father's forces. So, at a time convenient, he 
 sent special orders to Captain Boanerges to summons Mansoul, 
 the whole of the Townsmen, into the Castle-yard, and then 
 "«'«« and there, before their faces, to take my Lord Understanding, 2 ° 
 
 commands, «*•/-!. j, 
 
 and the Mr. Conscience, and that notable one, the Lord Willbeivill, and 
 pufthTthrce? ut them all three in Ward, and that they should set a strong 
 m2so£i tH Guard upon them there until his pleasure concerning them was 
 Ward, further known : the which orders, when the Captains had put 
 them in execution, made no small addition to the fears of the 
 Town of Mansoul; for now, to their thinking, were their 
 former fears of the ruin of Mansoul confirmed. Now what 
 Death they should die, and how long they should be in dying, 
 was that which most perplexed their Heads and Hearts ; yea, 
 they were afraid that Emmanuel would command them all into 3° 
 the Deep, the place that the Prince Diabolus was afraid of, for 
 they knew that they had deserved it. Also to die by the 
 sword in the face of the Town, and in the open way of dis- 
 grace, from the hand of so good and so holy a Prince, that, 
 Mansoui too, troubled them sore. The Town was also greatly troubled 
 distressed. fc> r the men that were committed to Ward, for that they were 
 their Stay and their Guide, and for that they believed that, if 
 those men were cut off, their execution would be but the 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 95 
 
 beginning of the ruin of the Town of Mansoul. Wherefore, 
 what do they, but together with the men in prison, draw up a 
 petition to the Prince, and sent it to Emmanuel by the hand of They send a 
 
 r ' ' Petition to 
 
 Mr. Would- Live. So he went, and came to the Prince's quarters, Emmanuel 
 and presented the Petition, the sum of which was this : — ^ Mr , 
 
 Great and wonderful Potentate, Victor over Diabolus, and Con- Would " Llve 
 queror of the Town e/* Mansoul, — We, the miserable inhabita?its of 
 that most woful Corporation, do humbly beg that we may find 
 favour in thy sight, and remember not against us former transgres- 
 1 o sions, nor yet the sins of the chief of our Town ; but spare us, ac- 
 cording to the Greatness of thy Mercy, and let us not die, but live in 
 thy sight. So shall we be willing to be thy Servants, and, if thou 
 shalt think fit, to gather our Meat under thy Table. Amen. 
 
 So the Petitioner went, as was said, with his Petition to the 
 Prince; and the Prince took it at his hand, but sent him away They are 
 
 . , answered 
 
 with Silence. This still afflicted the Town of Mansoul ; but with stume. 
 yet, considering that now they must either petition or die, for 
 now they could not do anything else, therefore they consulted 
 again, and sent another Petition ; and this petition was much They 
 
 20 after the form and method of the former. again. 
 
 But when the Petition was drawn up, By whom should they They cannot 
 send it ? was the next question ; for they would not send this to send it. 
 by him by whom they sent the first, for they thought that the 
 Prince had taken some offence at the manner of his deport- 
 ment before him: so they attempted to make Captain Convic- 
 tion their messenger with it ; but he said that he neither durst 
 nor would petition Emmanuel /br Traitors, nor be to the Prince an 
 advocate for Rebels. Tet withal, said he, our Prince is good, and 
 you may adventure to send it by the hand of one of your Town, 
 
 30 provided he went with a Rope about his head, and pleaded nothing ^ K 
 but Mercy. 
 
 Well, they made, through fear, their delays as long as they 
 could, and longer than delays were good ; but fearing at last 
 the dangerousness of them, they thought, but with many a 
 fainting in their minds, to send their petition by Mr. Desires- 
 Awake ; so they sent for Mr. Desires- Awake. Now he dwelt 
 in a very mean Cottage in Mansoul, and he came at his Neigh- 
 bours' request. So they told him what they had done, and 
 
 in. sc. 30, 
 
9 6 7Y/£ //6>/)' f/0/A\ 
 
 what they would do, concerning petitioning, and that they did 
 desire of him that he would go therewith to the Prince. 
 
 Then said Mr. Desires- Awake, Why should not I do the best J 
 
 Mr. Desires- can to save so famous a Town as Mansouiy}-<?>;/ deserved destruc- 
 
 withthe tion t They therefore delivered the Petition to him, and told 
 
 him how he must address himself to the Prince, and wisht 
 
 Prince. }-,j m t en thousand good speeds. So he comes to the Prince's 
 
 Pavilion, as the first, and asked to speak with his Majesty. So 
 
 word was carried to Emmanuel, and the Prince came out to 
 
 the man. When Mr. Desires- Awake saw the Prince, he fell io 
 
 flat with his face to the ground, and cried out, O that Mansoul 
 
 [Gen. 17. 18.] might live before thee! and with that he presented the Petition; 
 
 the which when the Prince had read, he turned away for a 
 
 [Gen. 41. c4; while and wept ; but refraining himself, he turned again to the 
 
 ''■', .._ man, (who all this while lay crying at his feet, as at the first) 
 
 tainmatt. anc j sa jd to him, Go thy way to thy place, and I will consider of 
 
 thy requests. 
 
 Now, you may think that they of Mansoul that had sent 
 
 him, what with guilt and what with fear lest their Petition 
 
 should be rejected, could not but look with many a long look, 20 
 
 and that, too, with strange workings of heart, to see what 
 
 ms rcium would become of their Petition. At last they saw their 
 
 Z' l f/u"u SWcr Messenger coming back. So, when he was come, they asked 
 
 that sent hj m ^ow h e f ar ed, what Emmanuel said, and what was become 
 
 him. ' 
 
 of the Petition. But he told them that he would be silent till 
 he came to the Prison to my Lord Mayor, my Lord Willb&will, 
 and Mr. Recorder. So he went forwards towards the Prison- 
 house, where the men of Mansoul lay bound. But, C) ! what 
 a Multitude flocked after, to hear what the Messenger said. 
 So, when he was come, and had showed himself at the Gate 30 
 of the Prison, my Lord Mayor himself lookt as white as a 
 clout; the Recorder also did quake. But they asked and 
 said, Come, good Sir, what did the great Prince say to you f 
 Then said Mr. Desires-Awake, When I came to my Lord's Pavi- 
 lion, I called, and he came forth. So I fell prostrate at his feet, 
 and delivered to him my Petition ; (for the Greatness of his Person 
 and the Glory of his Countenance would not suffer me to stand upon 
 my legs.) Now as he received the Petition, I cried, Oh that 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 97 
 
 Mansoul might live before thee ! So, when for a while he had 
 looked thereon, he turned him about, and said to his servant, Go 
 thy way to thy place again, and I will consider of thy requests. 
 The Messenger added, moreover, and said, The Prince to whom 
 you sent me is such a one for Beauty and Glory, that whoso sees 
 him must both love and fear him. I, for my part, can do no less ; 
 but I know; not what will be the end of these things. 
 
 At this answer, they were all at a stand, both they in Prison Mansoul 
 and they that followed the Messenger thither to hear the a™/™"' 
 10 news ; nor knew they what or what manner of interpretation ans ' 
 to put upon what the Prince had said. Now, when the Prison 
 was cleared of the throng, the Prisoners among themselves 
 began to comment upon EmmanuePs words. My Lord Mayor The 
 said that the Answer did not lock with a rugged face ; but Will- judgment 
 bewill said that it betokened Evil; and the Recorder, that it was a %™J^ 
 Messenger of Death. Now they that were left, and that stood answer. 
 behind, and so could not so well hear what the Prisoners said, fi"ugh t T 
 some of them catched hold of one piece of a sentence, and breed con/»- 
 
 1 sion in 
 
 some on a bit of another ; some took hold of what the Mes- Mansoui. 
 
 20 senger said, and some of the Prisoners' judgment thereon ; so 
 none had the right understanding of things. But you cannot 
 imagine what work these people made, and what a confusion 
 there was in Mansoul now. 
 
 For presently they that heard what was said flew about the 
 Town, one crying one thing, and another the quite contrary; 
 and both were sure enough that they told true ; for they did 
 hear, they said, with their ears what was said, and therefore 
 could not be deceived. One would say, We must all be killed ; 
 another would say, We must all be saved ; and a third would 
 
 30 say that the Prince would not be concerned with Mansoul ; and 
 a fourth, that the Prisoners must be suddenly put to death. And, 
 as I said, every one stood to it that he told his tale the 
 Tightest, and that all others but he were out. Wherefore 
 Mansoul had now molestation upon molestation, nor could 
 any man know on what to rest the Sole of his Foot ; for one 
 would go by now, and as he went, if he heard his Neighbour 
 tell his tale, to be sure he would tell the quite contrary, and 
 both would stand in it that he told the Truth. Nay, some of 
 
 H 
 
9 8 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Mansoul in 
 fer/., 
 
 II hat will 
 notguHt do? 
 
 They 
 resolve to 
 petition 
 again. 
 
 Their 
 
 Petition. 
 
 Prayer 
 atti nded 
 ivith 
 difficulty. 
 
 them had got this story by the end, that the Prince did intend 
 to put Mansoul to the sword. And now it began to be dark, 
 wherefore poor Mansoul was in sad perplexity all that Night 
 until the Morning. 
 
 But, so far as I could gather by the best information that I 
 could get, all this hubbub came through the words that the 
 Recorder said when he told them that, in his judgment, the 
 Prince's answer was a Messenger of Death. 'Twas this that 
 fired the Town, and that began the fright in Mansoul ; for 
 Mansoul in former times did use to count that Mr. Recorder 10 
 was a Seer, and that his sentence was equal to the best of 
 Oracles ; and thus was Mansoul a terror to itself. 
 
 And now did they begin to feel what were the effects of 
 stubborn Rebellion, and unlawful Resistance against their 
 Prince. I say, they now began to feel the effects thereof by 
 Guilt and Fear, that now had swallowed them up ; and who 
 more involved in the one but they that were most in the 
 other, to wit, the chief of the Town of Mansoul ? 
 
 To be brief: when the fame of the fright was out of the 
 Town, and the Prisoners had a little recovered themselves, 20 
 they take to themselves some heart, and think to petition the 
 Prince for life again. So they did draw up a third Petition, 
 the contents whereof were these : — 
 
 Prince Emmanuel the Great, Lord of all worlds, and Master 
 of Mercy, — We, thy poor wretched, miserable, dying Town of Man- 
 soul, do confess unto thy great and glorious Majesty that we have 
 sinned against thy Father and Thee, and are no more 'worthy to be 
 called thy Mansoul, but rather to be cast into the Pit. If thou 
 wilt slay us, we have deserved it. If thou wilt condemn us to the 
 Deep, we cannot but say thou art righteous. We cannot complain, 30 
 whatever thou dost, or however thou earnest it towards us. But, 
 oh ! let Mercy reign, and let it be extended to us ! Oh, let Mercy 
 take hold upon us, and free us from our transgressions, and we 
 will sing of thy Mercy and of thy Judgment ! Amen. 
 
 This Petition, when drawn up, was designed to be sent to 
 the Prince as the first ; but who should carry it ? — that was 
 the question. Some said, Let him do it that went with the first; 
 but others thought not good to do that, and that because he 
 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Name, but had „othS^ ee K ' * ^ that bare onl >' the^Coc. 
 were fJ ~i • , ngoftheNatur e of the thing. Now some D " d -*»- 
 were for sending h fin • but the b j V ' me A>»»*tf«, 
 
 for that For said he &W f r was by no means f»*™» 
 
 «./// «£» T^ZZ'ZTTu" a man ° fthh — ~'" 
 
 Deed r „ ftttSjX* ^■^ 
 
 «*«* IZsZT' m n ;?* say > What is % nam e ; „ 
 
 . «te STJr TJi" * *"" '«* ° ld Good-Deed, 
 you from yo r ^ tr s"sef "fj ;T '* ° M G ^-e 
 
 After tliP J?„, / u j • -weeds j« w Mansoul. 
 
 iWsho dnoTrot.ithth 81 ^- 1 " WS reaS ° nS %*« 
 the Prisoner a „f eh f *l! etlt r t0 *??—* the ^ <* 
 Good-Deed was hU -a , ° PP ° Sed tt a,s0 > and =0 old 
 
 2 o i Lie" r ? ,1' 3nd the> ' ^^ t0 Send Mr " desires- 
 wodd a Te^H f y Sent f ° r h, ' m ' and desir ed him that he 
 
 He 2; rr th r h^^^^Vd ? e P r e; and 
 
 ■ wise he shnnM f.i i. V , the ^ bld h,m th ^t in any 
 
 offence °t pte/ ir 1 T W °1 " Cam ' aSe he ^ 
 you may W-£ .<° r ' £ ^ '* /"■ -B* w «> *//, 
 Now M n r destructi °>>> said they. 
 
 this Errand besoTJhf Th ? I?" he "* that he must S° on.,,r>e S „„. 
 rano, Desought that they would grant that Mr w., A -«"«w 
 Eyes might go with him. Now this Mr V/ V w *-^>— . 
 
 neighbour of Mr n ■ Wet-Eyes was a near"*""" 
 
 3° spirit ye, one ,L m'" * P °° r man ' S ™ an of a broken "«S 
 j c^fhil, yet one that could snpnk- ™&\\ +~ -n ^.- 
 
 g^rsr ?■ "~ - £rts w -■ :r 
 
 Now I ,u y W6nt t0 the Prince ' s Pa ««on. 
 
 »«^mZ^::c^ this third " me > the >- •« 
 
 burden to the Prince Wh/ f T" 1 " 10 "' ' hey m '' sht be a 
 
 the door of hi T " i- AV \ erefore > whe " t^y were come to 
 
 of his Pavahon, they first made their apology for 
 
100 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Their themselves, and for their coming to trouble Emmanuel so 
 their com- often ; and they said that they came not hither to-day for that 
 mg agam. f ^ Jdigfjted in being troublesome, or for that they delighted to 
 hear themselves talk, but for that necessity caused them to come to 
 his Majesty. They could, they said, have no rest day nor night, 
 because of their Transgressions against Shaddai and against Em- 
 manuel his Son. They also thought that some misbehaviour of 
 Mr. Desires-Awake the last time might give some distaste to his 
 Highness, and so cause that he returned from so merciful a Prince 
 empty, and without countenance. So, when they had made this 10 
 apology, Mr. Desires-Awake cast himself prostrate upon the 
 ground, as at the first, at the feet of the mighty Prince, saying, 
 Oh, that Mansoul might live before thee! and so he delivered 
 The Prince his Petition. The Prince then, having read the Petition, 
 them. ' turned aside awhile as before, and coming again to the place 
 where the Petitioner lay on the ground, he demanded what 
 his name was, and of what esteem in the account of Mansoul, 
 for that he, above all the multitude in Mansoul, should be 
 Mr. Desires sent to him upon such an Errand. Then said the Man to the 
 speech to the Prince, 0, let not my Lord be angry; and why enquirest thou after 20 
 Pnnce. ^ e name y JUC /j a d ea d dog as I am ? Pass by, I pray thee, and 
 take not notice of who I am, because there is, as thou very well 
 knowest, so great a disproportion between me and thee. Why the 
 Townsmen chose to send me on this Errand to my Lord, is best 
 known to themselves ; but it could not be for that they thought that 
 I had favour with my Lord. For my part, I am out of Charity 
 with myself; who, then, should be in Love with me ? Yet live I 
 would, and so would I that my Townsmen should ; and because 
 both they and myself are guilty of great Transgressions, therefore 
 they have sent me, and I am come in their Names to beg of my 30 
 Lord for Mercy. Let it please thee, therefore, to incline to Mercy; 
 but ask not what thy Servants are. 
 
 Then said the Prince, And what is he that is become thy Com- 
 panion in this so weighty a matter ? So Mr. Desires told Em- 
 manuel that he was a poor Neighbour of his, and one cf his most 
 intimate Associates. And his Name, said he, may it please your 
 most excellent Majesty, is Wet-Eyes, of the Town of Mansoul. 
 / know that there are many of that name that are naught ; but I 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 IOI 
 
 hope 'twill be no offence to my Lord that I have brought my poor 
 Neighbour with me. 
 
 Then Mr. Wet-Eyes fell on his face to the ground, and made 
 this Apology for his coming with his Neighbour to his Lord-— 
 
 Oh my Lord, quoth he, what I am I know not myself, nor Mr w et 
 whether my Name be feigned or true, especially when I begin to Ey j' 
 think what some have said, namely, that this Name was given me °^™Z 
 because Mr. Repentance was my Father. Good men have bad^L 
 Children, and the Sincere do oftentimes beget Hypocrites. My Mother 
 io also called me by this name from the cradle; but whether because 
 of the Moistness of my brain, or because of the Softness of my heart 
 I cannot tell. I see Dirt in mine own Tears, and Filthiness in the 
 bottom of my Prayers. But I pray thee (and all this while the 
 Gentleman wept) that thou wouldst not remember against us our 
 Transgressions, nor take offence at the unqualifedness of thy Servants 
 but mercifully pass by the sin of Mansoul, and refrain from the 
 glorifying of thy Grace no longer. 
 
 So at his bidding they arose, and both stood trembling 
 before him, and he spake to them to this purpose :— 
 
 20 P T f W '! ° f ManS ° Ul hatb Srievously rebelled against my TtePrince* 
 tat her, m that they have rejected him from being their King, and ansner - 
 did choose to themselves for their Captain a Liar, a Murderer, and 
 a Runagate slave. For this Diabolus, your pretended Prince, th< 
 though once so highly accounted of by you, made rebellion against £%?* 
 my Father and me, even in our Palace and highest Court 
 there, thinking to become a Prince and King. But being there 
 timely discovered and apprehended, and for his wickedness bound 
 in chains and separated to the Pit with those that were his Com- 
 panions, he offered himself to you, and you have received him. 
 30 Now this is, and for a long time hath been, a high Affront to my 
 Father; wherefore my Father sent to you a powerful Army, to 
 reduce you to your obedience. But you know how these men, their 
 Captains and their Counsels, were esteemed of you, and what they 
 received at your hand. You rebelled against them, you shut your 
 Gates upon them, you bid them Battle, you fought them, and fought 
 for Diabolus against them. So they sent to my Father for more 
 power, and I, with my Men, are come to subdue you. But as you 
 treated the Servants, so you treated their Lord. You stood up in 
 
102 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 hostile manner against me, you shut up your Gates against me, 
 you turned the deaf Ear to me, and resisted as long as you could • 
 but now I have made a Conquest of you. Did you cry me Mercy so 
 long as you had hopes that you might prevail against me 1 But 
 now I have taken the Town, you cry. But why did you not cry 
 before, when the White fag of my Mercy, the Red fag of Justice, 
 and the Black fag that threatened Execution, were set up to cite 
 you to it f Now I have conquered your Diabolus, you come to me 
 for Favour; but why did you not help me against the mighty? Yet 
 I will consider your Petition, and will answer it so as will be for 10 
 my Glory. 
 
 Go bid Captain Boanerges and Captain Conviction bring the 
 Prisoners out to me into the Camp to-morrow, and say you to 
 Captain Judgment and Captain Execution, Stay you in the 
 Castle, and take good heed to yourselves that you keep all 
 quiet in Mansoul until you shall hear further from me. And 
 with that he turned himself from them, and went into his 
 royal Pavilion again. 
 
 So the Petitioners, having received this answer from the 
 Prince, returned, as at the first, to go to their Companions 20 
 again. But they had not gone far, but thoughts began to 
 work in their minds that no Mercy as yet was intended by 
 the Prince to Mansoul. So they went to the place where the 
 Prisoners lay bound ; but these workings of mind about what 
 would become of Mansoul had such strong power over them, 
 that by that they were come unto them that sent them, they 
 were scarce able to deliver their Message. 
 
 But they came at length to the Gates of the Town (now 
 the Townsmen with earnestness were waiting for their re- 
 turn), where many met them, to know what answer was 30 
 made to the Petition. Then they cried out to those that 
 were sent, What news from the Prince t and what hath Em- 
 manuel said? But they said that they must, as afore, go up 
 to the* Prison, and there deliver their message. So away they 
 ofhiqiusi- went to the Prison, with a multitude at their heels. Now 
 ^thoughts, when they were come to the Grates of the Prison, they told 
 the first part of Emmanuel's speech to the Prisoners, to wit, 
 how he reflected upon their disloyalty to his Father and 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 1 03 
 
 himself, and how they had chosen and closed with Diabolus, 
 
 had fought for him, hearkened to him, and been ruled by 
 
 him, but had despised Him and his men. This made the The m..- 
 
 Prisoners look pale; but the Messengers proceeded and said,^,^^ t > 
 
 He, the Prince, said, moreover, that he would consider your ta , leJ J , : :ht 
 
 ' ' ' - / the Prison- 
 
 Petition, and give such answer thereto as 'would stand with his «••*■• 
 
 Glory. And as these words were spoken, Mr. Wet-Eyes gave 
 
 a great sigh. At this they were all of them struck into their 
 
 dumps, and could not tell what to say : fear also possessed 
 
 10 them in a marvellous manner, and death seemed to sit upon 
 some of their Eyebrows. Now there was in the company 
 a notable, sharp-witted fellow, a mean man of estate, and 
 his name was old Inquisitive. This man asked the Petitioners 
 if they had told out every whit of what Emmanuel said, and 
 they answered, Verily, no. Then said Inquisitive, I thought so, 
 indeed. Pray, what was it more that he said unto you t Then 
 they paused awhile ; but at last they brought out all, saying, 
 The Prince bade us bid Captain Boanerges and Captain Con- 
 viction bring the Prisoners down to him to-morrow ; and 
 
 20 that Captain Judgment and Captain Execution should take 
 charge of the Castle and Town till they should hear further 
 from him. They said also, that when the Prince had com- 
 manded them thus to do, he immediately turned his back 
 upon them, and went into his royal Pavilion. 
 
 But, O ! how this return, and specially this last clause of it, 
 that the Prisoners must go out to the Prince into the Camp, 
 brake all their loins in pieces! Wherefore, with one voice 
 they set up a cry that reached up to the Heavens. This 
 done, each of the three prepared himself to die (and the 
 
 30 Recorder said unto them, This was the thing that I feared)', Conscience. 
 for they concluded that to-morrow, by that the Sun went 
 down, they should be tumbled out of the world. The whole 
 Town, also, counted of no other but that, in their time and 
 order, they must all drink of the same cup. Wherefore the 
 Town of Mansoul spent that night in mourning, and sack- 
 cloth, and ashes. The Prisoners, also, when the time was 
 come for them to go down before the Prince, dressed them- 
 selves in mourning attire, with ropes upon their heads. The 
 
104 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 whole Town of Man soul also showed themselves upon the 
 Wall, all clad in mourning-weeds, if, perhaps, the Prince 
 with the sight thereof might be moved with Compassion. 
 • '_•"" But, O! how the Busy-bodies that were in the Town of 
 
 Mansoul did now concern themselves ! They did run here 
 and there through the streets of the Town by companies, 
 crying out as they ran in tumultuous wise, one after one 
 manner and another the quite contrary, to the almost utter 
 distraction of Mansoul. 
 7 h e Prison- Well, the time is come that the Prisoners must go down to 10 
 trial. the Gamp, and appear before the Prince. And thus was the 
 
 manner of their going down. Captain Boanerges went with a 
 Guard before them, and Captain Conviction came behind, and 
 the Prisoners went down, bound in chains, in the midst. So, 
 I say, the Prisoners went in the midst, and the Guard went 
 with flying colours behind and before, but the Prisoners went 
 with drooping spirits. 
 Hcwthey Or, more particularly, thus: — The Prisoners went down 
 [i Kin s -o a ^ * n mourmn gl they put ropes upon themselves; they went 
 32-J on smiting themselves on the breasts, but durst not lift up 20 
 
 their eyes to Heaven. Thus they went out at the Gate of 
 Mansoul) till they came into the midst of the Prince's Army, 
 the sight and glory of which did greatly heighten their Afflic- 
 tion. Nor could they now longer forbear, but cry out aloud, 
 O, unhappy men! O, wretched men of Mansoul ! Their chains, 
 still mixing their dolorous notes with the cries of the Prisoners, 
 made the noise more lamentable. 
 
 So, when they were come to the door of the Prince's 
 Pavilion, they cast themselves prostrate upon the place ; 
 then one went in and told his Lord that the Prisoners were 30 
 come down. The Prince then ascended a Throne of State, 
 and sent for the Prisoners in ; who, when they came, did 
 tremble before him, also they covered their faces with shame. 
 rhey /an Now, as they drew near to the place where he sat, they threw 
 ^Zubtfore themselves down before him. Then said the Prince to the 
 Captain Boanerges, Bid the Prisoners stand upon their feet. 
 Then they stood trembling before him, and he said, Are you 
 the nun that heretofore were the Servants of Shaddai ? And 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 105 
 
 they said, Tes, Lord, yes. Then said the Prince again, Are They are 
 
 j J J £1 J u P on their 
 
 you the men that did suffer yourselves to be corrupted and dejiled triaL 
 by that abominable one, Diabolus ? And they said, We did more 
 than suffer it, Lord ; for we choose it of our own Mind. The 
 Prince asked further, saying, Could you have been content that 
 your Slavery should have continued under his Tyranny as long 
 as you had lived? Then said the prisoners, Tes, Lord, yes ; 
 for his ways were pleasing to our Flesh, and we were grown 
 aliens to a better state. And did you, said he, when I come up 
 10 against this Town of Mansoul, heartily wish that I might not 
 have the Victory over you ? Tes, Lord, yes, said they. Then 
 said the Prince, And what Punishment is it, think you, that you 
 deserve at my Hand, for these and other your high and mighty 
 Sins? And they said, Both Death and the Deep, Lord; for we 
 have deserved no less. He asked again, If they had aught to say 
 for themselves why the Sentence, that they confessed that they had 
 deserved, should not be passed upon them ? And they said, We can 
 say noth'vig, Lord : thou art just, for we have sinned. Then They con- 
 
 .,,Jr. , _ , ,-, 1 J o de?nn thetn- 
 
 said the Prince, And for what are those Ropes on your heads ? selves ^ 
 20 The prisoners answered, These Ropes are to bind us withal, to sins, 
 the place of Execution, if Mercy be not pleasing in thy sight. So Prov - 5 - 22 - 
 he further asked, // all the men in the Town of Mansoul were 
 in this Confession, as they ? And they answered, All the Natives, 
 Lord; but for the Diabolonians that came into our Town when Powers of 
 
 . . - , the Soul. 
 
 the Tyrant got possession of us, we can say nothing for them. Corruptions 
 
 Then the Prince commanded that a Herald should be and lusts. 
 called, and that he should, in the midst and throughout the a victory 
 
 . . j {.proclaimed. 
 
 camp of Emmanuel, proclaim, and that with sound ot 
 Trumpet, that the Prince, the Son of Shaddai, had, in his 
 30 Father's name, and for his Father's glory, gotten a perfect 
 Conquest and Victory over Mansoul; and that the Prisoners 
 should follow him, and say, Amen. So this was done, as 
 he had commanded. And presently the music that was in 
 the upper region sounded melodiously. The Captains that joy sort/ie 
 were in the Camp shouted, and the Soldiers did sing Songs 
 of Triumph to the Prince. The Colours waved in the wind, 
 and great joy was everywhere, only it was wanting as yet in 
 the hearts of the men of Mansoul. 
 
io6 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Their rags 
 are taken 
 front them. 
 
 Isa. 61. 3. 
 
 A strange 
 alteration. 
 
 Then the Prince called for the Prisoners to come and 
 to stand again before him ; and they came, and stood 
 They are trembling. And he said unto them, The sins, trespasses, in- 
 and are ' iquities, that you, (with the whole Tew ?i '/"Mansoul, have from 
 Z'TroiT^n* time to time committed against my Father and me, I have power 
 it to-morrow and commandment from my Father to forgive to the Town of 
 • Mansoul, and do forgive you accordingly. And having so said, 
 he gave them, written in Parchment, and sealed with seven 
 Seals, a large and general pardon, commanding my Lord 
 Mayor, my Lord Willbewill, and Mr. Recorder, to proclaim and 10 
 cause it to be proclaimed to-morrow, by that the sun is up, 
 throughout the whole Town of Mansoul. 
 
 Moreover, the Prince stripped the Prisoners of their 
 mourning weeds, and gave them Beauty for Ashes, the Oil of 
 joy for Mourning, and the Garment of praise for the Spirit of 
 heaviness. 
 
 Then he gave to each of the three, Jewels of gold, and 
 precious Stones, and took away their Ropes, and put Chains of 
 gold about their necks, and Ear-rings in their ears. Now, 
 the Prisoners, when they did hear the gracious words of 20 
 Prince Emmanuel, and had beheld all that was done unto 
 them, fainted almost quite away; for the Grace, the Benefit, 
 the Pardon, was sudden, glorious, and so big, that they were 
 not able, without staggering, to stand up under it. Yea, my 
 Lord Willbewill swooned outright ; but the Prince stepped 
 to him, put his everlasting Arms under him, imbraced him, 
 kissed him, and bid him be of good cheer, for all should 
 be performed according to his word. He also did kiss, 
 and imbrace, and smile upon the other two that were Will- 
 bewilTs Companions, saying, Take these as further tokens of my 30 
 Love, Favour, and Compassion to you ; and I charge you that you, 
 Mr. Recorder, tell in the Town of Mansoul -what you have heard 
 and seen. 
 
 Then were their Fetters broken to pieces before their faces, 
 and cast into the air, and their steps were enlarged under 
 them. Then they fell down at the feet of the Prince, and 
 kissed his feet, and wetted them with tears: also they cried 
 [Ezek-3.1s.loat with a mighty strong voice, saying, Blessed be the Glory 
 
 [Deat. 33. 
 27.] 
 
 Their Guilt. 
 
 0. 22. 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 107 
 
 of the Lord from his place. So they were bid rise up, and 
 go to the Town, and tell to Mansoul what the Prince had 
 done. He commanded, also, that one with a Pipe and Tabor They an 
 
 11 1 • L .Li "T- sent home 
 
 should go and play before them all the way into the 1 own wm P , pe 
 of Mansoul. Then was fulfilled what they never looked for, and Tabor - 
 and they were made to possess that which they never 
 dreamed of. 
 
 The Prince also called for the noble Captain Credence, and captain 
 commanded that he and some of his officers should march gudr dsthe?n 
 10 before the Noblemen of Mansoul with flying Colours intoJ^^T 
 the Town. He gave also unto Captain Credence a charge, Pardon meet 
 
 111 together 
 
 that about that time that the Recorder did read the general judgment 
 pardon in the Town of Ma?isoul, that at that very time he^fj^/ 
 should with flying Colours march in at Eye-gate, with ms -^/ Ae 
 ten thousands at his feet ; and that he should so go until he 
 came by the high street of the Town, up to the Castle gates, 
 and that himself should take possession thereof against his 
 Lord came thither. He commanded, moreover, that he 
 should bid Captain Judgment and Captain Execution to leave 
 
 20 the stronghold to him, and to withdraw from Mansoul, and to 
 return into the Camp with speed unto the Prince. 
 
 And now was the Town of Mansoul also delivered from the 
 terrour of the first four Captains and their men. 
 
 Well, I told you before how the Prisoners were entertained 
 by the noble Prince Emmanuel, and how they behaved them- 
 selves before him, and how he sent them away to their home 
 with Pipe and Tabor going before them. And now you must 
 think that those of the Town that had all this while waited 
 to hear of their death, could not but be exercised with sadness 
 
 30 of mind, and with thoughts that pricked like thorns. Nor 
 could their thoughts be kept to any one point; the wind 
 blew with them all this while with great uncertainties; yea, 
 their hearts were like a Balance that had been disquieted 
 with a shaking hand. But at last, as they with many a long 
 look looked over the Wall of Mansoul, they thought that they 
 saw some returning to the Town; and thought again, Who 
 should they be, too? Who should they be? At last they dis- 
 cerned that they were the Prisoners ; but can you imagine 
 
io8 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 A st> 
 alteration. 
 
 Isa. 33. 24. 
 
 Conscience. 
 J he I nder- 
 standing. 
 
 how their hearts were surprised with wonder, specially when 
 they perceived also in what Equipage and with what Honour 
 they were sent home? They went down to the Camp in 
 Black, but they came back to the Town in White ; they went 
 down to the Camp in Ropes, they came back in Chains of 
 gold; they went down to the Camp with their feet in fetters, 
 but came back with their Steps inlarged under them ; they 
 went also to the Camp looking for death, but they came back 
 from thence with Assurance of life; they went down to the 
 Camp with heavy hearts, but came back again with Pipe and 10 
 Tabor playing before them. So, as soon as they were come 
 to Eye-gate, the poor and tottering Town of Mansoul ad- 
 ventured to give a shout ; and they gave such a shout as 
 made the Captains in the Prince's army leap at the sound 
 thereof. Alas ! for them, poor hearts ! who could blame 
 them ? since their dead friends were come to life again ; for 
 it was to them as Life from the Dead, to see the Ancients of 
 the Town of Mansoul shine in such splendour. They looked 
 for nothing but the Ax and the Block; but, behold, Joy and 
 Gladness, Comfort and Consolation, and such melodious notes 20 
 attending them that was sufficient to make a Sick-man well. 
 
 So, when they came up, they saluted each other with 
 Welcome, welcome! and, Blessed be he that has spared you! 
 They added also, We see it is well with you ; but how must 
 it go with the Town of Mansoul? And will it go well with 
 the Town of Mansoul ? said they. Then answered them the 
 Recorder and my Lord Mayor, ! tidings ! glad tidings ! good 
 tidings of good, and of great joy to poor Mansoul! Then they 
 gave another Shout, that made the earth to ring again. After 
 this they inquired yet more particularly how things went in 30 
 the Camp, and what message they had from Emmanuel to the 
 Town. So they told them all passages that had happened to 
 them at the Camp, and everything that the Prince did to 
 them. This made Mansoul wonder at the Wisdom and Grace 
 of the Prince Emmanuel. Then they told them what they 
 had received at his hands for the whole Town of Mansoul, 
 and the Recorder delivered it in these words : Pardon, 
 pardon, pardon for Mansoul ! and this shall Mansoul know 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 1 09 
 
 to-morrow ! Then he commanded, and they went and sum- 
 moned Mansoul to meet together in the Market-place to- 
 morrow, there to hear the general Pardon read. 
 
 But who can think what a turn, what a change, what ano^'<y»/ 
 alteration this hint of things did make in the Countenance of S Z. 
 the Town of Mansoul! No man of Mansoul could sleep that 
 Night for joy; in every house there was joy and musick, 
 singing and making merry: telling and hearing of Mansoul' 's 
 happiness was then all that Mansoul had to do ; and this was 
 
 10 the burden of all their song — 0! more of this at the rising Town talk 
 of the Sun ! more of this to-morrow ! Who thought yesterday, mercy , 
 would one say, that this day 'would have been such a day to us ? 
 And who thought, that saw cur Prisoners go down in irons, that 
 they would have returned in chains of gold? Tea, they that 
 judged themselves as they went to be judged of their Judge, were 
 by his mouth acquitted, not for that they were innocent, but of the 
 Prince's Mercy, and sent home with Pipe and labor. But is this 
 the common custom of Princes? Do they use to show such kind 
 of favours to Traitors? No; this is only peculiar to Shaddai, 
 
 20 and unto Emmanuel, his Son ! 
 
 Now morning drew on apace ; wherefore the Lord Mayor, 
 the Lord Willbewill, and Mr. Recorder came down to the 
 Market-place at the time that the Prince had appointed, 
 where the Townsfolk were waiting for them : and when 
 they came, they came in that Attire and in that Glory 
 that the Prince had put them into the day before, and the 
 street was lightened with their Glory. So the Mayor, Re- 
 corder, and my Lord Willbewill drew down to Mouth-gate, 
 which was at the lower end of the Market-place, because 
 
 30 that of old time was the place where they used to read 
 publick matters. Thither, therefore, they came in their 
 Robes, and their Tabret went before them. Now, the 
 eagerness of the people to know the full of the matter was 
 great. 
 
 Then the Recorder stood up upon his feet, and, first The manner 
 beckoning with his hand for silence, he read out with & the Pardon. 
 loud voice the pardon. But when he came to these words, 
 The Lord, the Lord God, merciful and gracious, pardoning iniquity, e* ocL 34- 
 
I IO 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Matt 12. 31. 
 
 Now they 
 triad upon 
 the Flesh. 
 
 Lively and 
 
 warm 
 
 thoughts. 
 
 The car- 
 riage of 
 the Carnp. 
 
 Faith "will 
 not be silent 
 •when Man- 
 soul is 
 saved. 
 
 transgressions, and sins ; and to them till manner of sin and 
 blasphemy shall be forgiven ; fyc, they could not forbear leaping 
 for joy. For this you must know, that there was conjoined 
 herewith every man's name in Mansoul ; also the Seals of the 
 Pardon made a brave show. 
 
 When the Recorder had made an end of reading the pardon, 
 the Townsmen ran up upon the walls of the Town, and leaped 
 and skipped thereon for joy, and bowed themselves seven 
 times with their faces towards Emmanuel' s Pavilion, and 
 shouted out aloud for joy, and said, Let Emmanuel live for 10 
 ever! Then order was given to the young men in Mansoul 
 that they should ring the Bells for joy. So the Bells did ring, 
 and the people sing, and the Musick go in every house in 
 Mansoul. 
 
 When the Prince had sent home the three Prisoners of 
 Mansoul with joy, and Pipe and Tabor, he commanded his 
 Captains, with all the Field-officers and Soldiers throughout 
 his Army, to be ready in that morning that the Recorder should 
 read the Pardon in Mansoul, to do his further pleasure. So 
 the morning, as I have shewed, being come, just as the 20 
 Recorder had made an end of reading the Pardon, Emmanuel 
 commanded that all the Trumpets in the Camp should sound, 
 that the Colours should be displayed, half of them upon 
 Mount Gracious, and half of them upon Mount Justice. He 
 commanded also that all the Captains should show themselves 
 in all their Harness, and that the Soldiers should shout for 
 joy. Nor was Captain Credence, though in the Castle, silent 
 in such a day ; but he, from the top of the Hold, showed 
 himself with sound of Trumpet to Mansoul and to the 
 Prince's Camp. 3° 
 
 Thus have I showed you the manner and way that 
 Emmanuel took to recover the Town of Mansoul from under 
 the hand and power of the Tyrant Diabolus. 
 
 Now, when the Prince had completed these, the outward 
 
 The Prince 
 displays his 
 
 Graces ceremonies of his joy, he again commanded that his Captains 
 
 be/ore 
 Mansoul. 
 
 and Soldiers should show unto Mansoul some feats of War ; so 
 
THE HOLY WAR. Ill 
 
 they presently addressed themselves to this work. But, oh!» 
 with what agility, nimbleness, dexterity, and bravery did these 
 Military-men discover their skill in feats of War, to the now 
 gazing Town oi Mansoul I 
 
 They marched, they counter-marched ; they opened to the 
 right and left; they divided and sub-divided; they closed, 
 they wheeled, made good their front and rear with their right 
 and left wings, and twenty things more, with that aptness, and 
 then were all as they were again, that they took, yea, ravished ^JgjJJJ at 
 10 the hearts that were in Mansoul to behold it. But add to the sight 
 this, the handling of their arms, and managing of their weapons ° 
 of war, were marvellously taking to Mansoul and me. 
 
 When this action was over, the whole Town of Mansoul 
 came out as one man to the Prince in the Gamp to thank 
 him, and praise him for his abundant favour, and to beg that 
 it would please his Grace to come unto Mansoul with his men, They beg 
 
 ... that the 
 
 and there to take up their quarters for ever. And this they Prince and 
 did in most humble manner, bowing themselves seven times 7 ™/f^ ea 
 to the ground before him. Then said he, All peace be to you. with them 
 
 ° J , for ever. 
 
 20 So the Town ; came nigh, and touched with the hand the top 
 of his Golden Sceptre; and they said, Oh, that the Prince 
 Emmanuel, with his Captains and Men of war, would dwell in 
 Mansoul for ever ; and that his Battering-rams and Slings might 
 be lodged in her for the use and service of the Prince, and for the 
 help and strength of Mansoul. For, said they, we have room 
 for thee, we have room for thy Men, we have also room for thy 
 Weapons of war, and a place to make a Magazine for thy Car- 
 riages. Do it, Emmanuel, and thou shalt be King and Captain Jjjjj* 
 in Mansoul for ever. Tea, govern thou also according to all the Mansoul. 
 
 30 desire of thy Soul, and make thou Governors and Princes under 
 thee of thy Captains and Men of war, and we will become thy 
 servants, and thy Laws shall be our direction. 
 
 They added, moreover, and prayed his Majesty to consider 
 thereof; for, said they, if now, after all this Grace bestowed 
 upon us, thy miserable Town of Mansoul, thou shouldest with- 
 draw, thou and thy Captains, from us, the Town o/" Mansoul will 
 die. Tea, said they, our blessed Emmanuel, if thou shouldest 
 depart from us now, now thou hast done so much good for us, and 
 
112 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 showed so much Mercy unto us, what will follow hut that our Joy 
 will be as if it had not been, and our Enemies will a second time 
 come upon us with more rage than at first ! Wherefore, we 
 beseech thee, oh, thou, the Desire of our eyes, and the Strength and 
 Life of our poor Town, accept of this motion that now we have 
 made unto cur Lord, and come and dwell in the midst of us, and 
 
 Their i e t us f, e thy people. Besides, Lord, we do not know but that to 
 
 this day many Diabolonians may be yet lurking in the Town 
 of Mansoul, and they will betray us, when thou shalt leave us, 
 into the hand <?/* Diabolus again; and who knows what designs, ro 
 plots, or contrivances have passed betwixt them about these things 
 already t loath we are to fall again into his horrible hands. 
 Wherefore, let it please thee to accept of our Palace for thy place 
 of residence, and of the Houses of the best men in our Town for the 
 reception of thy Soldiers and their Furniture. 
 
 The Princes Then said the Prince, If I come to your Town, will you suffer 
 
 question to r 1 r r • r • • • > 
 
 Mansoul. m ^ further to prosecute that which is in mine veart against mine 
 Enemies and yours ? yea, will you help me in such undertakings ? 
 
 Their They answered, We know not what we shall do ; we did not 
 
 think once that we should have been such traitors to Shaddai as 20 
 we have proved to be. What, then, shall we say to our Lord : 
 
 [job 4. 18.] L e t him put no trust in his Saints ; let the Prince dwell in our 
 Castle, and make of our Town a garrison ; let him set his noble 
 Captains and his warlike Souldiers over us ; yea, let him conquer 
 us with his Love, and overcome us with his Grace, and then 
 surely shall he be but with us, and help us, as he was, and did 
 that Morning that our pardon was read unto us, we shall 
 comply with this cur Lord, and with his ways, and fall in with 
 his Word against the mighty. 
 
 One word more, and thy Servants have done, and in this will 30 
 
 [Rom. u. n.] trouble our Lord no more. We know not the depth of the wisdom 
 of thee, our Prince. Who could have thought, that had been ruled 
 by his reason, that so much sweet as we do now enjoy should have 
 come out of those bitter Trials wherewith we were tried at the 
 first! But, Lord, let Light go before, and let Love come after: 
 yea, take us by the hand, and lead us by thy Counsels, and let this 
 always abide upon us, that all things shall be for the best for thy 
 Servants; and come to our Mansoul, and do as it pleaseth the. 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 1 13 
 
 Or, Lord, come to our Mansoul, do 'what thou wilt, so thou 
 keepest us from sinning, and makest us serviceable to thy Majesty. 
 
 Then said the Prince to the Town of Mansoul again, Go, He consent- 
 
 T , . T .», •;;•;• /• i eth to dwell 
 
 return to your Houses in peace. 1 will willingly in this comply in M ailS0 ui 
 with your desires. I will remove my royal Pavilion, I 'will draw a e ] l £* r ° " n 1 ™' 
 up my forces before Eye-gate to-morrow, and so will march *» to- 
 forwards into the Town of Mansoul. I will possess myself of 
 your Castle of Mansoul, and will set my Soldiers over you ; yea, I 
 will yet do things in Mansoul that cannot be -paralleled in any 
 
 10 Nation, Country, or Kingdom under Heaven. 
 
 Then did the men of Mansoul give a shout, and returned 
 unto their Houses in peace ; they also told to their kindred 
 and friends the good that Emmanuel had promised to Mansoul. 
 And to-morrow, said they, he will march into our Town, and 
 take up his dwelling, he and his men, in Mansoul. [2Cor.6. 16.] 
 
 Then went out the inhabitants of the Town of Mansoul Mansoui's 
 with haste to the green Trees and to the Meadows, to gather^ his * 
 Boughs and Flowers, therewith to strew the Streets against™^'""'- 
 their Prince, the Son of Shaddai, should come; they also 
 
 20 made Garlands and other fine works to betoken how joyful 
 they were, and should be, to receive their Emmanuel into 
 Mansoul; yea, they strewed the Street quite from Eye-gate to 
 the Castle-gate, the place where the Prince should be. They 
 also prepared for his coming what musick the Town of 
 Mansoul would afford, that they might play before him to the 
 Palace, his habitation. 
 
 So, at the time appointed, he makes his approach to Man* 
 soul, and the Gates were set open for him; there also the 
 Ancients and Elders of Mansoul met him to salute him with a 
 
 30 thousand welcomes. Then he arose and entered Mansoul, he 
 and all his Servants. The Elders of Mansoul did also go 
 dancing before him till he came to the Castle-gates. And 
 this was the manner of his going up thither : — He was clad in He enters 
 his Golden Armour, he rode in his Royal Chariot, the Trum- Mansoul? ° J 
 pets sounded about him, the Colours were displayed, his ten and h0VJ - 
 thousands went up at his feet, and the Elders of Mansoul 
 danced before him. And now were the Walls of the famous 
 Town of Mansoul filled with the tramplings of the inhabitants 
 
 I 
 
114 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 thereof, who went up thither to view the approach of the 
 blessed Prince and his Royal Army. Also the Casements, 
 Windows, Balconies, and tops of the Houses were all now 
 filled with persons of all sorts, to behold how their Town was 
 to be filled with good. 
 
 Now, when he was come so far into the Town as to the 
 Recorder's house, he commanded that one should go to Captain 
 Credence, to know whether the Castle of Mansoul was prepared 
 
 Acts i 5 . 9. to entertain his Royal presence (for the preparation of that 
 
 was left to that Captain), and word was brought that it was. 10 
 Then was Captain Credence commanded also to come forth 
 
 Eph. 3. i-. with his Power to meet the Prince, the which was, as he had 
 commanded, done; and he conducted him into the Castle. 
 This done, the Prince that night did lodge in the Castle with 
 his mighty Captains and Men of war, to the joy of the Town 
 of Mansoul. 
 
 Now, the next care of the Townsfolk was, how the Captains 
 and Soldiers of the Prince's Army should be quartered among 
 them ; and the care was not how they should shut their Hands 
 of them, but how they should fill their Houses with them ; for 20 
 
 The Towns- every man in Mansoul now had that esteem of Emmanuel and 
 
 men covet 
 
 who shaii his men, that nothing grieved them more than because they 
 
 have most of , , , c , <• , 
 
 the soldiers were not enlarged enough, every one or them, to receive 
 'tTthT "'* tne wn °l e Army of the Prince ; yea, they counted it their 
 Prince. glory to be waiting upon them, and would, in those days, 
 
 run at their bidding like Lacqueys. At last they came to this 
 
 result : — ■ 
 How they \. That Captain binocency should quarter at Mr. Reason's. 
 
 tered'inthe 2. That Captain Patience should quarter at Mr. Mind's. 
 Town of This M M - md formerly the Lord WillbewilFs Clerk in 30 
 
 Mansoul. ' J 
 
 the time of the late Rebellion. 
 
 3. It was ordered that Captain Charity should quarter at 
 Mr. Affection's house. 
 
 4. That Captain Good-Hope should quarter at my Lord 
 Mayor's. Now, for the house of the Recorder, himself desired, 
 because his house was next to the Castle, and because from 
 him it was ordered by the Prince that, if need be, the alarm 
 should be given to Mansoul, it was, I say, desired by him that 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 115 
 
 Captain Boanerges and Captain Conviction should take up their 
 quarters with him, even they and all their men. 
 
 5. As for Captain Judgment and Captain Execution, my 
 
 Lord Willbewill took them and their men to him, because he Rom. e. 19. 
 was to rule under the Prince for the good of the Town of p ' 
 Mansoul now, as he had before under the Tyrant Diabolus for 
 the hurt and damage thereof. 
 
 6. And throughout the rest of the Town were quartered 
 Emmanuel's forces ; but Captain Credence, with his men, abode 
 
 10 still in the Castle. So the Prince, his Captains, and his 
 Soldiers, were lodged in the Town of Mansoul. 
 
 Now, the Ancients and Elders of the Town of Mansoul Mansoul 
 thought that they never should have enough of the Prince w ah their 
 Emmanuel ; his Person, his Actions, his Words and Behaviour, Emmanuel. 
 were so pleasing, so taking, so desirable to them. Wherefore 
 they prayed him, that though the Castle of Mansoul was his 
 place of residence (and they desired that he might dwell there 
 for ever), yet that he would often visit the Streets, Houses, and 
 People of Mansoul. For, said they, dread Sovereign, thy Presence, 
 20 thy Looks, thy Smiles, thy Words, are the life, and strength, and 
 sinews of the Town of Mansoul. 
 
 Besides this, they craved that they might have, without They have 
 difficulty or interruption, continual access unto him (so for/^"" 
 that very purpose he commanded that the Gates should stand 
 open), that they might there see the manner of his doings, the 
 Fortifications of the place, and the Royal Mansion-house of 
 the Prince. 
 
 When he spake, they all stopped their mouths, and gave They itam 
 
 1 • 1 i* 1 •• of him. 
 
 audience ; and when he walked, it was their delight to imitate 
 30 him in his goings. 
 
 Now, upon a time, Emmanuel made a feast for the Town of 
 Mansoul ; and upon the feasting-day the Townsfolk were come 
 to the Castle to partake of his Banquet ; and he feasted them 
 with all manner of outlandish Food : food that grew not in the 
 fields of Mansoul, nor in all the whole Kingdom of Universe : 
 it was Food that came from his Father's Court. And so there 
 was Dish after Dish set before them, and they were commanded Promise 
 freely to eat. But still, when a fresh Dish was set before them, ^J^. 
 
 1 2 
 
n6 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 [Ex. 16. 15.] 
 
 enter- 
 tainmtnt, 
 
 Ps. 78. 24. 25. 
 
 Riddles. 
 
 The Holy 
 Scriptures. 
 
 [Joh. 1. 29; 
 Mat. 20. 28; 
 1 Cor. 10. 4 ; 
 Heb. 9. 13 ; 
 Num. 19. 2 — 
 17 ; Joh. 1 i. 
 9; 14.6.] 
 The end of 
 the Banquet. 
 
 they would whisperingly say to cacli other, What is it? for 
 they wist not what to call it. They drank also of the Water 
 that was made Wine, and were very merry with him. There 
 was music also all the while at the Table ; and man did cat 
 Angels' food, and had Honey given him out of the rock. So 
 Mansoul did eat the food that was peculiar to the Court ; yea, 
 they had now thereof to the full. 
 
 I must not forget to tell you, that as at this Table there 
 were Musicians, so they were not those of the Country, nor 
 yet of the Town of Mansoul ; but they were the Masters of 10 
 the Songs that were sung at the Court of Shaddai. 
 
 Now, after the feast was over, Emmanuel was for enter- 
 taining the Town of Mansoul with some curious Riddles of 
 secrets drawn up by his Father's Secretary, by the skill and 
 wisdom of Shaddai: the like to these there is not in any 
 Kingdom. These Riddles were made upon the King Shaddai 
 himself, and upon Emmanuel his Son, and upon his wars and 
 doings with Mansoul. 
 
 Emmanuel also expounded unto them some of those Riddles 
 himself; but, oh! how they were lightened! They saw 20 
 what they never saw ; they could not have thought that such 
 rarities could have been couched in so few and such ordinary 
 words. I told you before, whom these Riddles did concern ; 
 and as they were opened, the people did evidently see 'twas 
 so. Yea, they did gather that the things themselves were 
 a kind of portraiture, and that of Emmanuel himself; for 
 when they read in the scheme where the Riddles were writ, 
 and looked in the Face of the Prince, things looked so like 
 the one to the other, that Mansoul could not forbear but say, 
 This is the Lamb! this is the Sacrifice ! this is the Rock! this is 3° 
 the Red Cow ! this is the Door ! and this is the Way ! with a 
 great many other things more. 
 
 And thus he dismissed the Town of Mansoul. But can 
 you imagine how the people of the Corporation were taken 
 with this Entertainment? Oh! they were transported with 
 joy, they were drowned with wonderment, while they saw, 
 and understood, and considered what their Emmanuel enter- 
 tained them withal, and what Mysteries he opened to them. 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 1 17 
 
 And when they were at home in their Houses, and in their 
 most retired places, they could not but sing of him and of his 
 actions. Yea, so taken were the Townsmen now with their 
 Prince, that they would sing of him in their sleep. 
 
 Now, it was in the heart of the Prince Emmanuel to new- Mansoul 
 model the Town of Mansoul, and to put it into such a modelled. 
 condition as might be most pleasing to him, and that might 
 best stand with the profit and security of the now flourishing 
 Town of Mansoul. He provided also against insurrections at 
 10 home, and invasions from abroad, such love had he for the 
 famous Town of Mansoul. 
 
 Wherefore he first of all commanded that the great Slings The instru- 
 that were brought from his Father's Court, when he came^f" 7 
 to the War of Mansoul, should be mounted, some upon the ****«*«*• 
 Battlements of the Castle, some upon the Towers; for there 
 were Towers in the Town of Mansoul ; Towers new-built 
 by Emmanuel since he came hither. There was also an a nameless 
 instrument, invented by Emmanuel, that was to throw stones st rumenfnt 
 from the castle of Mansoul, out at Mouth-gate ; an instrument Mansoul. 
 20 that could not be resisted, nor that would miss of execution. 
 Wherefore, for the wonderful exploits that it did when used, 
 it went without a name ; and it was committed to the care of, 
 and to be managed by, the brave captain, the Captain Credence, 
 in case of War. 
 
 This done, Emmanuel called the Lord Willbenvill to him, waibewiii 
 and gave him in commandment to take care of the Gates, 
 the Wall, and Towers in Mansoul; also the Prince gave him 
 the Militia into his hand, and a special charge to withstand 
 all insurrections and tumults that might be made in Mansoul 
 30 against the peace of our Lord the King, and the peace and 
 tranquillity of the Town of Mansoul. He also gave him in 
 commission, that if he found any of the Diabolonians lurking 
 in any corner of the famous Town of Mansoul, he should 
 forthwith apprehend them, and stay them, or commit them 
 to safe custody, that they may be proceeded against according 
 to Law. 
 
 Then he called unto him the Lord Understanding, who was My Lord 
 the old Lord Mayor, he that was put out of place when^/J^ 
 
n8 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Diabolus took the Town, and put him into his former office 
 again, and it became his place for his lifetime. He bid him 
 also that he should build him a Palace near Eye-gate, and 
 that he should build it in fashion like a Tower for defence. 
 He bid him also that he should read in the Revelation of 
 Mysteries all the days of his life, that he might know how to 
 perform his office aright. 
 v>. Know- He also made Mr. Knowledge the Recorder, not of contempt 
 Recorder! to old Mr. Conscience, who had been Recorder before, but for 
 
 that it was in his princely mind to confer upon Mr. Conscience 10 
 
 another imploy, of which he told the old Gentleman he should 
 
 know more hereafter. 
 
 the I* Then he commanded that the Image of Diabolus should be 
 
 and Ms ' taken down from the place where it was set up, and that they 
 
 uTa£aiHin should destroy it utterly, beating of it into powder, and 
 
 Manboui. casting it into the wind, without the Town wall ; and that 
 
 the Image of Shaddai, his Father, should be set up again, 
 
 Rev. 22. 4 . with his own, upon the Castle gates ; and that it should be 
 
 [joh. 14. 23.] more fairly drawn than ever, forasmuch as both his Father 
 
 and himself were come to Mansoul in more Grace and Mercy 20 
 l Rev. 3. 12.] than heretofore. He would also that his Name should be 
 fairly engraven upon the front of the Town, and that it 
 should be done in the best of Gold, for the honour of the 
 Town of Mansoul. 
 
 After this was done, Emmanuel gave out a commandment 
 
 that those three great Diabolonians should be apprehended, 
 
 namely, the two late Lord Mayors, to wit, Mr. Incredulity, 
 
 Mr. Lustings, and Mr. Forget-Good, the Recorder. Besides 
 
 some ph.- these, there were some of them that Diabolus made Burgesses 
 
 committed to and Aldermen in Mansoul, that were committed to ward by 30 
 
 ^,'uh'rthc tne hand of the now valiant and now right noble, the brave 
 
 hando/Mr. Lord WUlbewill. 
 
 1 rueman the . . , 
 
 keeper. And these were their names: — Alderman Atheism, Alder- 
 
 man Hard-Heart, and Alderman False-Peace. The Burgesses 
 were, Mr. No-Truth, Mr. Pitiless, Mr. Haughty, with the like. 
 These were committed to close custody, and the Gaoler's 
 name was Mr. True-Man. This True-Man was one of those 
 that Emmanuel brought with him from his Father's Court, 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 119 
 
 when at the first he made a war upon Diaboius in the town of 
 Mansoul. 
 
 After this, the Prince gave a charge that the three Strong- Diaboius's 
 holds that, at the command of Diaboius, the Diabolonians /^"j 10 
 built in Mansoul, should be demolished and utterly pulled d " wn - 
 down ; of which Holds and their names, with their Captains 
 and Governors, you read a little before. But this was long 
 in doing, because of the largeness of the places, and because 
 the stones, the timber, the iron, and all rubbish, was to be 
 10 carried without the Town. 
 
 When this was done, the Prince gave order that the Lord .4 court to 
 Mayor and Aldermen of Mansoul should call a Court of JrylkevL- 
 Judicature for the Trial and Execution of the Diabolonians hAonians - 
 in the Corporation now under the charge of Mr. True-Man, 
 the Gaoler. 
 
 Now, when the time was come, and the Court set, Com- ThePri- 
 
 S071CVS 
 
 mandment was sent to Mr. True-Man, the Gaoler, to bring brought to 
 20 the Prisoners down to the bar. Then were the Prisoners the Bar ~ 
 brought down, pinioned and chained together, as the custom 
 of the Town of Mansoul was. So, when they were presented 
 before the Lord Mayor, the Recorder, and the rest of the 
 Honourable Bench, first, the Jury was impanelled, and then 7%« jury 
 the Witnesses sworn. The names of the Jury were these: — 2^ 
 Mr. Belief, Mr. True-Heart, Mr. Upright, Mr. Hate-Bad, Mr. J 
 Love-God, Mr. See-Truth, Mr. Heavenly- Mind, Mr. Moderate, 
 Mr. Thankful, Mr. Good-work, Mr. Zeal-for-God, and Mr. 
 Humble. 
 30 The names of the witnesses were : — Mr. Know- All, Mr. 
 Tell-True, Mr. Hate-Lies, with my Lord Willbewill and his 
 man, if need were. 
 
 So the prisoners were set to the bar. Then said Mr. Do- Do-R.ght 
 Right (for he was the Town-Clerk), Set Atheism to the bar, theClerk - 
 Gaoler. So he was set to the bar. Then said the Clerk, to thenar*. 
 
 nesses 
 nvorn. 
 
 Atheism, hold up thy hand. Thou art here indicted by the name %%£*** 
 of Atheism (an intruder upon the Town o/" Mansoul), for that 
 thou hast perniciously and doltishly taught and maintained that 
 
120 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 there is no God, and so no heed to be taken to Religion. This thou 
 hast done against the being, honour, and glory of the King, and 
 against the peace and safety of the Town of Mansoul. What 
 sayest thou? Art thou guilty of this indictment, or not? 
 
 Atheism. Not guilt}-. 
 
 Crier. Call Mr. Know-All, Mr. Tell-True, and Mr. Hate- 
 Lies into the Court. 
 
 So they were called, and they appeared. 
 
 CLERK. Then said the Clerk, You, the witnesses for the King, 
 look upon the Prisoner at the bar ; do you know him t t o 
 
 Then said Mr. Know-All, Yes, my lord, we know him ; his 
 name is Atheism; he has been a very pestilent fellow for many 
 years in the miserable Town of Mansoul. 
 
 CLERK. You are sure you know him f 
 
 Know. Know him ! Yes, my lord ; I have heretofore too 
 often been in his company to be at this time ignorant of him. 
 He is a Diabolonian, the son of a Diabolonian. I knew his 
 grandfather and his father. 
 
 CLERK. Well said. He standeth here indicted by the name of 
 Atheism, etc., and is charged that he hath maintained and taught 20 
 that there is no God, and so no heed ?ieed be taken to any Religion. 
 What say you, the King's witnesses, to this? Is he guilty, or 
 not? 
 
 Know. My lord, I and he were once in Villains' Lane 
 together, and he at that time did briskly talk of divers 
 opinions ; and then and there I heard him say, that, for his 
 part, he did believe that there was no God. But, said he, 
 I can profess one, and be as religious too, if the company 
 I am in, and the circumstances of other things, said he, shall 
 put me upon it. -, 
 
 CLERK. You are sure you heard him say thus ? 
 
 Know. Upon mine oath, I heard him say thus. 
 
 Then said the Clerk, Mr. Tell-True, what say you to the 
 King's Judges touching the Prisoner at the bar ? 
 
 Tell. My lord, I formerly was a great Companion of his, 
 for the which I now repent me ; and I have often heard him 
 say, and that with very great stomachfulness, that he believed 
 there was neither God, Angel, nor Spirit. 
 
THE HOLY WAR. I 21 
 
 CLERK. Where did yon hear him say so? 
 
 Tell. In Blackmouth Lane and in Blasphemers 9 Row, and in 
 many other places besides. 
 
 CLERK. Have you much knowledge of him f 
 
 Tell. I know him to be a Diabolonian, the son of a Dia- 
 bolonian, and a horrible man to deny a Deity. His father's 
 name was Never-be-Good, and he had more children than this 
 Atheism. I have no more to say. 
 
 Clerk. Mr. Hate-Lies, look upon the Prisoner at the bar ; do 
 10 you know him. 
 
 Hate. My lord, this Atheism is one of the vilest wretches 
 that ever I came near, or had to do with in my life. I have 
 heard him say that there is no God ; I have heard him say 
 that there is no world to come, no sin, nor punishment here- 
 after; and, moreover, I have heard him say that 'twas as 
 good to go to a Whore-house as to go to hear a sermon. 
 
 CLERK. Where did you hear him say these things? 
 
 Hate. In Drunkards' Row, just at Rascal-Lane's End, at a 
 house in which Mr. Impiety lived. 
 20 CLERK. Set him by, Gaoler, and set Mr. Lustings to the bar. hustings to 
 Mr. Lustings, thou art here indicted by the name of Lustings 
 {an intruder upon the Town of M ansoul ), for that thou hast His indict- 
 devilishly ajid traitorously taught, by practice and filthy -words, 
 that it is lawful and profitable to man to give way to his carnal 
 desires ; and that thou, for thy part, hast not, nor never wilt, 
 deny thyself of any sinful delight as long as thy name is Lustings. 
 How sayest thou ? Art thou guilty of this indictment, or not? 
 
 Then said Mr. Lustings, My lord, I am a man of high birth, mspua. 
 and have been used to pleasures and pastimes of greatness. 
 30 I have not been wont to be snub'd for my doings, but have 
 been left to follow my will as if it were law. And it seems 
 strange to me that I should this day be called into question 
 for that, that not only I, but almost all men, do either secretly 
 or openly countenance, love, and approve of. 
 
 CLERK. Sir, we concern not ourselves with your greatness 
 {though the higher, the better you should have been) ; but we are 
 concerned, and so are you now, about an Indictment preferred 
 against you. How say you ? Are you guilty of it, or not ? 
 
122 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 List. Not guilty. 
 
 Clerk. Crier, call upon the Witnesses to stand forth and give 
 their Evidence. 
 
 Crier. Gentlemen, you the Witnesses for the King, come 
 in and give in your Evidence for our Lord the King against 
 the prisoner at the bar. 
 
 CLERK. Come, Mr. Know-Ail, look upon the Prisoner at the 
 bar ; do you kno<w him f 
 
 Know. Yes, my lord, I know him. 
 
 Clerk. What is his name t IO 
 
 Know. His name is Lustings ; he was the son of one 
 Beastly, and his mother bare him in Flesh Street : she was 
 one Evil-Concupiscence' s daughter. I knew all the generation 
 of them. 
 
 CLERK. Well said. You have heard his Indictment ; what 
 say you to it ? Is be guilty of the things charged against him, 
 or not? 
 
 Know. My lord, he has, as he saith, been a great man 
 indeed, and greater in wickedness than by Pedigree more than 
 a thousandfold. 20 
 
 CLERK. But what do you know of his particular actions, and 
 especially with reference to his Indictment f 
 
 Know. I know him to be a Swearer, a Liar, a Sabbath- 
 breaker ; I know him to be a Fornicator and an Unclean 
 person. I know him to be guilty of abundance of evils. He 
 has been, to my knowledge, a very filthy man. 
 
 CLERK. But where did he use to commit his wickednesses t in 
 some private corners, or more open and shamelessly t 
 
 Know. All the Town over, my lord. 
 
 CLERK. Come, Mr. Tell-True, what have you to say for our 30 
 Lord the King against the Prisoner at the bar t 
 
 Tell. My lord, all that the first Witness has said I know to 
 be true, and a great deal more besides. 
 
 CLERK. Mr. Lustings, do you hear what these Gentlemen say ! 
 
 Lust. I was ever of opinion that the happiest life that a 
 man could live on earth was, to keep himself back from 
 nothing that he desired in the world ; nor have I been false 
 at any time to this opinion of mine, but have lived in the love 
 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 123 
 
 of my notions all my days. Nor was I ever so churlish, 
 having found such sweetness in them myself, as to keep the 
 commendations of them from others. 
 
 Then said the Court, There hath proceeded enough from his 
 own mouth to lay him open to condemnation ; wherefore set him 
 by, Gaoler, and set Mr. Incredulity to the bar. 
 
 Incredulity set to the bar. incredulity 
 
 ' m set to the 
 
 Clerk. Mr. Incredulity, thou art here indicted by the name Ear. 
 of Incredulity (an intruder upon the Town 0/* Mansoul), for that 
 1 o thou hast feloniously and wickedly, and that when thou wert an His indict- 
 Ojfcer in the Town 0/" Mansoul, made head against the Captains" 1 
 of the great King Shaddai when they came and demanded posses- 
 sion of Mansoul ; yea, thou didst bid defiance to the name, forces, 
 and cause of the King, and didst also, as did Diabolus thy 
 Capta'm, stir up and encourage the Town of Mansoul to make 
 head against and resist the said force of the King. V/hat sayest 
 thou to this Indictment ? Art thou guilty of it, or not ? 
 
 Then said Incredulity, I know not Shaddai ; I love my old Hispua. 
 Prince ; I thought it my duty to be true to my trust, and 
 20 to do what I could to possess the minds of the men of Man- 
 soul to do their utmost to resist Strangers and Foreigners, 
 and with might to fight against them. Nor have I, nor shall 
 I, change mine opinion for fear of trouble, though you at 
 present are possessed of place and power. 
 
 Then said the Court, The man, as you see, is incorrigible ; he 
 is for maintaining his Villanies by stoutness of words, and his 
 Rebellion with impudent confidence ; and therefore set him by, 
 Gaoler, and set Mr. Forget -Good to the bar. 
 
 Forget-Good set to the bar. ^ T'" 
 
 <-> Good set to 
 
 30 CLERK. Mr. Forget-Good, thou art here indicted by the name the Bar. 
 
 of Forget-Good (an intruder upon the Town of Mansoul), for 
 that thou, when the whole affairs of the Town of Mansoul were 
 in thy hand, didst utterly forget to serve them in what was good, 
 and didst fall in with the Tyrant Diabolus against Shaddai, the 
 King, against his Captains and all his Host, to the dishonour of 
 Shaddai, the breach of his Law, and the endangering of the 
 destruction of the famous Town of Mansoul. What sayest thou to 
 this Indictment t Art thou guilty, or not guilty ? 
 
 His indict- 
 ment. 
 
124 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Vis r 'Ua. Then said Forget-Good, Gentlemen, and at this time my 
 Judges, as to the Indictment by which I stand of several 
 crimes accused before you, pray attribute my Forgetfulness to 
 mine age, and not to my Wilfulness ; to the Craziness of my 
 Brain, and not to the Carelessness of my Mind; and then I 
 hope I may be by your charity excused from great punishment, 
 though I be guilty. 
 
 Then said the Court, Forget-Good, Forget-Good, thy 
 forgetfulness of good was not simply of frailty, but of purpose, 
 and for that thou didst loth to keep 'virtuous things in thy mind. 10 
 I That was bad thou couldst retain, but what was good thou 
 couldst not abide to think of: thy age, therefore, and thy pretended 
 craziness, thou makest use of to blind the Court withal, and as a 
 ■cloak to cover thy Knavery. But let us fear what the Witnesses 
 have to say for the King against the Prisoner at the Bar. Is he 
 guilty of this indictment, or not ? 
 
 Hate. My lord, I have heard this Forget- Good say, that he 
 could never abide to think of Goodness, no, not for a quarter 
 of an hour. 
 
 CLERK. Where did you hear him say so ? 20 
 
 Hate. In All-base Lane, at a house next door to the sign 
 of the Conscience-seared-with-a-hot-iron. 
 
 Clerk. Mr. Know-Ail, what can you say for our Lord the 
 King against the Prisoner at the bar. 
 
 Know. My lord, I know this man well. He is a Diabc- 
 lonian, the son of a Diaholonian ; his father's name was Love- 
 Naught ; and for him, I have often heard him say, that he 
 counted the very thoughts of Goodness the most burdensome 
 thing in the world. 
 
 CLERK. Where have you heard him say these words ? 30 
 
 Know. In Flesh Lane, right opposite to the Church. 
 
 Then said the Clerk, Come, Mr. Tell-True, give in your 
 Evidence concerning the Prisoner at the bar, about that for which 
 he stands here, as you see, indicted by this honourable Court. 
 
 Tell. My lord, I have heard him often say, he had rather 
 think of the vilest thing, than of what is contained in the Holy" 
 Scriptures. 
 
 CLERK. Where did you hear him say such grievous words'? 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 123 
 
 Tell. Where ? In a great many places, particularly in 
 Nauseous Street, in the house of one Shameless, and in Filth 
 Lane, at the sign of the Reprobate, next door to the Descent 
 into the Pit. 
 
 COURT. Gentlemen, you have heard the Indictment, his Plea, 
 and the testimony of the Witnesses. Gaoler, set Mr. Hard-Heart 
 to the bar. 
 
 He is Set tO the bar. Hard-Heart 
 
 CLERK. Mr. Hard-Heart, thou art here indicted by the name Bar. 
 i o of Hard-Heart (an intruder upon the Town of Mansoul), for 
 that thou didst most desperately and wickedly possess the Town 
 of Mansoul with impenitency and obdurateness ; and didst keep 
 them from Remorse and Sorrow) for their evils, all the time of their 
 Apostasy from and Rebellion against the blessed King Shaddai. 
 What sayest thou to this Indictment? Art thou guilty, or not 
 guilty t 
 
 Hard. My Lord, I never new what Remorse or Sorrow 
 
 meant in all my life. I am impenetrable ; 1 care for no man ; 
 
 nor can I be pierced with men's griefs ; their groans will not 
 
 20 enter into my heart. Whomsoever I mischief, whomsoever I 
 
 wrong, to me it is musick, when to others mourning. 
 
 COURT. You see the man is a right Diabolonian, and has 
 convicted himself Set him by, Gaoler, and set Mr. False-Peace 
 to the bar. 
 
 False-Peace set to the bar. Fais3-Peace 
 
 Mr. False-Peace, thou art here indicted by the name of False- Tar. 
 Peace (an intruder upon the Town of Mansoul), for that thou His P Ua ' 
 didst most wickedly and satanically bring, hold, and keep the 
 Town o/"Mansoul, both in her Apostasy and in her hellish Rebellion, 
 30 in a false, groundless, and dangerous peace, and damnable security, 
 to the dishonour of the King, the transgression of his Law, and the 
 great damage of the Town of Mansoul. What sayest thou ? Art 
 thou guilty of this Indictment, or not ? 
 
 Then said Mr. False-Peace, Gentlemen, and you now ap- /fe denies 
 pointed to be my Judges, I acknowledge that my name is*"*' 
 Mr. Peace ; but that my name is False-Peace, I utterly deny. 
 If your Honours shall please to send for any that do inti- 
 mately know me, or for the Midwife that laid my mother 
 
126 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 of me, or for the Gossips that was at my Christening, they 
 will, any or all of them, prove that my name is not False-Peace, 
 but Peace. Wherefore I cannot plead to this Indictment, 
 forasmuch as my name is not inserted therein ; and as is my 
 true name, so are also my conditions. I was always a man 
 that loved to live at quiet, and what I loved myself, that I 
 thought others might love also. Wherefore, when I saw any 
 of my Neighbours to labour under a disquieted mind, I en- 
 deavoured to help them what I could ; and instances of this 
 good temper of mine many I could give ; as, to 
 
 puadshis i. When, at the beginning, our Town of Mansoul did 
 decline the ways of Shaddai, they, some of them, afterwards 
 began to have disquieting reflections upon themselves for what 
 they had done ; but I, as one troubled to see them disquieted, 
 presently sought out means to get them quiet again. 
 
 2. When the ways of the old world, and of Sodom, were in 
 fashion, if anything happened to molest those that were for 
 the customs of the present times, I laboured to make them 
 quiet again, and to cause them to act without molestation. 
 
 3. To come nearer home: when the Wars fell out between 20 
 Shaddai and Diabolus, if at any time I saw any of the Town of 
 Mansoul afraid of destruction, I often used, by some way, device, 
 invention, or other, to labour to bring them to Peace again. 
 
 Wherefore, since I have been always a man of so virtuous 
 a temper as some say a Peace-maker is, and if a Peace-maker 
 be so deserving a man as some have been bold to attest he 
 is, then let me, Gentlemen, be accounted by you, who have 
 a great name for Justice and Equity in Mansoul, for a man 
 that deserveth not this inhuman way of treatment, but Liberty, 
 and also a license to seek damage of those that have been my 3° 
 accusers. 
 
 Then said the Clerk, Crier, make a proclamation. 
 
 Crier. yes ! Forasmuch as the Prisoner at the bar hath 
 denied his name to be that which is mentioned in the Indictment, 
 the Court requireth, that if there be any in this place that can 
 give information to the Court, of the original and right name 
 of the Prisoner, they ivould come forth, and give in their Evidence; 
 for the Prisoner stands upon his oavn Innocency. 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 127 
 
 Then came two into the Court, and desired that they 
 
 , >iesses come 
 
 might have leave to speak what they knew concerning the in ^^ 
 Prisoner at the bar : the name of the one was Search-Trutb, 
 and the name of the other Fouch-Truth. So the Court 
 demanded of these men if they knew the Prisoner, and what 
 they could say concerning him ; for he stands, said they, upon 
 his own Vindication. 
 
 Then said Mr. Search-Truth, My Lord, I — 
 
 COTRT. Hold ! give him his oath. 
 10 Then they sware him. So he proceeded. 
 
 Search. My Lord, I know and have known this man from 
 a child, and can attest that his name is False-Peace. I knew 
 his Father ; his name was Mr. Flatter : and his Mother, 
 before she was married, was called by the name of Mrs, 
 Sooth-Up: and these two, when they came together, lived not 
 long without this son ; and when he was born, they called his 
 name False-Peace. I was his playfellow, only I was somewhat 
 older than he; and when his Mother did use to call him 
 home from his play, she used to say, False-Peace, False-Peace, 
 20 come home quick, or V 11 fetch you. Yea, I knew him when he 
 sucked ; and though I was then but little, yet I can remember 
 that, when his Mother did use to sit at the door with him, or 
 did play with him in her arms, she would call him, twenty 
 times tqg-ether, My little False-Peace ! my pretty False-Peace ! 
 and Oh, my sweet rogue, False-Peace ! and again, Oh, my Utile 
 bird, False-Peace ! and, How do I love my child ! The Gossips 
 also know it is thus, though he has had the face to deny it in 
 open court. 
 
 Then Mr. Fouch-Truth was called upon to speak what he 
 30 knew of him. So they sware him. 
 
 Then said Mr. Fouch-Truth, My Lord, all that the former 
 witness hath said is true. His name is False-Peace, the son 
 of Mr. Flatter, and of Mrs. Sooth-Up, his Mother : and I have 
 in former times seen him angry with those that have called 
 him anything else but False-Peace, for he would say that all 
 such did mock and nickname him ; but this was in the time 
 when Mr. False-Peace was a great man, and when the Dia- 
 bolonians were the brave men in Mansoul. 
 
128 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Court. Gentlemen, you have heard what these two men have 
 
 sworn against the Prisoner at the bar. And now, Mr. False- 
 Peacc, to you : you have denied your name to be False- 
 Peace, yet you see that these honest men have sworn that that is 
 your name. As to your Plea, in that you are quite besides the 
 matter of your indictment, you are not by it charged for evil-doing, 
 because you are a Man of peace, or a Peace-maker among your 
 neighbours ; but for that you did wickedly and satanically bring, 
 keep, and hold the Town of Mansoul, both under its Apostasy from, 
 and in its Rebellion against, its King, in a false, lying, and 10 
 damnable peace, contrary to the law of Shaddai, and to the 
 hazard of the destruction of the then miserable Town of Mansoul. 
 All that you have pleaded for yourself is, that you have denied 
 your name, etc. ; but here, you see, we have witnesses to prove 
 that you are the man. For the Peace that you so much boast 
 of making among your neighbours, know that Peace that is not 
 a companion of Truth and Holiness, but that which is without 
 this foundation, is grounded upon a lie, and is both deceitful and 
 damnable, as also the great Shaddai hath said. Thy Plea, 
 therefore, has not delivered thee from (what by the Indictment 20 
 thou art charged with, but rather it doth fasten all upon thee. 
 But thou shalt have very fair play. Let us call the Witnesses 
 that are to testify as to matter of fact, and see what they have to 
 say for our Lord the King against the prisoner at the bar. 
 
 CLERK. Mr. Know-All, what say you for our Lord the King 
 against the Prisoner at the bar ? 
 
 Know. My lord, this man hath of a long time made it, to 
 my knowledge, his business to keep the Town of Mansoul in a 
 sinful quietness in the midst of all her lewdness, iilthiness, and 
 turmoils, and hath said, and that in my hearing, Come, come, 30 
 let us fly from all trouble, on what ground soever it comes, and 
 let us be for a quiet and peaceable life, though it wanteth a good 
 foundation. 
 
 CLERK. Come, Mr. Hate-Lies, what have you to say? 
 
 Hate. My lord, I have heard him say that Peace, though 
 in a way of unrighteousness, is better than trouble with 
 truth. 
 
 CLERK. Where did you hear him say this : 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 129 
 
 Hate. I heard him say it in Folly Yard, at the house of 
 one Mr. Simple, next door to the sign of the Self -deceiver. 
 Yea, he hath said this to my knowledge twenty times in that 
 place. 
 
 CLERK. We may spare further witness ; this evidence is plain 
 and full. Set him by, Gaoler, and set Mr. No-Truth to the bar. No-Truth 
 Mr. No-Truth, thou art here indicted by the name of No-Truth Bar . 
 (an bit ruder upon the Town of Mansoul), for that thou hast^™ dict - 
 always, to the dishonour of Shaddai, and the endangering of the 
 I o utter ruin of the famous Town of Mansoul, set thyself to deface, 
 and utterly to spoil all the remainders of the Law and Image 
 of Shaddai that have been found in Mansoul after her deep 
 apostasy from her King to Diabolus, the envious Tyrant. What 
 sayest thou ? Art thou guilty of this indictment, or not ? 
 
 No. Not guilty, my lord. His plea - 
 
 Then the witnesses were called, and Mr. Know- All did first 
 give in his evidence against him. 
 
 Know. My lord, this man was at the pulling down of the witnesses. 
 Image of Shaddai; yea, this is he that did it with his own 
 20 hands. I myself stood by and saw him do it, and he did it at 
 the command of Diabolus. Yea, this Mr. No-Truth did more 
 than this, he did also set up the horned image of the beast 
 Diabolus in the same place. This also is he that, at the 
 bidding of Diabolus, did rent and tear, and cause to be con- 
 sumed, all that he could of the remainders of the Law of the 
 King, even whatever he could lay his hands on in Mansoul. 
 
 CLERK. Who saw him do this besides yourself ? 
 
 Hate. I did, my lord, and so did many more besides ; for 
 this was not done by stealth, or in a corner, but in the open 
 30 view of all ; yea, he chose himself to do it publickly, for he 
 delighted in the doing of it. 
 
 CLERK. Mr. No-Truth, how could you have the face to plead 
 not guilty, when you were so manifestly the doer of all this 
 wickedness ? 
 
 No. Sir, I thought I must say something ; and as my name 
 is, so I speak : I have been advantaged thereby before now, 
 and did not know but by speaking no truth, I might have 
 reaped the same benefit now. 
 
 K 
 
130 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Pitiless set to CLERK. Set him by, Gaoler, and set Mr. Pitiless to the bar. 
 
 the Bar. . ' 
 
 Mr. Pitiless, thou art here indited by the frame of Pitiless (an 
 
 ihs indict- intruder upon the Town of Mansoul), for that thou didst most 
 traitorously and wickedly shut up all Bowels of Compassion, and 
 wouldest not suffer poor Mansoul to condole her o*wn misery, when 
 she had apostatised from her lawful King, but didst evade, and at 
 all times turn her mind away from those thoughts that had /»/ 
 them a tendency to lead her to repentance. What sayest thou to 
 this Indictment t Guilty, or not guilty ? 
 
 His Plea. Pitiless. Not guilty of Pitilessness : all I did was to cheer- 10 
 
 up, according to my name, for my name is not Pitiless, but 
 Cheer-up ; and I could not abide to see Mansoul inclined to 
 Melancholy. 
 
 CLERK. How ! do you deny your name, and say it is not 
 Pitiless, but Cheer-up ? Call for the Witnesses. What say you, 
 the Witnesses, to this Plea ? 
 
 Witnesses. Know. My Lord, his name is Pitiless; so he hath written 
 himself in all papers of concern wherein he has had to do. 
 But these Diabolonians love to counterfeit their names. Mr. 
 Covetousness covers himself with the name of Good-Husbandry, 20 
 or the like. Mr. Pride can, when need is, call himself Mr. 
 Neat, Mr. Handsome, or the like ; and so of all the rest of 
 them. 
 
 CLERK. Mr. Tell-True, what say you f 
 
 Tell. His name is Pitiless, my lord. I have known him 
 from a child, and he hath done all that wickedness whereof he 
 stands charged in the Indictment ; but there is a company of 
 them that are not acquainted with the danger of damning, 
 therefore they call all those melancholy that have serious 
 thoughts how that state should be shunned by them. 3° 
 
 Haughty «/ Clerk. Set Mr. Haughty to the bar, Gaoler. Mr. Haughty, 
 thou art here indited by the name of Haughty (an intruder upon 
 
 n 'is indict- the Town of Mansoul), for that thou didst most traitorously and 
 devilishly teach the Town of Mansoul to carry it loftily and 
 stoutly against the summons that was given them by the Captains 
 of the King Shaddai. Thou didst also teach the Town of Mansoul 
 to speak contemptuously and I'ilifyingly of their great King 
 Shaddai ; and didst moreover encourage, both by words and 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 131 
 
 examples, Mansoill to take up arms both against the King and 
 his Son, Emmanuel. How sayest thou? Art thou guilty of this 
 Indictment, or not. 
 
 Haughty. Gentlemen, I have always been a man of courage His rua. 
 and valour, and have not used, when under the greatest clouds, 
 to sneak or hang down the head like a Bulrush ; nor did it at 
 all at any time please me to see men veil their Bonnets to 
 those that have opposed them ; yea, though their adversaries 
 seemed to have ten times the advantage of them. I did not 
 
 1 o use to consider who was my foe, nor what the cause was in 
 which I was engaged. 'Twas enough for me if I carried it 
 bravely, fought like a Man, and came off like a Victor. 
 
 COURT. Mr. Haughty, you are not here indicted for that you 
 have been a 'valiant man, nor for your courage and stoutness in 
 times of distress, but for that you have made use of this your 
 pretended valour to draw the Town o/*Mansoul into acts of rebel- 
 lion both against the great King, and Emmanuel, his Son. This 
 is the crime and the thing wherewith thou art charged in and by 
 the Indictment. 
 
 20 But he made no answer to that. 
 
 Now when the Court had thus far proceeded against the 
 Prisoners at the Bar, then they put them over to the verdict 
 of their Jury, to whom they did apply themselves after this 
 manner : — 
 
 Gentlemen of the Jury, you have been here, and have seen these The Court 
 
 7 • r,7 j i * t0 the Jury- 
 
 men; you have heard their Indictments, their Pleas, and what 
 
 the Witnesses have testified against them : now, what remains is, 
 
 that you do forthwith withdraw yourselves to some place, where The jurys 
 
 ... Charge. 
 
 without confusion you may consider of what verdict, in a way 
 30 of truth and righteousness, you ought to bring in for the King 
 against them, and so bring it in accordingly. 
 
 Then the jury, to wit, Mr. Belief, Mr. True-Heart, Mr. Theyjuith-_ 
 
 , ^ r . - , M draw them- 
 
 Upright, Mr. Hate-Bad, Mr. Love-God, Mr. See-Truth, Mr.^^., 
 Heavenly- Mind, Mr. Moderate, Mr. lhankful, Mr. Humble, 
 Mr. Good- Work, and Mr. Zeal-for-God, withdrew themselves 
 in order to their work. Now, when they were shut up by 
 themselves, they fell to discourse among themselves in order 
 to the drawing up of their Verdict. 
 
 K 2 
 
132 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Their con- And thus Mr. Belief (for he was the Foreman) began: 
 
 among Gentlemen, quoth he, for the men, the Prisoners at the bar, for 
 my part, I believe that they all deserve death. Very rigbty said 
 Mr. True-Heart, I am wholly of your opinion. 0! -.chat a 
 merry is if, said Mr. Hate-Bad, that such Villains as these are 
 apprehended! Ay I Ay', said Mr. Love-God, this is one of the 
 joy/ 'idlest days that ever I sa<w in my life. Then said Mr. See- 
 Truth, I know that if we judge them to Death, our verdict shall 
 stand before Shaddai himself. Nor do I at all question it, said 
 Mr. Heavenly-Mind ; he said, moreover, when all such Beasts 10 
 as these are cast out of Mansoul, what a goodly Town will it be 
 then! Then, said Mr. Moderate, it is not my manner to pass my 
 judgment with rashness ; but for these their crimes are so noto- 
 rious, and the witness so palpable, that that man must be wilfully 
 blind who saith the Prisoners ought not to die. Blessed be God, 
 said Mr. Thankful, that the Traitors are in safe custody ! And I 
 join (with you in this upon my bare knees, said Mr. Humble. I am 
 glad also, said Mr. Good-Work. Then said the warm man, and 
 true-hearted Mr. Zeal-for-God, Cut them off; they have been the 
 plague, and sought the destruction of Mansoul. 20 
 
 They are Thus, therefore, being all agreed in their Verdict, they come 
 
 3K1& instantly into the Court. 
 
 diet, a>id CLERK. Gentlemen of the Jury, answer all to your names : 
 
 bring them J * 
 
 in guilty. Mr. Belief, one; Mr. True-Heart, two; Mr. Upright, three; 
 Mr. Hate-Bad, four ; Mr. Love-God, five ; Mr. See-Truth, 
 six; Mr. Heavenly-Mind, seven; Mr. Moderate, eight; Mr. 
 Thankful, nine; Mr. Humble, ten; Mr. Good-Work, eleven ; 
 and Mr. Zeal-for-God, twelve. Good men and true, stand 
 together in your Verdict : are you all agreed ? 
 
 Jury. Yes, my Lord. 30 
 
 CLERK. Who shall speak for you? 
 
 Jury. Our Foreman. 
 
 CLERK. Ton, the Gentlemen of the Jury, being impannelled for 
 our Lord the King, to serve here in a matter of life and death, 
 have heard the trials of each of these men, the Prisoners at the 
 Bar : what say you? are they guilty of that, and those crimes for 
 which they stand here indicted, or are they not guilty f 
 me verdict. Foreman. Guilty, my Lord. 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 133 
 
 CLERK. Look to your Prisoners, Gaoler. 
 
 This was done in the morning, and in the afternoon they 
 received the Sentence of Death according to the Law. 
 
 The Gaoler, therefore, having received such a charge, put 
 them all in the inward prison, to preserve them there till 
 the day of Execution, which was to be the next day in the 
 morning. * 
 
 But now to see how it happened, one of the Prisoners, incredulity 
 Incredulity by name, in the interim betwixt the Sentence and^^. 
 10 the time of Execution, brake prison, and made his escape, 
 and gets him away quite out of Mansoul, and lay lurking in 
 such places and holes as he might, until he should again have 
 opportunity to do the Town of Mansoul a mischief for their 
 thus handling of him as they did. 
 
 Now when Mr. True-man, the Gaoler, perceived that he had 
 lost his Prisoner, he was in a heavy taking, because he, that 
 Prisoner, was, to speak on, the very worst of all the gang: 
 wherefore, first he goes and acquaints my Lord Mayor, Mr. 
 Recorder, and my Lord Willbewill, with the matter, and to get 
 20 of them an order to make search of him throughout the Town 
 
 of Mansoul. So an order he got, and search was made, but m incredu- 
 no such man could now be found in all the Town of Mansoul. f^ol " 
 
 All that could be gathered was, that he had lurked a while 
 about the outside of the Town, and that here and there one 
 or two had a glimpse of him as he did make his escape out of 
 Mansoul. One or two also did affirm that they saw him without 
 the Town, going apace quite over the Plain. Now when he 
 was quite gone, it was affirmed by one Mr. Did-See, that he 
 ranged all over dry places, till he met with Diabolus, his/few****** 
 
 ' * * i i_ • Diabolus. 
 
 30 friend, and where should they meet one another but just upon 
 Hellgate-hill. 
 
 But oh ! what a lamentable story did the old Gentleman tell 
 to Diabolus concerning what sad alteration Emmanuel had 
 made in Mansoul! 
 
 As, first, how Mansoul had, after some delays, received khcuus 
 general pardon at the hands of Emmanuel, and that they had what Em 
 invited him into the Town, and that they had given him the J^^ 
 Castle for his possession. He said, moreover, that they had Mansoul. 
 
 now 
 ng in 
 
134 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 called his Soldiers into the Town, coveted who should quarter 
 the most of them ; they also entertained him with the Timbrel, 
 Song, and Dance. But that, said Incredulity, which is the 
 sorest vexation to me is, that he hath pulled down, O Father, thy 
 Image, and set up his own ; pulled down thy Officers, and set up 
 his own. Tea, and Willbewill, that Rebel, who, one would have 
 thought, should never have turned from us, he is now in as great 
 favour with Emmanuel as ever he was (with thee. But besides 
 all this, this Willbewill has received a special Commission from 
 his Master to search for, to apprehend, and put to death all and 10 
 all manner of Diabolonians that he shall find in Mansoul : yea, 
 and this Willbewill has taken and committed to Prison already 
 eight of my Lord's most trusty friends in Mansoul. Nay further, 
 my Lord, with grief I speak it, they have been all arraigned, con- 
 demned, and, I doubt, before this executed in Mansoul. / told my 
 Lord of eight, and myself was the ninth, who should assuredly 
 have drunk of the same cup, but that through craft I, as thou 
 seest, have made mine escape from them. 
 Diaboius When Diabolus had heard this lamentable story, he yelled, 
 
 yells at thi , m 
 
 news. and snuffed up the wind like a Dragon, and made the sky to 20 
 
 look dark with his roaring. He also sware that he would try 
 to be revenged on Mansoul for this. So they, both he and his 
 old friend Incredulity, concluded to enter into great consulta- 
 tion, how they might get the Town of Mansoul again. 
 
 Now, before this time, the day was come in which the 
 
 Rom. s. i 3i prisoners in Mansoul were to be executed. So they were 
 
 6. 12 — 14. 111 
 
 brought to the Cross, and that by Mansoul, m most solemn 
 
 manner ; for the Prince said that this should be done by the 
 
 Gai. 5. 34, hand of the Town of Mansoul, that I may see, said he, the 
 
 forwardness of my tiow redeemed Mansoul to keep my Word, and 30 
 to do my Commandments ; and that I may bless Mansoul in doing 
 this deed. Proof of sincerity pleases me well • let Mansoul, there- 
 fore, first lay their hands upon these Diabolonians to destroy 
 them. 
 
 So the Town of Mansoul slew them, according to the word 
 of their Prince ; but when the Prisoners were brought to the 
 Cross to die, you can hardly believe what troublesome work 
 Mansoul had of it to put the Diabolonians to death ; for the 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 135 
 
 men knowing that they must die, and every of them having 
 
 implacable enmity in their hearts to Mans only what did they 
 
 but took courage at the Gross, and there resisted the men of 
 
 the Town of Mansoal ? Wherefore, the men of Mansoul were 
 
 forced to cry out for help to the Captains and Men of war. 
 
 Now the great Shaddai had a Secretary in the Town, and he The assist 
 
 was a great lover of the men of Mansoul, and he was at the a ' 
 
 grace. 
 
 place of Execution also ; so he, hearing the men of Mansoul 
 cry out against the strugglings and unruliness of the Prisoners, 
 10 rose up from his place, and came and put his hands upon the Rom. 8. 13. 
 hands of the men of Mansoul. So they crucified the Diabolo- Execution 
 mans that had been a plague, a grief, and an offence to the [GaL " s . 2+] 
 Town of Mansoul. 
 
 Now, when this good work was done, the Prince came The Prince 
 
 • • 1 -l 1 i comes down 
 
 down to see, to visit, and to speak comfortably to the men t0 congratu* 
 of Mansoul, and to strengthen their hands in such \\oxk. latethem - 
 And he said to them, that by this act of theirs he had proved 
 them, and found them to be lovers of his Person, observers 
 of his Laws, and such as had also respect to his Honour. He 
 20 said, moreover (to show them that they by this should not 
 
 be losers, nor their Town weakened by the loss of them), that Hepromues 
 he would make them another Captain, and that of one of them anew 
 themselves ; and that this Captain should be the ruler of a Ca ^ tatn - 
 thousand, for the good and benefit of the now flourishing 
 Town of Mansoul. 
 
 So he called one to him whose name was Waiting, and Experience 
 
 . _ must be the 
 
 bid him, Go quickly up to the Castle Gate, and inquire there for new Cap- 
 one Mr. Experience, that ivaiteth upon that noble Captain, the ta 
 Captain Credence, and bid him come hither to me. So the 
 30 messenger that waited upon the good Prince Emmanuel went 
 and said as he was commanded. Now the young Gentleman 
 was waiting to see the Captain train and muster his men in 
 the Castle-yard. Then said Mr. Waiting to him, Sir, the 
 Prince would that you should come down to his Highness forth- 
 with. So he brought him down to Emmanuel, and he came 
 and made obeisance before him. Now the men of the Town 
 
136 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 riu ./«*//>. knew Mr. Experience well, for he was born and bred in 
 'new Mansoui ; they also knew him to be a Man of conduct, of 
 "• valour, and a person prudent in matters; he was also a 
 comely person, well spoken, and very successful in his under- 
 takings. 
 Mansoui Wherefore the hearts of the Townsmen were transported 
 
 take* it r 
 
 well. with joy, when they saw that the Prince himself was so taken 
 
 with Mr. Experience, that he would needs make him a Captain 
 over a Band of men. 
 
 The thing s w jth one consent they bowed the knee before Emmanuel, 10 
 
 Experience, and with a shout said, Let Emmanuel live for ever ! Then 
 said the Prince to the young Gentleman, whose name was 
 Mr. Experience, I have thought good to confer upon thee a place 
 of trust and honour in this my Toavn of Mansoui. (Then the 
 young man bowed his head and worshipped.) It is, said 
 Emmanuel, that thou shouldest be a Captain, a Captain over a 
 thousand men in my beloved Town <?/" Mansoui. Then said the 
 Captain, Let the King live. So the Prince gave out orders 
 
 His com- forthwith to the King's Secretary, that he should draw up for 
 
 mission sent , _ „. ~ .. 1 1 • y-i i. • „~ 
 
 him. Mr. Experience a Commission to make him a Captain over a 20 
 
 thousand men ; and let it be brought to me, said he, that I may 
 set to my Seal. So it was done as it was commanded. The 
 Commission was drawn up, brought to Emmanuel, and he set 
 his Seal thereto. Then, by the hand of Mr. Waiting, he sent 
 it away to the Captain. 
 
 His under Now so soon as the Captain had received his Commission, 
 he soundeth his Trumpet for Volunteers, and young men 
 come to him apace ; yea, the greatest and chief men in the 
 Town sent their sons to be listed under his command. Thus 
 Captain Experience came under command to Emmanuel, for 30 
 the good of the Town of Mansoui. He had for his Lieutenant 
 one Mr. Skilful, and for his Cornet one Mr. Memory. His 
 under-officers I need not name. His Colours were the White 
 colours for the Town of Mansoui, and his Scutcheon was the 
 
 1 Sam. 17. dead Lion and dead Bear. So the Prince returned to his royal 
 Palace again. 
 
 The Eiders Now when he was returned thither, the Elders of the 
 
 0/ Mansoui 
 
 ratuiateiOWQ of Mansoui, to wit, the Lord Mayor, the Recorder, and 
 
 him. 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 137 
 
 the Lord Willbewill, went to congratulate him, and in special 
 way to thank him for his love, care, and the tender com- 
 passion which he showed to his ever obliged Town of Mansoul. 
 So after a while, and some sweet Communion between them, 
 the Townsmen having solemnly ended their Ceremony, re- 
 turned to their place again. 
 
 Emmanuel also at this time appointed them a day wherein h* renews 
 he would renew their Charter, yea, wherein he would renew c ^ rter , 
 and enlarge it, mending several faults therein, that Mansoul' s Heb. s. 13. 
 10 yoke might be yet more easy. And this he did without any^;"" 
 desire of theirs, even of his own Frankness and Noble mind. 
 So when he had sent for and seen their old one, he laid it 
 by, and said, Now that which decayeth and waxeth old is ready [Heb. 8. 13.] 
 to vanish away. He said, moreover, The Town of Mansoul 
 shall have another, a better, a new one, more steady and firm 
 by far. An Epitome hereof take as follows : — 
 
 Emmanuel, Prince of Peace, and a great lover of the Town An Epitome 
 
 /. t-> 7 J j" of their new 
 
 of Mansoul, / do in the name of my bather, and of mine own charter. 
 clemency, give, grant, and bequeath to my beloved Town of 
 -° Mansoul. 
 
 First. Free, full, and everlasting forgiveness of all wrongs, Heb. 8. 12. 
 injuries, and offences done by them against my Father, Me, their * 
 Neighbour, or themselves. 
 
 Secondly. J do give them the holy Law and my Testament, John 17. 8, 
 with all that therein is contained, for their everlasting comfort 
 and consolation. 
 
 Thirdly. I do also give them a portion of the self same Grace 2 p eter 1. 4. 
 and Goodness that dwells in my Father's heart and mine. 
 
 Fourthly. I do give, grant, and bestow upon them freely, the ^ Cor - 3 - 2I » 
 30 World and what is therein, for their good; and they shall have 
 that Power over them, as shall stand with the Honour of my 
 Father, my Glory, and their Comfort : yea, I grant them the 
 benefits of Life and Death, arid of things present and things to come. 
 This privilege no other City, Town, or Corporation, shall have, but 
 my Mansoul only. 
 
 Fifthly. / do give and grant them leave and free access to me Heb. 10. 19. 
 in my Palace at all seasons — to my Palace above or below — there 7 . ' 
 
No »ia>t to 
 die for 
 
 Sin 
 
 .\'o lust has 
 any 
 
 138 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 to make known their wants to me ; and I give them, moreover, 
 a Promise that I will hear and redress all their Grievances. 
 
 Sixthly. I do give, grant to, and invest the Town of Mansoul 
 
 with full power and authority to seek out, take, enslave, and 
 
 destroy all and all manner of Diabolonians that at any time, 
 
 from whence soever, shall be found straggling in or about the 
 
 Town of Mansoul. 
 
 Seventhly. / do further gra fit to my beloved Town of Mansoul, 
 by Christ, that they shall have authority not to suffer any Foreigner, or 
 liberty to Stranger, or their Seed, to be free in and of the blessed Town 10 
 7onV<s °f Mans °ul, nor to share in the excellent priviledges thereof 
 Mansoul. But that all the grants, priviledges, and immunities that I bestow 
 E P h. 4 . 22. upon the famous Town of Mansoul, shall be for those the old 
 Natives, and true Inhabitants thereof; to them, I say, and to their 
 right seed after them. 
 
 But all Diabolonians, of what Sort, Birth, Country, or Kingdom 
 soever, shall be debarred a share therein. 
 
 Their char. g wnen the Town of Mansoul had received at the hand 
 
 ter set upon 
 
 their castie of Emmanuel their gracious Charter (which in itself is in- 
 finitely more large than by this lean Epitome is set before 30 
 you), they carried it to Audience, that is, to the Market-place, 
 and there Mr. Recorder read it in the presence of all the 
 
 2 cor. 3 . 3 . people. This being done, it was had back to the Castle 
 
 Heb. &10. gates, and there fairly engraven upon the doors thereof, and 
 laid in Letters of Gold, to the end that the Town of Mansoul, 
 with all the People thereof, might have it always in their 
 view, or might go where they might see what a blessed 
 Freedom their Prince had bestowed upon them, that their 
 joy might be increased in themselves, and their love renewed 
 to their great and good Emmanuel. 30 
 
 yoy renew- J} u t what joy, what comfort, what consolation, think you, 
 
 eel in Man- J ■" ' ' J ' 
 
 soui. did now possess the hearts of the men of Mansoul! The 
 
 Bells ringed, the Minstrels played, the People danced, the 
 Captains shouted, the Colours waved in the wind, and the 
 silver Trumpets sounded ; and the Diabolonians now were 
 glad to hide their heads, for they looked like them that had 
 been long dead. 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 139 
 
 When this was over, the Prince sent again for the Elders 
 of the Town of Mansoul, and communed with them about 
 a Ministry that he intended to establish among them ; such 
 a Ministry that might open unto them, and that might 
 instruct them in the things that did concern their present 
 and future state. 
 
 For, said he, you, of yourselves, unless you have Teachers andJ er - IO - 2 3- 
 Guides, (will not be able to know, and, if not to know, to be sure 
 not to do the <vuill of my Father. 
 10 At this news, when the Elders of Mansoul brought it to the Thecoma 
 
 j mon good 
 
 people, the whole Town came running together (for it pleased thoughts. 
 them well, as whatever the Prince now did pleased the[isam. 3 . 3 6.] 
 people), and all with one consent implored His Majesty that 
 he would forthwith establish such a Ministry among them as 
 might teach them both Law and Judgment, Statute and Com- 
 mandment ; that they might be documented in all good and 
 wholesome things. So he told them that he would grant 
 them their requests, and would establish two among them ; 
 one that was of his Father's Court, and one that was a native 
 30 of Mansoul. 
 
 He that is from the Court, said he, is a person of no less - p *- *• 2I 
 
 ' .1 Cor. 2. 10. 
 
 quality and dignity than my Father and I; and he is the John 1.1. 
 Lord Chief Secretary of my Father's house ; for he is, and 
 always has been, the chief dictator of all my Father's Laws, 
 a person altogether well skilled in all Mysteries, and Know- 
 ledge of mysteries, as is my Father, or as myself is. Indeed, 
 he is one with us in Nature, and also as to loving of, and 
 being faithful to, and in the eternal concerns of the Town 
 of Mansoul. 
 30 And this is he, said the Prince, that must be your chief 
 Teacher ; for it is he, and he only, that can teach you clearly 
 in all high and supernatural things. He, and he only, it is 
 that knows the ways and methods of my Father at Court, 
 nor can any like him show how the heart of my Father is 
 at all times, in all things, upon all occasions, towards Mansoul; 
 for as no man knows the things of a man but that spirit [iCor. 2. n.j 
 of a man which is in him, so the things of my Father knows 
 no man but this his high and mighty Secretary. Nor can 
 
140 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 any, as he, tell Mansoul how and what they shall do to keep 
 
 themselves in the love of my Father. He also it is that can 
 
 john 14. 26; bring lost things to your remembrance, and that can tell 
 
 1 joim 2. = 7 . you things to come. This Teacher, therefore, must of nece - 
 
 sity have the pre-eminence, both in your affections and 
 judgment, before your other Teacher; his personal dignity, 
 the excellency of his teaching, also the great dexterity that 
 he hath to help you to make and draw up Petitions to my 
 Father for your help, and to his pleasing, must lay obligations 
 upon you to love him, fear him, and to take heed that you 10 
 grieve him not. 
 iThess. 1. 5, This person can put life and vigour into all he says ; yea, 
 
 6. Acts 21. . — , . - 
 
 jiaicand can also put it into your heart. 1 his person can make 
 
 Ts. Kom °8 Seers of you, and can make you tell what shall be hereafter. 
 
 26. Rev. 2 . ]3y this Person you must frame all your Petitions to my 
 7, 11, 17, 29. , 
 
 Eph. 4. 30. Father and me ; and without his advice and counsel first 
 
 obtained, let nothing enter into the Town or Castle of 
 
 Ma?isoul, for that many disgust and grieve this noble Person. 
 
 Take heed, I say, that you do not grieve this Minister ; 
 for if you do, he may fight against you ; and should he once 20 
 be moved by you to set himself against you in Battel array, 
 that will distress you more than if twelve legions should from 
 my Father's Court be sent to make war upon you. 
 
 But, as I said, if you shall hearken unto him, and shall 
 love him ; if you shall devote yourselves to his Teaching, 
 and shall seek to have Converse, and to maintain Communion 
 
 2 cor. 13. 14. with him, you shall find him ten times better than is the 
 
 whole World to any; yea, he will shed abroad the love of my 
 Father in your hearts, and Mansoul will be the wisest and 
 most blessed of all people. 3° 
 
 conscience Then did the Prince call unto him the Old Gentleman, 
 who before had been the Recorder of Mansoul, Mr. Conscience 
 
 minister. 
 
 by name, and told him, That, for as much as he was well skilled 
 in the law and government of the Town of Mansoul, and was 
 also well spoken, and could pertinently deliver to them his Master's 
 will in all terrene and domestic matters, therefore he would also 
 make him a Minister for, in, and to the goodly Town of Mansoul, 
 in all the Laws, Statutes, and Judgments of the famous Town 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 141 
 
 c/* Mansoul. And thou must, said the Prince, confine thyself His limits. 
 
 to the teaching of Moral Virtues, to Civil and Natural Duties; 
 
 but thou must not attempt to presume to be a revealer of His eauti<m. 
 
 those high and supernatural Mysteries that are kept close 
 
 in the bosom of Shaddai, my Father ; for those things knows 
 
 no man, nor can any reveal them but my Father's Secretary 
 
 only. 
 
 Thou art a native of the Town of Mansoul, but the Lord 
 Secretary is a native with my Father ; wherefore, as thou hast 
 10 knowledge of the Laws and Customs of the Corporation, so 
 he of the Things and Will of my Father. 
 
 "Wherefore, oh, Mr. Conscience, although I have made thee 
 a Minister and a Preacher to the Town of Mansoul, yet as to 
 the things which the Lord Secretary knoweth, and shall teach 
 to this people, there thou must be his Scholar and a Learner, 
 even as the rest of Mansoul are. 
 
 Thou must therefore, in all high and supernatural things, j ob32 . 8# 
 go to him for information and knowledge; for though there 
 be a spirit in man, this Person's inspiration must give him 
 20 understanding, Wherefore, oh, thou Mr. Recorder, keep low 
 and be humble, and remember that the Diabolonians that 
 kept not their first charge, but left their own standing, are [jude 6.] 
 now made prisoners in the pit. Be therefore content with 
 thy station. 
 
 I have made thee my Father's Vicegerent on earth, in such His sower 
 things of which I have made mention before : and thou, take in MansouL 
 thou power to teach them to Mansoul, yea, and to impose 
 them with whips and chastisements, if they shall not willingly [Ps. 8 9 . 32.] 
 hearken to do thy Commandments. 
 30 And, Mr. Recorder, because thou art old, and through many 
 
 abuses made feeble; therefore 1 give thee leave and license His liberty. 
 to go when thou wilt to my Fountain, my Conduit, and there 
 to drink freely of the blood of my Grape, for my Conduit n ° d y- 
 doth always run wine. Thus doing, thou shalt drive from Het>. 9. 14. 
 thine heart and stomach all foul, gross, and hurtful humours. 
 It will also lighten thine eyes, and will strengthen thy memory 
 for the reception and keeping of all that the King's most 
 noble Secretary teacheth. 
 
142 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Mansoul. 
 
 When the Prince had thus put Mr. Recorder (that once so 
 was) into the place and office of a Minister to Mansoul, and 
 the man had thankfully accepted thereof; then did E?nmanuel 
 address himself in a particular Speech to the Townsmen them- 
 selves. 
 The Prince's Behold, said the Prince to Mansoul, my love and care 
 Mansou'i. towards you. I have added to all that is past, this mercy, to 
 appoint you Preachers ; the most noble Secretary to teach 
 you in all high and sublime Mysteries ; and this gentleman^ 
 pointing to Mr. Conscience, is to teach you in all things human to 
 and domestick, for therein lieth his work. He is not, by 
 what I have said, debarred of telling to Mansoul anything that 
 he hath heard and received at the mouth of the Lord High 
 Secretary; only he shall not attempt to presume to pretend 
 to be a revealer of those high Mysteries himself; for the 
 breaking of them up, and the discovery of them to Mansoul, 
 lieth only in the power, authority, and skill of the Lord High 
 a licence to Secretary himself. Talk of them he may, and so may the 
 rest of the Town of Mansoul; yea, and may, as occasion 
 gives them opportunity, press them upon each other for the 20 
 benefit of the whole. These things, therefore, I would have 
 you observe and do, for it is for your life, and the lengthening 
 of your days. 
 
 And one thing more to my beloved Mr. Recorder, and to all 
 the Town of Ma?isoid — You must not dwell in, nor stay upon, 
 anything of that which he hath in Commission to teach you, as 
 to your trust and expectation of the next World (of the next 
 World, I say, for I purpose to give another to Mansoul, when 
 this with them is worn out); but for that you must wholly and 
 solely have recourse to and make stay upon his doctrine that 3° 
 is your Teacher after the first order. Yea, Mr. Recorder 
 himself must not look for life from that which he himself 
 revealeth; his dependence for that must be founded in the 
 Doctrine of the other Preacher. Let Mr. Recorder also take 
 heed that he receive not any Doctrine, or point of Doctrine, 
 that is not communicated to him by his superior Teacher, nor 
 yet within the precincts of his own formal knowledge. 
 
 Now, after the Prince had thus settled things in the famous 
 
 A ivor Id to 
 1 come pro- 
 >tiiscd to 
 Mansoul. 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 143 
 
 Town of Mansoul, he proceeded to give to the Elders of the Heaves 
 Corporation a necessary caution, to wit, how they should uonlbout 
 carry it to the high and noble Captains that he had, from his t ^. Cap ' 
 Father's Court, sent or brought with him to the famous Town 
 of Mansoul. 
 
 These Captains, said he, do love the Town of Mansoul, and Graces 
 they are pickt men, pickt out of abundance, as men that best-^^" 1 
 suit, and that will most faithfully serve in the wars of Shaddai virtues. 
 against the Diabolonians, for the preservation of the Town 
 
 10 of Mansoul. I charge you, therefore, said he, oh, ye Inhabit- 
 ants of the now flourishing Town of Mansoul, that you carry it 
 not ruggedly or untowardly to my Captains, or their men ; 
 since, as I said, they are pickt and choice men ; men chosen 
 out of many for the good of the Town of Mansoul. I say, I 
 charge you, that you carry it not untowardly to them : for 
 though they have the hearts and faces of Lions, when at any 
 time they shall be called forth to ingage and fight with the 
 King's foes, and the enemies of the Town of Mansoul, yet a Satan can- 
 little discountenance cast upon them from the Town of Man- "ur^ace" 
 
 20 soul will deject and cast down their faces, will weaken and as r 7ve our ~ 
 
 J ' selves may. 
 
 take away their courage. Do not, therefore, oh, my beloved ! 
 carry it unkindly to my valiant Captains and courageous men 
 of war, but love them, nourish them, succour them, and lay words. 
 them in your bosoms ; and they will not only fight for you, 
 but cause to fly from you all those the Diabolonians that seek, 
 and will, if possible, be your utter destruction. 
 
 If, therefore, any of them should at any time be sick or 
 weak, and so not able to perform that Office of Love, which, 
 with all their hearts, they are willing to do (and will do also 
 30 when well and in health), slight them not, nor despise them, Heb. 12. 12. 
 but rather strengthen them, and encourage them, though Rev . 3 - 2. 
 weak and ready to die, for they are your Fence and your lThess - > I4 - 
 Guard, your Wall, your Gates, your Locks, and your Bars. 
 And although, when they are weak, they can do but little, but 
 rather need to be helped by you (than that you should then 
 expect great things from them), yet, when well, you know 
 what Exploits, what Feats and warlike Achievements they are 
 able to do, and will perform for you. 
 
144 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 A caution 
 about the 
 Diabolo- 
 nians that 
 yet remain 
 ;>■ Mansoul, 
 
 Mark 7.21,22 
 
 Rom. 7. 18. 
 
 Christ 
 Tcoii/d not 
 have us 
 aertroy 
 ourselves 
 thereby to 
 destroy our 
 sins. 
 
 Besides, if they be weak, the Town of Mansoul cannot be 
 strong; if they be strong, then Mansoul cannot be weak : your 
 safety, therefore, doth lie in their health, and in your coun- 
 tenancing them. Remember also that if they be sick, they 
 catch that disease of the Town of Mansoul itself. 
 
 These things I have said unto you, because I love your 
 welfare and your honour. Observe, therefore, oh, my Man- 
 soul ! to be punctual in all things that I have given in charge 
 unto you, and that not only as a Town corporate, and so to 
 your Officers and Guard, and Guides in chief, but to you, as 10 
 you are a people whose well-being, as single persons, depends 
 on the observation of the Orders and Commandments of their 
 Lord. 
 
 Next, oh, my Mansoul, I do warn you of that, of which, 
 notwithstanding that Reformation that at present is wrought 
 among you, you have need to be warned about ; wherefore 
 hearken diligently unto me. I am now sure, and you will 
 know hereafter, that there are yet of the Diabolonians re- 
 maining in the Town of Mansoul ; Diabolonians that are sturdy 
 and implacable, and that do already while I am with you, and 20 
 that will yet more when I am from you, study, plot, contrive, 
 invent, and jointly attempt to bring you to Desolation, and so 
 to a state far worse than that of the Egyptian bondage ; they 
 are the avowed friends of Diabolus : therefore look about you. 
 They used heretofore to lodge with their Prince in the Castle 
 when Incredulity was the Lord Mayor of this Town ; but since 
 my coming hither, they lie more in the Outsides, and Walls, and 
 have made themselves Dens, and Caves, and Holes, and Strong- 
 holds therein. Wherefore, O Mansoul.' thy work, as to this, 
 will be so much the more difficult and hard ; that is, to take, 30 
 mortify, and put them to death, according to the will of my 
 Father. Nor can you utterly rid yourselves of them, unless 
 you should pull down the Walls of your Town, the which I am 
 by no means willing you should. Do you ask me, What shall 
 <we do then ? Why, be you diligent, and quit you like men ; 
 observe their Holds ; find out their Haunts ; assault them, and 
 make no peace with them. Wherever they haunt, lurk, or 
 abide, and what terms of peace soever they offer you, abhor, 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 145 
 
 and all shall be well betwixt you and me. And that you may 
 the better know them from those that are the natives of 
 Mansoul, I will give you this brief Schedule of the names o{ The names 
 the chief of them ; and they are these that follow : — The Lord ^Diaboto- 
 Fornication, the Lord Adultery, the Lord Murder, the Lord SansoS. 
 Anger, the Lord Lasciviousness, the Lord Deceit, the Lord E*vil- 
 Eye, Mr. Drunkenness, Mr. Revelling, Mr. Idolatry, Mr. Witch- 
 craft, Mr. Variance, Mr. Emulation, Mr. Wrath, Mr. Strife, Mr. 
 Sedition, and Mr. Heresy. These are some of the chief, oh 
 
 10 Mansoul, of those that will seek to overthrow thee forever. 
 These, I say, are the Skulkers in Mansoul ; but look thou well 
 into the Law of thy King, and there thou shalt find their 
 Physiognomy, and such other characteristical notes of them, 
 by which they certainly may be known. 
 
 These, oh, my Mansoul (and I would gladly that you should 
 certainly know it), if they be suffered to run and range about 
 the Town as they would, will quickly, like Vipers, eat out 
 your bowels ; yea, poison your Captains, cut the sinews of 
 your Soldiers, break the bars and bolts of your Gates, and 
 
 20 turn your now most flourishing Mansoul into a barren and 
 desolate Wilderness and ruinous Heap. Wherefore, that you 
 may take courage to yourselves to apprehend these villains 
 wherever you find them, I give to you, my Lord Mayor, my 
 Lord Wiilbe-zvill, and Mr. Recorder, with all the inhabitants of 
 the Town of Mansoul, full power and Commission to seek out, a commts- 
 to take, and to cause to be put to death by the Cross, all, and destroy the 
 all manner of Diabolonians , when and wherever you shall find ^5^.°]-°" 
 them to lurk within, or to range without the walls of the MansouL 
 Town of Mansoul. 
 
 3° I told you before that I had placed a standing Ministry 
 among you ; not that you have but these with you, for my 
 first four Captains who came against the Master and Lord of 
 the Diabolonia?is that was in Mansoul, they can, and if need be, More 
 and if they be required, will not only privately inform, but JSJJJjJjJ* 
 publicly preach to the Corporation both good and wholesome^" Mansoul - 
 Doctrine, and such as shall lead you in the way. Yea, they 
 will set up a weekly, yea, if need be, a daily Lecture in thee, 
 O Mansoul! and will instruct thee in such profitable lessons, 
 
 L 
 
146 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 that, if heeded, will do thee good at the end. And take good 
 heed that you spare not the men that you have a Commission 
 to take and crucify. 
 
 a Caution. Now, as I have set before your eyes the Vagrants and 
 Runagates by name, so I will tell you, that among yourselves 
 some of them shall creep in to beguile you, even such as would 
 seem, and that in appearance are, very rife and hot for Religion. 
 And they, if you watch not, will do you a mischief, such an 
 one as at present you cannot think of. 
 
 These, as I said, will show themselves to you in another hue 10 
 than those under description before. Wherefore, Mansoul, 
 watch and be sober, and suffer not thyself to be betrayed. 
 
 When the Prince had thus far new-modelled the Town of 
 Mansoul, and had instructed them in such matters as were 
 profitable for them to know, then he appointed another day 
 in which he intended, when the Townsfolk came together, to 
 
 Another bestow a further Badge of honour upon the Town of Mansoul: 
 
 y^MaSoui. a Badge that should distinguish them from all the people, 
 kindreds, and tongues that dwell in the Kingdom of Universe. 
 Now it was not long before the day appointed was come, and 20 
 the Prince and his people met in the King's Palace, where first 
 Emmanuel made a short speech unto them, and then did for 
 them as he had said, and unto them as he had promised. 
 
 His speech My Mansoul, said he, that which I now am about to do, is to 
 
 to MansouL J ' ' 
 
 make you known to the World to be mine, and to distinguish you 
 
 also in your own eyes, from all false Traitors that may creep in 
 
 among you. 
 
 Then he commanded that those that waited upon him 
 white robes, should go and bring forth out of his Treasury those white 
 
 and glistering robes that 7, said he, have provided and laid up 30 
 Rev. 19.8. in store for my Mansoul. So the white garments were fetched 
 
 out of his Treasury, and laid forth to the eyes of the people. 
 
 Moreover, it was granted to them that they should take them 
 
 and put them on, according, said he, to your size and stature. 
 
 So the people were put into white, into fine linen, white and 
 
 clean. 
 
 Then said the Prince unto them, This, O Mansoul, is my 
 
 Livery, and the Badge by which mine are known from the servants 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 147 
 
 of others. Tea, it is that which I grant to all that are mine, and That which 
 
 ■ • • t> ti~ 1 distinguish' 
 
 without (which no man is permitted to see my race, w ear them, e! ; t Mansoui 
 therefore, for my sake, (who gave them tint you; and also tf y°u l™^ 1 
 would be known by the World to be mine. 
 
 But now, can you think how Mansoui shone ? It was fair 
 as the Sun, clear as the Moon, and terrible as an Army with 
 banners. 
 
 The Prince added further, and said, No Prince, Potentate, or 
 mighty one of Universe giveth this Li-very but myself: behold, 
 1 o therefore, as I said before, you shall be known by it to be mine. 
 
 And ticw, said he, J have given you my Livery, let me give you 
 also in commandment concerning them ; and be sure that you take 
 good heed to my 'words. 
 
 First. Wear them daily, day by day, lest you should at some EccL 9. 8. 
 times appear to others as if you were none of mine. 
 
 Secondly. Keep them always white ; for if they be soiled, 'tis Rev. 3.4. 
 dishonour to me. 
 
 Thirdly. Wherefore gird them up from the ground, and let them [1 Pet. 1. 19.] 
 not lag with dust and dirt. 
 20 Fourthly. Take heed that you lose them not, lest you walk naked, [Rev. 3. 18.] 
 and they see your shame. 
 
 Fifthly. But if you should sully them, if you should defile them, 
 the which I am greatly unwilling you should, and the Prince 
 Diabolus will be glad if you would, then speed you to do that 
 which is 'written in my Law, that yet you may stand, and not fall 
 before me, and before my Throne. Also, this is the (way to cause 
 that I may not leave you, nor forsake you (while here, but may 
 dwell in this Town of Mansoui for ever. 
 
 And now was Mansoui, and the Inhabitants of it, as the The glorious 
 30 signet upon Emmanuel's right hand. Where was there now a Mansoui. 
 Town, a City, a Corporation, that could compare with Man- 
 soul ? A Town redeemed from the hand, and from the power 
 of Diabolus ; a Town that the King Shaddai loved, and that he 
 sent Emmanuel to regain from the Prince of the Infernal Cave; 
 yea, a Town that Emmanuel loved to dwell in and that he 
 chose for his royal habitation ; a Town that he fortified for 
 himself, and made strong by the force of his Army. What 
 shall I say, Mansoui has now a most excellent Prince, Gclden 
 
 L 2 
 
148 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 • . 6. 16. 
 
 st:t nding. 
 
 
 i Cor. 5. 8. 
 
 A token of 
 
 ten of 
 
 : 
 
 Captains and Men of war, Weapons proved, and Garments as 
 white as snow. Nor are these benefits to be counted little, 
 but great ; can the Town of Mansoul esteem them so, and 
 improve them to that end and purpose for which they are 
 bestowed upon them ? 
 
 When the Prince had thus completed the modelling of the 
 Town, to shew that he had great delight in the work of his 
 hands, and took pleasure in the good that he had wrought for 
 the famous and nourishing Mansoul, he commanded, and they 
 set his Standard upon the Battlements of the Castle. And then, 10 
 
 First. He gave them frequent visits; not a day now but 
 the Elders of Ma?isoul must come to him, or he to them, into 
 his Palace. Now they must walk and talk together of all the 
 great things that he had done, and yet further promised to do 
 for the Town of Mansoul. Thus would he often do with the 
 Lord Mayor, my Lord Willbevoill, and the honest subor- 
 dinate preacher, Mr. Conscience, and Mr. Recorder. But, oh, 
 how graciously, how lovingly, how courteously and tenderly 
 did this blessed Prince now carry it towards the Town of 
 Mansoul! In all the Streets, Gardens, Orchards, and other 20 
 places where he came, to be sure the Poor should have his 
 blessing and benediction; yea, he would kiss them, and if they 
 were ill, he would lay hands on them, and make them well. 
 The Captains, also, he would daily, yea, sometimes hourly in- 
 courage with his presence and goodly words. For you must 
 know that a smile from him upon them would put more 
 vigour, more life, and stoutness into them, than would any- 
 thing else under Heaven. 
 
 The Prince would now also feast them, and be with them 
 continually: hardly a week would pass, but a Banquet must 30 
 be had betwixt him and them. You may remember that, 
 some pages before, we make mention of one feast that they 
 had together ; but now to feast them was a thing more com- 
 mon: every clay with Mansoul was a Feast-day now. Nor did 
 he, when they returned to their places, send them empty away; 
 either they must have a Riqg, a Gold chain, a BraceL t, a White 
 stone, or something: so dear was Mansoul to him now; so 
 lovely was Mansoul in his eyes. 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 149 
 
 Secondly. When the Elders and Townsmen did not come 
 to him, he would send in much plenty of provision unto them; 
 meat that came from Court, wine and bread that were pre- 
 pared for his Father's Table ; yea, such delicates would he 
 send unto them, and therewith would so cover their Table, 
 that whoever saw it confessed that the like could not be seen 
 in any Kingdom. 
 
 thirdly. If Mans oul did not frequently visit him as he desired 
 they should, he would walk out to them, knock at their doors, The danger 
 10 and desire entrance, that Amity might be maintained betwixt ° it ^ a * 
 them and him ; if they did hear and open to him, as commonly thou sMs. 
 they would, if they were at home, then would he renew his Rev. 3.20. 
 former love, and confirm it too with some new tokens and 
 signs of continued favour. 
 
 And was it not now amazing to behold, that in that very 
 place where sometimes Diabolus had his abode, and entertained 
 his Diabolonians to the almost utter destruction of Mansoul, 
 the Prince of Princes should sit eating and drinking with them, 
 while all his mighty Captains, Men of War, Trumpeters, with 
 20 the Singing men, and Singing women of his Father, stood round 
 
 about to wait upon them ! Now did Mansoul's cup run over, Mansoui's 
 now did her Conduits run sweet wine, now did she eat the^ ' 
 finest of the wheat, and drink milk and honey out of the rock! 
 Now she said, How great is his goodness! for since I found 
 favour in his eyes, how honourable have I been I [is. 43- 4.] 
 
 The blessed Prince did also ordain a new Officer in the 
 Town, and a goodly person he was ; his name was Mr. God's- coi. 3. 15. 
 Peace ; this man was set over my Lord Willbewill, my Lord 
 Mayor, Mr. Recorder, the subordinate preacher, Mr. Mind, and 
 30 over all the Natives of the Town of Mansoul. Himself was 
 not a Native of it, but came with the Prince Emmanuel from 
 the Court. He was a g^reat acquaintance of Captain Credence Rom. 15. 13, 
 and Captain Good-Hope ; some say they were kin, and I am of 
 that opinion too. This man, as I said, was made Governor of 
 the Town in general, especially over the Castle, and Captain 
 Credence was to help him there. And I made great observa- 
 tion of it, that so long as all things went in Mansoul as this 
 sweet-natured Gentleman would, the Town was in most happy 
 
Thou'ltts. 
 
 150 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 condition. Now there were no jars, no chiding, no interferings, 
 no unfaithful doings in all the Town of Mans out ; every man in 
 Holy con- Mansoul kept close to his own imployment. The Gentry, the 
 Officers, the Soldiers, and all in place, observed their order. 
 And as for the Women and Children of the Town, they fol- 
 lowed their business joyfully; they would work and sing, work 
 and sing, from morning till night : so that quite through the 
 Town of Mansoul now, nothing was to be found but Harmony, 
 Quietness, Joy, and Health. And this lasted all that Summer. 
 
 The story of But there was a man in the Town of Mansoul, and his name 10 
 security. was Mr. Carnal-Security ; this man did, after all this mercy 
 bestowed on this Corporation, bring the Town of Mansoul 
 into great and grievous slavery and bondage. A brief account 
 of him and of his doings take as followeth : — 
 
 When Diabolus at first took possession of the Town of 
 
 Mansoul, he brought thither, with himself, a great number of 
 
 Diabolonians, men of his own conditions. Now, among these, 
 
 Mr. self- there was one whose name was Mr. Self-Conceit, and a notable 
 
 Conceit. . . , , . , , . 
 
 brisk man he was, as any that in those days did possess the 
 Town of Mansoul. Diabolus, then perceiving this man to be 20 
 active and bold, sent him upon many desperate designs, the 
 which he managed better, and more to the pleasing of his 
 Lord, than most that came with him from the Dens could do. 
 Wherefore, finding him so fit for his purpose, he preferred 
 him, and made him next to the great Lord Willbewill , of 
 whom we have written so much before. Now the Lord Will- 
 be<ivill being in those days very well pleased with him and with 
 his achievements, gave him his daughter, the Lady Fear- 
 
 camai- Nothing, to wife. Now, of my Lady Fear-Not king did this Mr. 
 
 ortginaL Self-Conceit beget this gentleman, Mr. Carnal-Security, Where- -. 
 fore there being then in Mansoul those strange kinds of 
 mixtures, 'twas hard for them, in some cases, to find out who 
 were Natives, who not; for Mr. Carnal-Security sprang from 
 my Lord Willbewill by mother's side, though he had for his 
 Father a Diabolcnian by nature. 
 
 nis Well, this Carnal-Security took much after his Father and 
 
 Qualities. ' 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 151 
 
 Mother ; he was self-conceited, he feared nothing, he was also 
 a very busy man : nothing of news, nothing of doctrine, no- 
 thing of alteration, or talk of alteration, could at any time 
 be on foot in Mansoul, but be sure Mr. Carnal-Security would 
 be at the head or tail of it : but, to be sure, he would decline He is always 
 those that he deemed the weakest, and stood always with^^^ 
 them (in his way of standing), that he supposed was the 
 strongest side. 
 
 Now, when Shaddai the Mighty, and Emmanuel his Son, 
 
 10 made war upon Mansoul, to take it, this Mr. Carnal-Security 
 was then in Town, and was a great doer among the people, 
 encouraging them in their Rebellion, putting them upon harden- 
 ing themselves in their resisting the King's forces ; but when 
 he saw that the Town of Mansoul was taken, and converted 
 to the use of the glorious Prince Emmanuel, and when he also 
 saw what was become of Diabolus, and how he was unroosted, 
 and made to quit the Castle in the greatest contempt and 
 scorn, and that the Town of Mansoul was well lined with 
 Captains, Engines of war, and Men, and also Provision ; what 
 
 20 doth he but slily wheel about also; and as he had served 
 Diabolus against the good Prince, so he feigned that he would 
 serve the Prince against his foes. 
 
 And having got some little smattering of Emmanuel's things 
 by the end, (being bold,) he ventures himself into the company 
 of the Townsmen, and attempts also to chat among them. 
 Now he knew that the power and strength of the Town of Man- 
 soul was great, and that it could not but be pleasing to the people, 
 if he cried up their might and their glory. Wherefore he be- How Mr. 
 ginneth his tale with the power and strength of Mansoul, and g^St 
 
 30 affirmed that it was impregnable; now magnifying their Cap- begins the 
 tains, and their Slings, and their Rams ; then crying up their Mansoul. 
 Fortifications and Strongholds ; and, lastly, the assurances that 
 they had from their Prince, that Mansoul should be happy for ever. 
 But when he saw that some of the men of the Town were 
 tickled and taken with his discourse, he makes it his business, 
 and walking from street to street, house to house, and man to 
 man, he at last brought Mansoul to dance after his pipe, 
 and to grow almost as carnally secure as himself: so from 
 
In2 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Tis not 
 Grace 
 
 received, but 
 Grace 
 improved 
 that pre- 
 serves the 
 Soul from 
 temporal 
 dangers. 
 
 |Is. 48. 18.] 
 
 [Ps 81.13— 
 16.] 
 
 [Hos. 5. 15.] 
 
 The way of 
 
 Mansoul's 
 
 backsliding. 
 
 talking they went to feasting, and from feasting to sporting ; 
 and so to some other matters (now Emmanuel was yet in the 
 Town of Mansoul, and he wisely observed their doings). My 
 Lord Mayor, my Lord Hlllbewill, and Mr. Recorder were also 
 all taken with the words of this tattling Diaboloman Gentle- 
 man ; forgetting that their Prince had given them warning 
 before to take heed that they were not beguiled with any 
 Diabolonian sleight; he had further told them, that the security 
 of the now flourishing Town of Mansoul did not so much lie in 
 her present fortifications and force, as in her so using of what 10 
 she had, as might oblige her Emmanuel to abide within her 
 Castle. For the right doctrine of Emmanuel was, that the 
 Town of Mansoul should take heed that they forgot not his 
 Father's love and his ; also, that they should so demean them- 
 selves as to continue to keep themselves therein. Now this 
 was not the way to do it, namely, to fall in love with one of 
 the Diabolonians, and with such an one too as Mr. Carnal '-Security 
 was, and to be led up and down by the nose by him : they 
 should have heard their Prince, feared their Prince, loved 
 their Prince, and have stoned this naughty pack to death, and 20 
 took care to have walked in the ways of their Prince's pre- 
 scribing; for then should their Peace have been as a River, 
 when their Righteousness had been like the Waves of the 
 Sea. 
 
 Now when Emmanuel perceived that through the policy of 
 Mr. Carnal-Security, the hearts of the men of Mansoul were 
 chilled and abated in their practical love to him, 
 
 First. He bemoans them, and condoles their state with the 
 Secretary, saying 0, that my people had hearkened unto me, and 
 that Mansoul had walked in my ways ! I would have fed them 30 
 with the finest of the wheat ; and with honey out of the rock would 
 I have sustained them. This done, he said in his heart, / will 
 return to the Court, and go to my place, till Mansoul shall consider 
 and acknowledge their offence. And he did so, and the cause 
 and manner of his going away from them was, that Mansoul 
 declined him, as is manifest in these particulars. 
 
 1 . They left off their former way of visiting him, they came not 
 to his Royal Palace as afore. 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 153 
 
 2. They did not regard, nor yet take notice, that he came or came 
 not to 'visit them. 
 
 3. The Love-feasts that had wont to he between their Prince and 
 them, though he made them still, and called them to them, yet they 
 neglected to come to them, or to be delighted with them. 
 
 4. They waited not for his Counsels, but began to be headstrong 
 and confident in themselves, concluding that now they were strong 
 and invincible, and that Mansoul was secure, and beyond all reach 
 of the foe, and that her state must needs be unalterable for ever. 
 
 10 Now, as was said, Emmanuel perceiving that by the craft of 
 Mr. Carnal-Security, the Town of Mansoul was taken off from 
 their dependence upon him, and upon his Father by him, and 
 set upon what by them was bestowed upon it : He first, as I 
 said, bemoaned their state, then he used means to make them 
 understand that the way that they went on in was dangerous : 
 for he sent my Lord High Secretary to them, to forbid them 
 such ways ; but twice, when he came to them, he found them 
 at dinner in Mr. Carnal-Security's parlour; and perceiving also 
 that they were not willing to reason about matters concerning 
 
 20 their good, he took grief and went his way; the which when They grieve 
 he had told to the Prince Emmanuel, he took offence, and was f Gh ™l nd 
 grieved also, and so made provision to return to his Father's Christ. 
 Court. 
 
 Now, the methods of his withdrawings, as I was saying be- 
 fore, were thus : — 
 
 1. Even while he was yet with them in Mansoul, he kept him- Christ 
 self close, and more retired than formerly. not aU at 
 
 once. 
 
 2. His Speech was not now, if he came in their company, so 
 pleasant and familiar as formerly. 
 30 3- Nor did he, as in times past, send to Mansoul, /rom his Table, 
 those dainty bits which he was wont to do. 
 
 4. Nor w hen they came to visit him, as now and then they The 
 tuould, would he be so easily spoke?i with as they found him to be o/- t /J if r s 
 in times past. They might now knock once, yea twice, but he would a -& ections% 
 seem not at all to regard them • whereas formerly at the sound of 
 their feet he would up and run, and meet them half-way, and take 
 them too, and lay them in his Bosom. 
 
 But thus Emmanuel carried it now, and by this his carriage 
 
154 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 he sought to make them bethink themselves, and return to 
 him. But, alas! they did not consider, they did not know his 
 ways, they regarded not, they were not touched with these, 
 
 EmHcxi.8x. nor with the true remembrance of former favours. Where* 
 
 Lev.a6.ai— fore what does he but in private manner withdraw himself, 
 
 24, first from his Palace, then to the Gate of the Town ; and so 
 
 away from Mansoul he goes, till they should acknowledge their 
 offence, and more earnestly seek his Face. Mr. GotTs-Peace 
 also laid down his Commission, and would for the present act 
 no longer in the Town of Mansoul. 10 
 
 [Lev 26.23. Thus they walked contrary to him, and he again, by way of 
 retaliation, walked contrary to them. But, alas ! by this time 
 
 jer.2.32. they were so hardened in their way, and had so drunk in the 
 doctrine of Mr. Carnal-Security, that the departing of their 
 Prince touched them not, nor was he remembered by them 
 when gone ; and so, of consequence, his absence not condoled 
 by them. 
 
 a trick put Now, there was a day wherein this old gentleman, Mr. 
 
 Godiy-Fear, Carnal-Security, did again make a Feast for the Town of Man- 
 
 fJs7and t>U ' S0Ul 'I and there WaS at that time in the T ° Wn ° ne Mr - Godly- 2 
 
 sits there Fear, one now but little set by, though formerly one of great 
 stranger, request. This man, old Carnal-Security had a mind, if possible, 
 to gull, and debauch, and abuse, as he did the rest, and there- 
 fore he now bids him to the Feast with his neighbours. So the 
 day being come, they prepare, and he goes and appears with 
 the rest of the guests ; and being all set at the Table, they did 
 eat and drink, and were merry, even all but this one man : for 
 Mr. Godly-Fear sat like a stranger, and did neither eat nor was 
 merry. The which, when Mr. Carnal-Security perceived, he 
 presently addressed himself in a speech thus to him : 30 
 
 Talk Carn. Mr. Godly-Fear, are you not well ? you seem to be 
 
 cam^ai- ' iH °f body or mind, or both. I have a Cordial of Mr. Forget- 
 ^"^^"f Good's making, the which, sir, if you will take a dram of, I 
 Pear. hope it may make you bonny and blith, and so make you more 
 
 fit for us, feasting companions. 
 
 GODLY. Unto whom the good old Gentleman discreetly re- 
 plied, Sir, I thank you for all things courteous and civil ; but for 
 your Cordial I have no list thereto. But a word to the Natives of 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 155 
 
 Mansoul : Tou, the Elders and Chief of Mansoul, to me it is 
 strange to see you so jocund and merry, 'when the Town of Man- 
 soul is in such woeful case. 
 
 Carn. Then said Mr. Carnal-Security, You want sleep, good 
 Sir, I doubt. If you please, lie down, and take a nap, and we 
 meanwhile will be merry. 
 
 Godly. Then said the good man as follows: Sir, if you were 
 not destitute of an honest heart, you could not do as you have done, 
 and do. 
 
 10 Carn. Then said Mr. Carnal-Security, Why? ; 
 
 GODLY. Nay, pray interrupt me not. 'Tis true, the Town of 
 Mansoul -was strong, and, (with a proviso,) impregnable ; but you, 
 the Townsmen, ha've weakened it, and it now lies obnoxious to its 
 foes ; nor is it a time to flatter, or be silent ; it is you, Mr. Carnal- 
 Security, that ha've wilily stripped Mansoul, and driven her glory 
 from her; you have pulled down her Towers, you have broken down 
 her Gates, you have spoiled her Locks and Bars. 
 
 And now, to explain myself : from that time that my Lords of 
 Mansoul and you, sir, grew so great, from that time the Strength 
 
 20 of Mansoul has been offended, and now he is arisen and is gone. 
 If any shall question the truth of my words, I will answer him by 
 this, and such like questions. Where is the Prince Emmanuel? 
 When did a man or woman in Mansoul see him ? W^hen did 
 you hear from him, or taste any of his dainty bits ? Ton are 
 now a feasting with this Diabolonian Monster, but he is not your 
 Prince. I say, therefore, though Enemies from without, had you 
 taken heed, could not have made a prey of you, yet, since you have 
 sinned against your Prince your Enemies within have been too hard 
 for you. 
 
 30 Carn. Then said Mr. Carnal-Security, Fie! fie! Mr. Godly- 
 Fear, fie ! will you never shake off your timorousness ? Are 
 you afraid of being Sparrow-blasted? Who hath hurt you? 
 Behold, I am on your side ; only you are for doubting, and 
 I am for being confident. Besides, is this a time to be sad 
 in ? A Feast is made for mirth ; why, then, do you now, to 
 your shame, and our trouble, break out into such passionate, 
 melancholy language, when you should eat and drink, and be 
 merry ? 
 
156 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Godly. Then said Mr. Godly-Fear again, / may well be 
 sad, for Emmanuel is gone from Mansoul. / say again, be is 
 gone, and you, Sir, are the man that has driven bim away; yea, 
 he is gone without so much as acquainting the ISobles 6/ Mansoul 
 with his going ; and if that is not a sign of his anger, I am not 
 acquainted with the methods of Godliness. 
 Ms speech And now, my Lords and Gentlemen, for my Speech is still to 
 
 Elders , , , .. . . ,. .., ... , ,, 
 
 <yMansoul. you, your gradual declining from him did provoke him gradually 
 to depart from you, the which he did for some time, if perhaps you 
 would have been made sensible thereby, and have been renewed by 1 ° 
 humbling of yourselves; but <when he saw that none would regard, 
 nor lay these fearful beginnings of his dinger and Judgment to 
 heart, he went away from this place; and this I saw with mine 
 eye. Wherefore now, while you boast, your Strength is gone ; you 
 
 [jud. 16. 20.] are Hke the man that had lost his locks that before did wave about 
 his shoulders. You may, with this Lord of your Feast, shake 
 yourselves, and conclude to do as at other times; but since without 
 him you can do nothing, and he is departed from you, turn your 
 Feast into a Sigh, and your Mirth into Lamentation. 
 
 C s°tartud Ce Then the Subordinate Preacher, old Mr. Conscience by name, 20 
 he that of old was Recorder of Mansoul, being startled at what 
 was said, began to second it thus : 
 
 Consc. Indeed, my Brethren, quoth he, I fear that Mr. 
 Godly-Fear tells us true : I, for my part, have not seen my 
 Prince a long season. I cannot remember the day, for my 
 part ; nor can I answer Mr. Godly-Fear's question. I doubt, 
 I am afraid that all is naught with Mansoul. 
 
 GODLY. Nay, I know that you shall not find him in Mansoul, 
 for he is departed and gone ; yea, and gone for the faults of the 
 Elders, and for that they rewarded his Grace with wis ujfer able 30 
 Unkindnesses. 
 are all Then did the Subordinate Preacher look as if he would fall 
 down dead at the Table ; also all there present, except the 
 Man of the house, began to look pale and wan. But having a 
 little recovered themselves, and jointly agreeing to believe 
 Mr. Godly-Fear and his sayings, they began to consult what 
 was best to be done (now Mr. Carnal-Security was gone into 
 his Withdrawing-room, for he liked not such dumpish doings), 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 157 
 
 both to the Man of the house for drawing them into evil, and 
 also to recover Emmanuel's love. 
 
 And, with that, that saying of their Prince came very hot They consult 
 into their minds, which he had bidden them do to such as££?££i*. 
 were false prophets that should arise to delude the Town of masUr ' 
 Mansoul. So they took Mr. Carnal-Security (concluding that 
 he must be he) and burned his House upon him with fire ; for 
 he also was a Diabolonian by nature. 
 
 So when this was passed and over, they bespeed themselves 
 10 to look for Emmanuel their Prince ; and they sought him, but 
 
 they found him not. Then were they more confirmed in the cant 5. 6. 
 truth of Mr. Godly-Fear's sayings, and began also severely to 
 reflect upon themselves for their so vile and ungodly doings ; 
 for they concluded now that it was through them that their 
 Prince had left them. 
 
 Then they agreed and went to my Lord Secretary (him They apply 
 whom before they refused to hear— him whom they hadJJtfaS? 
 grieved with their doings), to know of him, for he was a?****"'** 
 
 is fypZCTJCrf 
 
 Seer, and could tell where Emmanuel was, and how they i sa . 63. 10! 
 20 might direct a Petition to him. But the Lord Secretary would ^ * 3a 
 
 , 1 Thess. 5. 
 
 not admit them to a conference about this matter, nor would ^ 
 admit them to his Royal place of abode, nor come out to 
 them to show them his face or intelligence. 
 
 And now was it a day gloomy and dark, a Day of clouds 
 and of thick darkness with Mansoul. Now they saw that 
 they had been foolish, and began to perceive what the com- 
 pany and prattle of Mr. Carnal-Security had done, and what 
 desperate damage his swaggering words had brought poor 
 Mansoul into. But what further it was likely to cost them, 
 30 that they were ignorant of. Now Mr. Godly-Fear began 
 again to be in repute with the men of the Town ; yea, they 
 were ready to look upon him as a Prophet. 
 
 Well, when the Sabbath-day was come, they went to hear^"»<«- 
 their Subordinate Preacher ; but oh, how he did thunder and Te'rLn. 
 lighten this day! His text was that in the prophet Jonah, Jonah 2. s. 
 They that observe lying 'vanities forsake their own mercies. But 
 there was then such power and authority in that Sermon, 
 and such a dejection seen in the countenances of the people 
 
158 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 th.it day, that the like hath seldom been heard or seen. The 
 people, when Sermon was done, were scarce able to go to 
 their homes, or to betake themselves to their imploys the 
 week after; they were so Sermon-smitten, and also so 
 Hos. 5. 13. Sermon-sick by being smitten, that they knew not what 
 
 to do. 
 The sub- He did not only show to Mansoul their sin, but did tremble 
 
 Preacher before them, under the sense of his own, still crying out of 
 knowledge himself, as he preached to them, Unhappy man that I am ! that 
 ins fault J s } 0QU l ( l d j qxneked a thin?! That I, a Preacher! whom the 10 
 
 and oeivatis ° ' 
 
 hiscompu- Prince did set up to teach to Mansoul his Law, should myself live 
 
 Mr. carnal- senseless and sottishly here, and be one of the first found in trans- 
 
 scanty. gression ! This transgression also fell within my precincts : I 
 
 should have cried out against the wickedness ; but I let Mansoul 
 
 lie wallowing in it, until it had driven Emmanuel from its 
 
 borders! With these things he also charged all the Lords and 
 
 Pa. 38. ] Gentry of Mansoul, to the almost distracting of them. 
 
 About this time also, there was a great sickness in the 
 
 Town of Mansoul, and most of the inhabitants were greatly 
 
 szn doth afflicted. Yea, the Captains also, and Men of war were 20 
 
 weak both brought thereby to a languishing condition, and that for a 
 
 b ° d J' sou1, long time together ; so that in case of an invasion, nothing 
 
 Heb. 12. 12, could to purpose now have been done, either by the Towns- 
 
 2-' Rev 3 "- men > or Field Officers. Oh, how many pale faces, weak 
 
 2. hands, feeble knees, and staggering men were now seen to walk 
 
 the streets of Mansoul! Here were groans, there pants, and 
 
 yonder lay those that were ready to faint. 
 
 The Garments, too, which Emmanuel had given them were 
 but in a sorry case ; some were rent, some were torn, and all 
 in a nasty condition ; some also did hang so loosely upon 30 
 them, that the next bush they came at was ready to pluck 
 them off. 
 
 After some time spent in this sad and desolate condition, 
 
 the Subordinate Preacher called for a day of fasting, and to 
 
 humble themselves for being so wicked against the great 
 
 Poanenres Shaddai, and his Son. And he desired that Captain Boanerges 
 
 to Mansoul. would preach. So he consented to do it ; and the day being 
 
 [Lu.13.7.] come, his text was this, Cut it down; why cumbereth it the 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 159 
 
 ground? And a very smart sermon he made upon the place. 
 First, he showed what was the occasion of the words, namely, 
 because the Fig-tree <zvas barren ; then he showed what was 
 contained in the sentence, to wit, Repentance, or utter Desolation. 
 He then showed also, by whose authority this sentence was 
 pronounced, and that was by Shaddai himself. And, lastly, 
 he showed the Reasons of the point, and then concluded his 
 Sermon. But he was very pertinent in the application, inso- 
 much that he made poor Mansoul tremble. For this Sermon, The men of 
 
 10 as well as the former, wrought much upon the hearts of the ww /j 
 men of Mansoul ; yea, it greatly helped to keep awake those aJfected - 
 that were roused by the Preaching that went before. So 
 that now, throughout the whole Town, there was little or 
 nothing to be heard or seen but Sorrow, and Mourning, and 
 Wo. 
 
 Now, after Sermon, they got together and consulted what They consult 
 was best to be dene. But, said the Subordinate Preacher, 1 ' 
 will do nothing of mine own head, without advising with my 
 neighbour, Mr. Godly- Fear. For if he had, afore, and under- 
 
 20 stood more of the mind of our Prince than we, I do not know 
 but he also may have it now, even now we are turning again to 
 Virtue. 
 
 So they called and sent for Mr. Godly-Fear, and he forth- My - podiy- 
 with appeared. Then they desired that he would further vice. 
 show his opinion about what they had best to do. Then said 
 the old Gentleman as followeth : It is my opinion that this 
 Town of Mansoul should, in this Day of her Distress, draw) up and 
 send an humble Petition to their offended Prince Emmanuel, that 
 he, in his Favour and Grace, will turn again unto you, and not 
 
 30 keep Anger for ever. 
 
 When the Townsmen had heard this Speech, they did, They send 
 
 . .... o 1 i- 1 1 the Lord 
 
 with one consent, agree to his advice. So they did presently Mayor to 
 draw up their Request, and the next was, But who shall carry c0 
 it ? At last they did all agree to send it by my Lord Mayor. 
 So he accepted of the service, and addressed himself to his 
 journey ; and went and came to the Court of Shaddai, whither 
 Emmanuel, the Prince of Mansoul, was gone. But the Gate Lam. 3. 8, 
 was shut, and a strict watch kept thereat ; so that the Petitioner 
 
answer. 
 Jer. 2. 27, 
 
 160 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 was forced to stand without for a great while together. 
 Then he desired that some would go in to the Prince and 
 tell him who stood at the Gate, and what his business was. 
 So one went and told to Shaddai, and to Emmanuel his Son, 
 that the Lord Mayor of the Town of Mansoul stood without 
 at the Gate of the King's Court, desiring to be admitted into 
 the presence of the Prince, the King's Son. He also told 
 what was the Lord Mayor s errand, both to the King and 
 his Son Emmanuel. But the Prince would not come clown. 
 nor admit that the Gate should be opened to him, but sent 10 
 
 a dreadful him an answer to this effect : They have turned their back unto 
 me, and not their face ; but now in the time of tbsir trouble they 
 say to me, Arise, and save us. But can they not now go to Mr. 
 Carnal- Security, to whom they went when they turned from me, 
 and make him their Leader, their Lord, and their Protection now 
 in their Trouble ; why now in their Trouble do they "visit me, since 
 in their Prosperity they went astray ? 
 
 The Lord The answer made my Lord Mayor look black in the face ; 
 
 f-S°L, it troubled, it perplexed, it rent him sore. And now he 
 
 and how. ^egan again to see what it was to be familiar with Diabolon'ums, ao 
 8 ' such as Mr. Carnal-Security was. When he saw that at Court, 
 (as yet,) there was little help to be expected, either for 
 himself or friends in Mansoul, he smote upon his breast, and 
 returned weeping, and all the way bewailing the lamentable 
 state of Mansoul. 
 
 The state of Well, when he was come within sight of the Town, the 
 
 JST" 1 Elders and Chief of the People of Mansoul went out at the 
 Gate to meet him, and to salute him, and to know how he 
 sped at Court. But he told them his tale in so doleful a 
 manner, that they all cried out, and mourned and wept. 30 
 
 The -whole Wherefore they threw ashes and dust upon their heads, and 
 
 Town cast , , . , . . . . , 
 
 down. put Sackcloth upon their loins, and went crying out through 
 the Town of Mansoul; the which, when the rest of the 
 Townsfolk saw, they all mourned and wept. This, therefore, 
 was a day of rebuke and trouble, and of anguish to the Town 
 of Mansoul and also of great distress. 
 
 After some time, when they had somewhat refrained them- 
 selves, they came together to consult again what by them 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 161 
 
 was yet to be done ; and they asked advice, as they did before, Theycon- 
 of that reverend Mr. Godly-Fear, who told them that there Mr. Godiy- 
 was no way better than to do as they had done, nor would he a alJ e . 
 that they should be discouraged at all with that they had met 
 with at Court ; yea, though several of their Petitions should 
 be answered with nought but silence or rebuke : For, said he, 
 it is the way qf the wise Shaddai to make men ivait and to 
 exercise patience, and it should be the way of them in <zvant to be Lam. 3 . 25, 
 
 26 Ps. 27. 
 
 willing to stay his leisure. I4 . 
 
 10 Then they took courage, and sent again, and again, and see now 
 
 , . r . 1 , j 1 luhats the 
 
 again, and again; tor there was not now one day nor an nour 7twvfe(y r rt 
 that went over Mansoul 1 s head, wherein a man might not ^cksuding 
 
 ' _ Saint 
 
 have met upon the road one or other riding post, sounding awakened. 
 the horn from Mansoul to the Court of the King Shaddai; and 
 all with Letters Petitionary in behalf of and for the Prince's 
 return to Mansoul. The road, I say, was now full of Mes- 
 sengers, going and returning, and meeting one another ; some 
 from the Court, and some from Mansoul; and this was the g> -oaning 
 work of the miserable Town of Mansoul, all that long, that 
 20 sharp, that cold and tedious Winter. 
 
 Now if you have not forgot, you may yet remember that I a memento. 
 told you before, that after Emmanuel had taken Mansoul, yea, 
 and after that he had new modelled the Town, there remained 
 in several lurking places of the Corporation many of the old 
 Diabolonians, that either came with the Tyrant when he 
 invaded and took the Town, or that had there, by reason of 
 unlawful mixtures, their birth and breeding and bringing up. 
 And their holes, dens, and lurking places were in, under, or 
 about the wall of the Town. Some of their names are the 
 30 Lord Fornication, the Lord Adultery, the Lord Murder, the 
 Lord Anger, the Lord Lasciviousness, the Lord Deceit, the Lord 
 Evil-Eye, the Lord Blasphemy, and that horrible Villain, the 
 old and dangerous Lord Ccvetousness. These, as I told you, 
 with many more, had yet their abode in the Town of Mansoul, 
 and that after that Emmanuel had driven their Prince Diabolus 
 out of the Castle. 
 
 M 
 
lonians plot. 
 
 162 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Against these the good Prince did grant a Commission to 
 
 the Lord Willbewill and others, yea, to the whole Town of 
 
 Mansoul, to seek, take, secure, and destroy any or all that they 
 
 could lay hands on, for that they were Diabolon'mns by nature, 
 
 Enemies to the Prince, and those that sought to ruin the 
 
 Mnnsoui blessed Town of Mansoul. But the Town of Mansoul did not 
 
 her Princes pursue this warrant, but neglected to look after, to apprehend, 
 
 fut'h7s' HOr to secure, and to destroy these Diabolonians. Wherefore what 
 
 commission f\ these Villains but by degrees take courage to put forth 
 
 ;>: execution. _ _ . . c . 
 
 their heads, and to show themselves to the Inhabitants of the IO 
 Town. Yea, and as I was told, some of the men of Mansoul 
 grew too familiar with some of them, to the sorrow of the 
 Corporation, as you yet will hear more of in time and place. 
 
 Well, when the Diabolonian Lords that were left perceived 
 that Mansoul had, through sinning, offended Emmanuel their 
 Prince, and that he had withdrawn himself and was gone, what 
 do they but plot the ruin of the Town of Mansoul. So upon 
 a time they met together at the hold of one Mr. Mischief, who 
 was also a Diabolonian, and there consulted how they might 
 deliver up Mansoul into the hands of Diabolus again. Now 20 
 some advised one way, and some another, every man according 
 to his own liking. At last my Lord Lasciviousness propounded, 
 whether it might not be best, in the first place, for some of 
 those that were Diabolonians in Mansoul to adventure to offer 
 themselves for Servants to some of the Natives of the Town; 
 For, said he, if they so do, and Mansoul shall accept of them, they 
 may for us, and for Diabolus our Lord, make the taking of the 
 Town of Mansoul more easy than otherwise it will be. But then 
 stood up the Lord Murder, and said, This may not be done at 
 this time; for Mansoul is now in a kind of a rage, because by our 30 
 friend Mr. Carnal- Security she hath been once ensnared already, 
 and made to offend against her Prince ; and how shall she reconcile 
 herself unto her Lord again, but by the heads of these nun f 
 Besides, we know that they have in Commission to take and slay 
 us wherever they shall find us ; let us therefore be wise as Foxes. 
 When we are dead, we can do them no hurt ; but while we live, 
 we may. Thus when they had tossed the matter to and fro, 
 they jointly agreed that a letter should forthwith be sent away 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 163 
 
 to Diabolus in their name, by which the state of the Town of They send 
 Mam oul should be showed him, and how much it is under the ^vice. 
 frowns of their Prince. We may also, said some, let him know 
 our intentions, and ask of him his advice in the case. 
 
 So a letter was presently framed, the contents of which 
 were these : — 
 
 To our great Lord, the Prince Diabolus, dwelling below The copy of 
 
 . , T r 1 r~t their Letter. 
 
 in the Internal Lave. 
 Oh, great Father, and mighty Prince Diabolus, we, the true 
 10 Diabolonians yet remaining in the rebellious 'Town 0/* Mansoul, 
 having received our Beings from thee, and our Nourishment at thy 
 hands, cannot with content and quiet endure to behold, as we do 
 this day, how thou art dispraised, disgraced, and reproached among 
 the inhabitants of this Town ; nor is thy long absence at all delight- 
 ful to us, because greatly to our detriment. 
 
 The reason of this our writing unto our Lord, is for that we are 
 not altogether without hope that this Town may become thy habita- 
 tion again; for it is greatly declined from its Prince Emmanuel; 
 and he is uprisen, and is departed from them: yea, and though 
 2 o they send, and send, and send, and send after him to return to 
 them, yet can they not prevail, nor get good words from him. 
 
 There has been also of late, and is yet remaining, a very great 
 
 sickness and fainting amo?ig them ; and that not only upon the 
 
 poorer sort of the Town, but upon the Lords, Captains, and chief 
 
 Gentry of the place {we only who are of the Diabolonians by 
 
 nature remain well, lively, and strong), so that through their great 
 
 transgressio?i on the one hand, and their dangerous sickness on the 
 
 other, we judge they lie open to thy hand and power. If, therefore, 
 
 it shall stand with thy horrible cunning, and with the cunning of 
 
 3° the rest of the Princes with thee, to come and make an attempt to 
 
 take Mansoul again, send us word, and we shall to our utmost 
 
 power be ready to deliver it into thy hand. Or if what we have said 
 
 shall not by thy Fatherhood be thought best and most meet to be done, 
 
 send us thy mind in a few 'words, and we are all ready to follow 
 
 thy counsel to the hazarding of our lives, and what else we have. 
 
 Given under our hands the day and date above-written, after a 
 
 close consultation at the house of Mr. Mischief, who yet is 
 
 alive, and hath his place in our desirable Town of Mansoul. 
 
 M 2 
 
1 64 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Pro- When Mr. Profane (for he was the Carrier) was come with 
 
 carrier, ht his letter to Hell-Gate Hill, he knocked at the Brazen-gates 
 
 \!' : ' : for entrance. Then did Cerberus, the Porter, for he is the 
 
 Heii-Gate keeper of that Gate, open to Mr. Profane, to whom he delivered 
 
 there pre- his Letter, which he had brought from the Diabolonians in 
 
 Cerberus Mansoul. So he carried it in, and presented it to Diabolus his 
 
 rter - Lord, and said, Tid'mgs, my lord, from Mansoul, from our trusty 
 
 friends in Mansoul. 
 
 Then came together from all places of the Den, Beelzebub, 
 Lucifer, Apollyon, with the rest of the rabblement there, to 10 
 hear what news from Mansoul. So the Letter was broken-up 
 and read, and Cerberus he stood by. When the Letter was 
 openly read, and the Contents thereof spread into all the 
 corners of the Den, command was given that, without let or 
 man's- stop, Dead-man's-bell should be rung for joy. So the Bell was 
 hlw Iv/ent i" un to> and the Princes rejoiced that Mansoul was likely to come 
 to ruin. Now, the Clapper of the Bell went, The Town of 
 Mansoul is coming to dwell with us ; make room for the Town 
 of Mansoul. This Bell therefore they did ring, because they 
 did hope that they should have Mansoul again. 20 
 
 Now, when they had performed this their horrible ceremony, 
 they got together again to consult what answer to send to 
 their friends in Mansoul; and some advised one thing, and 
 some another: but at length, because the business required 
 haste, they left the whole business to the Prince Diabolus, 
 judging him the most proper Lord of the place. So he drew 
 up a Letter as. he thought fit, in answer to what Mr. Profane 
 had brought, and sent it to the Diabolonians that did dwell in 
 Mansoul, by the same hand that had brought theirs to him ; 
 and this was the Contents thereof: — 30 
 
 To our offspring, the high and mighty Diabolonians that yet dwell 
 in the Town of Mansoul, Diabolus, the great Prince of Man- 
 soul, wisheth a prosperous issue and conclusion of those many 
 brave enterprises, conspiracies, and designs that you, of your 
 love and respect to our honour, have in your hearts to attempt 
 to do against Mansoul. 
 
 Beloved children and disciples, my Lord Fornication, Adultery, 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 165 
 
 and the rest, we have here, in our desolate Den, received, to our 
 highest joy and content, your welcome Letter, by the hand of our 
 trusty Mr. Profane ; and to show how acceptable your tidings 
 were, we rang out our Bell for gladness ; for we rejoiced as 
 much as we could, when we perceived that yet we had friends 
 in Mansoul, and such as sought our honour and revenge in 
 the ruin of the Town of Mansoul. We also rejoiced to hear 
 that they are in a degenerated condition, and that they have 
 offended their Prince, and that he is gone. Their Sickness also 
 
 10 pleaseth us, as does also your Health, Might, and Strength. 
 Glad also would we be, right horribly beloved, could we get 
 this Town into our clutches again. Nor will we be sparing of 
 spending our Wit, our Cunning, our Craft, and Hellish inventions 
 to bring to a wished conclusion this your brave beginning in 
 order thereto. 
 
 Arid take this for your comfort (cur Birth, and our Offspring), 
 that shall we again surprise it and take it, we will attempt to put 
 all your Foes to the Sword, and will make you the great Lords and 
 Captains of the place. Nor need you fear, if ever we get it again, 
 
 20 that we after that shall be cast out atiy more ; for we will come 
 with more strength, and so lay far more fast hold than at the 
 first we did. Besides, it is the Law of that Prince that now Matt. 12. 
 they own, that if we get them a second time, they shall be ours 43— 4 =- 
 for ever. 
 
 Do you, therefore, our trusty Diabolonians, yet more pry into, 
 and endeavour to spy out the weakness of the Town of Mansoul. 
 We also woidd that you yourselves do attempt to weaken them 
 more and more. Send us word also by what means you think we 
 had best to attempt the regaining thereof: namely, whether by 
 
 30 persuasion to a vain and loose Life-, or, whether by tempting them 
 to Doubt and Despair ; or, whether by blowing up the Town by 
 the Gunpowder of Pride and Self-conceit. Do you also, oh, ye 
 brave Diabolonians, and true Sons of the Pit, be always in a 
 readiness to make a most hideous assault within, when we shall 
 be ready to storm it without. Now speed you in your project, 
 and we in our desires, to the utmost power of our Gates, 
 which is the wish of your great Diabolus, Mansoul's enemy, 
 and him that trembles when he thinks of Judgment to come. 
 
tomes hone 
 again 
 
 166 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 All the blessings of the Pit be upon you, and so we close up our 
 letter. 
 
 Given at the Pit's mouth, by the joint consent of all the Princes 
 of Darkness, to be sent to the Force and Power that we hat'e 
 yet remaining in Mansoul, by the hand of Mr. Profane, 
 
 By me, DlABOLUS. 
 This letter, as was said, was sent to Mansoul, to the Diabo- 
 
 Fiesh. lonians that yet remained there, and that yet inhabited the 
 wall, from the dark Dungeon of Diabolus, by the hand of Mr. 
 Profane, by whom they also in Mansoul sent theirs to the Pit. to 
 
 Profane Now, when this Mr. Profane had made his return, and was 
 come to Mansoul again, he went and came as he was wont to 
 the house of Mr. Mischief for there was the Conclave, and the 
 place where the Contrivers were met. Now, when they saw 
 that their Messenger was returned safe and sound, they were 
 greatly gladded thereat. Then he presented them with his 
 Letter which he had brought from Diabolus for them ; the 
 which, when they had read and considered, did much augment 
 their gladness. They asked him after the welfare of their 
 friends, as how their Lord Diabolus, Lucifer, and Beelzebub 20 
 did, with the rest of those of the Den. To which this Profane 
 made answer, Well, well, my Lords ; they are well, even as well 
 as can be in their place. They also, said he, did ring for joy at 
 the reading of your Letter, as you well perceived by this when you 
 read it. 
 
 Now, as was said, when they had read their Letter, and 
 perceived that it incouraged them in their work, they fell to 
 their way of contriving again, namely, how they might com- 
 plete their Diabolonian design upon Mansoul. And the first 
 thing that they agreed upon was to keep all things from Man- 3° 
 soul as close as they could. Let it not be known, let not Mansoul 
 be acquainted with what we design against it. The next thing 
 was, how, or by what means, they should try to bring to pass 
 the ruin and overthrow of Mansoul ; and one said after this 
 manner, and another said after that. Then stood up Mr. 
 Deceit, and said, My right Diabolonian friends, our Lords, and 
 the high ones of the deep Dungeon, do propound unto us these three 
 ways : — 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 167 
 
 1. Whether we had best to seek its ruin by making Mansoul 
 loose and vain. 
 
 2. Or whether by driving them to Doubt and Despair. 
 
 3. Or whether by endeavouring to blow them up by the Gun- 
 powder of Pride and Self-conceit. 
 
 Now I think, if we shall tempt them to Pride, that may do Take heed, 
 something ; and if we tempt them to Wantonness, that may help. 
 But, in my mind, if we could drive them into Desperation, that 
 would knock the nail on the head: for then we should have them, 
 10 in the first place, question the truth of the love of the heart of their 
 Prince towards them, and that will disgust him much. This, if 
 it works well, will make them leave off quickly their way of 
 sending Petitions to him ; then farewell earnest solicitations for 
 help and supply ; for then this Conclusion lies naturally before them, 
 As good do nothing, as do to no purpose. So to Mr. Deceit 
 they unanimously did consent. 
 
 Then the next question was, But how shall we do to bring 
 this our project to pass? and it was answered by the same 
 Gentleman — that this might be the best way to do it : Even Take heed, 
 
 ... .,,. Mansoul. 
 
 20 let, quoth he, so many of our friends as are willing to venture 
 themselves for the promoting of their Prince's cause, disguise 
 themselves with apparel, change their names, and go into the 
 market like far-Country-men, and proffer to let themselves for 
 Servants to the famous Town of Mansoul, and let them pretend to 
 do for their Masters as beneficially as may be ; for by so doing 
 they may, //Mansoul shall hire them, in little time so corrupt and 
 defile the Corporation, that her now Prince shall be not only 
 further offended with them, but in conclusion shall spue them out 
 of his mouth. And when this is done, our prince Diabolus shall Take heed, 
 
 J ., . Mansoul. 
 
 30 prey upon them with ease : yea, of themselves, they shall fall into 
 the mouth of the Eater. 
 
 This project was no sooner propounded, but was as highly 
 accepted, and forward were all Diabolonians now to engage in 
 so delicate an interprize : but it was not thought fit that all 
 should do thus ; wherefore they pitched upon two or three, 
 namely, the Lord Covetousness, the Lord Lasciviousness, and 
 the Lord Anger. The Lord Covetousness called himself by the Take heed, 
 name of Prudent-Thrifty ; the Lord Lasciviousness called him-' 
 
i68 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Mansoul. 
 
 Take heed, 
 
 Mansoul. 
 
 . / day of 
 
 ■worldly 
 
 cumber. 
 
 self by the name of Harmless-Mirth; and the Lord Anger 
 called himself by the name of Good-Zeal. 
 
 So upon a Market-day they came into the Market-place, 
 three lusty fellows they were to look on, and they were 
 clothed in Sheep's -russet, which was also now in a manner 
 as white as were the white robes of the men of Mansoul. 
 Now the men could speak the language of Mansoul well. 
 So when they were come into the Market-place, and had 
 offered to let themselves to the Townsmen, they were pre- 
 sently taken up; for they asked but little wages, and promised 10 
 to do their Masters great service. . 
 
 Mr. Mind hired Prudent-Thrifty, and Mr. Godly-Fear hired 
 Good -Zeal. True, this fellow Harmless-Mirth did hang a little 
 in hand, and could not so soon get him a Master as the other 
 did, because the Town of Mansoul was now in Lent; but after 
 a while, because Lent was almost out, the Lord Willbewill 
 hired Harmless-Mirth to be both his Waiting man and his 
 Lacquey : and thus they got them Masters. 
 
 These Villains now being got thus far into the houses of 
 the men of Mansoul, quickly began to do great mischief 20 
 therein ; for being filthy, arch, and sly, they quickly corrupted 
 the families where they were ; yea, they tainted their Masters 
 much, especially this Prudent-Thrifty, and him they call Harm- 
 less-Mirth. True, he that went under the vizor of Good-Zeal 
 was not so well liked of his Master ; for he quickly found that 
 he was but a counterfeit Rascal ; the which when the fellow 
 perceived, with speed he made his escape from the house, or 
 I doubt not but his Master had hanged him. 
 
 Well, when these Vagabonds had thus far carried on their 
 design, and had corrupted the Town as much as they could, 3° 
 in the next place they considered with themselves at what 
 time their Prince Diabolus without, and themselves within 
 the Town, should make an attempt to seize upon Mansoul ; 
 and they all agreed upon this, that a Market-day would be best 
 for that work; for why? then will the Townsfolk be busy in 
 their ways: and always take this for a rule, When people arc 
 most busy in the world, they least fear a surprise. We also 
 then, said they, shall be able with less suspicion to gather our- 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 169 
 
 selves together for the work of our Friends and Lords ; yea, and 
 in such a day, if we shall attempt our work, and miss it, we 
 may, when they shall give us the rout, the better hide ourselves in 
 the crowd, and escape. 
 
 These things being thus far agreed upon by them, they Take heed, 
 wrote another letter to Diabolus, and sent it by the hand of 
 Mr. Profane, the contents of which were these : — 
 
 The Lords of Looseness send to the great and high Diabolus 
 from our Dens, Caves, Holes, and Strongholds, in and about 
 10 the walls of the Town o/" Mansoul, greeting. 
 
 Our great Lord, and the nourisher of our lives, Diabolus — Look to it, 
 
 ii f ' r* J- MansouL 
 
 how glad we were when we heard of your Fatherhood s readiness 
 to comply with us, and help forward our design in our attempts to 
 ruin Mansoul, none can tell but those who, as we do, set them- 
 selves against all appearance of good ', when and wheresoever we Rojn- 7- 21. 
 find it. 
 
 Touching the incouragemeni that your Greatness is pleased to 
 give us to continue to devise, contrive, a?id study the utter desola- 
 tion of Mansoul, that we are not solicitous about ; for we know 
 
 20 right well that it cannot but be pleasing and profitable to us to 
 see our Enemies, and them that seek our lives, die at our feet, or fly 
 before us. We therefore are still contriving, and that to the best 
 of our cunning, to make this work most facile and easy to your 
 lordships, and to us. 
 
 First, we considered of that most hellishly cunning compacted, Look to it, 
 three-fold project, that by you was propounded to us in your last ; ' 
 and have concluded, that though to blow them up with the Gun- 
 powder of Pride would do well, and to do it by tempting them 
 to be Loose and Fain will help on, yet to contrive to bring them 
 
 30 into the gulf of Desperation, nve think will do best of all. Now 
 we, who are at your beck, have thought of two ways to do this : 
 first we, for our parts, will make them as vile as we can, and 
 then you with us, at a time appointed, shall be ready to fall 
 upon them with the utmost force. And of all the Nations that 
 are at your whistle, we think that an army cf Doubters may 
 be the most likely to attack and overcome the Town 0/* Mansoul. 
 Thus shall we overcome these enemies, else the Pit shall open her Take heed < 
 
 Mansoui. 
 
170 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Look to it, 
 Mansoul. 
 
 Take heed, 
 MansouL 
 
 month upon them, and Desperation shall thrust them down into it. 
 We have also, to effect this so much by us desired design, sent 
 already three of our trusty Diabolonians among them ; they are 
 disguised in garb, they have changed their names, and are now 
 accepted of them; namely, Covetousness, Lasciviousness, and 
 Anger. The name of Covetousness is changed to Prudent- 
 Thrifty, and him Mr. Mind has hired, and is almost become 
 as bad as our Friend. Lasciviousness has changed his name to 
 Harmless-Mirth, and he is got to be the Lord WillbewilTs 
 Lacquey, but he has made his Master very wanton. Anger 10 
 changed his name into Good- Zeal, and was entertained by Mr. 
 Godly- Fear; but the peevish old Gentleman took pepper in the 
 nose, and turned our Gompanion out of his house. Nay, he has 
 informed us since that he ran away from him, or else his old 
 Master had hanged him up for his labour. 
 
 Now these have helped forward our work and design upon 
 Mansoul ; for notwithstanding the spite and quarrelsome temper 
 of the old Gentleman last mentioned, the other two ply their business 
 well, and are likely to ripen the work apace. 
 
 Our next project is, that it be concluded that you come upon the 20 
 Town upon a Market-day, and that when they are upon the heat 
 of their business ; for then, to be sure, they will be most secure, 
 and least think that an assault will be made upon them. They 
 will also at such a time be less able to defend themselves, and 
 to offend you in the prosecution of our design. And we your trusty 
 (and we are sure your beloved^) ones shall, when you shall make 
 your furious assault without, be ready to second the business 
 within. So shall we, in all likelihood, be able to put Mansoul 
 to utter confusion, and to swallow them up before they can come to 
 themselves. If your Serpentine heads, most subtil Dragons, and >o 
 our highly esteemed Lords, can find out a better way than this, U t 
 us quickly know; your minds. 
 
 To the Monsters of the Infernal Cave, from the house of Mr. 
 Mischief, in Mansoul, by the hand of Mr. Profane. 
 
 Now all the while that the raging runagates and hellish 
 Diabolonians were thus contriving the ruin of the Town of 
 Mansoul, they (namely, the poor Town itself) were in a 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 171 
 
 sad and woeful case; partly because they had so grievously The sad 
 offended Shaddai and his Son, and partly because that theMMisouL 
 enemies thereby got strength within them afresh; and also 
 because, though they had by many Petitions made suit to 
 the Prince Emmanuel, and to his Father Shaddai by him, for 
 their pardon and favour, yet hitherto obtained they not one 
 Smile; but contrariwise, through the craft and subtilty of the 
 domestick Diaboloniatis, their Cloud was made to grow blacker 
 and blacker, and their Emmanuel to stand at further distance. 
 10 The Sickness also did still greatly rage in Mansoul, both 
 among the Captains and the Inhabitants of the Town; their 
 Enemies, and their Enemies only were now lively and strong, 
 and like to become the head, whilst Mansoul was made the tail. 
 
 By this time the letter last-mentioned, that was written by Profane 
 the Diabolonians that yet lurked in the Town of Mansoul, was Heu-Gate- 
 conveyed to Diabolus in the Black-den, by the hand of Mr. Hin 
 Profane. He carried the letter by Hell-Gate-Hill as afore, 
 and conveyed it by Cerberus to his Lord. 
 
 But when Cerberus and Mr. Profane did meet, they were 
 20 presently as great as Beggars, and thus they fell into discourse 
 about Mansoul, and about the project against her. 
 
 Cerb. Ah! old friend, quoth Cerberus, art thou come to 
 Hell-Gate-Hill again ! By St. Mary, I am glad to see thee ! 
 
 PROF. Yes, my Lord, I am come again about the concerns of the Taikbe- 
 
 Tj">T\/r _ i tween him 
 
 own of Mansoul. and Cer . 
 
 Cerb. Prithee, tell me what condition is that Town of berus - 
 Mansoul in at present ? 
 
 PROF. In a brave condition, my Lord, for us, and for my 
 Lords, the Lords of this place, I trow • for they are greatly 
 30 decayed as to Godliness, and that is as (well as our heart can 
 (wish; their Lord is greatly out (with them, and that doth also 
 please us well. We have already also a foot in their dish, for 
 our Diabolonian friends are laid in their bosoms, and (what do 
 (we lack but to be Masters of the place ? 
 
 Besides, our trusty friends in Mansoul are daily plotting to 
 betray it to the Lords of this Town ; also the Sickness rages 
 bitterly among them ; and that (which makes up all, we hope at 
 last to prevail. 
 
172 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Profane's 
 
 }>UHt. 
 
 TJtey con- 
 
 ■hat 
 
 ansiver to 
 
 to the 
 
 Letter. 
 
 ■ '■ 
 
 Numb 
 16. Rev. 
 14. 
 
 Cerb. Then said the Dog of Hell-gate, No time like this 
 to assault them. I wish that the enterprise be followed 
 close, and that the success desired may be soon effected : 
 yea, I wish it for the poor Diabolonians , sakes, that live 
 in the continual fear of their lives in that traitorous Town 
 of Mansoul. 
 
 PROF. The contrivance is almost finished; the Lords in Mansoul 
 that are Diabolonians are at it day and night, and the other are 
 like silly doves : they want heart to be concerned (with their state, 
 and to consider that ruin is at hand. Besides, you may, yea, must 1 o 
 think, when you put all things together, that there are many 
 reasons that prevail with Diabolus to make what haste he can. 
 
 Cerb. Thou hast said as it is; I am glad things are at this 
 pass. Go in, my brave Profane, to my Lords ; they will give 
 thee for thy welcome as good a Coranto as the whole of this 
 Kingdom will afford. I have sent thy Letter in already. 
 
 Then Mr. Profane went into the Den, and his Lord Dia- 
 bolus met him, and saluted him with, Welcome, my trusty 
 servant : I have been made glad with thy Letter. The rest 
 of the Lords of the Pit gave him also their salutations. Then 20 
 Prcfane, after obeisance made to them all, said, Let Mansoul 
 be given to my Lord Diabolus, and let him be her King for ever. 
 And with that, the hollow belly and yawning gorge of Hell 
 gave so loud and hideous a groan (for that is the musick of 
 that place), that it made the mountains about it totter, as if 
 they would fall in pieces. 
 
 Now, after they had read and considered the Letter, they 
 consulted what answer to return ; and the first that did speak 
 to it was Lucifer. 
 
 LuciF. Then said he, The first project of the Diabolonians 3° 
 in Mansoul is likely to be lucky, and to take ; namely, that 
 they will, by all the ways and means they can, make Mansoul 
 yet more vile and filthy : no way to destroy a soul like this. 
 This is probatum est. Our old friend Balaam went this way 
 and prospered many years ago ; let this therefore stand with 
 us for a maxim, and be to Diabolonians for a general rule in all 
 ages ; for nothing can make this to fail but Grace, in which I 
 would hope that this Town has no share. But whether to 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 173 
 
 fall upon them on a Market-day, because of their Cumber in cumber. 
 business, that I would should be under debate. And there is dangerous. 
 more reason why this head should be debated, than why some 
 other should ; because upon this will turn the whole of what 
 we shall attempt. If we time not our business well, our 
 whole project may fail. Our friends, the Diabolonians, say 
 that a Market-day is best; for then will Mansoal be most 
 busy, and have fewest thoughts of a Surprise. But what if 
 also they should double their Guards on those days ? (and They had 
 
 iomethinks Nature and Reason should teach them to do it);"' 
 and what if they should keep such a Watch on those days 
 as the necessity of their present case doth require ? yea, what 
 if their men should be always in arms on those days ? then 
 you may, my Lords, be disappointed in your attempts, and 
 may bring our friends in the Town to utter danger of un- 
 avoidable ruin. 
 
 Beel. Then said the great Beelzebub, There is something 
 in what my Lord hath said ; but his conjecture may, or may 
 not, fail out. Nor hath my Lord laid it down as that which 
 
 20 must not be receded from; for I know that he said it only 
 to provoke to a warm debate thereabout. Therefore we 
 must understand, if we can, whether the Town of Mansoul 
 has such sense and knowledge of her decayed state, and of 
 the design that we have on foot against her, as doth provoke a u-sson/or 
 her to set watch and ward at her Gates, and to double them Christian >- 
 on Market-days. But if, after inquiry made, it shall be found 
 that they are asleep, then any day will do, but a Market-day 
 is best ; and this is my judgment in this case. 
 
 Diab. Then quoth Diabo/us, How should we know this ? 
 
 3° and 'twas answered, Inquire about it at the mouth of Mr. Pro- 
 fane. So Profane was called in, and asked the question, and 
 he made his answer as follows ; — 
 
 Prof. My Lords, so far as I can gather, this is at present Profaned 
 the condition of the Town of Mansoul : they are decayed in f %£*£?* 
 their Faith and Love ; Emmanuel, their Prince, has given them sentstaieo f 
 
 - Mansoul. 
 
 the back ; they send otten by Petition to fetch him again, but 
 he maketh not haste to answer their Request, nor is there 
 much Reformation among them. 
 
174 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Dreadful 
 advice 
 
 against 
 Mansoul. 
 
 Dreadful 
 
 against 
 
 Mansoul. 
 
 I O 
 
 Diab. I am glad that they are backward in a Reformation, 
 but yet I am afraid of their petitioning. However, their 
 looseness of life is a sign that there is not much heart in 
 what they do, and without the heart things are little worth. 
 But go on, my Masters; I will divert you, my Lords, no 
 longer. 
 
 Beel. If the case be so with Mansoul, as Mr. Profane 
 has described it to be, it will be no great matter what day we 
 assault it ; not their Prayers, nor their Power, will do them 
 much service. 
 
 Apol. When Beelzebub had ended his Oration, then Apollyon 
 did begin. My opinion, said he, concerning this matter is, 
 that we go on fair and softly, not doing things in a hurry. 
 Let our Friends in Mansoul go on still to pollute and defile 
 it, by seeking to draw it yet more into sin (for there is 
 nothing like, sin to devour Mansoul). If this be done, and 
 it takes effect, Mansoul, of itself, will leave off to watch, to 
 petition, or anything else that should tend to her security 
 and safety; for she will forget her Emmanuel, she will not 
 desire his Company; and can she be gotten thus to live, her 20 
 Prince will not come to her in haste. Our trusty friend, 
 Mr. Carnal-Security, with one of his tricks, did drive him 
 out of the Town ; and why may not my Lord Co'vetousness, 
 and my Lord Lasci'viousness, by what they may do, keep him 
 out of the Town ? And this I will tell you (not because you 
 know it not), that two or three Diabolonians, if entertained 
 and countenanced by the Town of Mansoul, will do more to 
 the keeping of Emmanuel from them, and towards making the 
 Town of Mansoul your own, than can an Army of a legion that 
 should be sent out from us to withstand him. 30 
 
 Let, therefore, this first project that our friends in Mansoul 
 have set on foot, be strongly and diligently carried on with all 
 Gunning and Craft imaginable ; and let them send continually, 
 under one guise or another, more and other of their men to 
 play with the people of Mansoul ; and then, perhaps, we shall 
 not need to be at the charge of making a War upon them; 
 or if that must of necessity be done, yet the more sinful they 
 are, the more unable, to be sure, they will be to resist us, and 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 175 
 
 then the more easily we shall overcome them. And besides, 
 suppose (and that is the worst that can be supposed) that 
 Emmanuel should come to them again, why may not the same 
 means, or the like, drive him from them once more ? Yea, 
 why may he not, by their lapse into that sin again, be driven 
 from them for ever, for the sake of which he was at the first 
 driven from them for a season ? And if this should happen, 
 then away go with him his Rams, his Slings, his Captains, his 
 Soldiers, and he leaveth Mansoul naked and bare. Yea, will Dread/ t a 
 
 advice 
 
 10 not this Town, when she sees herself utterly forsaken of nex against 
 Prince, of her own accord open her Gates again unto you, and M 
 make of you as in the days of old ? But this must be done by 
 time; a few days will not effect so great a work as this. 
 
 Diab. So soon as Apollyon had made an end of speaking, 
 Diabolus began to blow out his own Malice, and to plead his 
 own Cause ; and he said, My Lords, and Powers of the Cave, 
 my true and trusty Friends, I have with much impatience, as 
 becomes me, given ear to your long and tedious Orations. 
 But my furious Gorge, and empty Paunch, so lusteth after a 
 
 20 re-possession of my famous Town of Mansoul, that whatever 
 comes out, I can wait no longer to see the events of lingering 
 projects. I must, and that without further delay, seek, by all 
 means I can, to fill my insatiable Gulf with the Soul and Body Look to it, 
 of the Town of Mansoul. Therefore lend me your Heads, 
 your Hearts, and your Help, now I am going to recover my 
 Town of Mansoul. 
 
 When the Lords and Princes of the Pit saw the flaming 
 desire that was in Diabolus to devour the miserable Town of 
 Mansoul, they left off to raise any more objections, but con- 
 
 3osented to lend him what strength they could: though had 
 Apollyon's advice been taken, they had far more fearfully dis- 
 tressed the Town of Mansoul. But, I say, they were willing 
 to lend him what strength they could, not knowing what need 
 they might have of him, when they should engage for them- 
 selves, as he. Wherefore they fell to advising about the next 
 thing propounded, namely, what Soldiers they were, and also 
 how many, with whom Diabolus should go against the Town 
 of Mansoul to take it ; and after some debate, it was concluded, 
 
176 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 according as in the Letter the Diabolonians had suggested, that 
 none were more fit for that Expedition than an Army of terrible 
 irmyoj Doubters. They therefore concluded to send against Mansoul 
 raisnLtogo an Army of sturdy Doubters. The number thought fit to be 
 . ";' f te employed in that service was between twenty and thirty 
 ul - thousand. So, then, the result of that great Council of those 
 high and mighty Lords was, That Diabolus should even now, 
 out of hand, beat up his Drum for men in the land of Doubting, 
 (which land licth upon the confines of the place called Hell- 
 Gate-Hill,) for men that might be employed by him against 10 
 the miserable Town of Mansoul. It was also concluded, that 
 rhc /vitocr these Lords themselves should help him in the War, and that 
 
 ofthePitgo 
 
 with them, they would, to that end, head and manage his men. So they 
 drew up a Letter, and sent back to the Diabolonians that 
 llirked in Mansoul, and that waited for the back-coming of 
 Mr. Profane, to signify to them into what method and forward- 
 ness they at present had put their design. The contents 
 whereof now followeth. 
 
 - >" From the dark and horrible Dungeon of Hell, Diabolus, with all 
 
 Letter from , . 
 
 Diabolus^ the society of the Princes of Darkness, sends to our trusty 20 
 
 ones, in and about the Walls of the Town 0/* Mansoul, now 
 impatiently waiting for our most devilish answer to their 
 venomous and most poisonous design against the Town of 
 Mansoul. 
 
 Our Native ones — in whom from day to day we boast, and in 
 whose actions all the year long we do greatly delight ourselves — 
 we received your welcome, because highly esteemed Letter, at the 
 hand of our trusty and greatly beloved, the old Gentleman, Mr. 
 Profane ; and do give you to understand, that when we had broken 
 it up, and had read the Contents thereof, (to your amazing memory 30 
 he it spoken,) our yawning hollow-bellied place, where we are, 
 made so hideous and yelling a noise for joy, that the mountains 
 that stand round about Hell-Gate-Hill had like to have been 
 shaken to pieces at the sound thereof. 
 
 We could also do no less than admire your faithfulness to us, 
 with the greatness of that subtil ty that now hath showed itself to 
 be in your heads to serve us against the Town of Mansoul. For 
 
 the Diabolo- 
 nians in 
 MansouL 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 1/7 
 
 you have invented for us so excellent a method for our proceeding 
 against that rebellious people, a more effectual cannot be thought 
 of by all the wits of Hell. The proposals, therefore, which now, 
 at last, you have sent us, since we saw them, we have done little 
 else but highly approved and admired them. 
 
 Nay, we shall, to encourage you in the Profundity of your Craft, 
 let you know, that, at a full Assembly and Conclave of our Princes 
 and Principalities of this place, your project was discoursed and 
 tossed from one side of our Cave to the other by their Mightinesses; 
 10 but a better, and as was by themselves judged, a more ft and 
 proper way by all their wits, could not be invented, to surprise, 
 take, and make our own, the rebellious Town o/Mansoul. 
 
 Wherefore, in fine, all that was said that varied from what 
 you had in your Letter propounded, fell of itself to the ground, 
 and yours only was stuck to by Diabolus, the Prince: yea, his 
 gaping Gorge and yawning Paunch was on fire to put your in- 
 vention into execution. . 
 
 We therefore give you to understand that our stout, furious, 
 and unmerciful Diabolus is raising, for your relief, and the ruin 
 20 of the rebellious Town of Mansoul, more than twenty thousand 
 Doubters to come against that People. They are all stout and 
 sturdy men, and men that of old have been accustomed to war, 
 and that can therefore well endure the Drum. I say, he is doing 
 this work of his with all the possible speed be can; for his Heart 
 and Spirit is engaged in it. We desire, therefore, that, as you 
 have hitherto stuck to us, and given us both advice and mcourage- 
 ment thus far, you still will prosecute our design; nor shall you 
 lose, but be gainers thereby; yea, we intend to make you the Lords 
 o/Mansoul. 
 30 One thing may not by any means be omitted, that is, those with 
 us do desire that every one of you that are in Mansoul would 
 still use all your Power, Cunning, and Skill, with delusive 
 Persuasions, yet to draw the Town of Mansoul into more sin 
 and wickedness, even that Sin may be finished and bring forth 
 
 Death. 
 
 For thus it is concluded with us, that the more vile, sinful, 
 and debauched the Town o/Mansoul is, the more backward will 
 be their Emmanuel to come to their help, either by presence or 
 
 N 
 
178 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 other relief] yea, the more sinful, the more weak, and so the more 
 
 unable will they be to make resistance when we shall make our 
 
 ****i assault upon them to swallow them up. Tea, that may cause 
 
 Mansoul. . • / r« 1 j j • / • ir ; r 1 • 
 
 that their mighty bnaddai himself may cast them out of his pro- 
 tection ; yea, and send for his Captains and Soldiers home, with 
 his Slings and Rams, and leave them naked and bare ; and then 
 the Town of Mansoul will, of itself, open to us, and fall as the 
 Fig into the mouth of the Eater. Tea, to be sure that we then 
 with a great deal of ease shall come upon her and overcome 
 her, 1 o 
 
 As to the time of our coming upon Mansoul, we, as yet, have 
 not fully resolved upon that, though at present some of us think as 
 you, that a Market-day, or a Market-day at night, will certainly 
 be the best. However, do you be ready, and 'when you shall hear 
 1 Peter 5. 8. our roaring Drum without, do you be as busy to make the most 
 horrible confusion within. So shall Mansoul certainly be dis- 
 tressed before and behind, and shall not know which way to 
 betake herself for help. My Lord Lucifer, my Lord Beelzebub, 
 my Lord Apollyon, my Lord Legion, with the rest, salute you, 
 as does also my Lord Diabolus; and we wish both you, with 20 
 all that you do, or shall possess, the very self-same fruit and 
 success for their doing, as we ourselves at present enjoy for ours. 
 
 From our dreadful Confines in the most fearful Pit, we 
 salute you, and so do those many Legions here with us, 
 wishing you may be as hellishly prosperous as we desire 
 to be ourselves. By the Letter-carrier, Mr. Profane. 
 
 Then Mr. Profane addressed himself for his return to 
 
 Mansoul, with his errand from the horrible Pit to the Diabo- 
 
 lonians that dwelt in that Town. So he came up the Stairs 
 
 from the deep to the mouth of the Cave, where Cerberus 3° 
 
 More talk was. Now when Cerberus saw him, he asked how matters 
 
 Profane and did go below, about and against the Town of Mansoul. 
 
 PROF. Things go as (well as we can expect. The Letter that 
 I carried thither was highly approved and well liked by all my 
 Lords, and I am returning to tell our Diabolonians so. I have 
 an answer to it here in my Bosom, that I am sure will make 
 our Masters that sent me glad ■ for the Contents thereof is to 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 179 
 
 encourage them to pursue their design to the utmost, and to be 
 ready also to fall on 'within, when they shall see my Lord 
 Diabolus beleaguering the Town of Mansoul. 
 
 Cerb. But does he intend to go against them himself? 
 
 PROF. Does he ? Ay ! and he will take along with him more 
 than twenty thousand, all sturdy Doubters, and men of war, 
 pickt men, from the Land of Doubting, to serve him in the The Land 
 
 _ . /> otn -which 
 
 Expedition. the Doubters 
 
 Cerb. Then was Cerberus glad, and said, And is there came - 
 10 such brave preparations a-making to go against the miserable 
 Town of Mansoul? And would I might be put at the head 
 of a thousand of them, that 1 might also shew my valour 
 against the famous Town of Mansoul. 
 
 Prof. Tour wish may come to pass ; you look like one that 
 has Mettle enough, and my Lord will have with him those that 
 are "valiant and stout. But my business requires haste. 
 
 Cerb. Ay, so it does. Speed thee to the Town of Mansoul, 
 with all the deepest Mischiefs that this place can afford thee. 
 And when thou shalt come to the house of Mr. Mischief, the 
 20 place where the Diabolonians meet to plot, tell them that 
 Cerberus doth wish them his service, and that if he may, he 
 will with the Army come up against the famous Town of 
 Mansoul. 
 
 PROF. That I will. And I know that my Lords that are 
 there will be glad to hear it, and to see you also. 
 
 So after a few more such kind of Compliments, Mr. Profane 
 
 took his leave of his friend Cerberus ; and Cerberus again, with 
 
 a thousand of their Pit-wishes, bid him haste, with all speed, 
 
 to his Masters. The which when he had heard, he made 
 
 3° obeisance, and began to gather up his heels to run. 
 
 Thus, therefore, he returned, and went and came to Man- Profane 
 
 returned 
 
 soul- and going as afore to the house of Mr. Mischief, there again to 
 he found the Diabolonians assembled, and waiting for his J 
 return. Now when he was come, and had presented himself, 
 he also delivered to them his Letter, and adjoined this Com- 
 pliment to them therewith : My Lords, from the confines of the 
 Pit, the high and mighty Principalities and powers of the Den, 
 salute you here, the true Diabolonians of the Town of Mansoul. 
 
 N 2 
 
i8o 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Good 
 thoughts, 
 good con- 
 
 and good 
 desires. 
 
 Wishing you always the most proper of their Benedictions, for the 
 great Service, high Attempts, and brave Atchievements that you 
 have put yourselves upon, for the restoring to our Prince Diabolus 
 the famous Town o/" Mansoul. 
 
 This was therefore the present state of the miserable Town 
 of Mansoul. She had offended her Prince, and he was gone ; 
 she had encouraged the powers of Hell, by her foolishness, 
 to come against her, to seek her utter destruction. 
 
 True, the Town of Mansoul was somewhat made sensible 
 of her sin, but the Diabolonians were gotten into her bowels; 10 
 she cried, but Emmanuel was gone, and her cries did not fetch 
 him as yet again. Besides, she knew not now whether ever 
 or never he would return and come to his Mansoul again ; 
 nor did they know the power and industry of the Enemy, nor 
 how forward they were to put in Execution that plot of Hell 
 that they had devised against her. 
 
 They did, indeed, still send Petition after Petition to the 
 Prince, but he answered all with silence. They did neglect 
 Reformation, and that was as Diabolus would have it ; for he 
 knew, if they regarded iniquity in their heart, their King 20 
 would not hear their prayer; they therefore did still grow 
 weaker and weaker, and were as a Rolling thing before the 
 Whirlwind. They cried to their King for help, and laid 
 Diabolonians in their bosoms : what therefore should a King 
 do to them ? Yea, there seemed now to be a mixture in 
 Mansoul: the Diabolonians and the Mansoulians would walk 
 the streets together. Yea, they began to seek their peace ; 
 for they thought that, since the Sickness had been so mortal 
 in Mansoul, 'twas in vain to go to handygripes with them. 
 Besides, the weakness of Mansoul was the strength of their 30 
 Enemies ; and the sins of Mansoul the advantage of the Dia- 
 bolonians. The foes of Mansoul did also now begin to promise 
 themselves the Town for a possession : there was no great 
 difference now betwixt Mansoulians and Diabolonians : both 
 seemed to be Masters of Mansoul. Yea, the Diabolonians 
 increased and grew, but the Town of Mansoul diminished 
 greatly. There were more than eleven thousand men, women, 
 and children, that died by the sickness in Mansoul. 
 
THE HOLY WAR, 181 
 
 But now, as Shaddai would have it, there was one whose The story of 
 name was Mr. Prywell, a great lover of the people of Mansoul. 
 And he, as his manner was, did go listening up and down in 
 Mansoul, to see and to hear, if at any time he might, whether 
 there was any design against it or no. For he was always a 
 jealous man, and feared some mischief sometime would befall 
 it, either from the Diabolonians within or from some power 
 without. Now upon a time it so happened, as Mr. Prywell 
 went listening here and there, that he lighted upon a place 
 
 10 called File-Hill, in Mansoul, where Diabolonians used to meet ; 
 so hearing a muttering (you must know that it was in the 
 night), he softly drew near to hear, nor had he stood long 
 under the house-end (for there stood a house there), but he 
 heard one confidently affirm that it was not, or would not be The Diabo- 
 long, before Diabolus should possess himself again of Mansoul ; ™cozU 
 and that then the Diabolonians did intend to put all Man-™?j£ 
 soulians to the sword, and would kill and destroy the King's 
 Captains, and drive all his Soldiers out of the Town. He 
 said, moreover, that he knew there were above twenty thou- 
 
 20 sand fighting men prepared by Diabolus for the accomplishing 
 of this'design, and that it would not be Months before they all 
 should see it. 
 
 When Mr. Prywell had heard this story, he did quickly 
 believe it was true : wherefore he went forthwith to my 
 Lord Mayors house, and acquainted him therewith, who, under. 
 sending for the Subordinate Preacher, brake the business to standmsr ' 
 
 it- r i Conscience. 
 
 him ; and he as soon gave the alarm to the 1 own ; tor he 
 was now the Chief Preacher in Mansoul, because, as yet, 
 my Lord Secretary was ill at ease. And this was the way The s-ab- 
 30 that the Subordinate Preacher did take to alarm the Town Preached 
 therewith. The same hour he caused the Lecture-Bell to awakmed ' 
 be rung ; so the people came together ; he gave them then 
 a short exhortation to watchfulness, and made Mr. PryweWs 
 news the argument thereof. For, said he, an horrible Plot 
 is contrived against Mansoul, even to massacre us all in a day ; 
 nor is this Story to be slighted, for Mr. Prywell is the author 
 thereof. Mr. Prywell was always a lover of Mansoul, a sober 
 and judicious man, a man that is no tattler, nor raiser of false 
 
lS2 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Prywell tells 
 ews to 
 
 Mansoul. 
 
 Good de- 
 sires. 
 
 They take 
 the Alarm. 
 
 They tell 
 the thing to 
 the Cap- 
 t<iius. 
 
 They come 
 together to 
 consult. 
 
 IJml. 21. 20.] 
 
 Reports, but one that loves to look into the very bottom of matters, 
 and talks nothing of News, but by very solid Arguments. 
 
 I will call him, and you shall hear him your o<tvn selves. So 
 he called him, and he came and told his tale so punctually, 
 and affirmed its truth with such ample grounds, that Mansoul 
 fell presently under a conviction of the truth of what he said. 
 The Preacher did also back him, saying, Sirs, it is not irra- 
 tional for us to believe it, for we have provoked Shaddai to 
 anger, and have sinned Emmanuel out of the Town ; we have 
 had too much correspondence with Diabolonians, and have for- 10 
 saken our former Mercies : no marvel, then, if the Enemy both 
 within and without should design and plot our Ruin ; and what 
 time like this to do it ? The Sickness is novo in the Town, and 
 five have been made weak thereby. Many a good-meaning man 
 is dead, and the Diabolonians of late grow stronger and 
 stronger. 
 
 Besides, quoth the Subordinate Preacher, I have received from 
 this good Truth-teller this one inkling further, that he understood 
 by those that he overheard, that several Letters have lately passed 
 between the Furies and the Diabolonians in order to our Destruc- 20 
 tion. When Mansoul heard all this, and not being able to 
 gainsay it, they lift up their voice and wept. Mr. Prywell 
 did also, in the presence of the Townsmen, confirm all that 
 their Subordinate Preacher had said. Wherefore they now 
 set afresh to bewail their folly, and to a doubling of Petitions 
 to Shaddai and his Son. They also brake the Business to 
 the Captains, high Commanders, and Men of war in the 
 Town of Mansoul, entreating them to use the means to be 
 strong, and to take good courage, and that they would look 
 after their Harness, and make themselves ready to give Dia- 30 
 bolus Battle by night and by day, shall he come, as they are 
 informed he will, to beleaguer the Town of Mansoul. 
 
 When the Captains heard this, they being always true 
 lovers of the Town of Mansoul, what do they but, like so 
 many Samsons, they shake themselves, and come together 
 to consult and contrive how to defeat those bold and hellish 
 contrivances that were upon the wheel by the means of 
 Diabolus and his friends against the now sickly, weakly, and 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 183 
 
 much-impoverished Town of Man soul ' ; and they agreed upon 
 
 these following particulars : Their agree- 
 
 i. That the Gates of Mansoul should be kept shut, and 
 made fast with bars and locks, and that all persons that went * cor. 16. 13. 
 out or came in should be very strictly examined by the 
 Captains of the Guards, to the end, said they, that those that 
 are managers of the Plot amongst us may, either coming or 
 going, be taken, and that ive may also find out who are the great 
 Contrivers amongst us of our Ruin. 
 10 2. The next thing was, that a strict search should be made 
 for all kind of Diabolonians throughout the whole Town of 
 Mansoul ; and that every man's house from top to bottom 
 should be looked into, and that, too, house by house, that ifHeb. 12. 15, 
 possible a further discovery might be made of all such among 
 them as had a hand in these designs. 
 
 3. It was further concluded upon, wheresoever or with 
 whomsoever any of the Diabolonians were found, that even jer. 2. 34 ; 
 
 those of the Town of Mansoul that had given them house and l 6 
 
 5. 26. Ezek. 
 
 5-- 
 
 harbour should, to their Shame, and the Warning of others, 
 20 take Penance in the Open Place. 
 
 4. It was, moreover, resolved by the famous Town of 
 Mansoul, that a public Fast, and a Day of Humiliation, should 
 be kept throughout the whole Corporation, to the justifying 
 
 of their Prince, the abasing of themselves before him forjoeii. 14; 
 their transgressions against him, and against Shaddai, his 2- 
 Father. It was further resolved, that all such in Mansoul 
 as did not on that day endeavour to keep that Fast, and to 
 humble themselves for their faults, but that should mind their 
 worldly imploys, or be found wandering up and down the 
 30 streets, should be taken for Diabolonians, and should suffer as 
 Diabolonians for such their wicked doings. 
 
 5. It was further concluded then, that with what speed, 
 
 and with what warmth of mind they could, they would renew isa. 37 . 4. 
 their Humiliation for sin, and their Petitions to Shaddai for 
 help ; they also resolved to send tidings to the Court of all 
 that Mr. Pryauell had told them. 
 
 6. It was also determined that thanks should be given by 
 the Town of Mansoul to Mr. Pry-well, for his diligent 
 
1 84 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 seeking of the welfare of their Town: and further, that 
 
 forasmuch as he was so naturally inclined to seek their good, 
 
 Mr. Prywdi and also to undermine their foes, they gave him a commis- 
 
 s' C o^ sion of Scoutmaster-general for the good of the Town of 
 
 master : Mansoul. 
 
 general. 
 
 When the Corporation, with their Captains, had thus con- 
 cluded, they did as they had said ; they shut up their Gates ; 
 they made for Diabolonians strict search; they made those 
 with whom any were found to take penance in the Open 
 Place; they kept their Fast, and renewed their Petitions to 10 
 their Prince; and Mr. Prywell managed his charge and the 
 trust that Mansoul had put in his hands with great Conscience 
 and good Fidelity; for he gave himself wholly up to hisimploy, 
 and that not only within the Town, but he went out to pry, 
 to see, and to hear. 
 .\tr. pryv.cii And not many days after he provided for his Journey, 
 Scouting, and went towards Hell- Gate-Hill, into the Country where the 
 Doubters were, where he heard of all that had been talked 
 of in Mansoul, and he perceived also that Diabolus was almost 
 He returns ready for his march, &c. So he came back with speed, and, 20 
 Zwsf rJL calling the Captains and Elders of Mansoul together, he told 
 them where he had been, what he had heard, and what he 
 had seen. Particularly, he told them that Diabolus was 
 almost ready for his march, and that he had made old Mr. 
 Incredulity, that once brake prison in Mansoul, the General 
 of his Army ; that his Army consisted all of Doubters, and 
 that their number was above twenty thousand. He told, 
 moreover, that Diabolus did intend to bring with him the 
 chief Princes of the Infernal Pit, and that he would make 
 them chief Captains over his Doubters. He told them, more- 30 
 over, that it was certainly true that several of the Black Den 
 would, with Diabolus, ride Reformades to reduce the Town of 
 Mansoul to the obedience of Diabolus, their Prince. 
 
 He said, moreover, that he understood by the Doubters, 
 among whom he had been, that the reason why old Incredulity 
 was made General of the whole Army, was because none 
 truer than he to the Tyrant ; and because he had an im- 
 placable spite against the welfare of the Town of Mansoul. 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 185 
 
 Besides, said he, he remembers the affronts that Mansoul has 
 given him, and he is resolved to be revenged of them. 
 
 But the Black Princes shall be made high Commanders, only 
 Incredulity shall be over them all ; because, -which I had almost 
 forgot, he can more easily and more dexterously beleaguer the 
 Town of Mansoul, than can any of the Princes besides. Heb. 12. 1. 
 
 Now, when the Captains of Mansoul, with the Elders of 
 the Town, had heard the tidings that Mr. Pry-well did bring, 
 they thought it expedient, without further delay, to put into 
 
 10 execution the laws that against the Diabolonians their Prince 
 had made for them, and given them in commandment to 
 manage against them. Wherefore, forthwith a diligent and 
 impartial search was made in all houses in Mansoul, for all 
 and all manner of Diabolonians. Now, in the house of Mr. some pia- 
 Mind, and in the house of the great Lord Willbewill, were taken in 
 two Diabolonians found. In Mr. Mind's house was one Lord „„ a j^™ _ 
 Covetousness found; but he had changed his name to Prudent- ^^ i0 
 •Thrifty. In my Lord WillbewiWs house, one Lascivousness 
 was found ; but he had changed his name to Harmless-Mirth. 
 
 20 These two the Captains and Elders of the Town of Mansoul 
 took, and committed them to custody under the hand of Mr. 
 Trueman, the Gaoler ; and this man handled them so severely, 
 and loaded them so well with irons, that in time they both 
 fell into a very deep Consumption, and died in the Prison- 
 house ; their Masters, also, according to the agreement of The Lord 
 the Captains and Elders, were brought to take Penance m and M r , 
 the Open Place, to their shame, and for a warning to the rest^^* f 
 of the Town of Mansoul. 
 
 Now, this was the manner of Penance in those days : the Penance, 
 
 30 persons offending being made sensible of the evil of their 
 doings, were enjoined open Confession of their faults, and a 
 strict Amendment of their lives. 
 
 After this, the Captains and Elders of Mansoul sought yet 
 to find out more Diabolonians, wherever they lurked, whether 
 in dens, caves, holes, vaults, or where else they could, in 
 or about the Wall or Town of Mansoul. But though they 
 could plainly see their footing, and so follow them by their 
 track and smell to their Holds, even to the Mouths of their 
 
1 86 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Caves and Dens, yet take them, hold them, and do justice 
 upon them, they could not ; their ways were so crooked, their 
 Holds so strong, and they so quick to take Sanctuary there. 
 But Mansoul did now with so stiff an hand rule over the 
 Diabolon'ums that were left, that they were glad to shrink 
 into corners. Time was when they durst walk openly, and 
 in the day ; but now they were forced to imbrace privacy 
 and the night ; time was when a Mansoulian was their Com- 
 panion ; but now they counted them deadly Enemies. This 
 good change did Mr. PryivelTs intelligence make in the 10 
 famous Town of Mansoul. 
 
 nmboius' By this time, Diabolus had finished his Army which he 
 intended to bring with him for the ruin of Mansoul ; and 
 had set over them Captains, and other Field officers, such 
 as liked his furious stomach best. Himself was Lord para- 
 mount, Incredulity was General of his Army ; their highest 
 Captains shall be named afterwards ; but now for their 
 Officers, Colours, and Scutcheons. 
 
 i. Their first Captain was Captain Rage: he was Captain 
 over the Election- Doubters ; his were the Red Colours ; his 20 
 Standard-bearer was Mr. Destructive • and the great Red 
 
 Rev. 12. 3, Dragon he had for his Scutcheon. 
 
 2. The second Captain was Captain Fury : he was Captain 
 over the Vocation- Doubters ; his Standard-bearer was Mr. 
 Darkness ; his Colours were those that were pale ; and he 
 
 Numb. 21. 6. had for his Scutcheon the Fiery flying Serpent. 
 
 3. The third Captain was Captain Damnation ; he was 
 Captain over the Grace-Doubters ; his were the Red Colours ; 
 Mr. No-Life bare them, and he had for his Scutcheon the 
 
 Matt. 22. 13. Black-den. 30 
 
 4. The fourth Captain was the Captain Insatiable : he was 
 Captain over the Faitb-Doubters ; his were the Red Colours ; 
 Mr. Dcvourer bare them ; and he had for a Scutcheon the 
 
 Prov. 27. 20. Yawning- J a<vos . 
 
 5. The fifth Captain was Captain Brimstone : he was Cap- 
 tain over the Perseverance-Doubters ; his also were the Red 
 Colours; Mr. Burning bare them ; and his Scutcheon was the 
 
 Ps. ti. 6. Blue and stinking flame. 
 
 Rev. 14. 11. 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 187 
 
 6. The sixth Captain was Captain Torment : he was Captain 
 over the Resurrection-Doubters ; his Colours were those that 
 were pale ; Mr. Gnaw was his Ancient-bearer ; and he had 
 
 the Black Worm for his Scutcheon. Mark 9 . 44, 
 
 46, 48. 
 
 7. The seventh Captain was Captain No-Ease: he was 
 Captain over the Salvation-Doubters; his were the Red 
 Colours ; Mr. Restless bare them ; and his Scutcheon was 
 
 the Ghastly picture of Death. Rev - T 4-«; 
 
 8. The eighth Captain was the Captain Sepulchre: he was jer. 5.16. 
 10 Captain over the Glory-Doubters; his also were the pale 
 
 Colours ; Mr. Corruption was his Ancient-bearer ; and he had 
 for his Scutcheon a Skull, and Dead men's bones. 
 
 9. The ninth Captain was Captain Past-Hope: he was 
 Captain of the Felicity-Doubters ; his Ancient-bearer was Mr. 
 Despair; his also were the Red Colours; and his Scutcheon 
 
 was a Hot iron and the Hard Heart. * Tim - 4 - 2 J 
 
 Rom. 2. 5. 
 
 These were his Captains, and these were their Forces, these 
 were their Ancients, these were their Colours, and these were 
 their Scutcheons. Now, over these did the great Diabolus 
 20 make superior Captains, and they were in number seven: 
 as, namely, the Lord Beelzebub, the Lord Lucifer, the Lord 
 Legion, the Lord Apollyon, the Lord Python, the Lord Cer- 
 berus, and the Lord Belial; these seven he set over the 
 Captains, and Incredulity was lord General, and Diabolus was 
 King. The Reformades also, such as were like themselves, 
 were made some of them Captains of hundreds, and some 
 of them Captains of more. And thus was the army of Diabolus 
 Incredulity completed. his Army 
 
 •* r completed. 
 
 So they set out at Hell-gate-Hill, for there they had their 
 30 Rendezvous, from whence they came with a straight course 
 upon their march toward the Town of Mansoul. Now, as 
 was hinted before, the Town had, as Shaddai would have it, 
 received from the mouth of Mr. Prywell the alarm of their 
 coming before. Wherefore they set a strong watch at the 
 Gates, and had also doubled the Guards : they also mounted 
 their Slings in good places, where they might conveniently 
 cast out their great Stones to the annoyance of the furious 
 enemy. 
 
iSS THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Nor could those Diabolonians that were in the Town do 
 that hurt as was designed they should ; for Mansoul was now 
 awake. But, alas ! poor people, they were sorely affrighted 
 
 i Pet 5. 8. at the first appearance of their foes, and at their sitting down 
 before the Town, especially when they heard the roaring of 
 their drum. This, to speak truth, was amazingly hideous 
 to hear. It frighted all men seven miles round, if they were 
 but awake and heard it. The streaming of their Colours was 
 also terrible and dejecting to behold. 
 
 He makes When Diabolus was come up against the Town, first he 10 
 
 an assault 
 
 upon Ear- made his approach to Ear-gate, and gave it a furious assault, 
 
 ^peiu'i " supposing, as it seems, that his friends in Mansoul had been 
 
 ready to do the work within ; but care was taken of that 
 
 before by the vigilance of the Captains. Wherefore missing 
 
 of the help that he expected from them, and finding his 
 
 Army warmly attended with the stones that the Slingers 
 
 did sling (for that I will say for the Captains, that considering 
 
 the weakness that yet was upon them by reason of the long 
 
 Sickness that had annoyed the Town of Mansoul, they did 
 
 He retreats gallantly behave themselves), he was forced to make some 20 
 
 "trenches retreat from Mansoul, and to intrench himself and his men 
 
 himself. j n the field without the reach of the slings of the Town. 
 
 ames4-7- Now, having intrenched himself, he did cast up four 
 
 He casts up ' ° ' r 
 
 Mounts Mounts against the Town : the first he called Mount Dia- 
 
 againstihe , ... , ., .,. • , , 
 
 Town. bolus, putting his own name thereon, the more to anrignt 
 the Town of Mansoul ; the other three he called thus, Mount 
 Ahcto, Mount Megaera, and Mount Tisiphone ; for these are 
 the names of the dreadful Furies of Hell. Thus he began 
 to play his game with Mansoul, and to serve it as doth the 
 Lion his prey, even to make it fall before his terror. But, 3° 
 as I said, the Captains and Soldiers resisted so stoutly, and 
 did do such execution with their Stones, that they made him, 
 though against stomach, to retreat ; wherefore Mansoul began 
 to take courage. 
 Diabolus his Now upon Mount Diabolus, which was raised on the North 
 setup. side of the Town, there did the Tyrant set up his Standard, 
 and a fearful thing it was to behold ; for he had wrought 
 in it by Devilish art, after the manner of a Scutcheon, a 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 189 
 
 Flaming Flame fearful to behold, and the picture of Mansoul 
 burning in it. 
 
 When Diabolus had thus done, he commanded that his HeMdskis 
 Drummer should every night approach the walls of the Town. ^ beat his 
 of Mansoul, and so to beat a parley ; the command was to Drum - 
 do it a nights, for in the daytime they annoyed him with 
 their Slings ; for the Tyrant said that he had a mind to parley 
 with the now trembling Town of Mansoul, and he commanded 
 that the Drums should beat every night, that through weari- 
 
 ioness they might at last (if possibly at the first they were un- 
 willing yet) be forced to do it. 
 
 So this Drummer did as commanded : he arose, and did Mansoul 
 beat his Drum. But when his Drum did go, if one looked S«'«*£ 1/ 
 toward the Town of Mansoul, behold, darkness and sorrow, his Drum - 
 and the light was darkened in the heaven thereof. No noise sa " S ' 3 
 was ever heard upon earth more terrible, except the voice 
 of Shaddai when he speaketh. But how did Mansoul tremble ! 
 it now looked for nothing but forthwith to be swallowed 
 up. 
 
 20 When this Drummer had beaten for a Parley, he made Diaboius 
 this Speech to Mansoul ; My Master has bid me tell you, that hisDwm. 
 if you will willingly submit, you shall have the good of the earth ; 
 but if you shall be stubborn, he is resolved to take you by force. 
 But by that the fugitive had done beating his Drum, the 
 people of Mansoul had betaken themselves to the Captains 
 that were in the Castle, so that there was none to regard, 
 nor to give this Drummer an answer; so he proceeded no 
 further that night, but returned again to his Master to the 
 Camp. 
 
 30 When Diabolus saw that by Drumming he could not work 
 out Mansoul to his will, the next night he sendeth his 
 Drummer without his Drum, still to let the Townsmen know 
 that he had a mind to Parley with them. But when all 
 came to all, his Parley was turned into a Summons to the 
 Town to deliver up themselves : but they gave him neither 
 heed nor hearing, for they remembered what at first it cost 
 them to hear him a few words. 
 
 The next night he sends again, and then who should be his 
 
190 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Mansouj messenger to Mansoul but the terrible Captain Sepulchre ? so 
 by captain Captain Sepulchre came up to the walls of Mansouj and made 
 
 Sepulchre, fl^ 0ration to the Town ._ 
 
 0, ye inhabitants of the rebellious Town of Mansoul ! / 
 summon you in the name of the Prince Diabolus, that, without 
 any more ado, you set open the Gates of your Town, and admit 
 the grqat Lord to come in. But if you shall still rebel, when 
 we have taken to us the Town by force, we toil I swallow you up 
 as the Grave ; wherefore, if you will hearken to my Summons, say 
 so, and if not, then let me know. I o 
 
 The reason of this my Summons, quoth he, is, for that my 
 Lord is your undoubted Prince and Lord, as you yourselves have 
 formerly owned. Nor shall that assault that was given to my 
 Lord, when Emmanuel dealt so dishonourably by him, prevail 
 with him to lose his right, and to forbear to attempt to recover 
 his own. Consider then, Mansoul, with thyself, wilt thou show 
 thyself peaceable, or no ? Jf thou shalt quietly yield up thyself, 
 then our old Friendship shall be renewed ; but if thou shalt yet 
 refuse, and rebel, then expect nothing but Fire and Sword. 
 
 When the languishing Town of Mansoul had heard this 20 
 
 swer mm ° ° 
 
 not a -word. Summoner and his Summons, they were yet more put to their 
 dumps, but made to the Captain no answer at all ; so away he 
 went as he came. 
 
 They ad- But, after some consultation among themselves, as also 
 
 dress them' ' ° ' 
 
 selves to with some of their Captains, they applied themselves afresh 
 
 £mt seen- t° the Lord Secretary for counsel and advice from him ; for 
 
 tary - this Lord Secretary was their chief Preacher (as also is 
 
 mentioned some pages before), only now he was ill at ease ; 
 
 and of him they begged favour in these two or three things. 
 
 1. That he would look comfortably upon them, and not 3° 
 keep himself so much retired from them as formerly. Also, 
 that he would be prevailed with to give them a hearing, 
 while they should make known their miserable condition 
 to him. But to this he told them, as before, that as yet he 
 was but ill at ease, and therefore could not do as he had formerly 
 done. 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 191 
 
 2. The second thing that they desired was, that he would 
 be pleased to give them his advice about their now so im- 
 portant affairs, for that Diabolus was come and set down 
 before the Town with no less than twenty thousand Doubters. 
 They said, moreover, that both he and his Captains were 
 cruel men, and that they were afraid of them. But to this 
 he said, Tou must look to the Law of the Prince, and there see 
 what is laid upon you to do. 
 
 3. Then they desired that His Highness would help them 
 10 to frame a Petition to Shaddai, and unto Emmanuel his Son, 
 
 and that he would set his own Hand thereto as a token that 
 he was one with them in it : For, said they, my Lord, many 
 a one have we sent, but can get no answer of Peace ; but now), 
 surely, one with thy Hand unto it may obtain good for Mansoul. 
 
 But all the answer that he gave to this was, that they had The cause of 
 offended their Emmanuel, and had also grieved himself, and that at ease." 
 therefore they must as yet partake of their own devices. 
 
 This answer of the Lord Secretary fell like a Millstone The sad 
 upon them; yea, it crushed them so that they could not Mansoui. 
 20 tell what to do ; yet they durst not comply with the demands Lam. 1. 3 . 
 of Diabolus, nor with the demands of his Captain. So then 
 here were the straits that the Town of Mansoul was betwixt, 
 when the Enemy came upon her. Her Foes were ready to 
 swallow her up, and her Friends did forbear to help her. 
 
 Then stood up my Lord Mayor, whose name was my Lord 
 Understanding, and he began to pick and pick, until he had 
 pickt Comfort out of that seemingly bitter saying of the Lord 
 Secretary ; for thus he descanted upon it : First, said he, this comment 
 unavoidably follows upon the saying of my Lord, that we must Lord s&cre- 
 30 yet suffer for our sins. Secondly, but, quoth he, the words yet tary ' ssj,eech - 
 sound as if at last we should be saved from our enemies ; and 
 that after a few more sorrows, Emmanuel will come and be 
 our help. Now the Lord Mayor was the more critical in his 
 dealing with the Secretary's words because my Lord was more 
 than a Prophet, and because none of his words were such, but 
 that at all times they were most exactly significant ; and the 
 Townsmen were allowed to pry into them, and to expound 
 them to their best advantage. 
 
\ 9 2 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 So they took their leaves of my Lord, and returned, and 
 went, and came to the Captains, to whom they did tell what 
 my Lord High Secretary had said; who, when they had heard 
 it, were all of the same opinion as was my Lord Mayor him- 
 self. The Captains, therefore, began to take some courage 
 unto them, and to prepare to make some brave attempt upon 
 the Camp of the enemy, and to destroy all that were Dm- 
 bolonians, with the roving Doubters that the Tyrant had 
 brought with him to destroy the poor Town of Mansoul. 
 The Town So all betook themselves forthwith to their places. The 10 
 %t order. Captains to theirs, the Lord Mayor to his, the Subordinate 
 Preacher to his, and my Lord Willb&will to his. The Captains 
 longed to be at some work for their Prince ; for they delighted 
 in warlike Atchievements. The next day, therefore, they 
 came together and consulted ; and after consultation had, 
 they resolved to give an answer to the Captain of Diabolus 
 with Slings ; and so they did at the rising of the sun on the 
 morrow ; for Diabolus had adventured to come nearer again, 
 but the Sling-stones were to him and his like Hornets. For 
 words as there is nothing to the Town of Mansoul so terrible as the 20 
 IfJSrthim roaring of Diabolus' s Drum, so there is nothing to Diabolus so 
 '**" terrible as the well playing of Emmanuel 's slings. Wherefore 
 9 " 15- Diabolus was forced to make another retreat, yet further off 
 from the famous Town of Mansoul. Then did the Lord 
 Mayor of Mansoul cause the Bells to be rung, and that thanks 
 should be sent to the Lord High Secretary by the mouth of the 
 Subordinate Preacher; for that by his (words the Captains and 
 Elders 0/" Mansoul had been strengthened against Diabolus. 
 
 When Diabolus saw that his Captains and Soldiers, high 
 Lords and renowned, were frightened, and beaten down by 30 
 the stones that came from the Golden Slings of the Prince of 
 the Town of Mansoul, he bethought himself, and said, I njoill 
 try to catch them by fawning ; I will try to flatter them into 
 my net. 
 Diabolus Wherefore, after a while, he came down again to the wall, 
 
 changes his 
 
 way. 
 
 not now with his Drum, nor with Captain Sepulchre; but 
 having all-to-be-sugared his lips, he seemed to be a very 
 sweet-mouthed, peaceable Prince, designing nothing for 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 193 
 
 humour's sake, nor to be revenged on Mansoul for injuries 
 by them done to him ; but the welfare, and good, and advan- 
 tage of the Town and people therein was now, as he said, his 
 only design. Wherefore, after he had called for audience, 
 and desired that the Townsfolk would give it to him, he 
 proceeded in his Oration, and said : — 
 
 Oh, the desire of my heart, the famous Town q/* Mansoul ! how 
 many nights have I watched, and how many weary steps have I * Pet s- 8 - 
 taken, if perhaps I might do thee good! Far be it, far be it from 
 
 1 o me to desire to make War upon you • if ye will but willingly Matt. 4- 8, 9. 
 and quietly deliver up yourselves unto me. You know that you e *" 
 'were mine of old. Remember also, that so long as you enjoyed Satan reads 
 me for your Lord, and that I enjoyed you for my Subjects, you wards, 
 (wanted for nothing of all the delights of the Earth, that I, your 
 Lord and Prince, could get for you, or that I could invent to 
 make you bonny and blithe withal. Consider, you never had so 
 many hard, dark, troublesome, and he art- afflicting hours, while 
 you nvere mine, as you have had since you revolted from me ; nor 
 shall you ever have Peace again, until you and I become one as 
 
 20 before. But, be but prevailed with to imbrace me again, and Take heed, 
 1 will grant, yea, inlarge your old Charter with abundance of 
 priviledges ; so that your licence and liberty shall be to take, hold, 
 enjoy, and make your own all that is pleasant from the East to 
 the West. Nor shall any of those incivilities, wherewith you 
 have offended me, be ever charged upon you by me, so long as 
 the Sun and Moon endureth. Nor shall any of those dear Friends sins. 
 of mine that now, for the fear of you, lie lurking in Dens, and 
 Holes, and Caves in Mansoul, be hurtful to you any more ; yea, 
 they shall be your Servants, and shall minister unto you of their 
 
 3° substance, and of (whatever shall come to hand. I need speak no 
 
 more ; you know them, and have sometime since been much Thepiea- 
 
 delighted in their Company. Why, then, should we abide at such 
 
 odds ? Let us renew our old Acquaintance and Friendship again. No, no, not 
 
 Bear with your Friend ; I take the liberty at this time to speak ^in of l 
 thus freely unto you. The love that I have to you presses me to eternal . 
 
 J ' s J r damtiation. 
 
 do it, as also does the zeal of my heart for my Friends (with you : 
 put me not therefore to further trouble, nor yourselves to further 
 fears and frights. Have you I will t in a way of Peace or War; 
 
 
 
194 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 nor do you flatter yourselves with the power and force of your 
 Captains, or that your Emmanuel will shortly come in to your 
 h. lp ; for such strength will do you no pleasure. 
 
 I am come against you with a stout and 'valiant Army, and all 
 the chief Princes of the Den are even at the head of it. Besides, 
 my Captains are sw'fter than Eagles, stronger than Lions, and 
 more greedy cf prey than are the evening Wolves. What is Og 
 of Bashan? what is Goliath cf Gath? and what's a hundred 
 more of them to one of the least of my Captains ? How, then, 
 shall Mansoul think to escape my Hand and Force? 10 
 
 Diabolus having thus ended his flattering, fawning, deceitful, 
 and lying speech to the famous Town of Mansoul, the Lord 
 Mayor replied to him as follows: — 
 The Lord q Diabolus, Prince of Darkness, and master of all Deceit ; thy 
 
 Mayor's . . 
 
 lying flatteries we have had and made sufficient probation of, and 
 have tasted too deeply of that destructive Cup already. Should 
 we therefore again hearken unto thee, and so break the Command- 
 ments of our great Shaddai, to join in affinity with thee, (would 
 not our Prince reject us, and cast us off" for ever? And being 
 cast off by him, can the place that he has prepared for thee be a 20 
 place of rest for us ? Besides, O thou that art empty and void 
 of all Truth, we are rather ready to die by thy Hand, than to fall 
 in with thy flattering and lying Deceits. 
 
 When the Tyrant saw that there was little to be got by 
 parleying with my Lord Mayor, he fell into an Hellish rage, 
 and resolved that again, with his army of Doubters, he would 
 another time assault the Town of Mansoul. 
 
 So he called for his Drummer, who beat up for his men 
 (and while he did beat, Mansoul did shake) to be in a readiness 
 to give battle to the Corporation. Then Diabolus drew near 30 
 with his army, and thus disposed of his men. Captain Cruel 
 and Captain Torment, these he drew up, and placed against 
 
 Fed-sate. Feel-gate, and commanded them to sit down there for the 
 war. And he also appointed that, if need were, Captain 
 
 Nose-gate. No-Ease should come in to their relief. At Nose-gate he 
 
 placed the Captain Brimstone and Captain Sepulchre, and bid 
 
 them look well to their Ward, on that side of the Town of 
 
 tte. Mansoul. But at Eye-gate, he placed that grim-faced one, the 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 195 
 
 Captain Past-Hope, and there also now he did set up his 
 terrible Standard. 
 
 Now Captain Insatiable, he was to look to the Carriages of 
 Diabolus, and was also appointed to take into custody that, or 
 those persons and things, that should at any time as prey be 
 taken from the Enemy. 
 
 Now Mouth-gate the inhabitants of Mansoul kept for a Sally- Mouth-gate. 
 port ; wherefore that they kept strong ; for that was it by The use of 
 and out at which the Townsfolk did send their petitions to 
 
 10 Emmanuel their Prince. That also was the Gate from the 
 top of which the Captains did play their Slings at the Enemies ; 
 for that Gate stood somewhat ascending, so that the placing 
 of them there, and the letting of them fly from that place, did 
 much execution against the Tyrant's army. Wherefore, for 
 these causes, with others, Diabolus sought, if possible, to land 
 up Mouth-gate with dirt. 
 
 Now, as Diabolus was busy and industrious in preparing to 
 make his assault upon the Town of Mansoul without, so the 
 Captains and Soldiers in the Corporation were as busy in pre- 
 
 20 paring within. They mounted their Slings, they set up their 
 Banners, they sounded their Trumpets, and put themselves in 
 such order as was judged most for the annoyance of the 
 Enemy, and for the advantage of Mansoul, and gave to their 
 Soldiers orders to be ready at the sound of the Trumpet for 
 War. The Lord Willbe-will also, he took the charge of watching The Lord 
 against the Rebels within, and to do what he could to take fia ys the 
 them while without, or to stifle them within their Caves, Dens, rnan ' 
 and Holes in the Town-wall of Mansoul. And, to speak the 
 truth of him, ever since he took penance for his fault, he has 
 
 30 showed as much honesty and bravery of spirit as any he in 
 
 Mansoul ; for he took one Jolly, and his brother Griggish, the JoUy and 
 two sons of his servant Harmless- Mirth (for to that day, taken and 
 though the father was committed to Ward, the sons had a exe " Ued - 
 dwelling in the House of my Lord)— - 1 say, he took them, and 
 with his own hands put them to the Cross. And this was the 
 reason why he hanged them up. After their father was put 
 into the hands of Mr. True-man, the Gaoler, they his sons 
 began to play his pranks, and to be ticking and toying with 
 
 O 2 
 
196 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 the Daughters of their Lord ; nay, it was jealoused that they 
 were too familiar with them, the which was brought to his 
 Lordship's ear. Now his Lordship being unwilling unadvisedly 
 to put any man to death, did not suddenly fall upon them, but 
 set watch and spies to see if the thing was true ; of the which 
 he was soon informed, for his two Servants, whose names 
 were Find-out and Tell-all, catcht them together in uncivil 
 manner more than once or twice, and went and told their 
 Lord. So when my Lord Willben.vill had sufficient ground to 
 believe the thing was true, he takes the two young Diabolo- id 
 nians (for such they were, for their Father was a Diabolonian 
 Thi phut born), and has them to Eye-gate, where he raised a very high 
 " ExecZ.on. Cross, just in the face of Diabolus and of his Army, and there 
 he hanged the young Villains, in defiance to Captain Past- 
 Hope, and of the horrible Standard of the Tyrant. 
 Morti/ica* Now, this Christian act of the brave Lord Willbewiil did 
 
 tion of sin is 
 
 a sign of greatly abash Captain Past-Hope, discourage the Army of 
 Diabolus, put fear into the Diabolonian runagates in Mansoul, 
 and put strength and courage into the Captains that belonged 
 to Emmanuel the Prince; for they without did gather, and 20 
 that by this very act of my Lord, that Mansoul was resolved 
 to fight, and that the Diabolonians within the Town could not 
 do such things as Diabolus had hopes they would. Nor was 
 this the only proof of the brave Lord WillbenvilVs honesty to 
 the Town, nor of his loyalty to his Prince, as will afterwards 
 appear. 
 
 Now, when the children of Prudent-Thrifty, who dwelt with 
 
 7iayTthe Mr ' Mind ( for rbri ft left children with Mr. Mind, when he 
 man. was also committed to prison, and their names were Gripe and 
 
 Rake- All ; these he begat of Mr. Mind's bastard daughter, 3° 
 whose name was Mrs. Hold-fast-Bad ;) — I say, when his chil- 
 dren perceived how the Lord Willbewill had served them that 
 dwelt with him, what do they but, lest they should drink of 
 the same cup, endeavour to make their escape. But Mr. 
 Mind, being wary of it, took them, and put them in hold in 
 his House till morning (for this was done over night); and 
 remembering that by the Law of Mansoul all Diabolonians 
 were to die (and to be sure they were, at least, by Father's 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 197 
 
 side, such, and some say by Mother's side, too), what does he 
 but takes them, and puts them in chains, and carries them to 
 the selfsame place where my Lord hanged his two before, and 
 there he hanged them. 
 
 The Townsmen also took great incouragement at this act Mansoui set 
 of Mr. Mind, and did what they could to have taken someDiaboio- 
 more of these Diabolonian troublers of Mansoui ; but at that nians - 
 time the rest lay so quat and close, that they could not be 
 apprehended ; so they set against them a diligent watch, and 
 
 10 went every man to his place. 
 
 I told you a little before, that Diabolus and his Army were 
 somewhat abasht and discouraged at the sight of what my 
 Lord Willbewill did, when he hanged up those two young 
 Diabolonians • but his discouragement quickly turned itself Diabolus 
 into furious Madness and Rage against the Town of Mansoui, turned into 
 and fight it he would. Also the Townsmen and Captains^*™^ 
 within, they had their Hopes and their Expectations heightened, 
 believing at last the day would be theirs ; so they feared them 
 the less. Their Subordinate Preacher, too, made a sermon 
 
 20 about it; and he took that theme for his Text, Gad, a troop Gen - *?■ ** 
 shall overcome him : but he shall overcome at the last. Whence 
 he shewed, that though Mansoui should be sorely put to it 
 at the first, yet the Victory should most certainly be MansouVs 
 at the last. 
 
 So Diabolus commanded that his Drummer should beat a 
 Charge against the Town ; and the Captains also that were in 
 the Town sounded a Charge against them, but they had no 
 Drum; they were Trumpets of Silver which they sounded 
 against them. Then they which were of the Camp of Diabolus 
 
 30 came down to the Town to take it, and the Captains in the 
 
 Castle, with the Slingers at Mouth-gate, played upon them With heart 
 amain. And now there was nothing heard in the Camp of a * 
 Diabolus but horrible Rage and Blasphemy ; but in the Town 
 Good words, Prayer, and singing of Psalms. The Enemy 
 replied with horrible objections, and the terribleness of their 
 Drum ; but the Town made answer with the slapping of 
 their Slings, and the melodious noise of their Trumpets. 
 And thus the Fight lasted for several days together, only now 
 
198 THE HOLY WAR, 
 
 and then they had some small intermission, in the which the 
 Townsmen refreshed themselves, and the Captains made ready 
 for another assault. 
 
 The Captains of Emmanuel were clad in Silver Armour, 
 and the Soldiers in that which was of proof. The Soldiers 
 of Diabolus were clad in Iron, which was made to give place 
 to Emmanuel's Engine-shot. In the Town some were hurt, 
 and some were greatly wounded. Now, the worst of it was, 
 a Chirurgeon was scarce in Mansoul, for that Emmanuel at 
 Rev. 22.a. present was absent. Howbeit with the leaves of a Tree the 10 
 
 wounded were kept from dying ; yet their wounds did greatly 
 
 psa. j8.5- putril'y, and some did grievously stink. Of the Townsmen, 
 
 w*o<yMan- these were wounded, namely, my Lord Reason; he was 
 
 wounded, wounded in the Head. Another that was wounded was the 
 
 brave Lord Mayor; he was wounded in the Eye. Another 
 
 that was wounded was Mr. Mind; he received his wound 
 
 about the Stomach. The honest Subordinate Preacher also, he 
 
 received a shot not far off the Heart ; but none of these were 
 
 mortal. 
 
 Many also of the inferior sort were not only wounded, but 20 
 slain outright. 
 tntke Now, in the camp of Diabolus, were wounded and slain 
 Diaboius a considerable number; for instance, Captain Rage, he was 
 
 were . 
 
 wounded wounded, and so was Captain Cruel ; Captain Damnation was 
 made to retreat, and to intrench himself further off of Man- 
 soul. The Standard also of Diabolus was beaten down, and 
 his Standard-bearer, Captain Much-Hurt, had his brains beat 
 out with a sling-stone, to the no little grief and shame of his 
 Prince Diabolus. 
 
 dMturn 0ry Many also of the Doubters were slain outright, though 30 
 {i y'° enough of them were left alive to make Mansoul shake and 
 
 Mansoul &-c, 
 
 totter. Now the Victory that day being turned to Mansoul, 
 did put great valour into the Townsmen and Captains, and 
 did cover Diabolus' Camp with a cloud, but withal it made 
 them far more furious. So the next day Mansoul rested, 
 and commanded that the Bells should be rung ; the Trum- 
 pets also joyfully sounded, and the Captains shouted round 
 the Town. 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 199 
 
 My Lord Willbewill also was not idle, but did notable My Lord 
 
 J Uillbewill 
 
 service within against the Domestics, or the Diabolonians takethone 
 that were in the Town, not only by keeping them in awe, £2X?" 
 for he lighted on one at last whose name was Mr. Anything, ^%u%£' 
 a fellow of whom mention was made before; for 'twas he, mituththem 
 
 t\ • 7 t0 Ward. 
 
 if you remember, that brought the three fellows to Diabolus, 
 whom the Diabolonians took out of Captain Boanerges' Com- 
 panies, and that persuaded them to list themselves under 
 the Tyrant, to fight against the army of Shaddai. My Lord 
 
 10 Willbewill did also take a notable Diabolonian, whose name 
 was Loose-Foot; this Loose-Foot was a Scout to the Vagabonds 
 in Mansoul, and that did use to carry tidings out of Mansoul 
 to the Camp, and out of the Camp to those of the Enemies in 
 Mansoul. Both these my Lord sent away safe to Mr. True- 
 man, the Gaoler, with a commandment to keep them in irons; 
 for he intended then to have them out to be crucified, when it 
 would be for the best to the Corporation, and most for the 
 discouragement of the Camp of the Enemies. 
 
 My Lord Mayor also, though he could not stir about so 
 
 20 much as formerly, because of the wound that he lately re- 
 ceived, yet gave he out orders to all that were the natives of 
 Mansoul, to look to their Watch, and stand upon their Guard, 
 and, as occasion should offer, to prove themselves Men. 
 
 Mr. Conscience, the Preacher, he also did his utmost to keep 
 all his good documents alive upon the hearts of the People of 
 Mansoul. 
 
 Well, awhile after, the Captains and stout ones of the The cap- 
 
 iii • l tains con- 
 
 Town of Mansoul agreed and resolved upon a time to make su u to/au 
 a sally out upon the Camp of Diabolus, and this must begjj^ 
 3° done in the Night; and there was the folly of Mansoul (for 
 the Night is always the best for the Enemy, but the worst 
 for Mansoul to fight in), but yet they would do it, their 
 courage was so high ; their last Victory also still stuck in 
 their memories. 
 
 So the Night appointed being come, the Prince's brave They fight 
 
 , ' . . . inthe night. 
 
 Captains cast lots who should lead the Van in this new and ivho do lead 
 
 ttte Van. 
 
200 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Hew they 
 fall on. 
 
 Theyjight 
 bravely. 
 
 desperate Expedition against Diabolus, and against his Dia- 
 bolonian army; and the lot fell to Captain Credence, to Captain 
 Experience, and to Captain Good-Hope to lead the Forlorn hope. 
 (This Captain Experience the Prince created such when him- 
 self did reside in the Town of Mansoul.) So, as I said, they 
 made their Sally out upon the Army that lay in the Siege 
 against them; and their hap was to fall in with the main 
 body of their Enemies. Now Diabolus and his men being 
 expertly accustomed to night work, took the alarm presently, 
 and were as ready to give them battle as if they had sent 10 
 them word of their coming. Wherefore to it they went 
 amain, and blows were hard on every side ; the Hell-drum 
 also was beat most furiously, while the Trumpets of the 
 Prince most sweetly sounded. And thus the battle was 
 joined ; and Captain Insatiable looked to the Enemy's car- 
 riages, and waited when he should receive some prey. 
 
 The Prince's Captains fought it stoutly, beyond what 
 indeed could be expected they should ; they wounded many ; 
 they made the whole army of Diabolus to make a retreat. 
 But I cannot tell how, but the brave Captain Credence, 20 
 Captain Good-Hope, and Captain Experience, as they were 
 upon the pursuit, cutting down, and following hard after 
 the enemy in the rear, Captain Credence stumbled and fell, 
 by which fall he caught so great a hurt, that he could not 
 rise till Captain Experience did help him up ; at which their 
 men were put in disorder. The Captain also was so full 
 of pain, that he could not forbear but aloud to cry out : at 
 The rest of this, the two other Captains fainted, supposing that Captain 
 Credence had received his mortal wound : their men also 
 were more disordered, and had no list to fight. Now, Dia- 30 
 bolus being very observing, though at this time as yet he 
 was put to the worst, perceiving that a halt was made among 
 the men that were the pursuers, what does he but, taking 
 it for granted that the Captains were either wounded or 
 dead, he therefore makes at first a stand, then faces about, 
 and so comes up upon the Prince's army with as much of 
 his fury as Hell could help him to ; and his hap was to fall 
 in just among the three Captains, Captain Credence, Captain 
 
 Captain 
 
 Credence 
 
 hurt. 
 
 the Captains 
 faint. 
 
 Diabolus 
 
 takes 
 
 courage. 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 201 
 
 Good-Hope, and Captain Experience, and did cut, wound, and The Prince's 
 
 pierce them so dreadfully, that what through discouragement, p ea "„. 
 
 what through disorder, and what through the Wounds that 
 
 now they had received, and also the loss of much Blood, 
 
 they scarce were able, though they had for their power 
 
 the three best Bands in Mansoul, to get safe into the Hold 
 
 again. 
 
 Now, when the body of the Prince's Army saw how these Satan some- 
 three Captains were put to the worst, they thought it their saints eat 
 
 10 wisdom to make as safe and good a retreat as they could, ^rdT" 
 and so returned by the Sally-port again ; and so there was 
 an end of this present action. But Diabolus was so flusht Diaboius 
 with this night's work, that he promised himself in few days, 
 an easy and complete conquest over the Town of Mansoul. 
 Wherefore, on the day following, he comes up to the Sides 
 thereof with great boldness, and demands entrance, and that He demands 
 forthwith they deliver themselves up to his Government. The 
 Diabolonians, too, that were within, they began to be some- 
 what brisk, as we shall show afterward. 
 
 20 But the valiant Lord Mayor replied, that what he got he The Lord 
 must get by force : for as long as Emmanuel, their Prince, was a ^,er. 
 alive {though he at present was not so with them as they wished), 
 they should never consent to yield Mansoul up to another. 
 
 And with that the Lord Willbewill stood up, and said, Brave 
 Diabolus, thou Master of the Den, and Enemy to all that is good, s p eec k. 
 we poor inhabitants of the Town of Mansoul are too well ac- 
 quainted with thy Rule and Government, and with the end of those 
 things that for certain will follow submitting to thee, to do it. 
 Wherefore, though 'while we were without knowledge we suffered 
 
 30 thee to take us {as the Bird that saw not the Snare fell into the 
 hands of the Fowler), yet since we have been turned from Dark- 
 ness to Light, we have also been turned from the power of Satan 
 to God. And though through thy Subtlety, and also the Subtlety 
 of the Diabolonians within, we have sustained much loss, and 
 also plunged ourselves into much perplexity, yet give up our- 
 selves, lay down our arms, and yield to so horrid a Tyrant as 
 thou, we shall not ; die upon the place we choose rather to do. 
 Besides, we have hopes that in time deliveranee will come from 
 
202 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Court unto us, and therefore we yet will maintain a War against 
 thee, 
 
 2£ This brave speech of the Lord Willbewill, with that also of 
 
 the Lord Mayor, did somewhat abate the boldness of Diabolus, 
 though it kindled the fury of his rage. It also succoured the 
 Townsmen and Captains: yea, it was as a Plaister to the 
 brave Captain Credence s Wound ; for you must know that 
 a brave speech now (when the Captains of the Town, with 
 their Men of War, came home routed, and when the Enemy 
 took courage and boldness at the success that he had ob- 10 
 tained to draw up to the Walls, and demand entrance as he 
 did) was in season, and also advantageous. 
 
 The Lord Willbewill also did play the Man within; for 
 while the Captains and Soldiers were in the Field he was in 
 arms in the Town, and wherever by him there was a Dia- 
 bolonian found, they were forced to feel the weight of his 
 heavy Hand, and also the edge of his penetrating Sword : 
 many therefore of the Diabolonians he wounded, as the Lord 
 Cavil, the Lord Brisk, the Lord Pragmatic, and the Lord 
 Murmur ; several also of the meaner sort he did sorely maim ; 20 
 though there cannot at this time an account be given you 
 of any that he slew outright. The cause, or rather the 
 advantage, that my Lord Willbewill had at this time to do 
 thus, was for that the Captains were gone out to fight the 
 Enemy in the field. For now, thought the Diabolonians within, 
 is our time to stir and make an uproar in the Town. What do 
 they therefore but quickly get themselves into a body, and 
 fall forthwith to hurricaning in Mansoul, as if now nothing 
 
 wuibewui's but Whirlwind and Tempest should be there. Wherefore, 
 
 as I said, he takes this opportunity to fall in among them 30 
 with his men, cutting and slashing with courage that was un- 
 daunted ; at which the Diabolonians with all haste dispersed 
 themselves to their Holds, and my Lord to his place as 
 before. 
 
 Nothinglike This brave act of my Lord did somewhat revenge the 
 
 cmsh Dia- wrong done by Diabolus to the Captains, and also did let 
 them know that Mansoul was not to be parted with for the 
 loss of a Victory or two ; wherefore the wing of the Tyrant 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 203 
 
 was clipped again, as to boasting ; I mean in comparison 
 of what he would have done if the Diabolonians had put 
 the Town to the same plight to which he had put the 
 Captains. 
 
 Well, Diabolus yet resolves to have the other bout with 
 Mansoul. For, thought he, since I beat them once, I may beat 
 them twice. Wherefore he commanded his men to be ready 
 at such an hour of the night, to make a fresh assault upon the 
 Town ; and he gave it out in special that they should bend 
 10 all their force against Feel-srate, and attempt to break into He tries 
 
 111 ij'j- what ne can 
 
 the Town through that. The word that then ne did give do upon the 
 to his Officers and Soldiers was, Hell-fire. And, said he,jj^a^7*e 
 if <zve break in upon them, as I wish we do, either with some or Christtan - 
 with all our force, let them that break in look to it, that they 
 forget not the word. And let nothing be heard in the Town of 
 Mansoul but, Hell-fire ! Hell-fire ! Hell-fire ! The Drummer 
 was also to beat without ceasing, and the Standard-bearers 
 were to display their Colours ; the Soldiers, too, were to put 
 on what courage they could, and to see that they played 
 
 20 manfully their parts against the Town. 
 
 So the Night was come, and all things by the Tyrant made Feei-gate 
 ready for the work, he suddenly makes his assault upon Feel- 
 gate, and after he had a while struggled there he throws the 
 Gates wide open : for the truth is, those Gates were but 
 weak, and so most easily made to yield. When Diabolus had 
 thus far made his attempt, he placed his Captains (to wit 
 Torment and No-Ease) there ; so he attempted to press for- 
 ward, but the Prince's Captains came down upon him, and 
 made his entrance more difficult than he desired. And, to 
 
 30 speak truth, they made what resistance they could; but the when these 
 three of their best and most valiant Captains being wounded, tains are 
 and by their wounds made much incapable of doing the^*/^ 
 Town that service they would (and all the rest having more the resi do 
 
 1 v . for the Town 
 
 than their hands full of the Doubters, and their Captains <y-Mansoui? 
 that did follow Diabolus), they were overpowered with force, 
 nor could they keep them out of the Town. Wherefore the 
 Prince's men and their Captains betook themselves to the 
 Castle, as to the Stronghold of the Town : and this they 
 
204 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 T/te sad 
 fruits of 
 Apostasy 
 
 did partly for their own security, partly for the security of 
 the Town, and partly, or rather chiefly, to preserve to Em- 
 mamtel the Prerogative-royal of Mansoul ; for so was the 
 Castle of Mansoul. 
 
 The Captains therefore being fled into the Castle, the 
 Enemy, without much resistance, possess themselves of the 
 rest of the Town, and spreading themselves as they went 
 into every corner, they cried out as they marched, according 
 to the command of the Tyrant, Hell-fire I Hell-fire I Hell-fire! 
 so that nothing for a while throughout the Town of Mansoul 10 
 could be heard but the direful noise of Hell-fire! together 
 with the roaring of Diabolus' Drum. And now did the clouds 
 hang black over Mansoul, nor to reason did anything but 
 ruin seem to attend it. Diabolus also quartered his Soldiers 
 in the houses of the inhabitants of the Town of Mansoul. 
 Yea, the Subordinate Preacher s house was as full of these 
 outlandish Doubters as ever it could hold, and so was my 
 Lord Mayor's and my Lord Willbewill's also. Yea, where 
 was there a Corner, a Cottage, a Barn, or a Hogstye, that 
 now was not full of these Vermin ? Yea, they turned the 20 
 men of the Town out of their Houses, and would lie in 
 their Beds, and sit at their Tables themselves. Ah, poor 
 Mansoul ! now thou feelest the fruits of sin, and what venom 
 was in the flattering words of Mr. Carnal-Security ! They 
 made great havoc of whatever they laid their hands on ; yea, 
 they fired the Town in several places ; many young Children 
 also were by them dashed in pieces ; yea, those that were 
 yet unborn they destroyed in their Mothers' Wombs: for 
 you must needs think that it could not now be otherwise ; 
 for what Conscience, what Pity, what Bowels or Compassion 30 
 can any expect at the hands of outlandish Doubters ? Many 
 Holy concef. in Mansoul that were Women, both young and old, they 
 isofgood. £ orcec j j ravished, and beastlike abused, so that they swooned, 
 miscarried, and many of them died, and so lay at the top of 
 every street, and in all by-places of the Town. 
 
 And now did Mansoul seem to be nothing but a Den of 
 Dragons, an emblem of Hell, and a place of total Darkness. 
 Now did Mansoul lie almost like the barren Wilderness; 
 
 Guilt. 
 
 Good and 
 tender 
 
 thoughts. 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 205 
 
 nothing but Nettles, Briars, Thorns, Weeds, and Stinking things 
 seemed now to cover the face of Mansoul. I told you before, 
 how that these Diabolonian Doubters turned the men of Man- 
 soul out of their Beds, and now I will add, they wounded Rest. 
 them, they mauled them, yea, and almost brained many of 
 them. Many did I say, yea, most, if not all of them. Mr. 
 Conscience thev so wounded, yea, and his wounds so festered, sad -work 
 
 * .among the 
 
 that he could have no ease day nor night, but lay as u Townsmen. 
 continually upon a Rack. But that Sbaddai rules all, certainly 
 10 they had slain him outright. My Lord Mayor they so abused 
 that they almost put out his Eyes; and had not my Lord 
 Willbewill got into the Castle, they intended to have chopt 
 him all to pieces : for they did look upon him, as his heart Satan has a 
 
 r ' x . particular 
 
 now stood, to be one of the very worst that was in Mansoul spa* against 
 against Diabolus and his Grew. And indeed he hath showed ^T* 
 himself a Man, and more of his Exploits you will hear of 
 afterwards. 
 
 Now, a man might have walked for days together in Man- 
 soul, and scarcely have seen one in the Town that looked Thought. 
 20 like a Religious man. Oh, the fearful state of Mansoul now ! ^™ lfuU 
 now every corner swarmed with outlandish Doubters ; Red- thoughts 
 
 J I and bias- 
 
 coats and Black-coats walked the Town by clusters, ana phemies. 
 filled up all the Houses with hideous noises, vain songs, lying 
 stories, and blasphemous language against Sbaddai and his 
 Son. Now also those Diabolonians that lurked in the Walls, 
 and Dens, and Holes that were in the Town of Mansoul, 
 came forth and showed themselves; yea, walked with open 
 face in company with the Doubters that were in Mansoul. 
 Yea, they had more boldness now to walk the Streets, to 
 3° haunt the Houses, and to show themselves abroad, than had 
 any of the honest Inhabitants of the now woful Town of 
 Mansoul. 
 
 But Diabolus and his Outlandish men were not at peace in 
 Mansoul; for they were not there entertained as were the 
 Captains and Forces of Emmanuel. The Townsmen did brow- 
 beat them what they could ; nor did they partake or make 
 stroy of any of the necessaries of Mansoul, but that which 
 they seized on against the Townsmen's will: what they 
 
206 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 could, they hid from them, and what they could not they 
 had with an ill-will. They, poor hearts ! had rather have 
 had their Room than their Company; but they were at 
 Rom. 7 present their Captives, and their Captives for the present 
 they were forced to be. But, I say, they discountenanced 
 them as much as they were able, and showed them all the 
 dislike that they could. 
 
 The Captains also from the Castle did hold them in con- 
 tinual play with their Slings, to the chafing and fretting of 
 the minds of the Enemies. True, Diabolus made a great ro 
 many attempts to have broken open the Gates of the Castle, 
 .1/;. codiy- but Mr. Gudly-Fear was made the Keeper of that; and he 
 mad^the was a man of that Courage, Conduct, and Valour, that it 
 keeper of the j n yam as j on as jjf e i as t ec | within him, to think to 
 
 Cattle Gates. > ° ' 
 
 do that work, though mostly desired; wherefore all the 
 attempts that Diabolus made against him were fruitless. I 
 have wished sometimes that that man had had the whole rule 
 of the Town of Mansoul. 
 
 Well, this was the condition of the Town of Mansoul for 
 about two years and a half: the body of the Town was 20 
 the Seat of War, the people of the Town were driven into 
 Holes, and the Glory of Mansoul was laid in the dust. What 
 rest, then, could be to the inhabitants? what peace could 
 Mansoul have ? and what Sun could shine upon it ? Had 
 the enemy lain so long without in the plain against the Town, 
 it had been enough to have famished them : but now, when 
 they shall be within, when the Town shall be their Tent, 
 their Trench and Fort against the Castle that was in the 
 Town; when the Town shall be against the Town, and shall 
 serve to be a Defence to the Enemies of her Strength and 30 
 Life : I say, when they shall make use of the Forts and Town- 
 holds to secure themselves in, even till they shall take, spoil, 
 Heart. and demolish the Castle — this was terrible ! and yet this was 
 now the state of the Town of Mansoul. 
 
 After the Town of Mansoul had been in this sad and 
 lamentable condition for so long a time as I have told you, 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 207 
 
 and no petitions that f^iey presented their Prince with, all 
 this while, could prevail, the inhabitants of the Town, namely, 
 the Elders and chief of Mansoul, gathered together, and, 
 after some time spent in condoling their miserable State, and 
 this miserable Judgment coming upon them, they agreed 
 together to draw up yet another Petition, and to send it 
 away to Emmanuel for relief. But Mr. Godly-Fear stood up Mr. Godiy- 
 and answered, that he knew that his Lord the Prince never 1^1 about 
 did nor ever would receive a Petition for these matters from draw ™z u * 
 
 of a Petition 
 
 10 the hand of any whoever, unless the Lord Secretary's hand to the Prince. 
 was to it ; and this, quoth he, is the reason that you prevailed 
 not all this (while. Then they said they would draw up one, 
 and get the Lord Secretary's hand unto it. But Mr. Godly- 
 Fear answered again, that he knew also that the Lord 
 Secretary would not set his hand to any Petition that himself 
 had not an hand in composing and drawing up. And besides, 
 said he, the Prince doth know my Lord Secretary's hand from 
 all the hands in the world ; wherefore he camiot be deceived by 
 any pretence whatever. Wherefore my advice is that you go 
 
 20 to my Lord, and implore him to lend you his aid. Now he did 
 yet abide in the Castle, where all the Captains and Men at 
 arms were. 
 
 So they heartily thanked Mr. Godly-Fear, took his counsel, 
 and did as he had bidden them. So they went and came 
 to my Lord, and made known the cause of their coming to 
 him ; namely, that since Mansoul was in so deplorable a con- 
 dition, his Highness would be pleased to undertake to draw 
 up a Petition for them to Emmanuel, the Son of the mighty 
 Shaddai, and to their King and his Father by him. 
 
 30 Then said the Secretary to them, What Petition is it that you r^secre- 
 would have me draw up for you? But they said, Our Lord ^J"^. 
 knows best the state and condition of the Town oi Mansoul : draivu ^ a 
 
 - ' Petition for 
 
 and how we are backslidden and degenerated from the MansouL 
 Prince : thou also knowest who is come up to war against 
 us, and how Mansoul is now the Seat of War. My Lord 
 knows, moreover, what barbarous usages our Men, Women, 
 and Children have suffered at their hands ; and how our 
 home-bred Diabolonians do walk now with more boldness 
 
208 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 than dare the Townsmen in the Streets of Mansoul. Let 
 
 our Lord therefore, according to the Wisdom of God that 
 
 is in him, draw up a Petition for his poor servants to our 
 
 Prince Emmanuel. Well, said the Lord Secretary, I will draw 
 
 up a Petition /or you, and will also jet my hand thereto. Then 
 
 said they, But when shall we call for it at the hands of our 
 
 Lord? But he answered, Tout-selves must be present at the 
 
 doing of it ; yea, you must put your desires to it. True, the Hand 
 
 and Pen shall be mine, but the Ink and Paper must be yours ; else 
 
 how can you say it is your Petition ? Nor have I need to petition I o 
 
 for myself, because I have not offended. 
 
 Tfu Pctuwn He added also as folio weth : — No Petition goes from me in 
 
 and sent to my name to the Prince, and so to his Father by him, but when 
 
 T™uTaL the people that are chiefly concerned therein do join in Heart and 
 
 of Captain $ ou j - in t fe ma tter, f or that must be inserted therein. 
 
 Credence. '** 
 
 So they did heartily agree with the Sentence of the Lord, 
 and a Petition was forthwith drawn up for them. But now, 
 who should carry it ? that was next. But the Secretary 
 advised that Captain Credence should carry it ; for he was 
 a well-spoken man. They therefore called for him, and 20 
 propounded to him the business. Well, said the Captain, / 
 gladly accept of the motion ; and though I am lame, I will do this 
 business for you with as much speed and as well as I can. 
 The con- -p^e con t e nts of the Petition were to this purpose : — 
 
 tents qft/ieir * ' 
 
 Petition. Qf^ our L or j } anc L Sovereign Prince Emmanuel, the potent, 
 
 the long-suffering Prince! Grace is poured into thy lips, and 
 to thee belong Mercy and Forgiveness, though we have rebelled 
 against thee. We, who are no more worthy to be called thy 
 Mansoul, nor yet ft to partake cf common benefits, do beseech 
 thee, and thy Father by thee, to do away our Transgressions. We 3° 
 confess that thou mightest cast us away for them ; but do it 
 not for thy name's sake : let the Lord rather take an opportunity^ 
 at our miserable condition, to let out his Bowels and Compassions 
 to us. We are compassed on every side, Lord; our own Back- 
 slidings reprove us ; our Diabolonians within our Town fright 
 us ; and the Army of the Angel of the bottomless Pit distresses us. 
 Thy Grace can be our Salvation, and whither to go but to thee we 
 know not. 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 209 
 
 Furthermore,, oh, Gracious Prince, we have weakened our 
 Captains, and they are discouraged, sick, and, of late, some of 
 them grievously worsted and beaten out of the fi eld by the power 
 and force of the Tyrant. Yea, even those of our Captains, in 
 whose valour we did formerly use to put most of our confidence, 
 they are as wounded men. Besides, Lord, our Enemies are lively, 
 and they are strong ; they vaunt and boast themselves, and do 
 threaten to part us among themselves for a Booty. They are fallen 
 also upon us, Lord, (with many thousand Doubters, such as with 
 1 ° whom we cannot tell what to do ; they are all grim-looked and 
 unmerciful ones, and they bid Defiance to us and thee. 
 
 Our Wisdom is gone; our Power is gone; because thou art 
 departed from us ; nor have we what we may call ours but Sin, 
 Shame, and Confusion of Face for Sin. Take pity upon us, Lord, 
 take pity upon us, thy miserable Town of Mansoul, and save us 
 out of the hands of our Enemies. AMEN. 
 
 This Petition, as was touched afore, was handed by the 
 Lord Secretary, and carried to the Court by the brave and 
 most stout Captain Credence. Now he carried it out at Mouth- 
 20 gate (for that, as I said, was the Sally-port of the Town), 
 and he went and came to Emmanuel with it. Now how it 
 came out, I do not know ; but for certain it did, and that 
 so far as to reach the ears of Diabolus. Thus I conclude, 
 because that the Tyrant had it presently by the end, and 
 charged the Town of Mansoul with it, saying, Thou rebellious Satan can- 
 and stubborn-hearted Mansoul, I will make thee to leave off ' p r ayer. 
 petitioning. Art thou yet for petitioning ? I will make thee to 
 leave. Yea, he also knew who the Messenger was that 
 carried the Petition to the Prince, and it made him both 
 30 to fear and rage. 
 
 Wherefore he commanded that his Drum should be beat 
 again, a thing that Mansoul could not abide to hear ; but 
 when Diabolus will have his Drum beat, Mansoul must abide 
 the noise. Well, the Drum was beat, and the Diabolonians 
 were gathered together. 
 
 Then said Diabolus, Oh, ye stout Diabolonians, be it known 
 unto you, that there is treachery hatcht against us in the rebellious 
 
 P 
 
2IO 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 i'cor Man 
 soul. 
 
 Town of Mansoul ; for albeit the Town is in our possession, as 
 you see, yet these miserable M ansoulians hair attempted to dare, 
 and have been so hardy as yet to send to the Court to Emmanuel 
 for help. This I give you to understand, that ye may yet know 
 how to carry it to the wretched Town of Mansoul. Wherefore, 
 oh, my trusty Diab jlonians, I command that yet more and more 
 ye distress this Town of Mansoul, and vex it with your voiles, 
 ravish their Women, deflower their Virgins, slay their Children, 
 brain their Ancients, f re their Town, and what other mischief you 
 can ; and let this be the reward of the M ansoulians from me, for 10 
 their desperate Rebellions against me. 
 
 This, you see, was the Charge ; but something stepped in 
 betwixt that and Execution, for as yet there va> but little 
 more done than to rage. 
 
 Moreover, when Diabolus had done thus, he went the next 
 way up to the Castle-Gates, and demanded that, upon pain 
 of death, the Gates should be opened to him, and that 
 entrance should be given him and his men that followed 
 after. To whom Mr. Godly-Fear replied (for he it was 
 that had the charge of that Gate), That the Gate should not 20 
 be opened unto him, nor to the men that followed after him. He 
 said, moreover, That Mansoul, when she had suffered awhile, 
 should be made perfect, strengthened, settled. 
 
 Then said Diabolus, Deliver me, then, the men that have 
 petitioned against me, especially Captain Credence, that carried 
 it to your Prince ; deliver that Varlet into my hands, and I will 
 depart from the Town. 
 Mr. Fooling. Then up starts a Diabolonian, whose name was Mr. Fooling, 
 and said, My Lord offereth you fair : 'tis better for you that 
 one man perish, than that your whole Mansoul should be un- 30 
 done. 
 
 But Mr. Godly-Fear made him this replication, How long 
 will Mansoul be kept out of the Dungeon, when she hath given up 
 her faith to Diabolus? As good lose the Town, as lose Captain 
 Credence; for if one be gone, the other must follow. But to 
 that Mr. Fooling said nothing. 
 
 Then did my Lord Mayor reply, and said, Oh, thou de- 
 vouring Tyrant, be it known unto thee, we shall hearken to none 
 
 Satan can 
 not abide 
 Faith. 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 211 
 
 of thy words ; we are resolved to resist thee as long as a Captain, 
 a Man, a Sling, and a Stone to throw at thee, shall be found in 
 the Town of Mansoul. 
 
 But Diabolus answered, Do you hope, do you wait, do Diaboius 
 you look for Help and Deliverance? You have sent to Em- rages ' 
 manuel, but your Wickedness sticks too close in your skirts, 
 to let innocent Prayers come out of your lips. Think you 
 that you shall be prevailers, and prosper in this design ? You 
 will fail in your wish, you will fail in your attempts ; for it is 
 ionot only I, but your Emmanuel is against you: yea, it is he 
 that hath sent me against you to subdue you. For what, 
 then, do you hope ? or by what means will you escape ? 
 
 Then said the Lord Mayor, We have sinned indeed; but that The Lord 
 shall be no help to thee, for our Emmanuel hath said it, and that Ma > T ° r ' s 
 
 /..,-, . speech at the 
 
 in great faithfulness, And him that cometh to me I will in no ti} ^°/^ 
 wise cast out. He hath also told us, oh, our enemy, that all a^Zn 
 manner of sin and blasphemy shall be forgiven to the Sons <; redence 
 or men. Therefore we dare not despair, but will look for, Matt. 12. 31.] 
 wait for, and hope for Deliverance still. 
 
 20 Now, by this time Captain Credence was returned and come 
 from the Court from Emmanuel to the Castle of Mansoul, and 
 he returned to them with a Pacquet. So my Lord Mayor, 
 hearing that Captain Credence was come, withdrew himself 
 from the noise of the roaring of the Tyrant, and left him 
 to. yell at the Wall of the Town, or against the Gates of 
 the Castle. So he came up to the Captain's Lodgings, and, 
 saluting him, he asked him of his welfare, and what was the 
 best news at Court. But when he asked Captain Credence 
 that, the water stood in his eyes. Then said the Captain, 
 
 30 Cheer up, my Lord, for all will be well in time. And with 
 that he first produced his Pacquet, and laid it by ; but that 
 the Lord Mayor, and the rest of the Captains, took for sign 
 of good tidings. Now a season of Grace being come, he^^„^ 
 sent for all the Captains and Elders of the Town, that were Goodness - 
 here and there in their lodgings in the Castle and upon their 
 guard, to let them know that Captain Credence was returned 
 from the Court, and that he had something in general, and 
 something in special, to communicate to them. So they all 
 
 P 2 
 
212 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 The Pacquet 
 opened. 
 
 A note/or 
 
 ^rd 
 Mayor. 
 
 A note for 
 rite Lord 
 Willbewill. 
 
 A note for 
 the Sub- 
 ordinate 
 I'reacher. 
 
 came up to him, and saluted him, and asked him concerning 
 his journey, and what was the best news at the Court. And 
 he answered them as he had done the Lord Mayor before, 
 that all would be well at last. Now, when the Captain had 
 thus saluted them, he opened his Pacquet, and thence did 
 draw out his several Notes for those that he had sent for. 
 
 And the first Note was for my Lord Mayor, wherein was 
 signified : — That the Prince Emmanuel had taken it well that 
 my Lord Mayor had been so true and trusty in his office, and 
 the great concerns that lay upon him for the Town and People io 
 of Mansoul. Also, he bid him to know that he took it well 
 that he had been so bold for his Prince Emmanuel, and had 
 engaged so faithfully in his cause against Diabolus. He also 
 signified, at the close of his letter, that he should shortly receive 
 his reward. 
 
 The second Note that came out was for the noble Lord 
 Willbewill, wherein there was signified : — That his Prince 
 Emmanuel did well understand how 'valiant and courageous 
 he had been for the honour of his Lord, now in his absence, 
 and when his name was under contempt by Diabolus. There 2 ° 
 was signified also, that his Prince had taken it 'well that he 
 had been so faithful to tbe Town of Mansoul, /';; his keeping of 
 so strict a hand and eye over and so strict a rein upon the neck 
 of the Diabolonians, that did still lie lurking in their several 
 Holes in the famous Town of Mansoul. He signified, moreover, 
 bow that he understood that my Lord had, with his own hand, 
 done great execution upon some of the chief of the Rebels there, to 
 the great discouragement of the adverse party, and to the good 
 example of the whole Town of Mansoul ; and that shortly his 
 lordship should have his reward. 3° 
 
 The third Note came out for the Subordinate Preacher, 
 wherein was signified: — That his Prince took it well from him, 
 that he had so honestly and so faithfully performed his office, and 
 executed the trust committed to him by his Lord, while he ex- 
 horted, rebuked, and forewarned Mansoul according to the Laws 
 of the Town. He signified, moreover, that he took it well at his 
 hand that he called to Fasting, to Sackcloth, and Ashes, when 
 Mansoul was under her revolt. Also, that he called for the 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 213 
 
 aid of the Captain Boanerges to help in so weighty a work ; and 
 that shortly he also should receive his reward. 
 
 The fourth Note came out for Mr. Godly-Fear, wherein a note/or 
 his Lord thus signified : — That his Lordship observed that he F ^ T ° 
 was the first of all the men in Mansoul that detected Mr. Carnal- 
 Security as the only one that, through his Subtlety and Cunning, 
 had obtained for Diabolus a Defection and Decay of Goodness in 
 the blessed Town of Mansoul. Moreover, his Lord gave him 
 to understand that he still remembered his tears and mourning for 
 
 10 the state of Mansoul. It was also observed, by the same Note, 
 that his Lord took notice of his detecting of this Mr. Carnal- 
 Security, at his own Table among his Guests, in his own House, 
 and that in the midst of his j ol lines s, even while he was seeking 
 to perfect his villanies against the Town of Mansoul. Em- 
 manuel also took notice that this reverend person, Mr. Godly- 
 Fear, stood stoutly to it, at the Gates of the Castle, against all 
 the threats and attempts of the Tyrant ; and that he had put 
 the Townsmen in a way to make their Petition to their Prince, 
 so as that he might accept thereof, and as they might obtain an 
 
 20 Answer of Peace ; and that therefore shortly he should receive 
 his reward. 
 
 After all this, there was yet produced a Note which wzsAnote/br 
 written to the whole Town of Mansoul, whereby they per- Manso^T ' 
 ceived — That their Lord took notice of their so often repeating 
 of Petitions to him ; and that they should see more of the fruits 
 of such their doings in time to come. Their Prince did also 
 therein tell them That he took it well that their Heart and 
 Mind, now at last, abode fixed upon him and his ways, though 
 Diabolus bad made such inroads upon them; and that neither 
 
 30 Flatteries on the one hand, nor Hardships on the other, could make 
 them yield to serve his cruel designs. There was also inserted 
 at the bottom of this Note— That his Lordship had left the 
 Town of Mansoul in the hands of the Lord Secretary, and under 
 the conduct of Captain Credence, saying, Beware that you yet 
 yield yourselves unto their Governance ; and in due time you 
 shall receive your Reward. 
 
 So, after the brave Captain Credence had delivered his notes 
 to those to whom they belonged, he retired himself to my 
 
2 14 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Lord Secretary s Lodgings, and there spends time in con- 
 ' "to the versing with him; for they two were very great one with 
 *ud- another, and did indeed know more how things would go 
 «*&' with Mansoul than did all the Townsmen besides. The Lord 
 
 Secretary also loved the Captain Credence dearly; yea, many 
 a good bit was sent him from my Lord's table ; also, he 
 might have a show of Countenance, when the rest of Mansoul 
 lay under the Clouds. So, after some time for converse was 
 spent, the Captain betook himself to his Chambers to rest. 
 But it was not long after when my Lord did send for the 10 
 Captain again ; so the Captain came to him, and they greeted 
 one another with usual Salutations. Then said the Captain 
 to the Lord Secretary, What hath my Lord to say to his Ser- 
 vant ? So the Lord Secretary took him, and had him a side, 
 captain and after a sign or two of more favour, he said, / have made 
 ma&'tAe thee the Lord's Lieutenant over all the forces in Mansoul ; so 
 i. „cfs Lieu- t b a t f r om this day forward, all men in Mansoul shall be at 
 
 tenant over ' J 
 
 ail the forces thy word; and thou shalt be he that shall lead in and that 
 shalt lead out Mansoul. Thou shalt therefore manage, accordbig 
 to thy place, the war for thy Prince, and for the Town of Man- 20 
 soul, against the force and power of Diabolus ; and at thy com- 
 mand shall the rest of the Captains be. 
 Tke Town Now the Townsmen began to perceive what interest the 
 "cra-uesThat Captain had, both with the Court, and also with the Lord 
 ly the Secretary in Mansoul; for no man before could speed when 
 
 •der the 
 
 ctof sent, nor bring such good news from Emmanuel as he. 
 
 Laptain * o «_> 
 
 credence. Wherefore what do they, after some lamentation that they 
 made no more use of him in their distresses, but send by 
 their Subordinate Preacher to the Lord Secretary, to desire 
 him that all that ever they were and had might be put under 3° 
 the Government, Care, Custody, and Conduct of Captain 
 Credence. 
 
 So their Preacher went and did his errand, and received 
 this answer from the mouth of his Lord : that Captain Cre- 
 dence should be the great Doer in all the King's army, against 
 the King's Enemies, and also for the welfare of Mansoul. So 
 he bowed to the ground, and thanked his Lordship, and 
 returned and told his news to the Townsfolk. But all this 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 215 
 
 was done with all imaginable secrecy, because the Foes had 
 yet great strength in the Town. 
 
 But to return to our Story again. When Diabolus saw Diaboius 
 
 * , rages. 
 
 himself thus boldly confronted by the Lord Mayor, and 
 perceived the stoutness of Mr. Godly-Fear, he fell into a 
 rage, and forthwith called a Council of War, that he might 
 be revenged on Mansoul. So all the Princes of the Pit came 
 
 10 together, and old Incredulity at the head of them, with all 
 the Captains of his Army. So they consult what to do. 
 Now the effect and conclusion of the Council that day was, 
 how they might take the Castle, because they could not 
 conclude themselves Masters of the Town so long as that 
 was in the possession of their Enemies. 
 
 So one advised this way, and another advised that; but 
 when they could not agree in their verdict, Apollyon, that 
 President of the Council, stood up, and thus he began:— 
 My Brotherhood, quoth he, 1 have two things to propound unto 
 
 20 you; and my first is this. Let us withdraw ourselves from the 
 Town into the Plain again, for our presence here will do us no 
 good, because the Castle is yet in our Enemies' 1 hands ; nor is it 
 possible that we should take that so long as so many brave 
 Captains are in it, and that this bold fellow, Godly- Fear, is 
 made the Keeper of the Gates of it. Now, when we have with- JjJj^J* 
 drawn ourselves into the Plain, they, of their own accord, will 
 be glad of some little ease ; and it may be, of their own accord, 
 they again may begin to be remiss, and even their so being will 
 give them a bigger blow than we can possibly give them our- 
 
 30 selves. But if that should fail, our going forth of the Town 
 may draw the Captains out after us; and you know what it 
 cost them when we fought them in the Field before. Besides, can 
 we but draw them out into the Field, we may lay an Ambush 
 behind the Town, which shall, when they are come forth abroad, 
 rush in and take possession of the Castle. 
 
 Beel. But Beelzebub stood up, and replied, saying, 'Tzs 
 impossible to draw them all off from the Castle ; some, you may 
 be sure, will lie there to keep that ; wherefore it will be but in 
 
2l6 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Look to it, 
 Mansoul. 
 
 2 Pet. ii. 
 18—21. 
 
 Look to it, 
 Mansoul. 
 
 Look to it, 
 Mansoul. 
 
 vain thus to attempt, unless we were sure that they will all come 
 out. He therefore concluded that what was done must be 
 done by some other means. And the most likely means that 
 the greatest of their heads could invent was that which 
 Apollyon had advised to before, namely, to get the Townsmen 
 again to sin. For, said he, it is not our being in the Town, nor 
 in the Field, nor our fighting, nor our killing of their men, that can 
 make us the masters of Mansoul ; for so long as one in the Town 
 is able to lift up his finger against us, Emmanuel will take their 
 parts ; and if he shall take their parts, we know what time of 10 
 day it will be with us. Wherefore, for my part, quoth he, there 
 is, in my judgment, no way to bring them into bondage to us, like 
 inventing a way to make them sin. Had we, said he, left all our 
 Doubters at home, we had done as well as we have done now, 
 unless we could have made them the Masters and Governors of 
 the Castle; for Doubters at a distance are but like Objections 
 refelTd with Arguments. Indeed, can we but get them into the 
 Hold, and make them possessors of that, the day will be our own. 
 Let us, therefore, withdraw ourselves into the Plain (not expecting 
 that the Captains in Mansoul should follow us); but yet, I say, 20 
 let us do this, and before we do so, let us advise again with our 
 trusty Diabolonians that are yet in their Holds of Mansoul, and 
 set them to work to betray the Town to us ; for they indeed must 
 do it, or it will be left undone for ever. By these sayings of 
 Beelzebub (for I think it was he that gave this counsel), the 
 whole Conclave was forced to be of his opinion, namely, that 
 the way to get the Castle was to get the Town to sin. Then 
 they fell to inventing by what means they might do this 
 thing. 
 
 Then Lucifer stood up, and said, The counsel of Beelzebub 30 
 is pertinent. Now, the way to bring this to pass, in mine 
 opinion, is this ; let us withdraw our force from the Town 
 of Mansoul ; let us do this, and let us terrify them no more, 
 either with summons, or threats, or with the noise of our 
 Drum, or any other awakening means. Only let us lie in the 
 Field at a distance, and be as if we regarded them not ; for 
 frights, I see, do but awaken them, and make them more 
 stand to their Arms. I have also another Stratagem in my 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 217 
 
 head : you know Mansoul is a Market-town, and a Town that 
 delights in Commerce ; what therefore if some of our Diabo- 
 lonians shall feign themselves far-country men, and shall go 
 out and bring to the Market of Mansoul some of our wares to 
 sell — an d w hat matter at what rates they sell their wares, 
 though it be but for half the worth? — now let those that 
 thus shall trade in their Market be those that are witty and 
 true to us, and I will lay my Crown to pawn, it will do. 
 There are two that are come to my thoughts already, that I 
 
 10 think will be arch at this work, and they are Mr. Penny-wise- 
 Pound-foolish, and Mr. Get-i the-huJidred-and-Lose-i the-shire ; 
 nor is this man with the long name at all inferior to the 
 other. What also if you join with them Mr. Sweet-World Looktoit 
 and Mr. Present-Good? they are men that are civil and 
 cunning, but our true friends and helpers. Let these, with 
 as many more, engage in this business for us, and let Mansoul 
 be taken up in much business, and let them grow full and 
 rich, and this is the way to get ground of them. Remember Heart 
 ye not that thus we prevailed upon Laodicea, and how many Rev 3 I? 
 
 20 at present do we hold in this snare? Now, when they begin 
 to grow full, they will forget their misery ; and if we shall not 
 affright them, they may happen to fall asleep, and so be got 
 to neglect their Town watch, their Castle watch, as well as 
 their watch at the Gates. 
 
 Yea, may we not, by this means, so cumber Mansoul with 
 abundance, that they shall be forced to make of their Castle a 
 Warehouse, instead of a Garrison fortified against us, and a 
 receptacle for Men of war ? Thus, if we get our goods and 
 commodities thither, I reckon that the Castle is more than 
 
 30 half ours. Besides, could we so order it that it shall be filled 
 with such kind of wares, then if we made a sudden assault 
 upon them, it would be hard for the Captains to take shelter 
 there. Do you not know that of the parable, 'The deceitfulness Lukes. 14: 
 of riches choke the word? and again, When the heart is over- 2t- 34—36- 
 charged with surfeiting and drunkenness, and the cares of this 
 life, all mischief comes upon them at unawares ? 
 
 Furthermore, my lords, quoth he, you very well know that 
 it is not easy for a people to be filled with our things, and not 
 
218 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 to have some of our Diabolonians as retainers to their houses 
 and services. Where is a Mansoulian that is full of this world, 
 that has not for his Servants and Waiting-men, Mr. Profuse, or 
 Mr. Prodigality, or some other of our Diabolonian gang, as 
 Mr. Voluptuous, Mr. Pragmatical, Mr. Ostentation, or the like ? 
 Look to u. Now these can take the Castle of Mansoul, or blow it up, or 
 make it unfit for a Garrison for Emmanuel, and any of these 
 will do. Yea, these, for aught I know, may do it for us 
 sooner than an Army of twenty thousand men. Wherefore, 
 to end as I began, my advice is, that we quietly withdraw 10 
 ourselves, not offering any further force, or forcible attempts, 
 upon the Castle, at least at this time; and let us set on foot 
 our new project, and let us see if that will not make them 
 destroy themselves. 
 
 This advice was highly applauded by them all, and was 
 
 accounted the very masterpiece of Hell, namely, to choke 
 
 Mansoul with a fulness of this world, and to surfeit her heart 
 
 with the good things thereof. 
 
 captain But see how things meet together ! Just as this Diabolonian 
 
 receives that council was broken up, Captain Credence received a letter 20 
 
 f pr7>i'e US from Emmanuel, the contents of which were these: — That 
 
 ■which he upon the third day he 'would meet him in the Field in the Plains 
 
 understand' 
 
 eth not. about Mansoul. Meet me in the Field I quoth the Captain; 
 what meaneth my Lord by this ? I know not what he meaneth 
 by meeting me in the Field. So he took the Note in his hand, 
 and did carry it to my Lord Secretary, to ask his thoughts 
 thereupon ; for my Lord was a Seer in all matters concerning 
 the King, and also for the good and comfort of the Town of 
 Mansoul. So he showed my Lord the Note, and desired his 
 opinion thereof. For my part, quoth Captain Credence, I know 30 
 not the meaning thereof. So my Lord did take and read it ; 
 and, after a little pause, he said, The Diabolonians have had 
 against Mansoul a great consultation to-day; they have, I say, 
 this day been contriving the utter ruin of the Town ; and the result 
 of their counsel is, to set Mansoul into such a way which, if taken, 
 will surely make her destroy herself. And, to this end, they are 
 making ready for their own departure out of the Town, intending 
 to betake themselves to the Field again, and there to lie till they 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 219 
 
 shall see whether this their project will take or no. But be thou 
 ready with the men of thy Lord (for on the third day they will be 
 in the Plain), there to fall upon the Diabolonians; for the Prince Theriddu 
 
 n J r . . , expounded 
 
 will by that time be in the Field • yea, by that it is Break of day, to captain 
 Sun-rising, or before, and that with a mighty Force against them. 
 So he shall be before them, and thou shalt be behind them, and 
 betwixt you both their Army shall be destroyed. 
 
 When Captain Credence heard this, away goes he to the rest 
 of the Captains, and tells them what a Note he had a while 
 io since received from the hand of Emmanuel. And, said he, 
 that 'which was dark therein has my Lord the Lord Secretary 
 expounded unto me. He told them, moreover, what by himself 
 and by them must be done to answer the mind of their Lord. 
 Then were the Captains glad: and Captain Credence o.om- TheCa t- 
 
 r " ' * tains are 
 
 manded that all the King's Trumpeters should ascend to the giaded to 
 battlements of the Castle, and there, in the audience of 
 Diabolus and of the whole Town of Mansoul, make the best 
 musick that heart could invent. The Trumpeters then did curious 
 as they were commanded.- They got themselves up to the made by the 
 
 Trumpet- 
 
 20 top of the Castle, and thus they began to sound. Then did*™. 
 Diabolus start, and said, What can be the meaning of this? they 
 neither sound Boot-and-saddle, nor Horse-and-away, nor a 
 Charge. What do these Madmen mean, that yet they should be 
 so merry and glad ? Then answered him one of themselves 
 and said, This is for joy that their Prince Emmanuel is coming to 
 relieve the Town of Mansoul; that to this end he is at the head 
 of an Army, and that this Relief is near. 
 
 The men of Mansoul also were greatly concerned at this 
 melodious charm of the Trumpets ; they said, yea, they 
 
 30 answered one another, saying, This can be no harm to us; 
 surely, this can be no harm to us. Then said the Diabolonians, 
 What had we best to do 1 and it was answered, It was best to Diabolus 
 
 . -withdraws 
 
 quit the Town ; and that, said one, ye may do in pursuance from the 
 of your last council, and by so doing also be better able to give the w ^"' 
 Enemy battle, should an Army from without come upon us. So, on 
 the second day, they withdrew themselves from Mansoul, and 
 abode in the Plains without ; but they encamped themselves 
 before Eye-gate, in what terrene and terrible manner they 
 
2 20 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 could. The reason why they would not abide in the Town 
 (besides the reasons that were debated in their late Conclave) 
 was, for that they were not possessed of the Stronghold, and 
 because, said they, we shall have more convenience to fight, and 
 also to fly, if need be when we are incamped in the open Plains. 
 Besides, the Town would have been a Pit for them rather 
 than a Place of defence, had the Prince come up, and enclosed 
 them fast therein. Therefore they betook themselves to the 
 field, that they might also be out of the reach of the Slings, 
 by which they were much annoyed all the while that they 10 
 were in the Town. 
 The time Well, the time that the Captains were to fall upon the 
 c^taZJto Diabolonians being come, they eagerly prepared themselves 
 mm them. f or ac tion; for Captain Credence had told the Captains over- 
 night that they should meet their Prince in the Field to-morrow. 
 This, therefore, made them yet far more desirous to be 
 engaging the enemy ; for, You shall see the Prince in the Field 
 to-morrow! was like Oil to a flaming Fire ; for of a long time 
 they had been at a distance; they therefore were for this 
 the more earnest and desirous of the work. So, as I said, 20 
 the hour being come, Captain Credence, with the rest of the 
 They draw Men of war, drew out their forces before it was day by the 
 TheTuid. Sally-port of the Town. And, being all ready, Captain 
 Credence went up to the head of the Army, and gave to the 
 rest of the Captains the word, and so they to their Under- 
 The xvord. officers and Soldiers : the Word was, The Sword of the Prince 
 Emmanuel, and the Shield of Captain Credence ! which is, in 
 the Mansoulian tongue, The Word of God and Faith! Then the 
 Captains fell on, and began roundly to front, and flank, and 
 rear Diabolus' Camp. 30 
 
 Now, they left Captain Experience in the Town, because he 
 
 was yet ill of his wounds, which the Diabolonians had given 
 
 captain him in the last fight. But when he perceived that the Captains 
 
 SjJ/Sw" were at it, what does he but, calling for his Crutches with 
 
 haste, gets up, and away he goes to the Battle, saying, Shall I 
 
 upon his lie here, when my brethren are in the fight, and when Emmanuel, 
 
 the Prince, will show himself in the Field to his servants ? But 
 
 when the enemy saw the man come with his Crutches, they 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 221 
 
 were daunted yet the more ; for, thought they, what Spirit 
 has possessed these Mansoulians, that they fight us upon their 
 Crutches ? Well, the Captains, as I said, fell on, and did 
 bravely handle their weapons, still crying out and shouting, 
 as they laid on blows, The Sword of the Prince Emmanuel, and 
 the Shield of Captain Credence ! 
 
 Now, when Diabolus saw that the Captains were come out, 
 and that so valiantly they surrounded his men, he concluded 
 that, for the present, nothing from them was to be looked for 
 
 10 but blows, and the dints of their two-edged Sword. 
 
 Wherefore he also falls on upon the Prince's army with all The battle 
 his deadly force : so the battle was joined. Now who was if/' 1 
 that at first Diabolus met with in the fight, but Captain 
 Credence on the one hand, and the Lord Willbewill on the 
 other ? now WillbewiWs blows were like the blows of a Giant, wmbewiu 
 for that man had a strong arm, and he fell in upon the Election- 
 Doubters, for they were the life-guard of Diabolus, and he kept 
 them in play a good while, cutting and battering shrewdly. 
 Now when Captain Credence saw my Lord ingaged, he did gdence 
 
 20 stoutly fall on, on the other hand, upon the same company 
 also; so they put them to great disorder. Now Captain 
 Good-Hope had ingaged the Vocation-Doubters, and they were Good-Hope 
 sturdy men ; but the Captain was a valiant man. Captain 
 Experience did also send him some aid; so he made the 
 Vocation-Doubters to retreat. The rest of the armies were 
 hotly ingaged, and that on every side, and the Diabolonians 
 did fight stoutly. Then did my Lord Secretary command that ™« ££* 
 the Slings from the Castle should be played; and his men ^,7 
 could throw stones at an hair's breadth. But, after a while, 
 
 30 those that were made to fly before the Captains of the Prince, 
 
 did begin to rally again, and they came up stoutly upon the ™wtte 
 rear of the Prince's Army: wherefore the Prince's Army 
 began to faint ; but, remembering that they should see the 
 face of their Prince by-and-by, they took courage, and a very 
 fierce battle was fought. Then shouted the Captains, saying, After* 
 The Sword of the Prince Emmanuel, and the Shield of Captain 
 Credence! and with that Diabolus gave back, thinking that 
 more aid had been come. But no Emmanuel as yet appeared. 
 
222 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Moreover, the battle did hang in doubt ; and they made a 
 
 They both little retreat on both sides. Now, in the time of respite, 
 
 ^Tthl'ttmt Captain Credence bravely incouraged his men to stand to it ; 
 
 " ilc and Diabolus did the like, as well as he could. But Captain 
 
 I aftain ' ' 
 
 Credence Credence made a brave speech to his Soldiers, the contents 
 
 wakes (l « f* i r -\-\ 
 
 speech to his whereof here follow: — 
 
 Soldiers. 
 
 Gentlemen Soldiers, and my Brethren in this design, it rejoicetb 
 me much to see in the Field for our Prince, this day, so stout and so 
 valiant an Army, and such faithful lovers of Mansoul. Tou 
 have hitherto, as hath become you, shown yourselves Men of Truth I o 
 and Courage against the Diabolonian/'om'.r ; so that, for all their 
 boast, they have not yet much cause to boast of their gettings. 
 Now take to yourselves your wonted courage, and show yourselves 
 Men even this once only; for in a few minutes after the next in- 
 gagement, this time, you shall see your Prince show himself in the 
 field: for we must make this second assault upon this Tyrant 
 Diabolus, and then Emmanuel comes. 
 
 No sooner had the Captain made this speech to his soldiers, 
 but one Mr. Speedy came post to the Captain from the Prince, 
 to tell him that Emmanuel was at hand. This news, when the 2 o 
 Captain had received, he communicated to the other Field- 
 officers, and they again to their Soldiers and Men of war. 
 Wherefore, like men raised from the dead, so the Captains and 
 their men arose, made up to the Enemy, and cried as before, 
 The Sword of the Prince Emmanuel, and the Shield of Captain 
 Credence ! 
 
 The Diabolonians also bestirred themselves, and made resist- 
 ance as well as they could ; but in this last engagement the 
 Diabolonians lost their courage, and many of the Doubters fell 
 down dead to the ground. Now, when they had been in heat 30 
 of battle about an hour or more, Captain Credence lift up his 
 eyes and saw, and behold, Emmanuel came ; and he came with 
 Colours flying, Trumpets sounding; and the feet of his men 
 scarce toucht the ground, they hasted with that celerity to- 
 wards the Captains that were engaged. Then did Credence 
 wind with his men to the Townward, and gave to Diabolus the 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 223 
 
 Ulien the 
 
 field : so Emmanuel came upon him on the one side, and the 
 Enemies' place was betwixt them both. Then again they fell 
 to it afresh ; and now it was but a little while more but Em- £&Tc£S 
 manuel and Captain Credence met, still trampling down the slain Z'f/^n 
 as they came. the yg0 to be 
 
 But when the Captains saw that the Prince was come, and ™ 
 that he fell upon the Diabolonians on the other side, and that 
 Captain Credence and his Highness had got them up betwixt 
 them, they shouted (they so shouted that the ground rent 
 10 again), saying, The Snvord of Emmanuel, and the Shield of Cap- 
 tain Credence! Now, when Diabolus saw that he and his 
 forces were so hard beset by the Prince and his Princely 
 Army, what does he, and the Lords of the Pit that were with 
 him, but make their escape, and forsake their Army, and leave 
 them to fall by the hand of Emmanuel, and of his noble Captain 
 Credence. So they fell all down slain before them, before the The victory 
 Prince, and before his Royal Army; there was not left so much^Smei 
 as one Doubter alive; they lay spread upon the ground dead * wrf '" A " 
 
 ii , _^ _ men, -who 
 
 men, as one would spread Dung upon the land. siayaii. 
 
 20 When the battle was over, all things came into order in the 
 Camp. Then the Captains and Elders of Mansoul came to- 
 gether to salute Emmanuel, while without the Corporation : so Mansoul 
 they saluted him, and welcomed him, and that with a thousand JJJJJ the 
 welcomes, for that he was come to the borders of Mansoul without - He 
 again. So he smiled upon them, and said, Peace be to you. nimTei/l g0 
 Then they addressed themselves to go to the Town : they ^JLT 
 went then to go up to Mansoul, they, the Prince, with all the 
 new forces that now he had brought with him to the war. 
 Also all the Gates of the Town were set open for his reception, 
 
 30 so glad were they of his blessed return. And this was the 
 manner and order of this going of his into Mansoul : — 
 
 First. As I said, all the Gates of the Town were set open, The manner 
 yea, the Gates of the Castle also; the Elders, too, of the Town £ Mr * B * v 
 of Mansoul placed themselves at the Gates of the Town, to 
 salute him at his entrance thither: and so they did ; for, as he 
 drew near, and approached towards the Gates, they said, Lift [Ps.24 -7-10.1 
 up your heads, oh, ye Gates; and be ye lift up, ye everlasting doors ; 
 and the King of Glory shall come in. And they answered again, 
 
224 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Who is the King of Glory ? and they made return to themselves, 
 The Lord, strong and mighty ; The Lord mighty in battle. Lift up 
 your heads, oh, ye Gates; even lift them up, ye everlasting 
 doors, &.C. 
 
 Secondly. It was ordered also, by those of Man soul, that all 
 the way from the Town Gates to those of the Castle, his 
 blessed Majesty should be entertained with the Song, by them 
 that had the best skill in musick in all the Town of Mansoul ; 
 then did the Elders, and the rest of the men of Mansoul, 
 answer one another as Emmanuel entered the Town, till he 10 
 came at the Castle Gates, with Songs and sound of Trumpets, 
 [Ps.68. 24,25.] saying, They have seen thy goings, O God, even the goings of my 
 God, my King, in the Sanctuary.' So the Singers went before, 
 and the Players on instruments followed after, and among 
 them were Damsels playing on timbrels. 
 
 Thirdly. Then the Captains (for I would speak a word of 
 them), they in their order waited on the Prince, as he entered 
 into the Gates of Mansoul. Captain Credence went before, and 
 Captain Good-Hope with him ; Captain Charity came behind 
 with other of his companions, and Captain Patience followed 2 ° 
 after all ; and the rest of the Captains, some on the right hand, 
 and some on the left, accompanied Emmanuel into Mansoul. 
 And all the while the Colours were displayed, the Trumpets 
 sounded, and continual shoutings were among the Soldiers. 
 The Prince himself rode into the Town in his Armour, which 
 was all of beaten gold, and in his Chariot — the pillars of it 
 were of silver, the bottom thereof of Gold, the covering of it 
 was of purple, the midst thereof being paved with love for the 
 daughters of the Town of Mansoul. 
 
 Fourthly. When the Prince was come to the entrance of 30 
 
 Mansoul, he found all the Streets strewed with lilies and 
 
 flowers, curiously decked with boughs and branches from the 
 
 Good and green trees that stood round about the Town. Every door 
 
 thoughts, also was filled with persons who had adorned every one their 
 
 ' fore-part against their house with something of variety and 
 
 singular excellency, to entertain him withal as he passed in 
 
 the streets : they also themselves, as Emmanuel passed by, did 
 
 welcome him with shouts and acclamations of joy, saying. 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 225 
 
 Blessed be the Prince that cometh in the name of his Father 
 Shaddai ! 
 
 Fifthly. At the Castle Gates the Elders of Mansoul, to wit, 
 the Lord Mayor, the Lord Willbewill, the Subordinate Preacher, 
 Mr. Knowledge, and Mr. Mind, with other of the Gentry of the 
 place, saluted Emmanuel again. They bowed before him, they 
 kissed the dust of his feet, they thanked, they blessed, and 
 praised his Highness, for not taking advantage against them 
 for their Sins, but rather had pity upon them in their Misery, 
 10 and returned to them with Mercies, and to build up their 
 Mansoul for ever. Thus was he had up straightway to the 
 Castle ; for that was the Royal Palace, and the place where 
 his Honour was to dwell ; the which was ready prepared for 
 his Highness by the presence of the Lord Secretary, and the 
 work of Captain Credence. So he entered in. 
 
 Sixthly. Then the people and commonalty of the Town of 
 Mansoul came to him into the Castle to mourn, and to weep, 
 and to lament for their Wickedness, by which they had forced 
 him out of the Town. So they, when they were come, bowed 
 20 themselves to the ground seven times; they also wept, they 
 wept aloud, and asked forgiveness of the Prince, and prayed 
 that he would again, as of old, confirm his love to Mansoul. 
 
 To the which the great Prince replied, Weep not, but go your [Neh. 8. io.j 
 <way, eat the fat, and drink the sweet, and send portions to them 
 for 'whom nought is prepared; for the joy of your Lord is your 
 strength. I am returned to Mansoul with Mercies, and my Name 
 shall be set up, exalted, and magnified by it. He also took these 
 inhabitants, and kissed them, and laid them in his Bosom. 
 
 Moreover, he gave to the Elders of Mansoul, and to each tju hoi y 
 30 Town-Officer, a Chain of gold and a Signet. He also sent J'SS. 
 to their wives Ear-rings and Jewels, and Bracelets, and other 
 things. He also bestowed upon the true-born Children q{ Young and 
 
 _ . * tender holy 
 
 Mansoul many precious things. thoughts. 
 
 When Emmanuel the Prince had done all these things for 
 the famous Town of Mansoul, then he said unto them, first, 
 Wash your garments, then put on your ornaments, and then come Eccies. 3. 8. 
 to me into the Castle of Mansoul. So they went to the Fountain zsch.13. t. 
 that was set open for Judah and Jerusalem to wash in ; and Rev 7- 14, I5- 
 
 Q 
 
226 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 there they washed, and there they made their garments white, 
 and came again to the Prince into the Castle, and thus they 
 stood before him. 
 
 And now there was musick and dancing throughout the 
 whole Town of Mansoul, and that because their Prince had 
 again granted to them his presence and the light of his 
 countenance ; the Bells also did ring, and the Sun shone 
 comfortably upon them for a great while together. 
 
 The Town of Mansoul did also now more thoroughly seek 
 the destruction and ruin of all remaining Diabolonians that 10 
 abode in the Walls, and the Dens that they had in the Town 
 of Mansoul; for there was of them that had, to this day, 
 escaped with Life and Limb from the hand of their suppressors 
 in the famous Town of Mansoul. 
 
 wiubewiii a But my Lord Willbe<will was a greater terror to them now 
 ' t„thc than ever he had been before ; forasmuch as his heart was yet 
 
 Diaboio- more fully bent to seek, contrive, and pursue them to the 
 
 nians now • ' * 
 
 than he had death ; he pursued them night and day, and did put them now 
 former to sore distress, as will afterwards appear. 
 
 times. After things were thus far put into order in the famous 20 
 
 Town of Mansoul, care was taken, and order given by the 
 blessed Prince Emmanuel, that the Townsmen should, with- 
 out further delay, appoint some to go forth into the Plain to 
 orders bury the dead that were there — the dead that fell by the 
 VurytZ ° Sword of Emmanuel, and by the Shield of the Captain Cre- 
 (1ead ' dence — lest the fumes and ill savours that would arise from 
 
 them might infect the air, and so annoy the famous Town of 
 Mansoul. This also was a reason of this order, namely, that, 
 as much as in Mansoul lay, they might cut off the name, and 
 being, and remembrance of those Enemies from the thought 30 
 of the famous Town of Mansoul and its inhabitants. 
 
 So order was given out by the Lord Mayor, that wise and 
 trusty friend of the Town of Mansoul, that persons should be 
 employed about this necessary business ; and Mr. Godly-Fear, 
 and one Mr. Upright, were to be Overseers about this matter: 
 so persons were put under them to work in the Fields, and to 
 bury the slain that lay dead in the Plains. And these were their 
 places of employment: some were to make the Graves, some to 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 227 
 
 bury the dead, and some were to go to and fro in the Plains, and 
 
 also round about the borders of Mansoul, to see if a skull, or Ez. 39 . 14, 15. 
 
 a bone, or a piece of a bone of a Doubter, was yet to be found 
 
 above ground anywhere near the Corporation ; and if any 
 
 were found it was ordered that the Searchers that searched 
 
 should set up a mark thereby, and a sign, that those that were 
 
 appointed to bury them might find it, and bury it out of sight, 
 
 that the name and remembrance of a Diabolonian Doubter Not a sAu/i 
 
 might be blotted out from under Heaven; and that the a piece }a 
 
 ro children, and they that were to be born in Mansoul, might doubter 
 not know, if possible, what a skull, what a bone, or a piece oi tobeU f' 
 a bone of a Doubter was. So the Buriers, and those that 
 were appointed for that purpose, did as they were com- 
 manded : they buried the Doubters, and all the skulls and 
 bones, and pieces of bones of Doubters, wherever they found 
 them ; and so they cleansed the Plains. Now, also, Mr. 
 Goers-Peace took up his Commission, and acted again as in 
 former days. 
 
 Thus they buried in the Plains about Mansoul the Election- 
 
 20 Doubters, the Vocation-Doubters, the Grace-Doubters, the Per- 
 severance-Doubters, the Resurrection-Doubters , the Sal r vation- 
 Doubters, and the Glory-Doubters ; whose Captains were Cap- 
 tain Rage, Captain Cruel, Captain Damnation, Captain Insati- 
 able, Captain Brimstone, Captain Torment, Captain No-Ease, 
 Captain Sepulchre, and Captain Past-Hope; and old Incredulity 
 was, under Diabolus, their General. There were also the 
 seven Heads of their Army; and they were the Lord Beelzebub, 
 the Lord Lucifer, the Lord Legion, the Lord Apollyon, the 
 Lord Python, the Lord Cerberus, and the Lord Belial. But the 
 
 30 Princes and the Captains, with old Incredulity, their General, 
 did all of them make their escape ; so their Men fell down 
 slain by the power of the Prince's forces, and by the hands of 
 the men of the Town of Mansoul. They also were buried as 
 is afore related, to the exceeding great joy of the now famous 
 Town of Mansoul. They that buried them buried also with Their Arms 
 them their Arms, which were cruel instruments of death*""' 
 
 ' Armour 
 
 (their weapons were Arrows, Darts, Mauls, Firebrands, and *""'«* »-#a 
 the like). They buried also their Armour, their Colours," 
 
 Q 2 
 
228 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Banners, with the Standard of Diabolus, and what else soever 
 they could find that did but smell of a Diabolonian Doubter. 
 
 Now when the Tyrant had arrived at Hell-Gate Hill, with 
 his old friend Incredulity, they immediately descended the 
 Den, and having there with their Fellows for a while condoled 
 their misfortune and great loss that they sustained against the 
 Town of Mansoul, they fell at length into a passion, and 
 revenged they would be for the loss that they sustained 
 The Tyrant before the Town of Mansoul. Wherefore they presently call 
 Aaveyetl a Council to contrive yet further what was to be done against 10 
 Mansoul* tne famous Town of Mansoul; for their yawning Paunches 
 could not wait to see the result of their Lord Lucifer's and 
 their Lord Apollyon's counsel that they had given before ; for 
 their raging Gorge thought every day even as long as a short 
 for ever, until they were filled with the Body and Soul, with 
 the Flesh and Bones, and with all the Delicates of Mansoul. 
 They therefore resolve to make another attempt upon the 
 Town of Mansoul, and that by an Army mixed and made up 
 partly of Doubters and partly of Blood-men. A more particular 
 account now take of both. 20 
 
 ah Army The Doubters are such as have their name from their 
 °a,S°mood- nature, as well as from the Lord and Kingdom where they 
 men. are b orn : their nature is to put a question upon every one of 
 
 o/the Court- the truths of Emmanuel ; and their country is called the Land 
 Dou'btSs of Doubting, and that Land lieth off, and furthest remote to 
 BufodSSi tne nortn > between the Land of Darkness and that called the 
 ■uherethey y a ll e y of the Shadow of Death. For though the Land of Dark- 
 ness, and that called the Land of the Shadow of Death, be some- 
 times called as if they were one and the self-same place, yet 
 indeed they are two, lying but a little way asunder, and the 30 
 Land of Doubting points in. and lieth between them. This is 
 the Land of Doubting ; and these that came with Diabolus to 
 ruin the Town of Mansoul are the Natives of that country. 
 
 The Blood-men are a people that have their name derived 
 from the malignity of their nature, and from the fury that is 
 in them to execute it upon the Town of Mansoul : their Land 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 229 
 
 lieth under the Dog-Star, and by that they are governed as to 
 their Intellectuals. The name of their Country is the Province 
 of Loath-Good ; the remote parts of it are far distant from the 
 land of Doubting, yet they do both butt and bound upon the 
 Hill called Hell-gate Hill. These people are 'always in league 
 with the Doubters, for they jointly do make question of the 
 faith and fidelity of the men of the Town of Mansoul, and so 
 are both alike qualified for the service of their Prince. 
 
 Now of these two Countries did Diabolus, by the beating oirhenum- 
 10 his Drum, raise another Army against the Town of Mansoul, %^ y h " 
 of five-and-twenty thousand strong. There were ten thou- 
 sand Doubters, and fifteen thousand Blood-men, and they were 
 put under several Captains for the war; and old Incredulity 
 was again made General of the Army. 
 
 As for the Doubters, their Captains were five of the seven 
 that w r ere heads of the last Diabolonian army, and these are 
 their names : Captain Beelzebub, Captain Lucifer, Captain 
 Apollyon, Captain Legion, and Captain Cerberus; and the Cap- 
 tains that they had before were some of them made Lieu- 
 20 tenants, and some Ensigns of the Army. 
 
 But Diabolus did not count that, in this Expedition of his, 
 these Doubters would prove his principal men, for their man- 
 hood had been tried before ; also the Mansoulians had put 
 them to the worst : only he did bring them to multiply a 
 number, and to help, if need was, at a pinch. But his trust His chief 
 he put in his Blood-men, for that they were all rugged Villains, tZTJiie 
 and he knew that they had done feats heretofore. Biood-men. 
 
 As for the Blood-men, they also were under command ; and The cap- 
 the names of their Captains were, Captain Cain, Captain Bioo7met 
 30 Nimrod, Captain Ishmael, Captain Esau, Captain Saul, Captain 
 Absalom, Captain Judas, and Captain Pope. 
 
 1. Captain Cain was over two bands, to wit, the zealous and 
 the angry Blood-men: his Standard-bearer bare the Red- 
 colours, and his Scutcheon was the Murdering Club. Gen. 4 . 8. 
 
 2. Captain Nimrod was Captain over two bands, to wit, the 
 Tyrannical and encroaching Blood-men : his Standard-bearer 
 
 bare the Red-colours, and his Scutcheon was the Great Gen. 10. s, 9 . 
 Blood-Hound. 
 
230 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 3. Captain Ishmael was Captain over two bands, to wit, 
 the Mocking and Scorning Blood-men : his Standard-bearer bare 
 
 Gen. si. 9, 10. the Red-Colours, and his Scutcheon was One mocking at Abra- 
 ham'' 's Isaac. 
 
 4. Captain Esau was Captain over two bands, to wit, the 
 Blood-men that grudged that another should have the blessing ; 
 also over the Blood-men that are for executing their private 
 revenge upon others : his Standard-bearer bare the Red-colours, 
 
 c.en. 27. and his Scutcheon was one privately lurking to murder Jacob. 
 
 5. Captain Saul was Captain over two bands, to wit, the 10 
 Groundlessly jealous and the devilishly furious Bloodmen : his 
 Standard-bearer bare the Red-colours, and his Scutcheon was 
 
 1 Sam. 18. 10; Three bloody darts cast at harmless David. 
 
 6. Captain Absalom was Captain over two bands, to wit, 
 over the Blood-men that will kill a Father or a Friend for the 
 Glory of this World; also over those Blood-men that ivill hold 
 one fair in hand with words, till they shall have pierced him 
 with their Swords; his Standard-bearer did bear the Red- 
 
 2 Sam. 15. 14. colours, and his Scutcheon was the Son a pursuing the Father's 
 
 blood. 2 o 
 
 7. Captain Judas was over two bands, to wit, the Blood-men 
 
 that will sell a man's life for money, and those also that will 
 
 betray their Friend with a Kiss : his Standard-bearer bare the 
 
 Mat. 26. Red-colours, and his Scutcheon was Thirty pieces of silver and 
 14-16. 27. 5. , __ . J r * 
 
 the Halter. 
 
 8. Captain Pope was Captain over one band, for all these 
 spirits are joined in one under him: his Standard-bearer bare 
 
 Rev. I3 . 7,8. the Red-colours, and his Scutcheon was the Stake, the Flame, 
 
 and the Good man in it. 
 The con- Now, the reason why Diabolus did so soon rally another 3° 
 
 the°B\ood- Force, after he had been beaten out of the Field, was, for that 
 ^tottt**** ^ e P ut Nighty confidence in this Army of Blood-men; for he 
 valour, put a great deal of more trust in them than he did before in 
 his Army of Doubters, though they had also often done great 
 service for him in the strengthening of him in his Kingdom. 
 
 But these Blood-men, he had proved them often, and their 
 Sword did seldom return empty. Besides, he knew that these, 
 like Mastiffs, would fasten upon any ; upon Father, Mother, 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 23 1 } 
 
 Brother, Sister, Prince, or Governor ; yea, upon the Prince 
 of princes. And that which encouraged him the more was, 
 for that they once did force Emmanuel out of the Kingdom of 
 Universe. And why, thought he, may they not also drive him 
 from the Town of Mansoul ? 
 
 So this army of five-and-twenty thousand strong was, by They su 
 their General, the great Lord Incredulity, led up against the M^'soid.^ 
 Town of Mansoul. Now Mr. Pry well, the Scoutmaster-general, 
 did himself go out to spy, and he did bring Mansoul tidings of 
 10 their coming. Wherefore they shut up their Gates, and put 
 themselves in a posture of defence against these new Diabolo- 
 nians that came up against the Town. 
 
 So Diabolus brought up his Army, and beleaguered the//™ they 
 Town of Mansoul; the Doubters were placed about Feel- gate 'uhemseives. 
 and the Blood-men set down before Eye-gate and Ear-gate. 
 
 Now, when this Army had thus incamped themselves, They sum- 
 Incredulity did, in the name of Diabolus, his own name, and^ ?l7 ^ A 
 in the name of the Blood-men and the rest that were ^\th athreaten - 
 
 tng. 
 
 him, send a Summons as hot as a red-hot iron to Mansoul, to 
 20 yield to their demands ; threatening that if they still stood it 
 out against them, they would presently burn down Mansoul 
 with fire. For you must know that, as for the Blood-men, 
 they were not so much that Mansoul should be surrendered, 
 as that Mansoul should be destroyed, and cut off out of the 
 land of the living. True, they send to them to surrender; 
 but should they so do, that would not stench or quench the 
 thirsts of these men. They must have Blood, the Blood ofisa. 59 . 7 . 
 Mansoul, else they die ; and it is from hence that they have 
 their name. Wherefore these Blood-men he reserved while 
 30 now that they might, when all his Engines proved ineffectual, 
 as his last and sure card, be played against the Town of 
 Mansoul. 
 
 Now, when the Townsmen had received this red-hot 
 Summons, it begat in them at present some changing and 
 interchanging thoughts ; but they jointly agreed, in less than 
 half an hour, to carry the Summons to the Prince, the which 
 they did when they had writ at the bottom of it, Lord, save 1 S a 59 . & 
 Mansoul from bloody men ! 
 
232 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 So he took it, and looked upon it, and considered it, and 
 took notice also of that short Petition that the men of Man- 
 soul had written at the bottom of it, and called to him the 
 Heb.6. 12, 75. noble Captain Credence, and bid him go and take Captain 
 Patience with him, and take care of that side of Mansoul that 
 was beleaguered by the Blood-men. So they went and did as 
 they were commanded, the Captain Credence went and took 
 Captain Patience, and they both secured that side of Mansoul 
 that was besieged by the Blood-men. 
 
 Then he commanded that Captain Good-Hope and Captain 10 
 Charity, and my Lord Willbewoill, should take charge of the 
 other side of the Town. And I, said the Prince, (will set my 
 Standard upon the Battlements of your Castle, and do you three 
 watch against the Doubters. This done, he again commanded 
 that the brave Captain, the Captain Experience, should draw 
 up his men in the Market-place, and that there he should 
 exercise them day by day before the people of the Town of 
 Mansoul. Now this Siege was long, and many a fierce attempt 
 did the enemy, especially those called the Blood-men, make 
 upon the Town of Mansoul ; and many a shrewd brush did 20 
 some of the Townsmen meet with from them, especially 
 Captain Self- Denial, who, I should have told you before, was 
 commanded to take care of Ear-gate and Eye-gate now against 
 Captain the Blood-men. This Captain Self -Denial was a young man, 
 *Me'tes?tf but stout, and a Townsman in Mansoul, as Captain Experience 
 those that a j so was> And Emmanuel, at his second return to Mansoul. 
 
 -were put in * 
 
 office in the made him a Captain over a thousand of the Mansoulians, for 
 
 MansouL the good of the Corporation. This Captain, therefore, being 
 an hardy man, and a man of great courage, and willing to 
 venture himself for the good of the Town of Mansoul, would 30 
 now and then sally out upon the Blood-men, and give them 
 many notable alarms, and entered several brisk skirmishes 
 with them, and also did some execution upon them ; but you 
 
 ms valour, must think that this could not easily be done, but he must 
 meet with brushes himself, for he carried several of their 
 
 His <i?»s of marks in his Face ; yea, and some in some other parts of his 
 
 /nanhood. t-> , 
 
 Body. 
 
 So, after some time spent for the trial of the faith, and 
 
THE HOLY WAR: 233 
 
 hope, and love of the Town of Mansoul, the Prince Emmanuel Emmanuel 
 upon a day calls his Captains and Men of war together, and^SST* 
 divides them into two Companies ; this done, he commands Enemy 
 them at a time appointed, and that in the morning very early, *<? orderetn 
 to sally out upon the enemy, saying, Let half of you fall upon *"""*' 
 the Doubters, and half of you fall upon the Blood-men. Those 
 of you that go out against the Doubters, kill and slay, and cause 
 to perish so many of them as by any means you can lay hands on ; 
 but for you that go out against the Blood-men, slay them not, but 
 
 1 o take them alive. 
 
 So, at the time appointed, betimes in the morning, the The cap. 
 Captains went out, as they were commanded, against the *"'"**""""■ 
 enemies. Captain Good-Hope, Captain Charity, and those that 
 were joined with them, as Captain Innocent and Captain 
 Experience, went out against the Doubters ; and Captain Cre- 
 dence, and Captain Patience, with Captain Self-Denial, and the 
 rest that were to join with them, went out against the 
 Blood-men. 
 
 Now, those that went out against the Doubters drew up The Doubt- 
 
 20 into a body before the Plain, and marched on to bid them 6 "? 1 "" 
 battle. But the Doubters, remembering their last success 
 made a retreat, not daring to stand the shock, but fled from 
 the Prince's men ; wherefore they pursued them, and in their 
 pursuit slew many, but they could not catch them all. Now 
 those that escaped went some of them home ; and the rest by 
 fives, nines, and seventeens, like Wanderers, went straggling 
 up and down the Country, where they upon the barbarous 
 people showed and exercised many of their Diabolonian 
 actions: nor did these people rise up in arms against them, r*,unbe- 
 
 30 but suffered themselves to be enslaved by them. Thev would Xi&vernever 
 
 • (4. .■*• i_ ., ' "wunu fights the 
 
 also alter this show themselves m companies before the Town Doul >ters. 
 of Mansoul, but never to abide it ; for if Captain Credence, 
 Captain Good-Hope, or Captain Experience did but show them- 
 selves, they fled. 
 
 Those that went out against the Blood-men did as they were The Biood- 
 commanded : they forbore to slay any, but sought to compass men are 
 them about. But the Blood-men, when they saw that no*™' 
 Emmanuel was in the field, concluded also that no Emmanuel 
 
2 34 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 was in Mansoul ; wherefore they, looking upon what the 
 Captains did to be, as they called it, a fruit of the Extrava- 
 gancy of their wild and foolish Fancies, rather despised them 
 than feared them. But the Captains, minding their business, 
 at last did compass them round ; they also that had routed 
 the Doubters came in amain to their aid: so, in fine, after 
 some little struggling (for the Blood-men also would have run 
 for it, only now it was too late; for though they are mis- 
 chievous and cruel, where they can overcome, yet all Blood- 
 men are chicken-hearted men, when they once come to see 10 
 themselves matched and equalled) — so the Captains took 
 them, and brought them to the Prince. 
 VroutMto Now when they were taken, had before the Prince, and 
 the Prince examined, he found them to be of three several Counties, 
 
 and found , . _ 
 
 to be of three though they all came out of one land. 
 
 i. One sort of them came out of Blind-Man- shire, and they 
 
 i Tim. i. 13 
 
 -15; Matt, were such as did ignorantly what they did. 
 
 I'.t^l joh n e 2 - Another sort of them came out of Blind-Zeal- shire, and 
 
 16 X 'V Rev t ^ ie y ^ su P ers titiously what they did. 
 
 9. 20. 21; 3. The third sort of them came out of the Town of Malice, 20 
 
 4°, &c. 4 ° ~ m the County of Envy, and they did what they did out of 
 spite and implacableness. 
 
 For the first of these, namely, they that came out of Blind- 
 Man-shire, when they saw where they were, and against whom 
 they had fought, they trembled and cried, as they stood before 
 him ; and as many of these as asked him mercy, he touched 
 their lips with his Golden Sceptre. 
 
 They that came out of Blind-Zeal-shire, they did not as 
 their Fellows did ; for they pleaded that they had a right to 
 do what they did, because Mansoul was a Town whose laws 30 
 and customs were diverse from all that dwelt thereabouts. 
 Very few of these could be brought to see their evil ; but 
 those that did, and asked mercy, they also obtained favour. 
 
 Now, they that came out of the Town of Malice, that is in 
 the County of Envy, they neither wept, nor disputed, nor 
 repented, but stood gnawing their tongues before him for 
 Anguish and Madness, because they could not have their will 
 upon Mansoul. Now these last, with all those of the other 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 235 
 
 two sorts that did not unfeignedly ask pardon for their faults, 
 — those he made to enter into sufficient bond to answer for 
 what they had done against Mansoul, and against her King, 
 at the great and general Assizes to be holdeil for our Lord 
 the King, where he himself should appoint for the Country 
 and Kingdom of Universe. 
 
 So they became bound each man for himself, to come in, TheBiood- 
 
 _ . , __ . - men are 
 
 when called upon, to answer before our Lord the King tor boundover 
 what they had done as before. %rwhat 
 
 10 And thus much concerning this second Army that was sent^o"*^ 
 
 ' done at the 
 
 by Diabolus to overthrow Mansoul. Assizes. 
 
 The Day of 
 Judgment. 
 
 But there were three of those that came from the land 
 of Doubting, who, after they had wandered and ranged the 
 Country a while, and perceived that they had escaped, were 
 so hardy as to thrust themselves, knowing that yet there 
 were in the Town Diabolonians — I say, they were so hardy 
 as to thrust themselves into Mansoul among them. (Three Three or 
 
 . T _ four of the 
 
 did I say ? I think there were four.) rsow, to whose House Doubters^ 
 
 should these Diabolonian Doubters go, but to the House ofJJJJS^ 
 
 20 an old Diabolonian in Mansoul. whose name was Evil-Ques- entertained , 
 
 and by 
 
 tioning ; a very great Enemy he was to Mansoul, and a great -whom. 
 Doer among the Diabolonians there. Well, to this Evil- 
 Questioning 1 s house, as was said, did these Diabolonians come 
 (you may be sure that they had directions how to find the 
 way thither) ; so he made them welcome, pitied their mis- 
 fortune, and succoured them with the best that he had in 
 his house. Now, after a little acquaintance (and it was not 
 long before they had that), this old Evil-Questioning asked 
 the Doubters if they were all of a Town (he knew that they what sort 
 3° were all of one Kingdom); and they answered, No, nor not°f h ^ r ^ r ' 
 of one Shire, neither ; for 1, said one, am an Election-Doubter: 
 I, said another, am a Vocation-Doubter : then said the 
 third, I am a Salvation-Doubter: and the fourth said he 
 was a Grace-Doubter. Well, quoth the old Gentleman, be 
 of what shire you will, I am persuaded that you are Town 
 boys : you have the very length of my foot, are one with my 
 
236 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 heart, and shall be welcome to me. So they thanked him, and 
 were glad that they had found themselves an harbour in 
 Mansoul. 
 Talk betwixt Then said Evil -Questioning to them, How many of your 
 and eld company might there be that came with you to the Siege of 
 £22j"*" Mansoul ? And they answered, There were but ten thousand 
 Doubters In all, for the rest of the Army consisted of fifteen 
 thousand Blood-men. 'These Blood-men, quoth they, border 
 upon our Country ; but, poor men ! as we hear, they (were every 
 one taken by Emmanuel's forces. Ten thousand! quoth the old 10 
 Gentleman : / w ill promise you that is a round Company. But 
 how came it to pass, since you were so mighty a number, that 
 you fainted, and durst not fight your foes ? Our General, said 
 they, was the first man that did run for 7. Pray, quoth their 
 landlord, who was that, your cowardly General ? He was once 
 the Lord Mayor of Mansoul, said they : but pray call him not a 
 cowardly General ; for (whether any from the East to the West 
 has done more service for our prince Diabolus than has my Lord 
 Incredulity, will be a hard question for you to answer. But had 
 they catcht him, they would for certain have hanged him ; and 2 o 
 we promise you, hanging is but a bad business. Then said the 
 old Gentleman, Would that all the ten thousand Doubters were 
 now well armed in Mansoul, and myself at the head of them ; I 
 (would see what I could do. Ay, said they, that (would be (well 
 if we could see that; but (wishes, alas I (what are they? and 
 these words were spoken aloud. Well, said old Evil-Ques- 
 tioning, take heed that you talk not too loud : you must be quat 
 and close, and must take care of yourselves (while you are here, or, 
 I will assure you, you (will be snapt. 
 
 Why? quoth the Doubters. 30 
 
 Why! quoth the old Gentleman; why! because both the 
 Prince and Lord Secretary, and their Captains and soldiers, 
 are all at present in Town ; yea, the Town is as full of them 
 as ever it can hold. And besides, there is one whose name is 
 Willbewill, a most cruel Enemy of ours, and him the Prince has 
 made Keeper of the Gates, and has commanded him that, (with all 
 the diligence he can, he should look for, search for, search out, 
 and destroy all and all manner of Diabolonians. And if he 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 237 
 
 lighteth upon you, down you go, though your Heads were made of 
 Gold. 
 
 And now, to see how it happened, one of the Lord Will- They are 
 bewill's faithful Soldiers, whose name was Mr. Diligence, overheard - 
 stood all this while listening under old Evil-Questioning's 
 eaves, and heard all the talk that had been betwixt him and 
 the Doubters that he entertained under his roof. 
 
 The Soldier was a man that my Lord had much confidence 
 in, and that he loved dearly ; and that both because he was a 
 10 man of courage and also a man that was unwearied in seeking 
 after Diabolonians to apprehend them. 
 
 Now this man, as I told you, heard all the talk that was They are 
 between old Evil-Questioning and these Diabolonians ; where- disamered - 
 fore what does he but goes to his Lord, and tells him what he 
 had heard. And sayest thou so, my trusty ? quoth my Lord. 
 Ay, quoth Diligence, that I do ; and if your Lordship will be 
 pleased to go with me, you shall find it as I have said. And are 
 they there ? quoth my Lord, i" know Evil-Questioning well, for 
 he and I were great in the time of our Apostacy ; but I know not 
 20 now where he dwells. But I do, said his man : and if your Lord- 
 ship will go, I will lead you the way to his Den. Go! quoth my 
 Lord, that I will. Come, my Diligence, let \r go find them out. 
 
 So my Lord and his man went together the direct way to 
 his House. Now his man went before to show him his way, 
 and they went till they came even under old Mr. Evil- 
 Questioning's Wall. Then said Diligence, Hark ! my Lord, do 
 you know the old Gentleman's tongue when you hear it? Yes, 
 said my Lord, / know it well, but I have not seen him many 
 a day. This I know, he is cunning ; I wish he doth not give 
 30 us the slip. Let me alone for that, said his servant Diligence. 
 But how shall we find the door ? quoth my Lord. Let me 
 alone for that, too, said his man. So he had my Lord Will- 
 bewill about, and showed him the way to the door. Then 
 my Lord, without more ado, broke open the door, rushed 
 into the House, and caught them all five together, even as 
 Diligence, his man, had told him. So my Lord apprehended The y a ™ 
 them, and led them away, and committed them to the hand «**"£?** 
 of Mr. Trueman, the Gaoler, and commanded, and he did™*^'* 
 
238 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 The Lord put them in ward. This done, my Lord Mayor was ac- 
 atiL quainted in the morning with what my Lord Willbewill had 
 done over-night, and his Lordship rejoiced much at the news, 
 not only because there were Doubters apprehended, but be- 
 cause that old Evil-Questioning was taken ; for he had been a 
 very great trouble to Mansoul, and much affliction to my 
 Lord Mayor himself. He had also been sought for often, but 
 no hand could ever be laid upon him till now. 
 
 They are Well, the next thing was to make preparation to try these 
 
 trial. five that by my Lord had been apprehended, and that were 10 
 
 in the hands' of Mr. Trueman, the Gaoler. So the day was 
 set, and the Court called and come together, and the Pri- 
 soners brought to the Bar. My Lord Willbewill had power 
 to have slain them when at first he took them, and that 
 without any more ado ; but he thought it at this time more 
 for the Honour of the Prince, the Comfort of Mansoul, and 
 the Discouragement of the Enemy, to bring them forth to 
 public Judgment. 
 
 But, I say, Mr. Trueman brought them in chains to the 
 Bar, to the Town Hall, for that was the place of Judgment. 2 o 
 So, to be short, the Jury was panelled, the Witnesses sworn, 
 and the Prisoners tried for their lives: the Jury was the same 
 that tried Mr. No-Truth, Pitiless, Haughty, and the rest of 
 their companions. 
 
 And, first, old Questioning himself was set to the Bar ; for 
 he was the Receiver, the Entertainer, and Comforter of 
 these Doubters, that by nation were outlandish men : then 
 he was bid to hearken to his Charge, and was told that he 
 had liberty to object, if he had ought to say for himself. 
 So his indictment was read : the manner and form here 30 
 follows : — 
 
 His indict- Mr. Questioning, Thou art here indicted by the name of Evil- 
 Questioning, an intruder upon the Town of Mansoul, for that 
 thou art a Diabolonian by nature, and also a hater of the Prince 
 Emmanuel, and one that hast studied the ruin of the Toivn of 
 Mansoul. Thou art also here indicted for countenancing the 
 King's enemies, after <wholesome laws made to the contrary : for, 
 I. Thou hast questioned the truth of her Doctrine and State ; 
 
 ment. 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 239 
 
 2. In wishing that ten thousand Doubters were in her; 3. In 
 receiving, in entertaining, and encouraging of her enemies that 
 came from their Army unto thee. What sayest thou to this In- 
 dictment ? art thou guilty or not guilty ? 
 
 My lord, quoth he, I know not the meaning of this In-"*//**, 
 dictment, forasmuch as I am not the man concerned in it ; 
 the man that standeth by this charge accused before this 
 bench is called by the Name of Evil-Questioning, which name 
 I deny to be mine, mine being Honest- Inquiry. The one, 
 
 10 indeed, sounds like the other; but, I trow, your Lordships 
 know that between these two there is a wide difference; 
 for I hope that a man, even in the worst of times, and that, 
 too, amongst the worst of men, may make an honest inquiry 
 after things, without running the danger of death. 
 
 Then spake my Lord Willbewill, for he was one of the The Lord 
 witnesses: My Lord, and you the honourable Bench and^JEjj"' 
 Magistrates of the Town of Mansoul, you all have heard with & 
 your ears that the Prisoner at the Bar has denied his name, 
 and so thinks to shift from the charge of the Indictment. 
 
 20 But I know him to be the man concerned, and that his 
 proper name is Evil-Questioning. I have known him, my 
 Lord, above these thirty years, for he and I (a shame it 
 is for me to speak it !) were great acquaintance, when Dia- 
 bolus, that Tyrant, had the government of Mansoul ; and I 
 testify that he is a Diabolonian by nature, an enemy to our 
 Prince, and a hater of the blessed Town of Mansoul. He 
 has, in times of rebellion, been at and lain in my house, my 
 Lord, not so little as twenty nights together, and we did 
 use to talk then, for the substance of talk, as he and his 
 
 30 Doubters have talked of late : true, I have not seen him many 
 a day. I suppose that the coming of Emmanuel to Mansoul 
 has made him change his Lodgings, as this indictment has 
 driven him to change his Name; but this is the man, my 
 Lord. 
 
 Then said the Court unto him, Hast thou any more /or^cou*. 
 say? 
 
 Yes, quoth the old Gentleman, that I have; for all His pu a . 
 that as yet has been said against me is but by the mouth 
 
240 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Mr. Dili- 
 gence his 
 ttstimony. 
 
 The Court. 
 
 of one witness ; and it is not lawful for the famous Town 
 of Mansoul, at the mouth of one witness, to put any man to 
 death. 
 
 Then stood forth Mr. Diligence, and said, My Lord, as 
 I was upon my watch such a night at the head of Bad Street, 
 in this Town, I chanced to hear a muttering within this 
 Gentleman's house. Then thought I, What is to do here? 
 So I went up close, but very softly, to the side of the House, 
 to listen, thinking, as indeed it fell out, that there I might 
 light upon some Diabolonian Conventicle. So, as I said, 10 
 I drew nearer and nearer ; and when I was got up close 
 to the Wall, it was but a while before I perceived that there 
 were outlandish men in the house; but I did well under- 
 stand their speech, for I have been a Traveller myself. Now, 
 hearing such language in such a tottering cottage as this 
 old Gentleman dwelt in, I clapped mine ear to a hole in 
 the window, and there heard them talk as followeth. This 
 old Mr. Questioning asked these Doubters what they were, 
 whence they came, and what was their business in these 
 parts ; and they told him to all these questions, yet he did 20 
 entertain them. He also asked what numbers there were 
 of them ; and they told him ten thousand men. He then 
 asked them why they made no more manly assault upon 
 Mansoul ; and they told him. So he called their General 
 coward, for marching off when he should have fought for 
 his prince. Further, this old Evil-Questioning wished, and 
 I heard him wish, Would all the ten thousand Doubters were 
 now in Mansoul, and himself at the head of them ! He bid 
 them also to take heed and lie quat, for if they were taken 
 they must die, although they had Heads of Gold. 30 
 
 Then said the Court : Mr. Evil-Questioning, here is now 
 another Witness against you, and his testimony is full. 1 . He 
 swears that you did receive these men into your house, and that 
 you did nourish them there, though you knew) that they were 
 Diabolonians, and the King's enemies. 2. He swears that you 
 did wish ten thousand of them in Mansoul. 3. He swears that 
 you did give them advice to be quat and close, lest they (were 
 taken by the King's servants. All which manifesteth that thou 
 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 241 
 
 art a Diabolonian ; but hadst thou been a friend to the King, 
 thou wouldst have apprehended them. 
 
 Then said Evil-Questioning : To the first of these I answer, HisPUa. 
 The men that came into mine house were Strangers, and I 
 took them in ; and is it now become a crime in Mansoul for 
 a man to entertain Strangers ? That I did also nourish them 
 is true; and why should my Charity be blamed? As for 
 the reason why I wished ten thousand of them in Mansoul, 
 I never told it to the Witnesses, nor to themselves. I might 
 10 wish them to be taken; and so my wish might mean well 
 to Mansoul, for aught that any yet knows. I did also bid 
 them take heed that they fell not into the Captains' hands ; 
 but that might be because I am unwilling that any man 
 should be slain, and not because I would have the King's 
 Enemies, as such, escape. 
 
 My Lord Mayor then replied : That though it was a virtue 
 to entertain Strangers, yet it was treason to entertain the 
 King's Enemies. And for what else thou hast said, thou 
 dost by words but labour to evade and defer the execution 
 20 of Judgment. But could there be no more proved against 
 thee but that thou art a Diabolonian, thou must for that 
 die the death by the Law ; but to be a Receiver, a Nourisher, 
 a Countenancer, and a Harbourer of others of them, yea, 
 of outlandish Diabolonians, yea, of them that came from far 
 on purpose to cut off and destroy our Mansoul — this must not 
 be borne. 
 
 Then said Evil-Questioning ; I see how the game 'will go : ms con- 
 I must die for my Name and for my Charity. And so he held 
 his peace. 
 30 Then they called the outlandish Doubters to the bar, and r/te E\ec- 
 the first of them that was arraigned was the Election-Doubter, er tried. 
 So his indictment was read; and because he was an out- 
 landish man, the substance of it was told him by an Inter- 
 preter ; namely, That he was there charged with being an 
 enemy of Emmanuel the Prince, a hater of the Town of Mansoul, 
 and an opposer of her most wholesome Doctrine. 
 
 Then the Judge asked him if he would plead ; but he said His pira, 
 only this — That he confessed that he was an Election- Doubter ', 
 
 R 
 
242 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 The Court. 
 
 The Vo- 
 cation- 
 Doubter 
 tried. 
 
 The Court. 
 
 His Plea. 
 
 The Grace- 
 Doubter 
 tried. 
 
 and that that was the Religion that he had ever been brought 
 up in ; and said, moreover, If I must die for my Religion, I trow 
 I shall die a Martyr, and so I care the less. 
 
 Judge. — Then it was replied: To question Election is to 
 overthrow a great Doctrine of the Gospel, namely, the Om- 
 nisciency, and Power, and Will of God ; to take away the 
 liberty of God with his Creature, to stumble the Faith of 
 the Town of Mansoul, and to make Salvation to depend upon 
 Works, and not upon Grace. It also belied the Word, and 
 disquieted the Minds of the men of Mansoul; therefore, by 10 
 the best of laws, he must die. 
 
 Then was the Vocation- Doubter called and set to the Bar ; 
 and his Indictment, for substance, was the same with the 
 other, only he was particularly charged with denying the 
 Calling of Mansoul. 
 
 The Judge asked him also what he had to say for himself. 
 
 So he replied : That he never believed that there was any 
 such thing as a distinct and powerful Call of God to Mansoul, 
 otherwise than by the general 'voice of the Word, nor by that 
 neither, otherwise than as it exhorted them to forbear Evil, and 20 
 to do that which is Good, and in so doing a Promise of happiness is 
 annexed. 
 
 Then said the Judge : Thou art a Diabolonian, and hast 
 denied a great part of one of the most experimental Truths 
 of the Prince of the Town of Mansoul ; for he has called, and 
 she has heard a most distinct and powerful Call of her Em- 
 manuel, by which she has been quickened, awakened, and 
 possessed with Heavenly Grace, to desire to have communion 
 with her Prince, to serve him, and do his Will, and to look 
 for her Happiness merely of his Good Pleasure. And for 
 thine abhorrence of this good Doctrine, thou must die the 3° 
 death. 
 
 Then the Grace-Doubter was called, and his Indictment 
 was read, and he replied thereto: That though he was of the 
 land of Doubting, his father was the offspring of a Pharisee, 
 and lived in good fashion among his neighbours, and that he 
 taught him to believe, and believe it I do, and will, that Mansoul 
 shall never be saved freely by Grace. 
 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 243 
 
 Then said the Judge : Why, the law of the Prince is 
 plain: — 1. Negatively, not of Works. 2. Positively, by Grace Rom. 3 . 27, 
 ye are saved. And thy Religion settleth in and upon the £ P h. 2. 8, 9 . 
 Works of the Flesh ; for the Works of the Law are the Works 
 of the Flesh. Besides, in saying as thou hast done, thou hast 
 robbed God of his glory, and given it to a sinful man ; thou 
 hast robbed Christ of the Necessity of his Undertaking, and 
 the Sufficiency thereof, and hast given both these to the 
 Works of the Flesh. Thou hast despised the Work of the 
 
 10 Holy Ghost, and hast magnified the Will of the Flesh and of 
 the Legal Mind. Thou art a Diabolonian, the son of a Dia- 
 bolonian ; and for thy Diabolo?iian principles thou must die. 
 
 The Court then, having proceeded thus far w T ith them, Their sen- 
 sent out the Jury, who forthwith brought them in guilty e> 
 of death. Then stood up the Recorder, and addressed him- 
 self to the Prisoners : You, the Prisoners at the Bar, you have 
 been here Indicted, and proved guilty of high crimes against 
 Emmanuel our Prince, and against the welfare of the famous 
 Tozvn 0/" Mansoul; Crimes for which you must be put to death, 
 
 2 o and die ye accordingly. 
 
 So they were sentenced to the death of the Cross. The Thepiaces 
 place assigned them for Execution was that where Diabolus death as- 
 drew up his last Army against Mansoul, save only that old -5- * 7 '"*' 
 Evil-Questioning was hanged at the top of Bad Street, just 
 over against his own door. 
 
 When the Town of Mansoul had thus far rid themselves 
 of their Enemies and of the troublers of their Peace, in the 
 next place a strict commandment was given out, that yet 
 my Lord Willbeivill should, with Diligence his man, search a ne-w 
 
 30 for, and do his best to apprehend, what town Diabolonians™"a™ed out 
 were yet left alive in Mansoul. The names of several oi a /, a ™ st the . 
 
 J Children of 
 
 them were, Mr. Fooling, Mr. Let-Good-Slip, Mr. Slavish-Fear, Evii-Ques- 
 
 ° r tioning with 
 
 Mr. No-Love, Mr. Mistrust, Mr. Flesh, and Mr. Sloth. It others. 
 was also commanded that he should apprehend Mr. Evil- 
 Questioning's children that he left behind him, and that they 
 should demolish his house. The children that he left behind 
 him were these : Mr. Doubt, and he was his eldest son ; the 
 next to him was Legal-Life, Unbelief, Wrong-Thoughts -of -Christ, 
 
 R 2 
 
244 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Willbewill 
 
 puts his 
 -far rant in 
 Execution. 
 
 Lct-Good- 
 Slip taken. 
 
 Clip-Pro- 
 mise taken. 
 
 ( 'araal- 
 
 Sense taler.. 
 
 Clip-Promise, Carnal-Sense, Live-by- Feeling, Self -Love. All these 
 he had by one Wife, and her name was No-Hope ; she was the 
 kinswoman of old Incredulity, for he was her Uncle ; and when 
 her Father, old Dark, was dead, he took her and brought her 
 up ; and when she was marriageable, he gave her to this old 
 Evil-Questioning to Wife. 
 
 Now the Lord Willbenvill did put into execution his com- 
 mission, with great Diligence, his man. He took Fooling in 
 the streets, and hanged him up in Want-Wit Alley, over 
 against his own house. This Fooling was he that would 10 
 have had the Town of Mansoul deliver up Captain Credence 
 into the hands of Diabolus, provided that then he would 
 have withdrawn his force out of the Town. He also took 
 Mr. Let-Good-Slip one day as he was busy in the Market, 
 and executed him according to Law. Now there was an 
 honest poor man in Mansoul, and his name was Mr. Medita- 
 tion, one of no great account in the days of Apostacy, but 
 now of repute with the best of the Town. This man, 
 therefore, they were willing to prefer. Now Mr. Let-Good- 
 Slip had a great deal of wealth heretofore in Mansoul, and, 20 
 at Emmanuel's coming, it was sequestered to the use of the 
 Prince : this, therefore, was now given to Mr. Meditation, to 
 improve for the common good, and after him to his son, 
 Mr. Think-Well; this Think-Well he had by Mrs. Piety, his 
 wife, and she was the daughter of Mr. Recorder. 
 
 After this, my lord apprehended Clip-Promise; now because 
 he was a notorious Villain (for by his doings much of the 
 King's Coin was abnsed), therefore he was made a public 
 example. He was arraigned and judged to be first set in 
 the Pillory, then to be whipt by all the children and ser- 3° 
 vants in Mansoul, and then to be hanged till he was dead. 
 Some may wonder at the severity of this man's punishment, 
 but those that are honest traders in Mansoul are sensible 
 of the great abuse that one Clipper of Promises in little 
 time may do to the Town of Mansoul; and, truly, my 
 judgment is that all those of his name and life should be 
 served even as he. 
 
 He also apprehended Carnal-Sense, and put him in Hold ; 
 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 245 
 
 but how it came about I cannot tell, but he brake Prison 
 and made his escape ; yea, and the bold Villain will not yet 
 quit the Town, but lurks in the Diabohnian Dens a-days, 
 and haunts, like a Ghost, honest men's Houses a-nights. 
 Wherefore, there was a proclamation set up in the Market- 
 place in Mansoul, signifying that whosoever could discover 
 Carnal-Sense, and apprehend him, and slay him, should be 
 admitted daily to the Prince's Table, and should be made 
 keeper of the Treasure of Mansoul. Many, therefore, did 
 
 10 bend themselves to do this thing; but take him and slay him 
 they could not, though often he was discovered. 
 
 But my lord took Mr. Wrong-Thoughts- of -Christ, and putwrong- 
 him in Prison, and he died there ; though it was long first, for 5532 s " 
 he died of a lingering Consumption. taken - 
 
 Self-Love was also taken and committed to custody ; but seif-Love 
 there were many that were allied to him in Mansoul, so his ia ^"' 
 judgment was deferred. But at last Mr. Self-Denial stood 
 up, and said : If such Villains as these may be winked at in 
 Mansoul, I 'will lay down my Commission. He also took him 
 
 20 from the Crowd, and had him among his Soldiers, and there 
 he was brained. But some in Mansoul muttered at it, though 
 none durst speak plainly, because Emmanuel was in town. 
 But this brave act of Captain Self-Denial came to the Prince's 
 ears ; so he sent for him, and made him a Lord in Mansoul. captain 
 My Lord Willbewill also obtained great commendations ofw?« ma 
 Emmanuel for what he had done for the Town of Mansoul. Lord ' 
 
 Then my Lord Self-Denial took courage, and set to the 
 pursuing of the Diabolonians, with my Lord Willbewill ; and 
 they took Li*ve-by-Feeling, and they took Legal-Life, and Live-h y - 
 
 30 put them- in Hold till they died. But Mr. Unbelief was a ££" g 
 nimble Jack ; him they could never lay hold of, though they 
 attempted to do it often. He therefore, and some few more 
 of the subtlest of the Diabohnian tribe, did yet remain in 
 Mansoul, to the time that Mansoul left off to dwell any longer 
 in the Kingdom of Universe. But they kept them to their 
 Dens and Holes : if one of them did appear, or happen to be 
 seen in any of the streets of the Town of Mansoul, the whole 
 Town would be up in arms after them; yea, the very Children 
 
246 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 in Mansoid would cry out after them as after a Thief, and 
 
 would wish that they might stone them to death with Stones. 
 
 The peace of And now did Mansoul arrive to some good degree of Peace 
 
 she minds and Quiet ; her Prince also did abide within her Borders ; 
 
 her trade, ^er Captains, also, and her Soldiers did their duties; and 
 
 '■','. Mansoul minded her trade that she had with the Country that 
 
 was afar off; also she was busy in her Manufacture. 
 
 When the Town of Mansoul had thus far rid themselves 
 of so many of their Enemies and the Troublers of their Peace, 
 the Prince sent to them, and appointed a day wherein he 10 
 would, at the Market-place, meet the whole People, and 
 there give them in charge concerning some further matters, 
 that, if observed, would tend to their further Safety and 
 Comfort, and to the Condemnation and Destruction of their 
 home-bred Diabolonians . So the day appointed was come, 
 and the Townsmen met together ; Emmanuel also came 
 down in his Chariot, and all his Captains in their state 
 attending him, on the right hand and on the left. Then 
 was an O yes made for silence, and, after some mutual car- 
 riages of love, the Prince began, and thus proceeded : — 20 
 
 You, my Mansoul, and the beloved of mine heart, many 
 and great are the priviledges that I have bestowed upon you; 
 I have singled you out from others, and have chosen you 
 to myself, not for your worthiness, but for mine own sake. 
 I have also redeemed you, not only from the dread of my 
 Father's law, but from the hand of Diabolus. This I have 
 done because I loved you, and because I have set my heart 
 upon you to do you good. I have also, that all things that 
 might hinder thy way to the pleasures of Paradise might 
 be taken out of the way, laid down for thee — for thy Soul 3° 
 — a plenary satisfaction, and have bought thee to myself; 
 a price not of corruptible things, as of silver and gold, but 
 a price of Blood, mine own Blood, which I have freely spilled 
 upon the ground to make thee mine. So I have recon- 
 ciled thee, O my Mansoul, to my Father, and intrusted thee 
 in the Mansion houses that are with my Father in the Royal 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 247 
 
 City, where things are, O my Mansoul, that eye hath not 
 
 seen, nor hath entered into the heart of man to conceive. [1 cor. 2. 9 . 
 
 Besides, O my Mansoul, thou seest what I have done, and 
 how I have taken thee out of the hands of thine Enemies ; 
 unto whom thou hadst deeply revolted from my Father, 
 and by whom thou wast content to be possessed, and also 
 to be destroyed. I came to thee first by my Law, then 
 by my Gospel, to aw 7 aken thee, and show thee my Glory. 
 And thou knowest what thou wast, what thou saidst, what 
 
 10 thou didst, and how many times thou rebelledst against my 
 Father and me ; yet I left thee not, as thou seest this day, 
 but came to thee, have borne thy manners, have waited 
 upon thee, and, after all, accepted of thee, even of my 
 mere grace and favour; and would not suffer thee to be 
 lost, as thou most willingly wouldst have been. I also com- 
 passed thee about, and afflicted thee on every side, that I 
 might make thee weary of thy ways, and bring down thy 
 heart with molestation to a willingness to close with thy good 
 and happiness. And when I had gotten a complete conquest 
 
 20 over thee, I turned it to thy advantage. 
 
 Thou seest, also, what a Company of my Father's host 
 I have lodged within thy borders ; Captains and Rulers, 
 Soldiers and Men of war, Engines and excellent devices 
 to subdue and bring down thy Foes : thou knowest my 
 meaning, O Mansoul. And they are my Servants, and thine, 
 too, Mansoul. Yea, my design of possessing of thee with 
 them, and the natural tendency of each of them, is to defend, 
 purge, strengthen, and sweeten thee for myself, O Mansoul, 
 and to make thee meet for my Father's Presence, Blessing, 
 
 30 and Glory ; for thou, my Mansoul, art created to be prepared 
 unto these. 
 
 Thou seest, moreover, my Mansoul, how I have passed by 
 thy Backslidings, and have healed thee. Indeed, I w 7 as angry 
 with thee, but I have turned mine anger away from thee, 
 because I loved thee still, and mine anger and mine in- 
 dignation is ceased in the destruction of thine enemies, O 
 Mansoul. Nor did thy goodness fetch me again unto thee, 
 after that I for thy transgressions have hid my face, and 
 
248 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 withdrawn my Presence from thee. The way of backsliding 
 was thine, but the way and means of thy recovery was mine. 
 I invented the means of thy return ; it was I that made 
 an Hedge and a Wall, when thou wast beginning to turn to 
 things in which I delighted not. 'Twas I that made thy 
 sweet bitter, thy day night, thy smooth way thorny, and 
 that also confounded all that sought thy destruction. It 
 was I that set Mr. Godly-Fear to work in Mansoul. 'Twas 
 I that stirred up thy Conscience and Understanding, thy Will . 
 and thy Affections, after thy great and woful Decay. 'Twas 10 
 I that put life into thee, O Mansoul, to seek me, that 
 thou mightest find me, and in thy finding find thine own 
 Health, Happiness, and Salvation. 'Twas I that fetched 
 the second time the Diaboloriians out of Mansoul ; and 'twas 
 I that overcame them, and that destroyed them before thy 
 face. 
 
 And now, my Mansoul, I am returned to thee in peace, and 
 thy transgressions against me are as if they had not been. 
 Nor shall it be with thee as in former days, but I will do 
 better for thee than at thy beginning. For yet a little while, 20 
 O my Mansoul, even after a few more times are gone over 
 thy head, I will (but be not thou troubled at what I say) 
 take down this famous Town of Mansoul, stick and stone, 
 
 i> cor. 5 . 1.] to the ground. And I will carry the stones thereof, and 
 the timber thereof, and the walls thereof, and the dust 
 thereof, and the inhabitants thereof, into mine own Country, 
 even into a Kingdom of my Father ; and will there set it up 
 in such strength and glory as it never did see in the Kingdom 
 
 [Rev.21. 2,3.] where now it is placed. I will even there set it up for my 
 
 Father's habitation; for for that purpose it was at first 30 
 erected in the Kingdom of Universe ; and there will I make 
 it a Spectacle of wonder, a Monument of mercy, and the 
 Admirer of its own mercy. There shall the Natives of Man- 
 soul see all that of which they have seen nothing here : there 
 shall they be equal to those unto whom they have been 
 inferior here. And there shalt thou, O my Mansoul, have 
 such Communion with me, with my Father, and with your 
 Lord Secretary, as is not possible here to be enjoyed, nor 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 249 
 
 ever could be, shouldest thou live in Universe the space of 
 a thousand years. 
 
 And there, O my Mansoul, thou shalt be afraid of Murderers 
 no more ; of Diabolonians and their threats no more. There, 
 there shall be no more Plots, nor Contrivances, nor Designs 
 against thee, O my Mansoul I There thou shalt no more 
 hear the evil tidings, or the noise of the Diabolonian Drum. 
 There thou shalt not see the Diabolonian Standard-bearers, 
 nor yet behold Diabolus's Standard. No Diabolonian Mount 
 
 1 o shall be cast up against thee there ; nor shall there the Dia- 
 bolonian Standard be set up to make thee afraid. There thou [is. & 9 , 10.] 
 shalt not need Captains, Engines, Soldiers, and Men of war. 
 There thou shalt meet with no Sorrow nor Grief; nor shall it 
 be possible that any Diabolonian should again, for ever, be 
 able to creep into thy skirts, burrow in thy walls, or be seen 
 again within thy borders all the days of eternity. Life shall 
 there last longer than here you are able to desire it should ; 
 and yet it shall always be sweet and new, nor shall any im- 
 pediment attend it for ever. 
 
 20 There, O Mansoul, thou shalt meet with many of those [Heb. 12. 23.] 
 that have been like thee, and that have been Partakers of thy 
 Sorrows ; even such as I have chosen, and redeemed, and set 
 apart, as thou, for my Father's Court and City Royal. All 
 they will be glad in thee ; and thou, when thou seest them, 
 shalt be glad in thine heart. 
 
 There are things, O Mansoul, even things of my Father's 
 providing and mine, that never were seen since the beginning 
 of the world ; and they are laid up with my Father, and 
 sealed up among his Treasures for thee, till thou shalt come 
 
 30 thither to enjoy them. I told you before that I would 
 remove my Mansoul and set it up elsewhere ; and where I 
 will set it, there are those that love thee and those that 
 rejoice in thee now ; but how much more when they shall see 
 thee exalted to honour ! My Father will then send them for 
 you to fetch you ; and their Bosoms are Chariots to put you 
 in. And you, O my Mansoul, shall ride upon the Wings of the 
 Wind. They will come to convey, conduct, and bring you to 
 that, when your eyes see more, that will be your desired haven. 
 
j.-o THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 And thus, my Mansoul, I have showed unto thee what 
 shall be done to thee hereafter, if thou canst hear, if thou 
 canst understand. And now I will tell thee what at present 
 must be thy duty and practice, until I come and fetch thee to 
 myself, according as is related in the Scriptures of truth. 
 
 [Rev. ,15; First, I charge thee that thou dost hereafter keep more 
 white and clean the Liveries which I gave thee before my 
 last withdrawing from thee. Do it, I say, for this will be thy 
 wisdom. They are in themselves fine linen, but thou must 
 keep them white and clean. This will be your Wisdom, your 10 
 Honour, and will be greatly for my Glory. When your Gar- 
 ments are white, the world will count you mine ; also when 
 your Garments are white, then I am delighted in your ways ; 
 
 1 :ek 1. 14] for then your goings to and fro will be like a flash of lightning, 
 that those that are present must take notice of; also their 
 eyes will be made to dazzle thereat. Deck thyself, therefore, 
 according to my bidding, and make thyself by my law straight 
 ■■■ H-] steps for thy feet ; so shall thy King greatly desire thy beauty ; 
 for he is thy Lord, and worship thou him. 
 
 Now, that thou mayest keep them as I bid thee, I have, as 20 
 I before did tell thee, provided for thee an open Fountain to 
 
 [Zch. 13. 1; wash thy Garments in. Look, therefore, that thou wash often 
 
 ui'\ '■*-. u.\ m mv Fountain, and go not in defiled Garments; for as it is 
 to my dishonour and my disgrace, so it will be to thy dis- 
 comfort, when you shall walk in filthy Garments. Let not, 
 therefore, my Garments, your Garments, the Garments that 
 
 tjude 23 .] I gave thee, be defiled or spotted by the flesh. Keep thy Gar- 
 - . ] ments always (white, and let thy head lack no ointment. 
 
 My Mansoul, I have ofttimes delivered thee from the 
 Designs, Plots, Attempts, and Conspiracies of Diabolus ; and 30 
 for all this I ask thee nothing, but that thou render not to me 
 evil for my good ; but that thou bear in mind my love, and 
 the continuation of my kindness to my beloved Mansoul, so as 
 to provoke thee to walk in thy measure according to the 
 benefit bestowed on thee. Of old, the Sacrifices were bound 
 with cords to the horns of the Golden altar. Consider what 
 is said to thee, O my blessed Mansoul ! 
 
 O my Mansoul, I have lived, I have died. I live, and will 
 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 251 
 
 die no more, for thee. I live, that thou mayest not die. 
 Because I live, thou shalt live also. I reconciled thee to my [Coi. 1.20.] 
 Father by the Blood of my Cross ; and being reconciled, thou • 
 shalt live through me. I will pray for thee, I will fight for 
 thee, I will yet do thee good. 
 
 Nothing can hurt thee but Sin ; nothing can grieve me but 
 Sin; nothing can make thee base before thy foes but Sin: 
 take heed of Sin, my Mansoid. 
 
 And dost thou know why I at first, and do still suffer 
 
 10 Diabolonians to dwell in thy walls, O Mansoul? It is to keep 
 
 thee wakening, to try thy love, to make thee watchful, and to 
 
 cause thee yet to prize my noble Captains, their Soldiers, and 
 
 my Mercy. 
 
 It is also that yet thou mayest be made to remember what 
 a deplorable condition thou once wast in. I mean when, not 
 some, but all did dwell, not in thy Walls, but in thy Castle, 
 and in thy Stronghold, O Mansoul. 
 
 O my Mansoul) should I slay all them within, many there 
 be without that would bring thee into bondage ; for were all 
 20 these within cut off, those without would find thee sleeping; 
 and then, as in a moment, they would swallow up my Man- 
 soul. I therefore left them in thee, not to do thee hurt (the 
 which they yet will, if thou hearken to them, and serve them), 
 but to do thee good, the which they must, if thou watch and 
 fight against them. Know, therefore, that whatever they shall 
 tempt thee to, my design is, that they should drive thee, not 
 further off, but nearer to my Father, to learn thee war, to 
 make petitioning desirable to thee, and to make thee little in 
 thine own eyes. Hearken diligently to this, my Mansoul. 
 3° Show me, then, thy Love, my Mansoul, and let not those 
 that are within thy walls take thy affections off from him that 
 hath redeemed thy soul. Yea, let the sight of a Diabolonian 
 heighten thy Love to me. I came once, and twice, and thrice, 
 to save thee from the poison of those arrows that would have 
 wrought thy death : stand for me, thy Friend, my Mansoul, 
 against the Diabolonians, and I will stand for thee before my 
 Father, and all his Court. Love me against temptation, and 
 I will love thee notwithstanding thine infirmities. 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 () my Mansoul, remember what my Captains, my Soldiers, 
 and mine Engines have done for thee. They have fought for 
 thee, they have suffered by thee, they have borne much at 
 thy hands to do thee good, Mansoul. Hadst thou not had 
 them to help thee, Diabolus had certainly made an end of 
 thee. Nourish them, therefore, my Mansoul. When thou 
 dost well, they will be well ; when thou dost ill, they will be 
 ill, and sick, and weak. Make not my Captains sick, O Man- 
 soul ; for if they be sick, thou canst not be well ; if they be 
 weak, thou canst not be strong; if they be faint, thou canst 10 
 not be stout and valiant for thy King, O Mansoul. Nor must 
 thou think always to live by Sense : thou must live upon my 
 Word. Thou must believe, O my Mansoul, when I am from 
 thee, that yet I love thee, and bear thee upon mine Heart 
 for ever. 
 
 Remember, therefore, O my Mansoul, that thou art beloved 
 of me : as I have, therefore, taught thee to watch, to fight, to 
 pray, and to make war against my Foes, so now I command 
 thee to believe that my Love is constant to thee. O my Man- 
 soul, how have I set my Heart, my Love upon thee ! Watch ! 20 
 Behold, I lay none other burden upon thee than what thou hast 
 already. Holdfast till I come. 
 
 THE END. 
 
AN ADVERTISEMENT 
 TO THE READER. 
 
 COME say the Pilgrims Progress is not mine, 
 
 Insinuating as if I would shine 
 In name and fame by the worth of another, 
 Like some made rich by robbing of their Brother. 
 Or that so fond I am of being Sire, 
 Tie father Bastards: or, if need require, 
 I'le tell a lye in Print to get applause. 
 I scorn it : John such dirt-heap never was, 
 Since God converted him. Let this suffice 
 To show why I my Pilgrim Patronize. 
 
 It came from mine own heart, so to my head, 
 And thence into my fingers trickled ; 
 Then to my Pen, from whence immediately 
 On Paper I did dribble it daintily. 
 
 Manner and matter too was all mine own, 
 Nor was it unto any mortal known 
 'Till I had done it. Nor did any then 
 By Books, by Wits, by Tongues, or Hand, or Pen, 
 Add five words to it, or wrote half a line 
 Thereof: the whole, and ev'ry whit is mine. 
 
 Also for This, thine eye is now upon, 
 The matter in this manner came from none 
 But the same Heart, and Head, Fingers, and Pen, 
 As did the other. Witness all good men ; 
 For none in all the world, without a lye, 
 Can say that this is mine, excepting I. 
 
254 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 I write not this of any Ostentation, 
 Nor 'cause I seek of men their Commendation; 
 I do it to keep them from such surmize, 
 As tempt them will my Name to scandalize. 
 Witness my Name, if Anagram'd to thee, 
 The Letters make — Nu bony in a B. 
 
 JOHN BUNTAN. 
 
 
THE 
 
 HEAVENLY FOOT-MAN; 
 
 OR, 
 A DESCRIPTION OF 
 
 THE MAN THAT GETS TO HEAVEN: 
 
 TOGETHER WITH 
 
 THE WAY HE RUNS IN, THE MARKS HE GOES BY: 
 
 ALSO SOME DIRECTIONS HOW TO RUN, 
 
 SO AS TO OBTAIN. 
 
 BRIEFLY OBSERVER AND PUBLISHED BY 
 
 JOHN BUNYAN. 
 
 TO WHICH IS ADDED 
 
 A CATALOGUE OF ALL MR. BUNYAN'S BOOKS, BEING SIXTY, 
 WITH THE TITLE-PAGES AT LENGTH. 
 
 'And it came to pass, when they had brought them forth abroad, 
 that they said, Escape for thy life; look not behind thee, neither stay 
 thou in all the plain; escape to the mountain, lest thou be consumed? 
 — Gen. 19. 17. _J 
 
 London : 
 
 Printed for Charles Doe, Comb-maker, in the Borough, 
 
 Southwark, near London- Bridge. 1698. 
 
t 
 
AN 
 
 EPISTLE, 
 
 TO ALL THE SLOTHFUL, AND 
 CARELESS PEOPLE. 
 
 Friends ! 
 
 SOLOMON saitb, that The desire of the slothful killeth Pro. n . 25. 
 him : And if so, what will slothfulness itself do to those that 
 entertain it. The Proverb is, He that sleepeth in Harvest, is Pro. 10. 5. 
 a Son that causeth shame : And this I dare be bold to say, no 
 greater shame can befal a Man, than to see that he hath fooled 
 away his Soul, and sinned away eternal Life. And I am sure 
 this is the next way to do it ; namely to be slothful. Slothful I say, rP> 
 in the work of Salvation. The Vineyard of the slothful Man, in 
 10 reference to the things of this Life, is not fuller of Briars, Nettles, 
 and stinking Weeds, than he that is slothful for Heaven, hath his 
 Heart full of heart- choaking, and Soul-damning Sin. 
 
 Slothfulness hath these two Evils : first, to neglect the time in 
 which it should be getting of Heaven ; and by that means, doth in 
 the second place bring in untimely Repentance. I will warrant 
 you, that he who shall lose his Soul in this world through sloth- 
 fulness, will have no cause to be glad thereat, when he comes to 
 Hell. 
 
 Slothfulness is usually accompanied with carelesness ; and care- 
 20 lesness is for the most part begotten by senselessness ; and sense- 
 lessness doth again put fresh strength into slothfulness. And by 
 this means the Soul is left remediless. 
 
 S 
 
258 THE EPISTLE. 
 
 cant. 5. 2, 3 Slothfulness shuttetb out Christ. Slothfulness shameth the 
 
 t. 
 
 Pro. 13. 4. Soul. 
 
 Slothfulness, /'/ is condemned even by the feeblest of all the 
 rro. 6. e. Creatures. Go to the ant, thou sluggard, consider her ways, 
 pm 20 4 and be wise. The sluggard will not plow, by reason of the 
 cold ; (that is, he will not break up the Fallow Ground of his 
 Heart, because there must be some pains taken by him that (will do 
 it,) therefore he shall beg in Harvest, (that is, when the Saints 
 of God shall have their glorious Heaven and Happiness given to 
 them;) but the Sluggard shall have nothing, that is, be never 10 
 the better for his crying for Mercy, according to that in Mat. 25. 
 10, 11, 12. 
 
 If you would know a Sluggard in the things of Heaven, compare 
 him with one that is slothful in the things of this World. As 
 
 I. He that is slothful, is loth to set about the Work he should 
 follow. So is he that is slothful/br Heaven. 
 
 II. He that is slothful, is one that is willing to make delays. 
 So is he that is slothful for Heaven. 
 
 III. He that is a Sluggard, any small matter that comet h in 
 between, he will make it a sufficient excuse to keep him off from 20 
 plying his Work. So is it also with him that is slothtul for 
 Heaven. 
 
 IV. He that is slothful doth his Work by the halves. And so it 
 is witb him that is slothtul for Heaven. He may almost, but he 
 shall never altogether obtain perfection of deliverance from Hell ; 
 he may almost, but he shall never (without he mend) be altogether 
 a Saint. 
 
 V. They that are slothful, do usually lose the season in -which 
 things are to be done. And thus it is also with them that are 
 slothful for Heaven, they miss the season of Grace. And there- 30 
 
 fore, 
 
 VI. They that are slothful, have seldom, or never good Fruit. 
 So also it will be with the Soul-sluggard. 
 
 VII. They that are slothful, they are chid for the same. So 
 also "will Christ deal with those that are not active for him. 
 
 Luk. 19 22, Thou wicked, or slothful, servant out of thine own mouth will 
 
 I judge thee, thou said'st I was thus, and thus ; wherefore 
 
 r 5 . 26 then gavest not thou my money to the bank, &c. Take the 
 
 30- 
 

 THE EPISTLE. 259 
 
 unprofitable servant, and cast him into outer darkness, where 
 shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth. 
 
 I. What shall I say ? Time runs ; and will you be slothful ? 
 
 II. Much of your Lives are past ; and will you be slothful ? 
 
 III. Your Souls are worth a thousand Worlds ; and will you 
 be slothful ? 
 
 IV. The day of Death and Judgement is at the Door; and will 
 you be slothful ? 
 
 V. The Curse of God hangs over your heads ; and will you be 
 
 1 o slothful ? 
 
 VI. Besides, the Devils are earnest, laborious, and seek by all 
 means every day, by every sin, to keep you out of Heaven, and 
 hinder you of Salvation ; and will you be slothful ? 
 
 VII. Also your Neighbours are diligent for things that will 
 perish ; and will you be slothful for things that will endure for 
 ever f 
 
 VIII. Would you be willing to be Damned for slothfulness ? 
 
 IX. Would you be willing the Angels of God should neglect 
 to fetch your Souls away to Heaven, when you lie a Dying, and 
 
 2 o the Devils stand by, ready to scramble for them ? 
 
 X. Was Christ slothful in the (work of your Redemption? 
 
 XI. Are his Ministers slothful in tendering this unto you? 
 
 XII. And Lastly, if all this will not move, I tell you, God 
 
 will not be slothful or neglegent to damn you ; (whose damnation [2 Pet, 2. 3.; 
 now of a long time slumbereth not ;) nor the Devils will not 
 neglect to fetch thee, nor Hell neglect to shut its mouth upon thee. 
 
 Sluggard, Art thou Asleep still, art thou resolved to sleep the 
 sleep of Death ? will neither tidings from Heaven or Hell awake 
 thee ? wilt thou say still, Yet a little sleep, a little slumber, p r0 v. 6. 10. 
 30 ^nd a little folding of the arms to sleep? Wilt thou yet turn 
 thyself in thy sloth, as the door is turned upon the hinges ? 
 that I was one that was skilful in lamentation, and had but 
 a yearning heart towards thee! how would I pity thee! how 
 would I bemoan thee! that I could with Jeremiah, let myfjer. 9. 1.] 
 Eyes run down with Rivers of Water for thee ! poor Soul, lost 
 Soul, dying Soul, what a hard Heart have I, that I cannot mourn 
 for thee. If thou shouldest lose but a Limb, a Child, or a Friend, 
 it would not be so ?nuch } but, poor Man, 'tis thy Soul. If it was to 
 
 S 2 
 
2 6o THE EPISTLE. 
 
 ly in Hell but for a day, but for a year, nay ten thousand years, 
 it would (in comparison) be nothing. But Oh / it is for ever. 
 this cutting ever, what a Soul-mazing word will that be, 
 which saith, Depart from me ye Cursed into EVERLA STING 
 FIRE! &c. 
 
 OBJECT. But if I should set in, and run as you would heme 
 me, then I must Run from all my Friends, for none of them are 
 Running that way. 
 
 ANSWER. And if thou doest, thou wilt Run into the bosom of 
 Christ, and of God : and then what harm will that do thee ? ' o 
 
 OBJECT. But if I Run this way, then I must Run from all 
 my Sins. 
 
 ANSWER. That's true indeed ; yet if thou doest not, thou wilt 
 Run into Hell Fire. 
 
 OBJECT. But if I Run this way, then I shall be hated, and 
 lose the love of my Friends and Relations, and of those that I 
 expect benefit from, or have reliance on, and I shall be mocked 
 of all my Neighbours. 
 
 ANSWER. And if thou doest not, thou art sure to lose the love 
 and favour of God and Christ, the benefit of heaven and glory, 2 ° 
 Prov. i. 2'>. and be mocked of God for thy folly, (I will laugh at your calam- 
 ities, and mock when your fear cometh ;) and if thou wouldest 
 not be hated and mocked, then take heed thou by thy folly doest 
 not procure the displeasure, and mockings of the great God ; for 
 his mocks and hatred will be terrible, because they will fall upon 
 thee in terrible times ; even when tribulation and anguish taketh 
 hold on thee ; which will be (when Death and Judgment comes, 
 when all the Men in the Earth and all the Angels in Heaven 
 cannot help thee. 
 
 Object. But surely I may begin this time enough a year or 3° 
 two hence, may I not f 
 
 ANSWER. First hast thou any lease of thy life? Did ever God 
 tell thee thou shalt live half a year, or two months longer ? Nay, 
 it may be thou mayest not live so long. And therefore, 
 
 Secondly, Wilt thou be so sottish, and unwise, as to venture 
 thy Soul upon a little uncertain time ? 
 
 Thirdly, Doest thou know whether the day of grace will 
 last a Week longer, or no ? For the day of grace is past with some 
 
 *7, 26. 
 
THE EPISTLE. 2 6 r 
 
 before their life is ended; and if it should be so with thee, wouldest 
 thou not say, that I had begun to Run before the day of Grace 
 had been past, atid the Gates of Heaven shut against me. But, 
 
 Fourthly, If thou shouldest see any of thy Neighbours neglect 
 the making sure of either House or Land to themselves, if they 
 had it proffered to them; saying, time enough hereafter, when the 
 time is uncertain ; and besides, they do not know whether ever 
 it will be proffered to them again, or no: I say, wouldest thou not 
 then call them Fools? And if so, then dost thou think that thou 
 10 art a Wise Man to let thy Immortal Soul hang over Hell by 
 a thread of uncertain time, which may soon be cut asunder bv 
 Death. 
 
 But to speak plainly, all these are the words of a slothful 
 Spirit. Arise Man, be slothful no longer, set Foot and Heart 
 and all into the way of God, and Run, the Crown is at the 
 end of the Race. There also standeth the loving forerunner, even 
 Jesus, who hath prepared Heavenly Provision to make thy Soul 
 welcome, and he will give it thee with a willinger Heart than 
 ever thou canst desire it of him. therefore do not delay the 
 20 time no longer, but put into practice the words of the Men o/Dan 
 to their Brethren, after they had seen the goodness of the Land of 
 Canaan. Arise (say they) &c, for we have seen the Land, and 
 behold, it is very good: and are ye still, or do you forbear 
 Running ? Be not slothful to go, and to enter to possess the Land 
 Judges 18. 9. 
 
 Farewell. 
 
 I wish our Souls may 
 meet with Comfort 
 at the Journey's end. 
 
 y.B. 
 

THE 
 
 CONTENTS 
 
 OF THE WHOLE OF THIS BOOK. 
 
 PACE 
 
 I. Doct. after the words are opened, this Doctrine is laid down, 
 
 namely, That they that will have Heaven, they must 
 Run for it 26 7 
 
 II. After that, the ro^RUN is opened by three other Scripture- 
 
 Expressions. 
 
 1. Flying 268 
 
 2. Pressing 2 ^9 
 
 3. Continuing 2 ®9 
 
 III. After which, is laid down several Reasons for the clearing 
 
 of the Doctrine 2 ^9 
 
 1. Because every one that Runneth, doth not obtain . . .269 
 
 2. Because if they do not obtain, then will they lose their 
 
 Running also 209 
 
 3. Because the way is long .270 
 
 4. Because the time is uncertain 270 
 
 5. Because the Devil, Sin, Hell, and the Law, runs 
 
 after them 2 7 J 
 
 6. Because, perchance Heaven Gates may be shut shortly .271 
 
 7. Because, if they lose, they lose all ; even God, Christ, 
 
 their Souls, &c 2 7 2 
 
 Directions. » 
 
 IV. In the fourth place, I come to give some Directions, hozo to 
 
 Run so as to obtain : And they in all are Nine. 
 
 1. To get into the Way 2 7 2 
 
 2. To ponder the Path of 'thy Feet 274 
 
264 THE CONTENTS. 
 
 PA( 
 
 ;,. To Strip thyself of Incumbrances, that may hang on 
 
 thee like weights, to hinder thee 275 
 
 4. To Shun Ty- Paths 275 
 
 5. To take hccdofGa.7.ing, and Staring about thee, on thin 
 
 that do not concern thy Running J77 
 
 6. Not to let thy Ear be open to every one that callcth after 
 
 thee 277 
 
 7. Not to be Daunted with the Enemies thou art like to 
 
 meet with, between this and the Kingdom of Heaven 279 
 
 8. To take heed of Stumbling at the Cross 2~() 
 
 9. To cry hard to God for an enlightened Heart, and a 
 
 ■reining Mind 283 
 
 Motives. 
 The Motives are Nine. 
 
 1. To consider, there is no ways but this, Thou must cither 
 win or lose. If thou win, thou winnest all, if thou 
 
 lose, thou losest all 8 7 
 
 7. The Devil and Sin do the best they can to make thee lose 288 
 
 3. If they get the better of thee, thou shall lose .... 288 
 
 4. No7c> the Gates 0/ Heaven, and the Heart 0/ Christ, arc 
 
 both open to thee 288 
 
 5. Therefore keep thy Eye upon the Prize 288 
 
 0. TJi ink Much of them that arc gone before. First ho7c 
 
 Really they got in. Second, how Safe they arc, noiv 
 they are there 289 
 
 7. To but Set to the Work, and when thou hast Run thy- 
 
 self down weary, Christ 7£//7/ carry thee in his Bosom. 290 
 
 8. Or else, convey new Strength to thee 290 
 
 9. let the very Industry of the Devil and wicked Men, (I 
 
 say, let the Consideration of their diligence to bring 
 their Designs to pass) provoke thee . . . . . .291 
 
 The Uses. 
 'J 'lie l^scs are Nine also. 
 
 1. To Examine thyself, whether thou art in the way or no . 291 
 
 2. The Danger they arc in, that grow 7vcary before they 
 
 come to their Journey 's end 293 
 
 3. The Sad Estate of them that arc Running quite back 
 
 again 293 
 
THE CONTENTS. 265 
 
 PAGE 
 
 4. Their Woe also that to this day Sit still, and Run not at 
 
 all 294 
 
 5. This Doctrine calleth aloud to them that began but a 
 
 while since, to mend their pace 295 
 
 6. That Old Professors should not let Young Striplings 
 
 outrun them 295 
 
 7. They behave themselves basely, that count they run fast 
 
 enough, if they keep Company with the hindmost 
 and laziest Professors 295 
 
 8. That Lazy Professors are apt to keep others besides 
 
 themselves out of Heaven 296 
 
 9. The Conclusion, or last Use, wherein to provoke thee, 
 
 thou hast the Heavenly Carriage of Lot as he went 
 from Sodom, and the fearful Doom of his Wife . . 297 
 
 Also, to consider, if thy Soul be lost, it is thy own loss, and 
 
 thou only wilt feel the smart thereof . . . . . .298 
 
 Together with a short Expostulation 299 
 
 These be the Contents of this little Book : 
 If thou wilt see farther, then thorow it look. 
 

THE 
 
 HEAVENLY FOOT-MAN 
 
 OR, 
 
 A DESCRIPTION OF THE MAN THAT 
 GETS TO HEAVEN, &G 
 
 So Run, that ye may Obtain. — i Cor. 9. 24. 
 
 Heaven and Happiness is that which every one desireth, 
 in so much that wicked Balaam could say, Let me die the death Numb. 23. 
 of the righteous, and let my last end be like his. Yet for all this, 
 there are but very few that do obtain that ever-to-be-desired 
 Glory. In so much that many eminent Professors drop short 
 of a welcome from God into his pleasant place. The Apostle 
 therefore, because he did desire the Salvation of the Souls 
 of the Corinthians, to whom he writes this Epistle, layeth 
 them down in these words such Counsel, which if taken, 
 10 would be for their help and advantage. 
 
 First, Not to be wicked, and sit still, and wish for Heaven ; 
 but to Run for it. 
 
 Secondly, Not to content themselves with every kind of 
 running : But saith he, SO Run, that you may obtain. As if 
 he should say, some, because they would not lose their Souls, 
 they begin to Run betimes, they Run apace, they Run with Eccie. n. 1. 
 patience, they Run the right way. Do you SO Run. Some 
 Run from both Father, Mother, Friends and Companions, and Luke. 4 
 this that they may have the Crown. Do you SO Run. Some 
 20 Run through Temptations, Afflictions, good Report, evil Report, icor. 
 
268 THE HEAVENLY FOOT-MAX. 
 
 that they may win the Pearl. Do you so Run ; SO Run that 
 you may obtain. 
 
 These words, they are taken from Mens Running for a 
 Wager. A very apt Similitude to set before the Eyes of the 
 Saints of the Lord. Know you not that they which Run in a 
 race, Run all, but one obtains the Prize ? So Run that ye may 
 obtain. That is, Do not only Run, but be sure you Win as 
 well as Run. SO Run, that you may obtain. 
 
 I shall not need to make any great ado in opening the 
 words at this time, but shall rather lay down one Doctrine 10 
 that I do find in them, and in prosecuting that, I shall shew 
 you in some measure the scope of the words. 
 
 The Doctrine is this. 
 
 They that will have Heaven, they must Run for it. I say, they 
 that will have Heaven, they must Run for it. I beseech you 
 to heed it well. Know you not that they which Run in a race, 
 Run all, but one obtaineth the Prize, so Run ye. The Prize is 
 Heaven, and if you will have it, you must Run for it. You 
 have another Scripture for this in the 1 2 of the Hebrews, the 
 1, 2, and 3 Verses. Wherefore seeing also, saith the Apostle, 2 o 
 that we are compassed about with so great a Cloud of Witnesses, 
 let us lay aside every weight, and the Sin which doth so easily 
 beset us, and let us Run (with Patience the race that is set before 
 us. And let us Run, saith he. 
 
 Again, saith Paul, I so run, not as uncertainly, so Fight I, &c. 
 
 But before I go any farther : 
 
 First, Flying. 
 
 Observe, that this Running is not an ordinary, or any sort 
 of Running ; but it is to be understood of the swiftest sort of 
 Running: And therefore in the 6 of the Hebr. it is called 30 
 a Flying. That we might have strong consolation, who have 
 Heb. 6. 18. fed for refuge to lay hold on the hope set before us. Mark, who 
 have Fled. It is taken from that 20 of Joshua, concerning 
 the Man that was to Flee to the City of Refuge when the 
 Avenger of Blood was hard at his Heels, to take Vengeance 
 on him, for the Offence he had committed. Therefore it is 
 
THE HEAVENLY FOOT-MAW. 269 
 
 a Running or Flying for one's Life. A running with all might 
 and main, as we use to say. So Run. 
 
 2. Pressing. 
 Secondly, This running in another place is called a pressing, 
 I press towards the mark; which signifieth, that they that will Phil. 3. 24. 
 have Heaven, they must not stick at any difficulties they 
 meet with; but press, crowd and thrust thorow all that 
 may stand between Heaven and their Souls. So Run. 
 
 3. Continuing. 
 
 10 Thirdly, This Running is called in another place a Continuing 
 
 in the way of Life. If you continue in the faith grounded, and Coios. 1.23 
 setted, and be not moved away from the hope of the Gospel of 
 Christ. Not to Run a little now and then, by Fits and starts, 
 or halfway, or almost thither ; but to Run for my Life, to Run 
 thorow all difficulties, and to continue therein to the end 
 of the Race, which must be to the end of my Life. So Run, 
 that ye may obtain. And the Reasons for this Point are these. 
 First, Because all or every one that Runneth doth not obtain 
 the Prize. There be many that do run, yea and run far too, 
 
 20 who yet miss of the Crown that standeth at the end of the 
 Race. You know, that all that Run in a Race do not obtain 
 the victory, they all Run, but one Wins. And so it is here, 
 it is not every one that runneth, nor every one that seeketh, 
 nor every one that striveth for the mastery, that hath it. Luk. 13. 2 
 Though a Man do strive for the mastery, saith Paul, yet he is not 2 Tim. 2. 5. 
 Crowned, unless he strive lawfully; that is, unless he so run 
 and so strive, as to have God's approbation. What do you 
 think, that every heavy-heeled Professor will have Heaven ? 
 what, every lazy one? every wanton and foolish Professor, that 
 
 30 will be stopped by any thing, kept back by any thing, that 
 scarce Runneth so fast Heavenward as a Snail creepeth on the 
 ground? nay there are some Professors do not go on 
 so fast in the way of God, as a Snail doth go on the Wall ; 
 and yet these think that Heaven and Happiness is for them. 
 But stay, there are many more that Run, than there be that 
 obtain ; therefore he that will have Heaven must Run for it. 
 Secondly, Because you know, that though a Man do Run, 
 
270 THE HE A VENL Y F00 T-MAN. 
 
 yet if he do not overcome, or vim, as well as Run, what will 
 they be the better for their running? they will get nothing. 
 You know the Man that runneth, he doth do it that he 
 may win the Prize. But if he doth not obtain, he doth lose 
 his Labour, spend his Pains and Time, and that to no purpose, 
 I say he getteth nothing. And ah ! how many such Runners 
 will there be found at the day of Judgment ? even multitudes, 
 multitudes that have Run, yea run so far as to come to Heaven 
 Gates, and not able to get any farther, but there stand knocking 
 when it is too late; crying Lord, Lord, when they have 10 
 nothing but rebukes for their pains. Depart from me, you 
 come not here, you come too late, you Run too lazily, the 
 
 [Lu. 13. 25.] door is shut. When once the Master of the House is risen up, 
 saith Christ, and hath shut to the Door, and ye begin to stand 
 without and to knock, saying, Lord, Lord, open to us ; I will say, 
 J know you not, Depart, &c. O sad will the Estate of those be, 
 that Run, and Miss ; therefore if you will have Heaven, you 
 must Run for it. And So run, that you may obtain. 
 
 Thirdly, Because the way is long, (I speak Metaphorically) 
 and there is many a dirty Step, many a high Hill, much Work 20 
 to do, a wicked Heart, World and Devil to overcome. I say, 
 there are many steps to be taken by those that intend to 
 be saved, by running or walking in the steps of that Faith 
 of our Father Abraham. Out of Egypt, thou must go thorow 
 the Red Sea. Thou must Run a long and tedious journey, 
 thorow the waste howling Wilderness, before thou come to 
 the Land of Promise. 
 
 Fourthly, They that will go to Heaven, they must Run for 
 it ; because, as the Way is long, so the Time in which they 
 are to get to the end of it is very uncertain ; the time present 3° 
 is the only time, thou hast no more time allotted thee, than 
 
 Pro 27 1. that thou now enjoyest. Boast not thyself of to-morrow, for 
 thou knowest not (what a day may bring forth. Do not say, 
 I have time enough to get to Heaven seven Years hence. 
 For I tell thee the Bell may Toll for thee before seven Days 
 more be ended ; and when Death comes, away thou must 
 go, whether thou art provided or not. And therefore look 
 to it, make no delays, it is not good dallying with things of 
 
THE HE A VENL Y FOO T-MA N. 271 
 
 so great concernment, as the Salvation or Damnation of thy 
 Soul. You know he that hath a great way to go in a little 
 time, and less by half than he thinks of, he had need Run for it. 
 Fifthly, They that will have Heaven, they must Run for it ; 
 because the Devil, the Law, Sin, Death and Hell follcweth 
 them. There is never a poor Soul that is going to Heaven, 
 but the Devil, the Law, Sin, Death and Hell, makes after 
 that Soul. The Devil your adversary, as a roaring Lion goeth 1 Pet. 5. s. 
 about, seeking whom he may devour. And I will assure you 
 
 10 the Devil is nimble ; he can run apace, he is light of Foot, he 
 hath overtaken many, he hath turn'd up their heels, and hath 
 given them an everlasting fall. Also the Law, that can shoot 
 a great way, have a care thou keep out of the reach of those 
 great Guns, the Ten Commandments. Hell also hath a wide 
 Mouth, it can stretch itself farther than you are aware of; 
 and as the Angel said to Lot, Take heed, look not behind thee, Gen. 19. 15 
 neither tarry thou in all the plain, (that is, anywhere between 
 this and Heaven) lest thou be consumed. So say I to thee, 
 take heed, tarry not, lest either the Devil, Hell, Death, or 
 
 20 the fearful Curses of the Law of God, do overtake thee, 
 and throw thee down in the midst of thy sins, so as never 
 to rise and recover again. If this were well considered, then 
 thou, as well as I, wouldst say, They that will have Heaven, 
 must Run for it. 
 
 Sixthly, They that will go to Heaven, must run for it ; 
 because, perchance the Gates of Heaven may be shut shortly. 
 Sometimes Sinners have not Heaven Gates open to them, 
 so long as they suppose. And if they be once shut against 
 a Man, they are so heavy, that all the Men in the World, 
 
 30 nor all the Angels in Heaven, are not able to open them. 
 
 / shut, a?id no man can open, saith Christ. And how if thou Rev. 3. 7 . 
 shouldst come but one quarter of an Hour too late ? I tell 
 thee it will cost thee an Eternity to bewail thy misery in. 
 Francis Spira can tell thee what it is to stay till the Gate 
 of Mercy be quite shut; or to run so lazily, that they be 
 shut before thou get within them. What, to be shut out ! 
 What, out of Heaven ! Sinner, rather than lose it, Run for 
 it ; yea, and So Run that thou mayest obtain. 
 
THE HE A VENL Y FOO T-MA X. 
 
 Lastly, Because, If thou lose, thcu losest all ; thou loses t Soul, 
 
 God, Christ, Heaven, Ease, Peace, &c. Besides, thou layest 
 
 thyself open to all the Shame, Contempt and Reproach, that 
 
 cither God, Christ, Saints, the World, Sin, the Devil and 
 
 Luke 14. as, all can lay upon thee. As Christ saith of the foolish Builder, 
 30. 
 
 so will I say of thee, if thou be such a one who runs and 
 
 missest; I say, even all that go by will begin to mock at 
 
 thee, saying, this Man began to Run well, but <was not able 
 
 to finish. But more of this anon. 
 
 Quest. But how should a poor Soul do to run? For this 10 
 very thing is that which affheteth me sore, (as you say) to 
 think that / may Run, and yet fall short. Methinks to fall 
 short at last, O it fears me greatly ! Pray tell me therefore, 
 hoiv I should Run ? 
 
 Ansnv. That thou mightst indeed be satisfied in this par- 
 ticular, consider these following things. 
 
 The First Direction. 
 
 [f thou wouldest so Run as to obtain the Kingdom of 
 Heaven, then be sure that thou get into the Way that leadeth 
 thither. For it is a vain thing to think that ever thou shalt 20 
 have the Prize, though thou runnest never so fast, unless 
 thou art in the Way that leads to it. Set the case that there 
 should be a Man in London, that was to run to York for a 
 Wager. ^ Now though he run never so swiftly, yet if he run 
 hill South, he might run himself quickly out of Breath, and 
 be never the nearer the Prize, but rather the farther oft'. 
 Just so is it here, it is not simply the Runner, nor yet the 
 hasty Runner, that winneth the Crown, unless he be in the 
 way that leadeth thereto. I have observed, that little time 
 which I have been a Professor, that there is a great Running ;c 
 to and fro, some this way, and seme that way : yet it is to 
 be feared most of them are out of the way, and then though 
 they run as swift as the Eagle can fly, they are benefited 
 nothing at all. 
 
 Here is one runs a Quaking, another a Ranting; one again 
 runs after the Baptism, and another after the Independency: 
 Here's one for Freewill, and another for Presbytery, and yet 
 
THE HE A VENL Y FOOT-MAN. 273 
 
 possibly most of all these Sects run quite the wrong way, 
 and yet every one is for his Life, his Soul, either for Heaven 
 or Hell. 
 
 If thou now say, which is the way? I tell thee it is 
 CHRIST THE SON OF MARY, THE SON OF GOD. 
 Jesus saith, I am the Way, the Truth and the Life, no Man cometh John I4 . 6. 
 to the Father, but by me. So then thy business is, (if thou 
 wouldest have Salvation) to see if Christ be thine, with all his 
 Benefits. Whether he hath covered thee with his Righteousness ; 
 
 ro whether he hath shewed thee that thy Sins are washed away 
 with his Heart-Blood : whether thou art planted into him, and 
 whether thou have Faith in him, so as to make a Life out of 
 him, and to Conform thee to him. That is, such Faith, as to 
 conclude that thou art Righteous, because Christ is thy Righteous- 
 ness, and so constrained to walk with him as the joy of thy 
 Heart, because he saveth thy Soul. And for the Lord's 
 sake take heed, and do not deceive thy self, and think thou 
 art in the way, upon too slight grounds; for if thou miss 
 of the Way, thou wilt miss of the Prize; and if thou miss 
 
 20 of that, I am sure thou wilt lose thy Soul, even that Soul 
 which is worth more than the whole World. 
 
 But I have Treated more largely on this in my Book of 
 the Two Covenants; and therefore shall pass it now; only 
 I beseech thee to have a Care of thy Soul, and that thou 
 mayest so do, take this Counsel. 
 
 Mistrust thy own Strength, and throw it away, down on 
 thy Knees in Prayer to the Lord, for the Spirit of Truth. 
 Search his Word for direction, fly Seducers Company, keep 
 Company with the soundest Christians that have most Expe- 
 
 3orience of Christ, and be sure thou have a care of Quakers, 
 Ranters, Free-Willers, Also do not have too much Company 
 with some Anabaptists, though I go under that name my self. 
 I tell thee, this is such a serious matter, and I fear thou wilt 
 so little regard it, that the thoughts of the worth of the thing, 
 and of thy too light regarding of it, doth even make my Heart 
 ake whilst I am a writing to thee. The Lord teach thee 
 the way by his Spirit, and then I am sure thou wilt know 
 it. So Run. 
 
274 THE HEAVENLY FOOT- MAN. 
 
 Only by the way, let me bid thee have a Care of two things, 
 and so I shall pass to the next thing. 
 
 First, have a Care of relying on the outward Obedience to 
 any of Gods Commands, or thinking thy self ever the better 
 in the sight of God for that. 
 
 Secondly, Take heed of fetching Peace for thy Soul from 
 any Inherent Righteousness. But if thou canst believe, that 
 [Rom. 3.34] as thou art a Sinner, so thou art justified freely by the Love of 
 God through the Redemption that is in Christ; and that God 
 [i-iph. 4. 32] for Christ's sake hath forgiven thee, not because he saw any 10 
 thing done, or to be done in or by thee, to move him there- 
 unto, do it; for that's the right way, the Lord put thee into 
 it, and keep thee in it. 
 
 The Second Direction. 
 
 As thou shouldest get into the way, so thou shouldest also 
 be much in Studying, and musing on the way. You know Men 
 that would be expert in anything, they are usually much in 
 studying of that thing, and so likewise is it with those 
 that quickly grow expert in any way. This therefore thou 
 shouldest do. Let thy Study be much exercised about Christ, 20 
 which is the ivay. What he is, what he hath done, and why 
 he is : what he is, and why he hath done what is done. As, 
 
 Philip. 2. 7 . why he took upon him the form of a Servant, why he was made 
 in the likeness of men. Why he Cried, why he Died, why he 
 
 2. cor. s . 21. bare the Sin of the World, why he was made Sin, and why 
 he was made Righteousness ; why he is in Heaven in the 
 nature of Man, and what he doth there. Be much in musing 
 and considering of these things. Be thinking also enough 
 of those places which thou must not come near, but leave some 
 on this Hand, and some on that Hand, as it is with those 30 
 that travel into other Countries, they must leave such a Gate 
 on this Hand, and such a Bush on that Hand, and go by such 
 a Place, where standeth such a thing; thus therefore thou 
 must do, Avoid such things which are expressly forbidden in the 
 
 rrov. 5. 8. Word of God. Withdraw thy Foot far from her, And come 
 
 Troy. 7. 27. not n igfo t fo £) oor f h er house, for her steps take hold of Hell, 
 going down to the Chambers of death. And so of every thing 
 
THE HE A VENL Y FOOT-MAN. 275 
 
 that is not in the way, have a care of it, that thou go not 
 by it, come not near it, have nothing to do with it, So Run. 
 
 The Third Direction. 
 
 Not only thus, but in the next place, thou must strip thy self 
 of those things that may hang upon thee to the hindering 
 of thee in the way to the Kingdom of Heaven, as Covetous- 
 ness, Pride, Lust, or whatever else thy Heart may be inclining 
 unto, which may hinder thee in this Heavenly Race. Men 
 that run for a Wager, if they intend to win as well as run, 
 
 10 they do not use to incumber themselves, or carry those things 
 about them that may be an hindrance to them in their Running. 
 Every man that striveth for the mastery, is temperate in all 1 Cor. 9. 23 
 things. That is, he layeth aside every thing that would be 
 any ways a disadvantage to him ; as saith the Apostle, Let Hebr. «. 1 
 us lay aside every weight, and the sin that doth so easily beset us, 
 and let us run with patience the race that is set before us. It 
 is but a vain thing to talk of going to Heaven, if thou let 
 thy Heart be incumbred with those things that would hinder. 
 Would you not say that such a Man would be in danger 
 
 20 of losing, though he Run, if he fill his Pockets with Stones, 
 hang heavy Garments on his Shoulders, and great lumpish 
 Shoes on his Feet? So it is here, thou talkest of going to 
 Heaven, and yet fillest thy Pocket with Stones, (i.e.) fillest 
 thy Heart with this World, lettest that hang on thy Shoulders 
 with its profits and pleasures. Alas, alas, thou art widely mis- 
 taken. If thou intendest to win, thou must Strip, thou must 
 lay aside every weight, thou must be temperate in ALL 
 things. Thou must, So Run. 
 
 The Fourth Direction. 
 
 30 Beware of by-paths, take heed thou dost not turn into those 
 
 Lanes which lead out of the way. There are crooked Paths, isa. 59 . s. 
 Paths in which Men go astray, Paths that lead to Death 
 and Damnation. But take heed of all those. Some of them 
 are dangerous, because of Practice, some because of Opinion. 
 But mind them not ; mind the Path before thee, look right pro. 3 . i 7 . 
 before thee, turn neither to the right Hand nor to the Left, Pro - "'■ 25 ' 
 
 T 2 
 
276 THE HEAVENLY FOOT- MAN. 
 
 but let thine Eyes look right on, even right before thee. 
 ■*. */• Ponder the path of thy feet, and let all thy ways be established. 
 Turn not to the right Hand, nor to the left : Remove thy Foot 
 far from evil. This Counsel being not so seriously taken 
 as given, is the reason of that starting frpm Opinion to 
 Opinion; reeling this way and that way; out of this Lane into 
 that Lane ; and so missing the way to the Kingdom. Though 
 the way to Heaven be but one, yet there are many crooked 
 Lanes and by-paths, shoot down upon it, as I may say. And 
 again, notwithstanding the Kingdom of Heaven be the biggest 10 
 City, yet usually those by-paths are the most beaten, most 
 Travellers go those ways ; and therefore the way to Heaven 
 it's hard to be found, and as hard to be kept in, by reason 
 of these. Yet nevertheless it is in this case, as it was with 
 josh. 2. 18. the Harlot of Jericho, she had one Scarlet thread tied in her 
 Window, by which her House was known. So it is here, the 
 Scarlet Streams of Christ's Blood run throughout the way to 
 the Kingdom of Heaven. Therefore mind that ; see if thou do 
 find the besprinkling of the Blood of Christ in the way, and 
 if thou do, be of good cheer, thou art in the right way. But 20 
 have a care thou beguile not thy self with a. fancy. For then 
 thou mayst light into any lane, or way. But that thou mayst 
 not be mistaken, consider, though it seem never so pleasant. 
 Yet if thou do not find that in the very middle of the Road, 
 there is Writing with the Heart-Blood of Christ, that he came 
 into the World to save Sinners, and that we are justified, though 
 [x Tim. 1/15. -ax are Ungodly; shun that way. For this it is which the 
 Rom. 4.5] Apostle meaneth, when he saith, We have boldness to enter 
 K>. i 9 , into the holiest by the BLOOD of Jesus, by a new and living 
 way which he hath consecrated for us, through the vail, that 5 a 
 is to say, his flesh. How easy a matter is it in this our day, 
 for the Devil to be too cunning for poor Souls ! By calling 
 his by-paths the way to the Kingdom, if such an Opinion 
 or Fancy be but cryed up by one or more, this Inscription 
 being set upon it by the Devil, This is the Way of God, how 
 speedily, greedily, and by heaps do poor simple Souls throw 
 away themselves upon it : especially if it be daubed over with 
 a few external Acts of Morality, if so good. But this is because 
 
THE HEAVENLY FOOT-MAN. 277 
 
 Men do not know painted By-Paths from the plain way to 
 the Kingdom of Heaven. They have not yet learned the 
 true Christ, and what his Righteousness is, neither have they 
 a Sense of their own insufficiency ; but are Bold, Proud, Pre- 
 sumptuous, Self-conceited. And therefore, 
 
 The Fifth Direction. 
 
 Do not thou be too much in looking too high in thy Journey 
 Heavenwards. You know Men that Run in a Race, do not 
 use to stare and gaze this way and that, neither do they use 
 
 10 to cast up their Eyes too high, lest happily, through their too 
 much gazing with their Eyes after other things, they in the 
 mean time stumble, and catch a Fall. The very same case is 
 this, if thou gaze and stare after every opinion and way that 
 comes into the World. Also if thou be prybig overmuch into 
 Gods Secret Decrees, or let thy Heart too much entertain 
 Questions about some nice, foolish Curiosities, thou mayst 
 stumble and fall, as many Hundreds in England have done, 
 both in Canting and Quakery, to their own eternal overthrow, 
 without the Marvellous operation of Gods Grace be suddenly 
 
 20 stretched forth, to bring them back again. Take heed there- 
 fore ; follow not that proud and lofty Spirit, that, Devil-like, 
 cannot be content with his own Station. David was of an 
 excellent Spirit, where he saith, Lord my Heart is not haughty, Psa. 131. 1. 
 nor mine Eyes lofty ; neither do I exercise my self in great matters, 
 or things too high for me. Surely I have behaved and quieted 
 my self as a Child that is weaned of his Mother, my Soul is even 
 as a weaned Child. Do thou so Run. 
 
 The Sixth Direction. 
 Take heed that you have not an Ear open to every one that 
 30 calleth after you, as you are in your Journey. Men that Run, 
 you know, if any do call after them, saying, J would speak 
 with you ; or Go not too fast, and you shall have my Company 
 with you, if they Run for some great matter, they use to say, 
 alas I cannot stay, I am in haste, pray talk not to me now ; 
 neither can I stay for you, I am now running for a Wager : 
 If I win I am made, if I lose I am undone, and therefore hinder 
 
278 THE HEAVENLY FOOT- MAN. 
 
 me not. Thuswise are Men when they Run for Corruptible 
 things. And thus shouldest thou do: and thou hast more 
 cause to do so than they, forasmuch as they Run but for things 
 that last not ; but thou for an incorruptible Glory. I give 
 thee notice of this betimes, knowing that thou shalt have 
 enow call after thee, even the Devil, Sin, this World, vain 
 Company, Pleasures, Profits, Esteem among Men, Ease, Pomp, 
 Pride, together with an innumerable Company of such Com- 
 panions ; one crying stay for me, the other saying, do not leave 
 me behind, a third saying, and take me along with you. What 10 
 will you go, saith the Devil, without your Sins, Pleasures and 
 Profits; are you so hasty, can you not stay and take these 
 along with you? will you leave your Friends, and Compa- 
 nions behind you? can you not do as your Neighbours do, 
 carry the World, Sin, Lust, Pleasure, Profit, Esteem among 
 Men, along with you ? Have a care thou do not let thy Ear 
 now be open to the tempting, enticing, alluring, and Soul-en- 
 
 Prov. 1. in. tangling flatteries of such sink-Souls as these are. My Son, 
 saith Solomon, if Sinners intice thee, consent thou not. 
 
 You know what it cost the Yowig Man, which Solomon 20 
 speaks of in the seventh of the Proverbs, that was inticed 
 
 rrov. 7. by a Harlot, with much fair speech she won him, and caused 
 him to yield, with the flattering of her Lips she forced him, till 
 he went after her as an Ox to the Slaughter, or as a Fool to 
 the correction of the Stocks ; even so far, till a Dart struck 
 thorow his Liver, and knew not that it was for his Life. 
 Hearken unto me now therefore, saith he, ye Children, and 
 attend to the Words of my Mouth, let not thine heart decline to 
 her ways, go not astray in her Paths ; for she hath cast down 
 many Wounded, yea, many strong Men have been slain {that is, 30 
 kept out of Heaven) by her ; her House is the way to Hell, going 
 down to the Chambers of Death. Soul take this Counsel, and 
 say, Satan, Sin, Lust, Pleasure, Profit, Pride, Friends, Compa- 
 nions, and every thing else, let me alone, stand off, come not nigh 
 me, for I am Running for Heaven, for my Soul, for God, for 
 Christ, from Hell and everlasting Damnation. If I win I win 
 all, and if I lose I lose all. Let me alone ; for I will not hear. 
 So Run. 
 
THE HE A VENL Y FOO T-MAN. 279 
 
 The Seventh Direction. 
 In the next place, be not daunted, though thou meetest with 
 never so many discouragements, in thy Journey thither. That 
 Man that is resolved for Heaven, If Satan cannot win him 
 by flatteries, he will endeavour to weaken him by discouragements ; 
 saying, Thou art a Sinner, thou hast broke God's Law, thou 
 art not elected, thou comest too late, the day of Grace is past, 
 God doth not care for thee, thy Heart is naught, thou art 
 lazy, with a hundred other discouraging suggestions; and 
 
 10 thus it was with David, where he saith, / had fainted unless Psai. 27. 13. 
 J had believed to see the loving kindness of the Lord in the Land 
 of the living. As if he should say, the Devil did so rage, 
 and my Heart was so base that had I judged according to 
 my own sense, and feeling, I had been absolutely distracted : 
 but I trusted to Christ in the Promise, and looked that God 
 would be as good as his Promise, in having Mercy upon me, 
 an unworthy Sinner; and this is that which incouraged me, 
 and kept me from fainting. And thus must thou do, when 
 Satan, or the Law, or thy own Conscience, do go about to 
 
 20 dishearten thee, either by the greatness of thy Sins, the 
 wickedness of thy Heart, the tediousness of the Way, the 
 loss of outward Enjoyments, the hatred that thou wilt * 
 procure from the World, or the like; then thou must en- 
 courage thy self with the freeness of the promises, the tender- 
 heartedness of Christ, the merits of his Blood, the freeness of 
 his invitations to come in, the greatness of the Sin of others that 
 have been pardoned, and that the same God, through the same 
 Christ, hoi deth forth the same Grace as free as ever. If these 
 be not thy Meditations, thou wilt draw very heavily in the 
 
 30 way to Heaven, if thou do not give up all for lost, and so 
 knock off from following any farther; therefore I say, take 
 heart in thy Journey, and say to them that seek thy destruc- 
 tion, Rejoice not against me, O mine Enemy; for when I fall Micah 7. 8. 
 I shall rise; when I sit in darkness, the Lord shall be a light 
 unto me. So Run. 
 
 The Eighth Direction. 
 
 Take heed of being offended at the Cross that thou must go by, 
 before thou come to Heaven. You must understand (as 
 
V t. 14. a 
 ■2 Tim. 3. 
 
 280 THE HEAVENLY FOOT-MAM. 
 
 I have already touched) that there is no Man that goeth to 
 I leaven, but he must go by the Cross; the Cross is the standing 
 way-mark, by which all they that go to Glory must pass by. 
 
 We must through much tribulation enter into the Kingdom of 
 Heaven. Tea, and all that will H<y e Godly in Christ Jesus, 
 shall suffer Persecution. If thou art in the way to the King- 
 dom, my life for thine, thou wilt come at the Cross shortly, (the 
 Lord grant thou dost not shrink at it, so as to turn thee back 
 Luk. 9 . 23 again). If any Man will come after me, saith Christ, let him 
 
 deny himself, and take up his Cross daily and follow me. The 10 
 Cross, it stands, and hath stood from the beginning, as a 
 way-mark to the Kingdom of Heaven. You know if one ask you 
 the way to such and such a place, you for the better direction, 
 do not only say this is way, but then also say you must go 
 by such a Gate, by such a Stile, such a Bush, Tree, Bridge, or 
 such like. Why so it is here, art thou enquiring the way to 
 Heaven, why I tell thee, Christ is the way, into him thou 
 must get, into his Righteousness to be justified ; and if thou 
 art in him, thou wilt presently see the Cross, thou must go 
 close by it, thou must touch it, nay, thou must take it up, 20 
 or else thou wilt quickly go out of the way that leads to 
 Heaven, and turn up some of those crooked Lanes that lead 
 down to the Chambers of Death. 
 
 How thou mayest know the Cross, by these Six things. 
 
 First, It's known in the Doctrine of Justification. 2. In the 
 Doctrine of Mortif cation. 3. In the Doctrine of Perseverance. 
 4. In Self-denial. 5. Patience. 6. Communion withpoor Saints. 
 
 First, In the Doctrine of Justification, there is a great deal 
 of the Cross in that ; a Man is forced to suffer the destruction 
 of his own Righteousness for the Righteousness of another. This 3° 
 is no easy matter for a Man to-do. I assure to you it stretcheth 
 every Vein in his Heart before he will be brought to yield 
 to it. What, for a Man to deny, reject, abhor, and throw away 
 all his Prayers, Tears, Alms, keeping of Sabbaths, Hearing, 
 Reading, with the rest, in the point of Justification, and to 
 count them accursed, and to be willing in the -very midst of 
 the Sense of his Sins, to throw himself wholly upon the Righteous- 
 
THE HEAVENLY FOOT-MAN. 281 
 
 ness and Obedience of another Man, abhorring his oavn, counting 
 it as deadly Sin, as the open breach of the Law? I say, to 
 do this indeed and in Truth, is the biggest piece of the Cross, 
 and therefore Paul calleth this very thing a suffering ; where 
 he saith, And I have SUFFERED the loss of all things (which pmi. * 
 principally was his Righteousness) that 1 might win Christ, and 
 be found in him, not having (but rejecting) my own Righteous- 
 ?iess. That's the first. 
 
 Secondly, In the Doctrine of Mortif cation is also much of 
 
 10 the Cross. Is it nothing for a Man to lay hands on his vile 
 Opinions, on his vile Sins, of his bosom Sins, of his beloved, 
 pleasant, darling Sins ? that stick as close to him as the flesh 
 sticks to the Bones ? what to lose all these brave things that 
 my Eyes behold, for that which I never saw with my Eyes ? 
 what to lose my Pride, my Covetousness, my vain Company, 
 Sports, and Pleasures, and the rest ? I tell you this is no easy 
 matter. If it were, what need all those Prayers, Sighs, Watch- 
 ings? what need we be so backward to it? nay, do you not 
 see, that some Men before they will set about this work, 
 
 20 they will even venture the loss of their Souls, Heaven, God, 
 Christ, and all. What means else all those delays and put 
 offs, saying, Stay a little longer, I am loth to leave my Sins 
 while I am so young, and in health. Again, what is the reason 
 else that others do it so by the halves, coldly, and seldom, 
 notwithstanding they are convinced over and over, nay, and 
 also promise to amend, and yet all's in vain. I will assure 
 you, to cut off right Hands, and to pluck out right Eyes is no 
 pleasure to the flesh. 
 
 Thirdly, The Doctrine of Perseverance is also cross to the 
 
 30 flesh, which is not only to begin but for to hold out: not only 
 to bid fair, and to say would I had Heaven ; but so to know 
 Christ, to put on Christ, and walk with Christ so as to come to 
 Heaven. Indeed it is no great matter to begin to look for Heaven, 
 to begin to seek the Lord, to begin to shun Sin. but it is a 
 very great matter to continue with God's approbation. My 
 Servant Caleb, saith God, he is a man of another Spirit, he hath^um. 14. 24. 
 followed me, (followed me always, he hath continually followed 
 me) fully, he shall possess the land. Almost all the many 
 
282 THE HE A VENL Y FOO T-MAN. 
 
 Thousands of the Children of Israel in their Generation fell 
 short of Perseverance, when they walk'd from Egypt towards 
 the Land of Canaan. Indeed they went to the work at first 
 pretty willingly, but they were very short-winded, they were 
 »1 quickly out of Breath, and in their Hearts they turned back 
 again into Egypt. 
 
 It is an easy matter for a Man to Run hard for a spurt, 
 for a Furlong, for a Mile or two : O but to hold out for a 
 Hundred, for a Thousand, for Ten Thousand Miles. That Man 
 that doth this, he must look to meet with Cross, Pain, and 10 
 Wearisomness to the Flesh, especially, if as he goeth, he 
 meeteth with Briers and Quagmires, and other incumbrances, 
 that make his Journey so much the more Painfuller. 
 
 Nay, do you not see with your Eyes daily, that Perseverance 
 is a very great part of the Cross ; why else do Men so soon 
 grow weary ? I could point out a many, that after they have 
 followed the ways of God about a Twelve-Month, others it 
 may be two, three, or four, (some more, and some less) Years, 
 they have been beat out of Wind, have taken up their Lodging 
 and Rest, before they have got half way to Heaven ; some 20 
 in this, and some in that Sin, and have secretly, nay, some- 
 times openly said, that the Way is too strait, the Race too 
 long, the Religion too Holy, and cannot hold out, / can go 
 no farther. 
 
 And so likewise of the other three, (to wit) Patience, Self- 
 denial, Communion, and Communication with and to the poor 
 Saints: how hard are these things! // is an easy matter to 
 deny another Man, but it is not so easy a matter, to deny ones self; 
 to deny my self out of Love to God, to his Gospel, to his 
 Saints; of this advantage, and of that gain, nay, of that which 30 
 otherwise I might lawfully do, were it not for offending them. 
 That Scripture is but seldom read, and seldomer put in 
 practice, which saith, I will eat no flesh while the world 
 standeth, if it make my Brother to offend; again, We that are 
 strong, ought to bear the infrmities of the weak, and not to please 
 our selves. But how froward, how hasty, how peevish and 
 self-resolved are the generality of the Professors at this Day ? 
 , ]Also, how little considering the Poor? unless it be to say, 
 
THE HEAVENLY FOOT-MAN. 283 
 
 be thou warmed, and filled. But to give, is a seldom work. 
 Also, especially to give to any Poor. I tell you all things are GaL 6. 10. 
 cross to Flesh and Blood, and that Man that hath but a 
 watchful eye over the Flesh, and also some considerable 
 measure of strength against it, he shall find his Heart in these 
 things like unto a starting Horse, that is rid without a Curbing 
 Bridle, ready to start at every thing that is offensive to him ; 
 yea, and ready to run away too, do what the Rider can. 
 It is the Cross which keepeth those that are kept from 
 
 10 Heaven. I am perswaded, were it not for the Cross, where 
 we have one Professor, we should have twenty : but this Cross , 
 that is it which spoileth all. 
 
 Some Men, as I said before, when they come at the Cross, 
 then they can go no farther : but back again to their Sins they 
 must go. Others, they stumble at it, and break their Necks. 
 Others again, when they see the Cross is approaching, they 
 turn aside to the Left Hand, or to the Right Hand, and 
 so think to get to Heaven another way: but they will be 
 deceived ; For all that will live Godly in Christ Jesus, shall, 2 Tim. 3. k 
 
 20 mark, shall be sure to suffer Persecution. There are but few 
 when they come at the Cross, cry, welcome Cross, as some 
 of the Martyrs did to the Stake they were Burned at. There- 
 fore if thou meet with the Cross in thy Journey, in what 
 manner soever it be, be not daunted, and say Alas what shall 
 I do now? But rather take courage, knowing that by the 
 Cross is the way to the Kingdom. Can a Man believe in Christ, 
 and not be hated by the Devil ? Can he make a Profession 
 of this Christ, and that sweetly and convincingly, and the 
 Children of Satan hold their Tongue ? Can Darkness agree 
 
 30 with Light? Or the Devil endure that Christ Jesus should 
 be honoured both by Faith and a Heavenly Conversation, 
 and let that Soul alone at quiet? Did you never read, that 
 The Dragon persecuteth the Woman ? And that Christ saith, R ev . 12. 13. 
 In the World you shall have tribulations ? Joh , l6 . 33 . 
 
 The Ninth Direction. 
 
 Beg of God, that he would do these two things for thee. 
 First, enlighten thine Understanding. And Secondly, inflame thy 
 
284 THE II K A 1 1-XI V FOOT-MAN. 
 
 Will. If these two be but effectually done, there is no fear 
 but thou wilt go safe to Heaven. 
 
 One of the great Reasons why Men and Women do so little 
 regard the other World, it is because they see so little of it. 
 And the reason why they see so little of it, is because they 
 have their Understandings darkened ; and therefore saith Paul, 
 
 H P h. 4. 17. Do not you, Believers, walk as do other Gentiles, even in the 
 vanity of their minds, having their understanding darkened, 
 being alienated from the Life of God through the ignorance (or 
 foolishness) that is in them, because of the blindness of their heart. 10 
 Walk not as those, Run not with them ; alas poor Souls, they 
 have their understandings Darkened, their Hearts Blinded; 
 and that's the reason they have such undervaluing Thoughts 
 of the Lord Jesus Christ, and the Salvation of their Souls. For 
 when Men do come to see the things of another World ; 
 what a God, what a Christ, what a Heaven, and what an 
 eternal Glory there is to be enjoyed ; also when they see 
 that it is possible for them to have a share in it, I tell you, 
 it will make them Run thorow thick and thin to enjoy it. Moses 
 having a sight of this, because his Understanding was en- 20 
 
 Heb. 11. 24, lightned, He feared not the wrath of the King ; but chose rather 
 to suffer afflictions with the people of God, than to enjoy the 
 pleasures of Sin for a season. He refused to be called the Son 
 of the King's Daughter; account'mg it wonderful riches, to be 
 counted worthy of so much, as to suffer for Christ with the 
 poor despised Saints; and that was because he saw him who 
 was invisible, and had respect unto the recompence of reward. 
 And this is that which the Apostle usually prayeth for, in his 
 
 Eph. 1. 17, Epistles, for the Saints, namely, That they might know what 
 
 is the hope of Gods calling, and the riches of the glory of his 30 
 
 Eph. -v i-\ inheritance in the Saints. And that they might be able to com- 
 prehend with all Saints, what is the breadth, and length, and 
 depth, and height, and to know the love of Christ, which passeth 
 knowledge. Pray therefore, that God would enlighten thy 
 Understanding: that will be a very great help unto thee. 
 It will make thee endure many a hard brunt for Christ; as 
 
 Heb. 10. -52, Paul saith, After you were illuminated, ye endured a great fight 
 of afflictions, — You took joyfully the spoiling of your goods, knowing 
 
THE HEAVENLY FOOT-MAN. 285 
 
 in your selves, that ye have in Heaven a better and an enduring 
 substance. If there be never such a rare Jewel lye just in a 
 Man's way: yet if he sees it not, he will rather trample upon 
 it than stoop for it, and it is because he sees not. Why, so it 
 is here, though Heaven be worth never so much, and thou 
 hast never so much need of it ; yet if thou see it not, that 
 is, have not thy Understanding opened, or enlightned to see it, 
 thou wilt not regard at all. Therefore cry to the Lord for 
 enlightning Grace, and say, Lord, open my Blind Eyes ; Lord, take 
 1 o the vail off of my dark Heart ; shew me the things of the other 
 World, and let me see the Sweetness, Glory, and Excellency 
 of them, for Christ his sake. This is the first. 
 
 The Second Direction. 
 
 Cry to God that he would inflame thy Will also with the 
 things of the other World. For when a Man's Will is fully set 
 to do such or such a thing, then it must be a very hard 
 matter that shall hinder that Man from bringing about his 
 end. When Paul's Will was set resolvedly to go up to Jeru- 
 salem ; (though it was signified to him before, what he should 
 
 20 there suffer,) he was not daunted at all; nay, saith he, / am 
 
 ready, (or willing) not only to be bound, but also to Die at Jeru- Act. 21. n, 
 salem, for the Name of the Lord Jesus. His Will was inflamed 
 with love to Christ, and therefore all the perswasions that 
 could be used wrought nothing at all. 
 
 Your Self -will' d People, no Body knows what to do with them. 
 We use to say, He will have his own Will, do all what you can. 
 Indeed to have such a Will for Heaven is an admirable 
 advantage to a Man that undertaketh the Race thither. A 
 Man that is resolved, and hath his Will fixed, saith he, J will 
 
 30 do my best to advantage my self, I will do my worst to hinder 
 my Enemies, I will not give out as long as I can stand, 
 J will have it, or I will lose my Life ; Though he kill me, yet Job 13. 15. 
 will I trust in him. I will not let thee go, except thou Bless me. 
 I will, I will, I will, O this Blessed, inflamed Will for Heaven ! 
 What is like it ? If a Man be willing, then any Argument 
 shall be matter of encouragement ; but if unwilling, then any 
 Argument shall give discouragement. This is seen both in 
 
286 THE HE A VENL Y FOOT-MAN. 
 
 Saints and Sinners; in them that are the Children of God, 
 and also those that are the Children of the Devil. As, 
 
 First, The Saints of old, they being willing and resolved 
 
 ^•g"- for Heaven, what could stop them ? could Fire and Faggot, 
 Sword or Halter, stinking Dungeons, Whips, Bears, Bulls, Lions, 
 cruel Rackings, Stoning, Starving, Nakedness, &C. ? and in all 
 
 Rom. 8. 37. these things they were more than Conquerors, through him that 
 loved them ; who had also made them willing in the day of his 
 Power. 
 
 Secondly, See again on the other side, the Children of the 10 
 Devil ; because they are not willing, how many shifts and 
 starting-holes will they have. I have Married a Wife ; / have 
 a Farm ; I shall offend my Landlord • I shall offend my Master ; 
 I shall lose my Trading ; I shall lose my Pride, my Pleasures ; 
 I shall be mocked and scoffed', therefore, I dare not come. I, 
 saith another, will stay till I am older, till my Children are 
 out of ft, till I am got a little aforehand in the World, till I 
 have done this, and that, and the other business. But alas, 
 the thing is, they are not willing; for were they but soundly 
 willing, these and a thousand such as these, would hold them 20 
 
 judg. 15. 14. no faster than the Cords held Sampson, when he broke them -like 
 burnt Flax. I tell you the Will is all. That's one of the chief 
 things which turns the Wheel either backwards or forwards ; 
 and God knoweth that full well, and so likewise doth the Devil, 
 and therefore they both endeavour very much to strengthen 
 the Will of their servants. God, he is for making of his a 
 willing People to serve him : and the Devil he doth what 
 he can to possess the Will and Affection of those that are his, 
 
 joh. 5.40. with love to Sin ; and therefore when Christ comes close to the 
 
 matter indeed, saith he, you will not come to me. How often 30 
 
 Luk. 13. 34- would I have gathered you, as a Hen doth her Chickens, but you 
 would not. The Devil had possessed their Wills, and so long 
 he was sure enough of them. O therefore cry hard to God, 
 to inflame thy will for Heaven and Christ. Thy Will, J say, if 
 that be rightly set for Heaven, thou wilt not be beat off with 
 discouragements. And this was the reason, that when Jacob 
 wrestled with the Angel, though he lost a Limb as it were, and 
 the hollow of bis Thigh was put out of joint as he wrestled with 
 
THE HE A VENL Y FOO T-MAN. 287 
 
 him : yet saith he, / will not, mark, i" will not let thee go, except Gen. - 
 thou Bless me. Get thy Will tipt with the Heavenly Grace, 3 ' 
 and resolution against all discouragments, and then thou goest 
 full speed for Heaven ; but if thou faulter in thy Will, and be 
 not sound there, thou wilt Run hobbling and halting all the way 
 thou runnest, and also to be sure, thou wilt fall short at last. 
 The Lord give thee a Will, and Courage. 
 
 Thus have I done with directing thee how to Run to the 
 Kingdom ; be sure thou keep in Memory what I have said unto 
 10 thee, lest thou lose thy way. But because I would have thee 
 think of them, take all in short, in this little bit of Paper. 
 
 First, get into the way. 2. Then Study on it. 3. Then strip, 
 and lay aside every thing that would hinder. 4. Beware of 
 By-Paths. 5. Do not gaze and stare too much about thee, 
 but be sure to ponder the Path of thy Feet. 6. Do not stop 
 for any that call after thee, whether it be the World, the 
 Flesh, or the Devil ; for all these will hinder thy Journey, if 
 possible. 7. Be not Daunted with any discouragements thou 
 meetest with as thou goest. 8. Take heed of stumbling at the 
 20 Cross. And 9. Cry hard to God for an enlightened heart, and a 
 willing mind, and God give Thee a prosperous Journey. 
 
 Yet before I do quite take my leave of thee, let me give 
 thee a few Motives along with thee. It may be they will be 
 as good as a pair of Spurs, to prick on thy lumpish Heart in 
 this rich Voyage. 
 
 The First Motive. 
 
 Consider there is no way but this ; thou must either win or 
 lose. If thou winnest, then Heaven, God, Christ, Glory, Ease, 
 Peace, Life, yea Life Eternal is thine ; thou must be made 
 30 equal to the Angels in Heaven ; thou shalt Sorrow no more, 
 sigh no more, feel no more pain ; thou shalt be out of the 
 reach of Sin, Hell, Death, the Devil, the Grave, and whatever 
 else may endeavour thy hurt. But contrariwise, and if thou 
 lose, then thy loss is Heaven, Glory, God, Christ, Ease, Peace, 
 and whatever else which tendeth to make Eternity comfortable 
 to the Saints. Besides, thou procurest Eternal Death, Sorrow, 
 Pain, Blackness, and Darkness, fellowship with Devils, together 
 with the everlasting Damnation of thy own Soul. 
 
288 THE HE A VENL Y FOOT-MAN. 
 
 The Second Motive. 
 Consider, that this Devil, this Hell, Death and Damnation, 
 follow eth after thee as hard as they can drive, and have their 
 Commission so to do by the Law, against which thou hast 
 Sinned • and therefore for the Lord's sake make haste. 
 
 The Third Motive. 
 If they seize upon thee before thou get to the City of Refuge, 
 they will put an everlasting stop to thy Journey. This also 
 cries, Run for it. 
 
 The Fourth Motive. 10 
 
 Know also, that now Heaven Gates, the Heart of Christ, with 
 his Arms, are (wide open to receive thee. O, methinks that this 
 Confederation, that the Devil followeth after to destroy, and 
 that Christ standeth open Arm'd to receive, should make thee 
 reach out andfy with all haste and speed. And therefore, 
 
 The Fifth Motive. 
 
 Keep thine Eye upon the Prize, be sure that thy Eyes be 
 continually upon the profit thou art like to get. The reason 
 why Men are so apt to faint in their Race for Heaven, it 
 lyeth chiefly in either of these two things. 20 
 
 First, they do not seriously consider the worth of the Prize; 
 or else if they do, they are afraid it is too good for them. But 
 most lose Heaven for want of considering the prize, and the 
 worth of it. And therefore that thou mayest not do the like, 
 keep thy Eye much upon the Excellency, the Sweetness, the 
 Beauty, the Comfort, the Peace, that is to be had there, by those 
 that win the Prize. This was that which made the Apostle 
 Run thorow any thing; good report, evil report, Persecution, 
 Affliction, Hunger, Nakedness, Peril by Sea, and Peril by Land, 
 Bonds and Imprisonments. Also it made others endure to be 30 
 Stoned, Sawn asunder, to have their Eyes bored out with 
 Augers, their Bodies broiled on Gridirons, their Tongues cut 
 out of their mouths, boiled in Cauldrons, thrown to the wild 
 Beasts, burned at the Stakes, whipt at Posts, and a thousand 
 other fearful Torments, while they looked not at the things that 
 are seen (as the things of this World,) But at the things that 
 
THE HEAVENLY FOOT-MAN. 289 
 
 are not seen ; for the things which are seen, are temporal, but the 
 things which are not seen, are eternal. O this word Eternal, 
 that was it that made them that when they might have had 
 deliverance, they would not accept of it, for they knew in the Heb. «. ,= 
 world to come they should have a better Resurrection. 
 
 2. And do not let the thoughts of the rareness of the Place 
 make thee say in thy Heart, this is too good for me ; for I tell 
 thee, Heaven is prepared for whosoever will accept of it, and they 
 10 shall be entertained with hearty good welcome. Consider 
 therefore, that as bad as thou have got thither ; thither went 
 scrubbed beggarly Lazarus, 8fc. nay, it is prepared for the 
 poor, Hearken my beloved brethren, saith James, take notice of it, Jam. 2. 3. 
 hath not God chosen the poor of this World rich in faith, and heirs 
 of the Kingdom ? therefore take Heart and Run, Man. And, 
 
 The Sixth Motive. 
 
 Think much of them that are gone before. First, how really 
 they got into the Kingdom. Secondly, how safe they are in 
 the Arms of Jesus. Would they be here again for a thousand 
 
 20 Worlds; or if they were, would they be afraid that God 
 would not make them welcome? Thirdly, what they would 
 judge of thee, if they knew thy Heart began to fail thee in thy 
 Journey; or thy Sins began to- allure thee, and to perswade 
 thee to stop thy Race, would they not call thee a thousand 
 Fools ? and say, O that he did but see what we see, feel what we 
 feel, and taste of the dainties that we taste of! O if he were here 
 one quarter of an hour, to behold, to see, to feel, to taste and 
 enjoy, but the thousand part of what we enjoy! what would 
 he do ! what would he suffer, what would he leave undone ! 
 Would he favour Sin, would he love this World below, would 
 
 30 he be afraid of Friends, or shrink at the most fearful threat- 
 nings that the greatest Tyrants could invent to give him? nay, 
 those who have had but a sight of these things by faith, when 
 they have been as far off from them as Heaven from Earth ; 
 yet they have been able to say with a comfortable and merry 
 Heart, as the Bird that sings in the Spring, that this and more 
 shall not keep them from running to Heaven. Sometimes, when 
 my base Heart hath been inclining to this World, and to 
 
 U 
 
2 90 THE HE A VENL Y FOOT- MAN. 
 
 loiter in my Journey towards Heaven, the very consideration 
 of the glorious Saints and Angels in Heaven, what they enjoy, 
 and what low thoughts they have of the things of this World 
 together; how they would befool me, if they did but know 
 that my Heart was drawing back; hath caused me to rush 
 forward, to disdain these poor, low, empty, beggarly things, 
 and to say to my Soul, come Soul let us not be weary, let us see 
 what this Heaven is, let us even venture all for it, and try 
 if that will quit for cost. Surely Abraham, David, Paid and 
 the rest of the Saints of God were as wise as any are now, 10 
 and yet they lost all for this Glorious Kingdom. O therefore, 
 throw away stinking lusts, follow after Righteousness, love 
 the Lord Jesus, devote thy self unto his fear, I'll warrant thee 
 he will give thee a goodly recompence. Reader, what sayest 
 thou to this ? Art resolv'd to follow me ? Nay, resolve if thou 
 canst to get before me. So Run, that ye may obtain. 
 
 The Seventh Motive. 
 To encourage thee a little farther, set to the work, and when 
 thou hast Run thy self down weary, then the Lord Jesus will take 
 thee up and carry thee. Is not this enough to make any poor Soul 20 
 begin his Race ? thou (perhaps) cryest, but I am feeble, I am 
 lame, Sfc; well, but Christ hath a bosom, consider therefore 
 when thou hast Run thy self down weary, he will put thee in his 
 bosom. He shall gather the Lambs with his Arms, and carry them 
 in his Bosom, and shall gently lead those that are with young. This 
 is the way that Fathers take to encourage their Children, saying, 
 Run sweet Babe while thou art weary, and then I 'will take thee 
 up and carry thee. He will gather his Lambs with his Arms, and 
 carry them in his bosom ; when they are weary, they shall ride. 
 
 The Eighth Motive. 1° 
 
 Or else, he will convey new strength from Heaven into thy 
 Soul, which will be as well. The Youths shall faint a?id be 
 weary, and the young Men shall utterly fail. But they that wait 
 upon the Lord, shall RENEW their strength, they shall mount 
 up (with wings like Eagles, they shall run and not be weary, they 
 shall walk and not be faint. What shall I say besides what 
 bath already been said? Thou shalt have good and easy 
 
THE HE A VENL Y FOOT-MAN. 2 9 1 
 
 Lodging, good and wholsom Diet, the Bosom of Christ to lie in, 
 
 . the joys of Heaven to feed on. Shall I speak of the satiety, 
 and of the duration of all these ? Verily to discribe them to 
 the height, is a Work too hard for me to do. 
 The Ninth Motive. 
 Again, Methinks the very Industry of the Devil, and the 
 Industry of his Servants, fyc. should make you that have a 
 desire to Heaven and Happiness, to Run apace. Why the 
 Devil, he will lose no time, spare no pains, also neither will 
 
 10 his Servants; both to seek the destruction of themselves and 
 others. And shall not we be as Industrious for our own 
 Salvation ? Shall the World venture the Damnation of their 
 Souls for a poor Corruptible Crown ; and shall not we venture 
 the loss of a few trifles, for an eternal Crown f Shall they 
 venture the loss of eternal Friends, as God to love, Christ to 
 redeem, the Holy Spirit to comfort, Heaven for Habitation, 
 Saints and Angels for Company, and all this, to get, and hold 
 Communion with Sin, and this World, and a few base Drunken, 
 Swearing, Lying, Covetous Wretches, like themselves ? And 
 
 20 shall not we Labour as hard, Run as fast, Seek as diligently, nay, 
 a hundred times more diligently for the Company of these 
 Glorious eternal Friends, though with the loss of such as these ; 
 nay, with the loss of Ten Thousand times better than these 
 Poor, Low, Base, Contemptible things ? Shall it be said at the 
 last Day, that wicked Men made more haste to Hell, than you did 
 make to Heaven f That they spent more Hours, Days, and 
 that early and late, for Hell, than you spent for that which \s 
 Ten Thousand, Thousand of Thousands times better ? O let 
 it not be so : But Run with all might and main. 
 
 30 Thus you see I have here spoken something, though but 
 little. Now I shall come to make some Use and Application 
 of what hath been said, and so conclude. 
 
 The First Use. 
 
 You see here, that he that will go to Heaven, he must Run 
 
 for it. Yea, and not only Run, but SO Run, that is, (as I have 
 
 said) to Run earnestly, to Run continually, to Strip off every 
 
 thing that would hinder in his Race, with the rest ; well then, 
 
 do you So Run. 
 
 U 2 
 
292 THE HE A VENL Y FOO T-MAN. 
 
 r. And now let us examin a little. Art thou got into the 
 right Way ? Art thou in Christ's Righteousness t Do not say 
 yes, in thy Heart, when in truth there is no such matter. 
 It is a dangerous thing you know, for a Man to think he is in 
 the right way, when he is in the wrong. It is the next way for 
 him to lose his way, and not only so, but if he Run for Heaven, 
 as thou sayst thou doest. even to lose that too. O this is the 
 misery of most Men ! To perswade themselves that they Run 
 right, when they never had one Foot in the way ! The Lord 
 give thee Understanding here ; or else thou art undone for ever, i o 
 Prithee, Soul, search when wast thou turned out of thy Sins and 
 Righteousness, into the Righteousness of Jesus Christ? I say, dost 
 thou see thy self in him ? And is he more precious to thee 
 than the whole World ? Is thy mind always musing on him t 
 Dost thou love to be talking of him ? And also to be walking 
 with him ? Dost thou count his Company preciouser than the 
 whole World ? Dost thou count all things but Poor, Lifeless, 
 Empty, Vain things, without Communion with him 1 Doth 
 his Company sweeten all things ? And his Absence embitter 
 all things? Soul, I beseech thee be serious, and lay it to 20 
 Heart, and do not take things of such weighty Concernment 
 as the Salvation or Damnation of thy Soul, without good 
 ground. 
 
 2. Art thou unladen of the things of this World, as Pride, 
 Pleasures, Profits, Lusts, Vanities? What, dost thou think to 
 Run fast enough, with the World, thy Sins, and Lusts in thy 
 Heart ? I tell thee Soul ; they that have laid all aside, every 
 weight, every Sin, and are got into the nimblest posture ; they 
 find work enough to Run ; so to Run, as to hold out. 
 
 To Run thorow all that opposition, all them Jostles, all them 30 
 Rubs, over all them Stumbling-blocks, over all them Snares, 
 from all those Intanglements, that the Devil, Sin, the W'orld, 
 and their own Hearts lay before them. I tell thee, if thou art 
 agoing Heavenward, thou wilt find it no small or easy matter. 
 Art thou therefore discharged, and unladen of these things ? 
 Never talk of going to Heaven if thou art not. It is to be 
 Luke 13.24. feared, thou wilt be found among them, Many that will seek to 
 enter in, and shall not be able* 
 
THE HE A VENL Y FOOT- MAN'. 293 
 
 The Second Use. 
 
 If so, Then in the next place, what twill become of them that 
 are grown weary, before they are got halfway thither? Why 
 Man, it is he that holdeth out to the end that must be saved ; 
 it is he that overcometh that shall inherit all things ; 'tis not 
 every one that begins. Agrippa gave a fair step for a sudden, 
 he stept almost into the Bosom of Christ in less than half an 
 Hour. Thou (saith he to Paul) hast Almost persuaded me to Act. 26. 28. 
 be a Christian. Ah ! But it was but almost, and so he had 
 
 ro as good have been never a whit. He stept fair indeed ; but yet 
 he stept short; he was hot while he was at it, but he was 
 quickly out of Wind. O this but almost ! I tell you, this but 
 almost, it lost his Soul. Methinks I have seen sometimes, how 
 these poor Wretches that get but almost to Heaven, how 
 fearfully their almost, and their but almost will torment them 
 in Hell. When they shall cry out in the bitterness of their 
 Souls, saying, I was almost a Christian, I was almost got into 
 the Kingdom, almost out of the Hands of the Devil, almost 
 out of my Sins, almost from under the Curse of God, Almost, 
 
 20 and that was all, almost, but not all together. O that I should 
 be almost at Heaven, and should not go quite thorow ! 
 Friend, it is a sad thing to sit down before we are in Heaven, 
 and to grow weary before we come to the place of rest. 
 And if it should be thy case, I am sure thou dost not so Run, 
 as to obtain. But, 
 
 The Third Use. 
 
 Again, In the next place, What then will become of them that 
 some time since were Running Post-haste to Heaven (insomuch, 
 that they seemed to out-strip many) but now are Running as 
 30 fast back again ? Do you think those will ever come thither ? 
 What to Run back again; back again to Sin, to the World, 
 to the Devil ; back again to the lusts of the Flesh. Oh ! It * Pet. 2. 21, 
 had been better for them not to have known the way of righteous- 
 ness, than after they have known it, to turn (to turn back again) 
 from the holy Commandment. Those Men shall not only be 
 Damned for Sin, but for professing to all the World, that Sin is 
 better than Christ. For the Man that Runs back again, he doth 
 
294 THE HE A VENL Y FOO T-MAN. 
 
 as good as say, / have tried Christ, and I have tried Sin ; and 
 I do not jind so much profit in Christ, as in Sin. I say, this 
 Man declareth this, even by his Running back again. O sad ! 
 What a Doom will they have, who were almost at Heaven Gates, 
 
 Heb. io. 3& and then Run back again. If any Man draweth back, saith Christ, 
 
 Luke 9. 62. m y Soul shall have no pleasure in him. Again, No Man having 
 put his Hand to the Plough, that is, set forward, (in the ways of 
 God,) and looking back, turning back again, is fit for the 
 Kingdom of Heaven. And if not fit for the Kingdom of 
 Heaven, then for certain he must needs be fit for the Fire of io 
 Hell. And therefore saith the Apostle, those that bring forth 
 
 ii b 6. 8. these Apostatizing Fruits as Briers and Thorns, are rejected, being 
 nigh unto cursing, whose end is to be Burned. O there is never 
 another Christ to save them by Bleeding and Dying for them. 
 
 Heb. 2. 3 . And if they shall not escape, that neglect, then how shall they 
 escape that reject and turn their backs upon so great salva- 
 
 [t Pet. 4- is.] tion ? And if the Righteous, that is, they that Run for it, will 
 jind work enough to get to Heaven, then where will the un- 
 godly backsliding Sinner appear ? O if Judas the Traitor, or 
 Francis Spira the backslider, were but now alive in the World 20 
 to whisper these Men in the Ear a little, and tell them what 
 it hath cost their Souls for backsliding, surely it would stick 
 by them, and make them afraid of Running back again, so 
 long as they had one day to live in this World. 
 
 The Fourth Use. 
 
 So again Fourthly, how unlike to these Men's Passions will 
 those be, that have all this while sat still, and have not so 
 much as set one foot forward to the Kingdom of Heaven. 
 Surely he that backslideth, and he that sitteth still in Sin, they 30 
 are both of one mind, the one he will not stir, because he 
 loveth his Sins, and the things of this World ; the other he 
 Runs back again, because he loveth his Sins, and the things of 
 this World. Is it not one and the same thing? They are all 
 one here, and shall not one and the same Hell hold them hereafter ? 
 He is an ungodly one that never looked after Christ, and he is 
 an ungodly one, that did once look after him, and then ran 
 quite back again ; and therefore that word must certainly drop 
 
THE HE A VENL Y FOOT- MAN. 295 
 
 out of the mouth of Christ against them both, Depart from me Mat. 25. 41 
 ye Cursed into everlasting fire, prepared for the Devil and his 
 Angels. 
 
 The Fifth Use. 
 
 Again, here you may see in the next place, that is, they that 
 will have Heaven must Run for it. Then this calls aloud to those 
 that began but a while since to Run, I say, for them, to mend 
 their pace, if they intend to win. You know that they which 
 come hindmost, had need Run fastest. Friend, I tell thee, 
 10 there be them that have Run ten years to thy one, nay, twenty 
 to thy five ; and yet if thou talk with them, sometimes they 
 will say they doubt they shall come late enough. How then 
 will it be with thee ? look to it therefore, that thou delay no 
 time, not an hour's time, but speedily part with all, with every 
 thing that is an hindrance to thee in thy Journey; and run ; 
 yea, and so Run that thou mayest obtain. 
 
 The Sixth Use. 
 
 Again, Sixthly, You that are old Professors, Take you heed, 
 that the young Striplings of Jesus, that began to strip but the 
 
 soother day, do not out-run you, so as to have that Scripture 
 fulfilled on you, The first shall be last, and the last first. 
 Which will be a shame to you, and a credit for them. What 
 for a young Soldier to be more courageous, then he that hath 
 been used to Wars ! To you that are hindmost, I say, strive 
 to out-run them that are before you ; and you that are fore- 
 most, I say hold your ground, and keep before them in faith 
 and love, if possible ; for indeed that is the right Running, for 
 one to strive to out-run another; even for the hindmost to 
 endeavour to overtake the foremost ; and he that is before, 
 
 30 should be sure to lay out himself to keep his ground, even to 
 the very utmost. But then, 
 
 The Seventh Use. 
 
 Again, How basely do they behave themselves, how unlike 
 
 are they to win, that think it enough to keep Company with the 
 
 hindmost. There are some Men, that profess themselves such 
 
 as Run for Heaven as well as any, yet if there be but any lazy, 
 
296 THE HEA VENL Y FO T-MAN. 
 
 slothful, cold, half-hearted Professors in the Country, they will be 
 sure to take Example by them ; they think if they can but keep 
 pace with them, they shall do fair. But these do not consider, 
 that the hindmost lose the Prize. You may know it if you will, 
 that it cost the foolish Virgins dear for their coming too late. 
 
 Mat ?s 10, They that were ready went in (with him, and the door was shut. 
 Afterward, mark, Afterward came the other (the foolish) 
 Virgins, saying Lord, Lord, open to us : But he answered and 
 said, Depart, I know you not. Depart lazy Professors, cold 
 Professors, slothfull Professors. O ! methinks the word of God io 
 is so plain for the overthrow of your lazy Professors, that it is 
 to be wondered, Men do take no more notice of it. How 
 
 Gen. 19. 26. was Lot's Wife served for Running lazily, and for giving but 
 one look behind her, after the things she left in Sodom ? How 
 was Esau served, for staying too long before he came for the 
 blessing? And how was they served that are mentioned in 
 the thirteenth of Luke, for staying till the door was shut? 
 
 neb. 12:17. Also the foolish Virgins ; A heavy aftergroan will they give, 
 that have thus stayed too long. It turned Lots Wife into a 
 Pillar of Salt. It made Esau weep with an exceeding loud 20 
 
 [Mat. 27. 5.1 and bitter Cry. It made Judas hang himself. Yea, and it will 
 make thee Curse the day in which thou wast born if thou miss 
 of the Kingdom, as thou wilt certainly do, if this be thy 
 course. But, 
 
 The Eighth Use. 
 
 Again, How and if thou by thy lazy Running, shouldest not 
 only destroy thy self, but also thereby be the cause of the 
 damnation of some others ? For thou being a Professor, thou 
 must think that others will take notice of thee, and because 
 thou art but a poor, cold, lazy Runner, and one that seeks 30 
 to drive the World, and pleasure along with thee, why 
 thereby others will think of doing so too. Nay, say they, why 
 may not we as well as he ? He is a Professor and yet he seeks 
 for pleasures, riches, profits, he loveth vain Company, and he is 
 Proud, and he is so and so, and professeth that he is going 
 for Heaven ; yea, and saith also he doth not fear but he shall 
 have entertainment ; let us therefore keep pace with him, we 
 
THE HE A VENL Y FOOT-MAN. 297 
 
 shall fare no worse than he. O how fearful a thing will it be, 
 if that thou J ha It thus be instrumental of the ruin of others, by thy 
 halting in the way of righteousness. Look to it, thou wilt have 
 strength little enough to appear before God, to give an 
 account of the loss of thy own Soul, thou needest not have to 
 give an account for others, why thou didst stop them for 
 entering in. How wilt thou answer that saying, You would [\.m. h. ?■■ 
 not enter in your selves, and them that would, you hinder ; for 
 that saying will be eminently fulfilled on them that through 
 10 their own Idleness do keep themselves out of Heaven, and by 
 giving of others the same example, hinder them also. 
 
 The Ninth Use. 
 
 Therefore, Now to speak a w r ord to both of you, and so I 
 shall conclude. 
 
 First, I beseech you in the Name of our Lord Jesus Christ, that 
 none of you do Run so lazily in the way to Heaven, as to hinder 
 either your selves, or others. I know that even he which Runs 
 Laziest, if he should see a Man running for a temporal Life, 
 if he should so much neglect his own well-being in this World 
 20 as to venture, when he is a running for his Life, to pick up 
 here and there a lock of wool that hangeth by the way side; 
 or to step now and then aside out of the way, for to gather up 
 a straw or two, or any rotten stick ; I say, if he should do 
 this when he is a running for his Life, thou wouldest Condemn 
 him. And dost thou not Condemn thy self, that doest the very 
 same, in effect ; nay worse, that loiterest in thy Race, 
 notwithstanding thy Soul, Heaven, Glory, and all is at stake ? 
 Have a care, have a care, poor wretched Sinner, have a care. 
 
 Secondly, If yet there shall be any, that notwithstanding this 
 30 advice, will still be faggering, and loitering in the way to the 
 Kingdom of Glory, be thou so wise as not to take example by 
 them. Learn of no Man farther than he followeth Christ. But Heb. 12. i, 
 look unto Jesus, who is not only the author and finisher of Faith, 
 but w ho did for the joy that was set before him, endure the Cross, 
 despise the shame, and is now set down at the right hand of God. 
 I say, look to no Man to learn of him, no further than he 
 followeth Christ. Be ye followers of me (saith Paul) even as I 
 
298 THE HEAVENLY FOOT-MAN. 
 
 am of Christ. 1 Cor. n. 1. Though he was an eminent Man ; 
 yet his exhortation was, that none should follow him any 
 further, then he followed Christ. 
 
 Provocation. 
 
 Now that you may be provoked to Run with the foremost, 
 take notice of this. When Lot and his Wife was running 
 from Cursed Sodom to the Mountains, to save their lives, it is 
 said, that his Wife looked back from behind him, and she 
 became a Pillar of Salt ; and yet you see that neither her 
 practice, nor the judgment of God that fell upon her for the 10 
 same, would cause Lot to look behind him. I have sometimes 
 wondered at Lot in this particular. His Wife looked behind 
 her, and died immediately, but let what would become of her. 
 Lot would not so much as look behind him to see her. We do 
 not read that he did so much as once look where she was, or 
 what was become of her. His Heart was indeed upon his 
 Journey, and well it might, there was the Mountain before him, 
 and the Fire and Brimstone behind him : his Life lay at Stake, and 
 he had lost it, if he had but look'd behind him. Do thou so 
 Run. And in thy Race Remember Lot's Wife, and remember 20 
 her Doom, and remember for what that Doom did overtake her, 
 and remember that God made her an Example, for all lazy 
 Runners, to the end of the World, and take heed thou fall 
 not after the same Example. But, 
 
 If this will not provoke thee, Consider thus, 1. Thy Soul 
 is thy own Soul, that is either to be saved or lost, thou shalt not 
 lose my Soul by thy laziness. It is thy own Soul, thy own Ease, 
 thy own Peace, thy own Advantage or Disadvantage. If it 
 were my Soul that thou art desired to be good unto, methinks 
 reason should move thee somewhat to pity it. But alas, it is 30 
 
 Mar. 8. 36. thy own, thy own Soul. What shall it profit a man, if he shall 
 gain the whole world, and lose his own Soul. Gods People 
 wish well to the Souls of others, and wilt not thou wish well 
 to thy own ? And if this will not provoke thee, then think, 
 
 Again, 2. If thou lose thy Soul, it is thou also that must 
 bear the blame. It made Cain stark mad, to consider that he 
 
 uai sense, had not looked to his Brother AbeVs Soul. How much more 
 
 
THE HEAVENLY FOOT-MAN. 299 
 
 will it perplex thee, to think that thou hadst not a care of thy 
 own ? And if this will not provoke thee to bestir thy self, 
 Think, again, 
 
 3. That if thou wilt not Run, the People of God are resolved 
 to deal with thee even as Lot dealt with his Wife, that is, leave 
 thee behind them. It may be thou hast a Father, Mother, 
 Brother, Sfc. going Post-haste to Heaven, wouldst thou be 
 willing to be left behind them ? Surely no ! 
 
 Again, 4. Will it not be a Dishonour to thee to see the very 
 
 10 Boys and Girls in the Country, to have more Wit than thy self, 
 It may be the Servants of some Men, as the Horse-keeper, 
 Plough-man, Scullion, fyc. is more looking after Heaven, than 
 their Masters. I am apt to think sometimes, that more 
 Servants than Masters, that more Tenants than Land-lords will 
 inherit the Kingdom of Heaven. But is not this a shame for 
 them that are such ? I am perswaded you scorn that your 
 Servants should say, that they are wiser than you in the things 
 of this World ; and yet I am bold to say, that many of them 
 are wiser than you in the things of the World to come, which 
 
 20 are of greater Concernment. 
 
 Expostulation. 
 
 Well then, Sinner, what sayst thou ? Where is thy Heart ? 
 Wilt thou Run ? Art thou resolved to Strip ? Or art thou 
 not ? Think quickly Man, it is no dallying in this matter. 
 Confer not with Flesh and Blood, look up to Heaven, and see 
 how thou likest it; also to Hell, (of which thou mayst 
 understand something in my Book, called A few Sighs from 
 Hell, or the Groans of a Damned Soul, which I wish thee to 
 read seriously over) and accordingly Devote thy self. If thou 
 30 dost not know the way, inquire at the Word of God. If thou 
 wantest Company, cry for God's Spirit, if thou wantest 
 Incouragement, entertain the Promises: But be sure thou 
 begin betimes, get into the way ; run apace ; and hold out to 
 the end. And the Lord give thee a prosperous Journey. 
 
 Farewell. 
 

A CATALOGUE OF ALL MR. BUNYAN'S BOOKS. 
 
 Running Reader ! 
 / That now help you to this Heavenly Foot-Man in Print, (being 
 the Person that first moved and procured the Printing in Folio above 
 Twenty of our Author Bunyan's Pieces) have also now given you here, 
 a Catalogue of all that great Convert's Works, in order of Time, as 
 they succeeded each other in Publication, (as near as I can understand) 
 and I do also love them, and would have you do so too, as they are the 
 Experience and Knowledge of a great Convert, which indeed is a great 
 Monument of the mighty power of Grace, and a fit Fellow-Traveller 
 for a Heavenly Fool-man, 
 
 Charles Doe. 
 Borough, London, 
 March 26, 1698. 
 
 This Catalogue, is word for word, as it is in the several 
 Title-Pages, except the Texts. 
 
 1. Some Gospel-Truths opened according to the Scriptures, or the 
 Divine and Human Nature of Christ Jesus; His coming into the 
 World ; his Righteousness, Death, Resurrection, Ascension, Intercession, 
 and Second Coming to Judgment, plainly demonstrated and proved ; 
 and also Answers to several Questions, with profitable Directions 
 to stand fast in the Doctrine of the Son of Mary, against those 
 blusterous Storms of the Devil's Temptations, which at this day 
 like so many Scorpions break loose from the Bottomless Pit, to 
 bite and torment those that have not tasted the Virtue of Jesus, by 
 the Revelation of the Spirit of God. 
 
 Published for the good of God's Chosen Ones, by that Unworthy 
 Servant of Christ John Bunyan of Bedford, by the Grace of God 
 Preacher of the Gospel of his Dear Son, Joh. 14. 6. Act. 4. 12. 
 Published 1 656, in about II Sheets in 12°. and it is now in the Folio. 
 
 2. A Vindication of the Book called Some Gospel-Truths opened 
 according to the Scriptures ; and the opposition made against it by 
 Edward Borrougk a professed Quaker, (but proved an Enemy to the 
 
302 A CATALOGUE OF ALL 
 
 Truth) Examined and Confuted by the Word of God; and also 
 the things that were then laid down, and declared to the World ; 
 by me are a second Time born witness to, according to Truth ; with 
 the Answer of Edward Borrough to the Queries then laid down in 
 my Book reproved ; and also a plain Answer to his Queries given 
 in symplicity of Soul ; and is now also presented to the World, 
 or who else may read or hear them ; to the end, (if God will) that 
 Truth may be discovered thereby. 
 
 By John Bunyan Preacher of the Gospel of Christ, Act. 13. 22, 23, 
 and 29, 30, and 32, 33, and 38, and 39. 
 
 Published 1657, m about 9 Sheets in 4 . 
 
 3. Sighs from Hell ; or, the Groans of a Damned Soul, discovering 
 from the 16th of Luke, the Lamentable state of the Damned; and 
 may fitly serve as a warning-word to Sinners both Old and Young, 
 by Faith in Jesus Christ, to avoid the same place of Torment ; with 
 a discovery of the usefulness of the Scriptures, as our safe Conduct 
 for the avoiding the Torments of Hell. By John Bunyan. 
 
 Published in about 7 Sheets, in 12 . It hath now been Printed 
 9 times. 
 
 4. The Doctrine of the Law and Grace unfolded, or a Discourse 
 touching the Law and Grace, the nature of the one, and the nature 
 of the other ; shewing what they are, as they are the two Covenants, 
 and likewise who they be, and what their Conditions are that be 
 under either of these two Covenants. Wherein for the better under- 
 standing of the Reader, there are several Questions answered touch- 
 ing the Law and Grace, very easy to be read, and as easy to be 
 understood by those that are the Sons of Wisdom, the Children 
 of the second Covenant; also several Titles set over the several 
 Truths contained in this Book, for thy sooner finding them, which 
 are those following the Epistle. 
 
 Published by that Poor Contemptible Creature John Bunyan of 
 Bedford. Heb. 7. 19. Rom. 3.- 28. Rom. 4. 5. In about 23 Sheets, 
 in 8°. 
 
 5. I will Pray with the Spirit and with the Understanding also; 
 or, a Discourse touching Prayer, wherein is briefly discoursed, 
 1. What Prayer is. 2. What it is to Pray with the Spirit. 3. What 
 it is to Pray with the Spirit, and with the Understanding also. 
 
 By John Bunyan. Rom. 8. 26. I Cor. 14. 15. 
 
 Published 1663, in about 4 Sheets, in 12°. and is now in the Folio. 
 
 6. A Map, shewing the order and causes of Salvation and Dam- 
 nation. 
 
 By John Bunyan, in a Broadside of a Sheet, Copper Cut, Price 6d. 
 and it is now in the Folio. 
 
 
MR. BUNYAN' S BOOKS. 303 
 
 7. The Four last things, Death and Judgment, Heaven and Hell. 
 In about 3 Sheets, in 16 . in Verse. 
 
 8. Mount Ebal and Gerizim, or the Blessings and the Cursings. 
 In about a Sheet, in 1 6°. in Verse. 
 
 9. Prison-Meditations, in about half a Sheet, in Verse. 
 
 10. The Holy City, or the New Jerusalem, wherein its goodly 
 Lights, Walls, Gates, Angles, and the manner of their standing are 
 Expounded, also her length and breadth ; together with the Golden 
 Measuring-Reed explain'd, and the Glory of all unfolded, as also 
 the numerousness of its Inhabitants ; and what the Tree, and Water 
 of Life are, by which they are sustained. 
 
 By John Bunyan, a Servant of Christ. Psa. 87. 3. Ezek. 38. 33. 
 Published 1665, in 10 Sheets, now in the Folio. 
 
 11. The Resurrection of the Dead, and Eternal Judgment, or the 
 Truth of the Resurrection of the Bodies, both of good and bad at 
 the last day, asserted and proved by God's Word ; also the manner 
 and order of their coming forth of their Graves, as also with what 
 Bodies they do arise ; together with a Discourse of the last Judg- 
 ment, and the final Conclusion of the whole World. 
 
 By John Bunyan, a Servant of the Lord's Christ. I Cor. 15. 
 51,52. Joh. 5. 28, 29. 
 
 Published 1665, in about 7 Sheets, in 8°. and it is now in the Folio. 
 
 12. Grace abounding to the chief of Sinners, or a brief and 
 faithful Relation of the exceeding Mercy of God in Christ to his 
 poor Servant John Bunyan ; wherein is particularly shewed the manner 
 of his Conversion, his sight and trouble for Sin, his dreadful Temp- 
 tations, also how he despaired of Gods Mercy, and how the Lord at 
 length through Christ, did deliver him from all the Guilt and Terror 
 that lay upon him; all which was written by his own Hand, and 
 now published for the support of the weak and tempted People 
 of God. Psa. 66. 16. 
 
 In 8 Sheets, in 12 . Printed 7 times. 
 
 13. A defence of the Doctrine of Justification by Faith in Jesus 
 Christ, shewing true Gospel Holiness flows from thence; or Mr. 
 Fowler s pretended Design of Christianity, proved to be nothing 
 more, than to trample under foot the Blood of the Son of God, and 
 Idolizing of Man's own Righteousness ; as also while he pretends to 
 be a Minister of the Church of England, he overthroweth the 
 wholsome Doctrine contained in the 10th, nth, and 13th of the 
 39 Articles of the same, and that he falleth in with the Quaker and 
 Romanist against them. 
 
 By John Bunyan. 1 Pet. 2. 4. 
 
 Published 1671. In about 16 Sheets in 4 . 
 
304 A CATALOGUE OF ALL 
 
 14. A Confession 0/ Faith, and Reason of my Practice; or with 
 who, and who not, I can hold Church-Fellowship, or the Communion 
 of Saints; shewing by divers Arguments, that tho' I dare not 
 Communicate with the open Profane, yet I can with those visible 
 Saints that differ about Water-Baptism; wherein is also discoursed, 
 whether that be the Entering-Ordinance into Fellowship, or no. 
 Psa. 116. 10. 
 
 Published 1672, in about 6 Sheets in 12 . 
 
 15. Difference in Judgment about Water-Baptism no Bar to Com- 
 munion, or to Communicate with Saints, as Saints, proved Lawful ; 
 in answer to a Book written by the Baptists, and published by 
 Mr. T. P. and W. K. entituled, Some serious Reflections on that part 
 of Mr. Banyan's Confession of Faith, touching Church-Communion with 
 Unbaptized Believers : wherein their Objections and Arguments are 
 answered, and the Doctrine of Communion still asserted and vin- 
 dicated. Here is also Mr. Hen. Jeffe's Judgment in the Case, fully 
 declaring the Doctrine I have asserted. 
 
 By John Bunyan, 1673, in about 8 Sheets in 8°. 
 
 16. Peaceable Principles and true, or a brief answer to Mr. Danvers* 
 and Mr. Paul's Books against my Confession of Faith, and Difference 
 in Judgment about Water-Baptism, no Bar to Communion ; wherein 
 their Scriptureless-Notions are overthrown, and my Peaceable Prin- 
 ciples still maintained. By J. Bunyan, Psal. 58. I. 
 
 Published 1674, in about 2 sheets in 12 . 
 
 17. Reprobation Asserted, or the Doctrine of Eternal Election 
 and Reprobation promiscuously handled, in eleven Chapters ; where- 
 in the most Material Objections against this Doctrine are Answered, 
 several Doubts removed, and sundry Cases of Conscience Resolved. 
 
 By John Bunyan, a lover of Peace and Truth, Rom. II. 7. In 
 about 6 sheets in 4 . 
 
 18. Light for them that sit in Darkness, or a Discourse of Jesus 
 Christ, and that he undertook to accomplish by himself the Eternal 
 Redemption of Sinners. Also, how the Lord Jesus addrest himself 
 to the Work, with undeniable Demonstrations that he performed 
 the same ; Objections to the contrary answerd. 
 
 By John Bunyan, Gal. 3. 13. in about 10 sheets, and it is now in 
 the Folio. 
 
 19. Christian Behaviour, being the Fruits of True Christianity, 
 teaching Husbands, Wives, Parents, Children, Masters, Servants, 
 &c. how to walk so as to please God, with a word of Directions to 
 all Backsliders. 
 
 By John Bunyan, Heb. 6. 7, 8. 
 
 In 5 sheets in 12 , and it is now in the Folio. 
 
MR. BUNYAN' S BOOKS. 
 
 305 
 
 20. Instructions for the Ignorant, being a Salve to cure that great 
 want of Knowledge which so much reigns both in Young and Old ; 
 prepared and presented to them, in a plain and easy Dialogue, 
 fitted to the Capacity of the Weakest. 
 
 By John Bunyan, Hos. 4. 6. published 1675, in about 3 sheets in 
 12°, and it is now in the Folio. 
 
 21. Saved by Grace, or a Discourse of the Grace of God ; shewing, 
 i. What it is to be Saved. 2. What it is to be saved by Grace. 
 3. Who they are that are saved by Grace. 4. How it appears that 
 they are saved by Grace. 5. What should be the Reason, that God 
 >hould chuse to -save Sinners by Grace, rather than by any other 
 means. 
 
 By John Bunyan, Eph. 2. 5. 
 
 In 5 sheets in I 2°, and it is now in the Folio. 
 
 22. The Straight Gate, or, great difficulty of going to Heaven; 
 plainly proving by the Scriptures, that not only the Rude and 
 Profane, but many great Professors will come short of that 
 Kingdom. 
 
 By John Bunyan, Mat. 7. 1 3, 14. published 1676, in 5 sheets 
 in 1 2°, and it is now in the Folio. 
 
 23. The Pilgrim's Progress, from this World to that which is to 
 come, delivered under the similitude of a Dream; wherein is dis- 
 covered the manner of his setting out, his dangerous Journey, and 
 safe arrival at the desired Country. 
 
 By John Bunyan. Hos. 12. 10. 
 
 In about 9 sheets in 12 , Printed 13 times. 
 
 24. A Treatise of the Fear of God, shewing what it is, and how 
 distinguished from that which is not so ; also whence it comes, who 
 has it, what are the Effects, and what the Priviledges of those that 
 have it in their Hearts. 
 
 By John Bunyan. Psal. 1 28. 1. 
 Published 1697, in about 15 sheets, in 8°. 
 
 25. Come and Welcome to Jesus Christ, or a plain and profitable 
 Discourse on John 6. Verse 37, shewing the cause and true manner 
 of the Coming of a Sinner to Jesus Christ, with his happy Reception, 
 and blessed Entertainment. 
 
 By John Bunyan. Isa. 27. 13. 
 In about 9 sheets, in 12 . 
 
 26. The Holy War made by Shaddai upon Diabolus for the Re- 
 gaining the Metropolis of the World, or the losing and taking again 
 of the Town of Mansoul. 
 
 By John Bunyan. Hos. 12. 10. 
 Published 1682, in about 26 sheets, in S°. 
 
306 A CATALOGUE OF ALL 
 
 27. The Barren Figiree, or the Doom and Downfall of the 
 Fruitless Professor; shewing that the day of Grace may be prist 
 with him long before his Life is ended : the Signs also by which 
 such Miserable .Mortals may be known. 
 
 By John Bunyan. In about 8 sheets, in 12°. 
 
 28. The greatness of the Soul, and unspeakableness of the loss 
 thereof, with the causes of the losing of it ; first Preached at Pinners 
 Hall, and now enlarged, and published for Good. 
 
 By John Bunyan. 
 
 29. A Case of Conscience Resolved, viz. Whether, Where a Church >f 
 Christ is situate, it is the Duty of the Women of that Congregation 
 ordinarily, and by appointment, to separate themselves from their 
 Brethren, and so to asse?nble together to perform some parts of Divine 
 Worship, as Prayer, &c. Without their Men : And the Arguments 
 made use of for that Practice, examined. 
 
 By John Bunyan, Published 1683, in about 5 sheets, in 4 . 
 
 30. Seasonable Counsels, or advice to Sufferers. 
 By John Bunyan, Pub. 1684, about 9 sh. in 1 2°. 
 
 31. The Pilgrinis Progress, from this World to that which is to 
 come, The second part ; delivered under the similitude of a Dream; 
 wherein is set forth the manner of the setting out of Christian's Wife 
 and Children, and their dangerous Journey & safe arrival at the 
 desired Country. 
 
 By John Bunyan. Hos. 12. 10. In about 9 sh. in 12°. 
 
 32. The Life and Death of Mr. Badman, presented to the World 
 in a familiar Dialogue between Mr. Wisetnan and Mr. Attentive. 
 
 By John Bioiyan. In about 16 sheets in 12°. 
 
 33. A Holy Life the Beauty of Christianity, or an Exhortation to 
 Christians to be Holy. 
 
 By John Bunyan, Psal. 93. 5. Pub. 1684. in 9 sh. 12 . 
 
 34. A Discourse upon the Pharisee and Publican, where several 
 great and weighty things are handled : As the nature of Prayer, and 
 of Obedience to the Law ; with how far it obliges Christians, and 
 wherein it Consists : Wherein is also shewed the equally de- 
 plorable Condition of the Pharisee or Hypocritical self-Righteous 
 Man, and of the Publican or Sinner, that lives in Sin, and 
 in open Violation of the Divine Laws ; together with the Way 
 and Method of God's Fiee-Grace in Pardoning Penitent Sinners ; 
 PfoVittg, that he Justifies them by imputing Christ's Righteousness 
 to them. 
 
 By John Bunyan, Luk. 18. io, 1 1, 12, 13. Published 16S5, in 
 about 10 sheets in 12 . 
 
 35. A Caution, to stir up to Watch against Sin. 
 
MR. BUNYAN' S BOOKS. 307 
 
 36. Questions about the Nature and perpetuity of the Seventh-day 
 Sabbath, and Proof, that the first Day of the Week, is the True 
 Christian Sabbath. By J. B. Mat. 12. S. Pub. 1685. 
 
 37- A Book for Boys and Girls, or Country Rhymes for Children, 
 in Verse, on 74 things. 
 
 By J. B. Pub. 1686. In about 6 sheets 12 . 
 
 38. The Jerusalem Sinner saved, or good News to the Vilest of 
 Men, being a help for Despairing Souls; shewing that Jesus Christ 
 would have Mercy offered in the first place to the biggest Sinners : 
 The Second Edition, in which is added, an Answer to those Grand 
 Objections that lie in the Way of them that would Believe; for 
 the Comfort of those that fear they have Sinned against the Holv 
 Ghost. 
 
 By John Bunyan. Pub. 1688, in 8 sh. in 12 . 
 
 39. The Work of Jesus Christ as an Advocate, clearly Explained 
 and largely Improved, for the Benefit of all Believers, from 
 1 Joh. 2. 1. 
 
 By John Bunyan, Pub. 1 688, in about 10 sh. 12 . 
 
 40. A Discourse of the Building, Nature, Excellencies, and Govern- 
 ment of the House of God, with Counsel and Directions to the In- 
 habitants thereof. 
 
 By John Bunyan, Psal. 26. 8. Published 1688, in about 5 sheets 
 in 12 . 
 
 41. The Water of Life, or a Discourse, shewing the Riches and 
 Glory of the Grace and Spirit of the Gospel, as set forth in Scrip- 
 ture by this Term, The Water of Life. By John Bunyan. Published 
 1688. In about 5 sheets in 12 . 
 
 42. Solomons Temple Spiritualized, or Gospel-light fetched out of 
 the Temple at Jerusalem, to let us more easily unto the Glory of 
 New-Testament Truths. 
 
 By John Bunyan, Eze. 43. 10, 11. Published 1688, in about 
 9 sheets in 12 . 
 
 43- The Acceptable Sacrifice, or the Excellency of a Broken 
 Heart; shewing the Nature, Signs and proper Effects of a Contrite 
 Spirit. 
 
 By John Bunyan, Psal. 51. 17. Published 1688, in about 7 sheets 
 in 12 . 
 
 44. Mr. John Bunyan's last Sermon at London, Preached at Mr. 
 Gamynons Meeting-House near White-chapel Aug. 19, 1688, upon 
 John 1. 13. shewing a Resemblance between a Natural and a 
 Spiritual Birth : And how every Man and Woman may try them- 
 selves, and know whether they are Born again, or not. 
 
 Published 16S9, in about 1 sheet in 12 . 
 
 X 2 
 
30 8 A CATALOGUE OF ALL MA\ BUNYAN'S BOOK'S. 
 
 The Twelve pieces folloiving ivere left by Mr. Bunvan in Manuscript, 
 and were never Printed, but in the Folio, 16S2, viz. 
 
 45. An Exposition on the ten first Chapters of Genesis, <\c. In 
 about 19 sheets. 
 
 46. Of Justification by Imputed Righteousness; or. No wav to 
 Heaven, but by Jesus Christ. 
 
 47. Paul's Departure and Crown, or an Exposition upon 2 Tim. 
 4. 6, 7, 8. In about 5 sheets. 
 
 48. Of the Trinity, and a Christian. 
 
 49. Of the Law, and a Christian. 
 
 50. Israel's Hope Encouraged, or what Hope is, and how Distin- 
 guished from Faith, with Encouragement for a hoping People. 
 Psal. 130. 7. 
 
 51. The Desires of the Righteous Granted, or a Discourse of the 
 Righteous Man's Desires, Prov. 11. 23. Prov. 10. 24. In about 
 6 sheets, in Folio. 
 
 52. The Saint's Privilege and Profit, Heb. 4. 16. 
 
 53. Christ a Complete Saviour, of the Intercession of Christ, and 
 who are privileged in it, Heb. 7. 25. In about 8 sheets, in Folio. 
 
 54. The Saint's Knowledge of Christ's Love, or the unsearchable 
 Riches of Christ, Eph. 3. 18, 19 
 
 55. Of the House of the Forest of Lebanon. 
 In about 5 sheets, in Folio. 
 
 56. Of Antichrist, and his Ruin ; and the Slaying of the Witnesses, 
 in about 8 sheets, in Folio. 
 
 The four Books following were never yet Printed, except this now of 
 the Heavenly Footman, which I bought in 1691, now six years since, 0/ 
 Mr. John Bunyan, the Eldest Son of our Author ; and I have now put 
 it into the World in Print, Word for word, as it came from him to me. 
 
 57. A Christian Dialogue. 
 
 58. The Heavenly Footman, Sec. 
 
 59. A Pocket Concordance. 
 
 60. An Account of his Imprisonment. 
 
 Here are Sixty Pieces of his Labours, and he was Sixty Years 
 of Age. 
 
 He was born at Elstow, nigh Bedford, about 1628, and about 1652 
 was by irresistible Grace Converted, and in 1660, he had Preached 
 5 Years, and then for that was thrown into Bedford Gaol, and in 
 i 67 1, was called to the Pastoral Office at Bedford, being the nth 
 of his 12 years and half Imprisonment at 3 times, and Died at 
 London August 31, 16SS. And Buried in Fiusbury-(J round deal 
 Moorfields, London. 
 
NOTES 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 In the rhymed address To the Reader, prefixed to the Holy War, 
 Bunyan goes straight to the point, and introduces his allegory typifying 
 the eternal contention between good and evil in the human mind by de- 
 claring with heartfelt earnestness : — 
 
 "Tis strange to me that they that love to tell 
 Things done of old. .... 
 
 Speak not of Mansoul's wars.' 
 Xo man, he continues, can know himself while he is ignorant of the 
 great struggle between Emmanuel and Diabolus. Others may write as 
 fancy leads them, he says, but I have somewhat else to do than to trouble 
 you with vain stories ; the tale I tell is true, and its truth is known to 
 many. Listen then, and hear how Mansoul was lost, and how she was 
 redeemed. I myself was in the Town ; I saw her under the rule of Dia- 
 bolus, wallowing in filth and warring against Emmanuel. I saw the 
 armed men of the prince come down to rescue her, I saw the struggle 
 — who were wounded and who were slain. I saw, too, the gates of the 
 city broken open, and the devil in chains. I saw Emmanuel; I was 
 there when Mansoul crucified the rebels, and when all Mansoul 
 went clad in white. What shall I say? I neither will nor can tell 
 all that I beheld, but by what I do say you may know that Mansoul's 
 matchless wars are no fable. Mansoul was the desire of both princes, 
 and they both strove to have her. 
 
 ' She saw the swords of fighting men made red,' and she endured 
 mighty wars concerning her everlasting weal and wo. Count me not, 
 then, among those who set men star-gazing, but give heed to things of 
 the greatest moment. Yet, do not go to work without my key [the 
 marginal notes], for 
 
 ' In mysteries men soon do lose their way.' 
 
 P. 1. 1. 3. Historiology. A word formed from the Latin historia, 
 history, Greek laropia, a learning by enquiry, and the Greek \6yos, a 
 discourse. 
 
^10 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 1. 12. Tnditers. Those who indite or publish. Old French indictcr, 
 to indict, to accuse, from the Low Latin indictare, to point out, to 
 accuse. 
 
 1. 15. Raise such mountains. That is, relate stories of marvellous 
 adventures and difficulties. Mountain is used proverbially for any huge 
 or astonishing thing. Compare with the French adage, ' Promettre 
 wonts et merveilles.' 
 
 1. 19. Front 'ice -piece. A misspelling of frontispiece. Old French 
 fronti spice, the fore-front of a house, Low Latin frontispicinm, a front 
 view. Now applied to the front page of a book. Dryden says : 
 
 ' 'Tis paradise to look 
 On the fair frontispiece of Nature's book.' 
 
 Britannia Rediviva. Aldine Edition, vol. ii. p. 214. 
 P. 2, 1. 4. Anatomize. To dissect, hence, to lay open distinctly and 
 by minute parts. According to Shakspeare : 
 
 • The wise man's folly is anatomized 
 Even by the squandering glances of the fool.' 
 
 As You Like It, Act II, Sc. vii, 1. 56. 
 
 1. 15. Diabolus. Greek biafioXos, one who sets at variance, a slan- 
 derer, a false accuser. Used frequently in the New Testament to signify 
 the Devil. See Matthew iv. 1 ; Luke iv. 2 ; John vi. 70. 
 
 1. 26. A partaker of their derision. A subject of their ridicule. 
 1. 33. Battel- ray. Battle-array. Old French arei, arroi, prepara- 
 tion. Allied to the Anglo-Saxon r<kde, ready. ' Against the Achaians 
 that were ranged in Battcll ray, 1 Sir T. North, Flutarch, 1676, p. 
 309. 
 
 P. 3, 1. 1. Colours. A standard, or ensign of war : — 
 'And there at Venice gave 
 His body to that pleasant country's earth, 
 And his pure soul unto his captain Christ 
 Under whose colours he had fought so long.' 
 
 King Richard II, Act IV, Sc. i, 1. 97. 
 
 1. 4. Primum Mobile. The ' primum mobile ' in ancient systems of 
 astronomy was the outermost of the concentric and movable spheres, 
 which were conceived of as together constituting the universe. It was 
 regarded as communicating a motion to all the other spheres apart from 
 their proper or independent motion. See T. Fowler, Bacoiis Novum 
 Organum, p. 231. Hence it seems to designate the soul, as communi- 
 cating a motion to every part of the body. 
 
 1. 5. Mounts. Artificial hills raised for military purposes. 
 
 1. 6. Slings. War-engines for hurling stones ; otherwise named cata- 
 pults or mangonels. 
 
jVOTES, pp. 1-6. 311 
 
 1. 8. What longer kept in mind than got in fears. What is longer 
 remembered than a fact which terror has impressed upon the mind? 
 
 I. 12; Wo worth the day. Woe be to the day. An ancient exclama- 
 tion of grief or regret. Worth is derived from the Anglo-Saxon iveorban. 
 to become. Cf. Chaucer, Troilus and Creseide, Book II, v. 344 (T. 
 Tyrwhitt's edition) : — 
 
 ' Wo worth the faire gemme vertulesse, 
 Wo worth that hearbe also that doth no bote, 
 Wo worth the beauty that is routhlesse, 
 Wo worth that wight that trede ech under fote.' 
 1. 29 Ope. So in the Comedy of Errors, Act III, Sc. i, 1. 73 : — 
 
 ' Go fetch me something : I'll break ope the gate.' 
 1. 33. Boanerges. See Alar k iii. 17. 
 P. 4, 1. 7. Diabolonians. Adherents of Diabolus. 
 P. 5, 1. 16. Wording jars. Quarrels in which the disputants war 
 with the tongue rather than the sword. 
 
 1. 32. Tell his fingers. Count his fingers. ' Tell ' is from the Anglo- 
 Saxon tellan, to count ; lain, number, narrative. An instance of the 
 word occurs in Havelok the Dane (Early English Text Society), p. 74, 
 where Godrich's followers arm so swiftly 
 
 ' pat ])ei wore on a litel stunde 
 Grethet, als men mithe telle a pund.' 
 1. 34. And kept thee from the Sunshine with a Torch. This line 
 sounds rather like a proverbial saying, but possibly it is an image of 
 Bunyan's own making. 
 
 P. 6, 1. to. With my heifer plough. See Judges xiv. 18. 
 I. 11. Marginal reference. Af argent. The usual spelling of margin 
 in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. Milton has — 
 
 'By slow Meander's margent green,' Comus,\. 232, 
 and glad-hearted Herrick makes the Apparition of his Mistress calling 
 him to Elysium summon him to bliss with the declaration : — 
 ' Here in green meadows sits eternal May 
 Purfling the margenls." 1 
 1. t 1. It lies there in the window. That is, the key to the Holy War 
 lies in the marginalia. 
 
 Argument. 
 
 The Continent of Universe is a spacious country wherein people of 
 various dispositions, languages, and religions dwell, p. 7. In this 
 country is a town called Mansoul, built by Shaddai for his own delight; 
 a town whose walls can never be broken down by adverse power, unless 
 
312 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 its burghers consent to the attack, 8, 9. Diabolus, who once held high 
 and mighty place under Shaddai, till banished for rebellion, makes an 
 assault on Mansoul, 9, 10. He and his followers determine to win the 
 town, and lay plots against it. II— 13. Diabolus utters a lying speech to 
 the inhabitants, 14. Captain Resistance, who is standing on the Gate, is 
 mortally wounded by one of the Furies, 16. Ill-Pause, the Orator of 
 1 tiabolus, addresses the people, and persuades them to taste the forbidden 
 fruit of the tree of knowledge, 16. Innocency sinks down lifeless, and he 
 and Resistance being dead, the gates are opened to Diabolus, 17. Dia- 
 bolus puts Lord Understanding, the Mayor, under restraint, and after 
 drawing Mr. Conscience, the Recorder, into sin, tells the townsfolk he is 
 mad, thus causing him to be despised, 1S-20. The headstrong Willbe- 
 will becomes Captain of the Castle, with Affection for deputy, 21-j;,. 
 Diabolus defaces the image of Shaddai, and makes havoc of his Statutes, 
 24. Lord Lustings is Mayor, and Forget-Good Recorder, 25. Diabolus 
 builds strongholds against Shaddai and his Son, 26. Tidings come to 
 King Shaddai that Mansoul is taken, 27. The King's Son determines to 
 recover it, 29. Diabolus hears of this intention and takes measures to 
 defeat the Prince, Emmanuel, while Shaddai 's army is preparing. 31-38. 
 The Captains of Shaddai besiege the town, and are opposed by Diabolus. 
 39, 40. They speak to the people of Mansoul, 41-47. Incredulity 
 answers them, 48, 49. They resolve to appeal to the sword, 50. 
 Several encounters take place, 51-53. Winter sets in, and Mansoul is in 
 evil plight, 53, ^4. The King's trumpeter calls on the town to yield, 
 but it will only do so on conditions, which are refused, 55, 56. In- 
 credulity induces Mansoul to hold out, 57. Understanding and Con- 
 science excite mutiny against Diabolus, 58-60. A hot skirmish is fought 
 between their adherents and the Diabolonians, 61. Shaddai's Captains 
 summon Mansoul again, and again Diabolus speaks to the townsmen, 
 and drives them to despair, 63, 64. The Captains petition the King, 
 who determines to send Emmanuel to conquer the place, 65, 66. The 
 Prince marches to Mansoul, 68. The town is beleaguered, 69-71. Dia- 
 bolus becomes filled with fear, and addresses the Prince, 72. The 
 Prince answers him, and prepares for the assault, 73-77. Loth-to-stoop 
 is sent to propound conditions of peace, which are rejected, 7S-S0. 
 The attack begins, and a desperate struggle takes place, in which many 
 Diabolonians are wounded or slain, 81-83. Diabolus tries to induce 
 Emmanuel to raise the siege upon promise of a Reformation, 83. 84. 
 He is repulsed and confounded, 84-87. The Prince's men join battle 
 with the enemy and enter the town, 87, 88. Conscience speaks out, 89. 
 The Mansoulians petition Emmanuel, and are answered with silence, 91. 
 Emmanuel marches into Mansoul, and the people are afraid ; Diabolus 
 is bound to the chariot-wheels of the Prince, who rides in triumph ovei 
 
NOTES, p. 7. 313 
 
 him, and sends him into the parched places of the earth, 92, 93. The 
 behaviour of the King's Captains fills the townsmen with dread ; Captain 
 Boanerges takes Understanding and "VYillbewill, and puts them under 
 guard till the Prince's pleasure is known, 94. Petitions are sent to 
 Emmanuel, but the prisoners and the people cannot interpret his answer, 
 therefore they petition again, 95-101. He orders the prisoners to be 
 brought before him, 102. They fall prostrate, 104. The Prince com- 
 mands his victory to be proclaimed, 105. The prisoners and Mansoul 
 are pardoned, and the prisoners are sent home with honour to declare 
 the happy news, 106-110. Mansoul entreats Emmanuel to abide with 
 her for ever, 11 1. He enters the town in state, 113. The town rejoices 
 over the entertainment he provides, 114, 116. The Prince new-models 
 the town, giving "Willbewill his former command, making Understanding 
 Mayor again, and choosing Knowledge for Recorder, while Incredulity, 
 Lustings, and Forget-Good, with others, are committed to custody, 117, 
 118. A court is- called to try them, and they are condemned to death, 
 1 19-133. Incredulity breaks prison, and seeks Diabolus, to whom he 
 tells this heavy news, 133. Diabolus swears he will be avenged, 134, 
 Shaddai's secretary strengthens the men of Man-soul at the place of 
 execution when the prisoners resist them, 135. The Prince makes 
 Experience a captain, and renews the Charter of Mansoul, 135-138. 
 He tells them that the Lord Chief Secretary, who is of no less quality 
 and dignity than his Father and himself, will dwell in the town, and be the 
 chief teacher, 139. Conscience is to be his subordinate minister, 140-142. 
 The men of Mansoul are to deal kindly with the Captains left to guard 
 the town, and to destroy lurking Diabolonians, 143-146. Emmanuel 
 clothes the people in white robes, and comes often to feast with them, 
 146-148. God's-Peace is made Governor of Mansoul, 149. But after 
 all this mercy bestowed on the town one named Carnal-Security brings 
 it into grievous bondage, 150. Although he is a Diabolonian he feigns 
 otherwise and beguiles the townsfolk, 151. The Lord Mayor and the 
 Recorder forget the warning the Prince gave them against Diabolonians, 
 and pay no heed to the Lord Chief Secretary ; Emmanuel perceives the 
 hearts of the people are growing cold, 152, 153. Emmanuel withdraws, 
 and God's-Peace lays down his commission, 153, 154. Carnal-Security 
 gives a feast, at which Mr. Godly- Fear is a guest, but sits like a stranger, 
 refusing to be merry, 154. Carnal-Security asks the cause of this 
 behaviour, and Godly-Fear declares the wolul case of Mansoul, 155. 
 Conscience is startled, 156. The company is aghast, and remember- 
 ing the bidding of the Prince concerning those who delude Mansoul 
 the guests burn Carnal-Security and his house, 156, 157. They then 
 seek Emmanuel, but find him not, and go to the Lord Secretary, who 
 will not show himself, 157. The subordinate preacher preaches, be- 
 
3M THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 wailing bis 'compliance with Carnal-Security, and showing Mansonl her 
 
 sin, i =,S. A sickness breaks out, which afflicts the native inhabitants of 
 the town and the men of war, 158. Godly-Fear advises them to petition 
 Emm anuel, [59. The Prince returns a dreadful answer, and they petition 
 again, 160, l6l. The Diabolonians hidden in the town take courage. 
 and write to Diabolus, 162, 163. Who rejoices, 164-166. His ad- 
 herents plot, and write to him again ; the sickness still rages in Mansoul, 
 ■ '>; 17a, A consultation held by the Diabolonian Lords, and a letter 
 sent from Diabolus to his supporters in the town, 172-17S. Mansoul 
 petitions the Prince, 1S0. Prywell discovers the Diabolonian conspiracy, 
 and reveals it to Conscience, 181. The burghers entreat the Captains to 
 make lead)- against the foe, 182. Preparations are made, and all fol- 
 lowers of the enemy found in the town are imprisoned, 183-185. 
 Diabolus has raised his army; he summons the town, 186-190. Man- 
 soul appeals to the Lord Secretary, who says as yet her people must 
 partake of their own devices, 190, 191. The Captains prepare for the 
 struggle. 192. Diabolus addresses the town, 193, and is answered by 
 the Lord Mayor, 194. He makes ready for the assault, 195. Dia- 
 bolonians are executed in the town, 196. The drummer of Diabolus 
 beats a charge against Mansoul, 197. A battle in which the victory lies 
 with the followers of Emmanuel, 19S. The Captains decide to fall on 
 the enemy, 199. The Prince's forces are beaten back, 201. Diabolus 
 demands entrance into the town ; Willbewill declares it shall not be 
 yielded, and forces the Diabolonians to feel his heavy hand, 201, 202. 
 I habolus makes another attack, and drives the Captains into the Castle, 
 203, 204. Mansoul is filled with Diabolus's army of outlandish 
 Doubters, 205. The Captains defend the Castle, and the town becomes 
 the seat of war, 206. The Lord Secretary is entreated to petition the 
 Prince. 207. The petition is carried by Captain Credence, 209. Dia- 
 bolus rages, 210, 211. Credence brings good tidings, 211. He is made 
 Lieutenant over all the forces in Mansoul, 214. Diabolus calls a Council 
 of War, 215-218. Credence receives a letter from Emmanuel, and the 
 Captains rejoice, 218, 219. They go out to battle, and Emmanuel 
 appears, wins the victory, and enters the town, 220-226. Willbewill is 
 a terror to the Diabolonians, 226. Every bone of the Doubters is to be 
 buried, 227. Diabolus resolves to have another bout with Mansoul, 22S. 
 His chief strength lies in his Bloodmen, 229, 230. The Diabolonian 
 army begins the attack again, 231. Emmanuel makes ready for the battle. 
 233. The Bloodmen are taken by the Captains, 234. Three Doubters 
 are still concealed in Mansoul, 235. They are discovered, tried, and 
 sentenced to death, 237-243. Other Diabolonians are arrested, 24;, 
 246. Emmanuel speaks to Mansoul concerning its future safety, and the 
 blessings which the town shall enjoy while it obeys its Prince, 246-252. 
 
NOTES, pp. 7-9. 315 
 
 P. 7, 1. 2. To happen into. To enter inadvertently. 
 
 1. 6. Bravely. A word with many shades of meaning expressing 
 excellence in men or things. Here it is equivalent to ' finely.' 
 ' pleasantly.' Shakspeare makes the Boatswain in The Tempest say — 
 
 ' Our ship — 
 Which, but three glasses since, we gave out split — 
 Is tight and yare and bravely rigg'd as when 
 We first put out to sea.' Act V, Sc. i, 1. 222. 
 
 And Celia says jestingly in As Yon Like It, Act III, Sc. iv, 1. 43, 'O, that's 
 a brave man ! he writes brave verses., speaks brave words, swears brave 
 oaths, and breaks them bravely." Cf. ' Handel's great choruses, which 
 are the bravest music after all.' Letters of Edward Fitzgerald, 1S89, 
 p. 126. 
 
 1. 9. Complexion. Disposition, temperament. 
 
 1. 19. Native. Like a native. As familiar with the country as its 
 natural inhabitants. 
 
 P. 8, 1. 1. Gallant. Fine, noble. 
 
 1.2. Delicate. Pleasant. Latin delicalus, luxurious ; allied to delicia, 
 pleasure, delight. 
 
 I.5. Original. Origin. So in The Canterbiiry Tales, — 
 
 ' O original cf our damnation.' 
 
 The Pardoneres Tale, 1. 12434. 
 
 1. 12. Top-piece. Masterpiece, chef-d'eeuvre. 
 
 1. 19. Metropolitan. Chief ruler, or chief town, metropolis, mother- 
 city ; from the Greek ptrjTpo- and ttoKls. In English ' metropolis' almost 
 always signifies, not a mother-city, but a capital city. Shakspeare only 
 uses the word once, when he puts it into the mouth of Pandulph, who 
 speaks of ' The great metropolis and see of Rome.' King John, Act V, Sc. 
 ii, 1. 72. Otway, like later writers, employs it in reference to London. 
 Cf. The Atheist, Act I, Sc. i, ed. 1728, vol. ii. p. 21 ; and Bishop Hall 
 incorrectly alludes to London as ' our Mother city.' See quotation in E. 
 B. Jupp, Hist. Ace. of Company of Carpenters, p. 83. 
 
 1. 26. Copious. Spacious. Old French copieux, Latin copiosus, 
 plentiful. 
 
 P. 9, 1. 5. Answerable. In accordance with. A word of frequent 
 occurrence in the writings of Bunyan's contemporaries. 
 
 1. 10. Adjoyn. To add to. Old French adjoindre, Latin ad- inngere, 
 to join to. 
 
 1. 23. A most raving prince. Raving is still used for 'violent,' 
 ' raging,' ' uproarious,' in South Yorkshire and elsewhere. It is derived 
 from the Middle English raven, Old French raver, to talk irrationally, 
 
3l6 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 to rave: and is probably cognate with the Spanish rabiar, to rave, a 
 verb formed from the substantive rabia, rage, and allied to the Latin 
 rabies, rage, rabere, to rage. 
 
 1. 35. Luciferian. An adjective formed from 'Lucifer' (see Isaiah 
 xiv. 1 2 , which name has been bestowed on the devil by Christians from 
 the days of St. Jerome. 
 
 1. 36, Inlarged as hell itself. See Isaiah v. 14. 
 
 P. 10. 1. 6. Breaks his mind. In modern language we should say 
 'reveals his intention,' but Bunyan's phrase is good idiomatic English. 
 A similar locution is to be found in the Pas/on Letters, ' To whom she 
 brake hyr harte, and tolde hyr that she sholde havehaddc Master Paston,' 
 iii. 118. We find also in The Spectator, No. 455, 171 2, ' She began to 
 break Iter mimt very freely both to me and to her servants.' 
 
 1. 11. Rendezvoused. Called or brought together at an appointed place. 
 French rendez-vous, a predetermined meeting-place. Both the noun and 
 the verb occur repeatedly in Civil War pamphlets, and Bunyan must 
 have become familiar with them during his experiences as a soldier. 
 
 1. 16. /// the very Nick and first Trip. Just at the moment they 
 were making their first attempt. ' In the nick of time' is still a current 
 phrase. Trip, a step, or a first effort, is the substantival form of trip. t<> 
 step lightly, Middle English trippen. Cf. trap, a snare into which an 
 animal 'steps,' or puts its foot. 
 
 P. 11, 1. 11. Whether they had best all of them to show themselves. 
 The to in this line, and in two subsequent sentences, is superfluous 
 according to modern usage. 
 
 1. 24. To wit. That is to say. Middle English witen, Anglo-Saxon 
 ii>i tan, to know. 
 
 1. 29. Frighted. Terrified. ' The frighted deep' occurs in Paradise 
 Lost, Book II, line 994. 
 
 P. 12, 1. 3. A'aseal. Mean, vile, rascally. The Middle English 
 raskaille, the common herd, was a term of the chase applied to certain 
 animals not worth hunting. It came into the language from a French 
 form which has now disappeared, but there is little doubt that the 
 missing word was a derivative from the lost Low Latin raseiare. a 
 frequentative form oirasum, supine oiradere, to scrape. Cf. the Provencal. 
 Spanish, and Portuguese raseare, to scrape. Hence rascal, as a substan- 
 tive, means a knave, one of the ' scrapings' or dregs of humanity, and as 
 an adjective ' low,' ' good-for-nothing.' 
 
 1. 5. Aleeto. One of the three Furies introduced by Bunyan into the 
 story of Mansoul. 
 
 //'. Apollyon. ' The angel of the bottomless pit,' 'AttoWvojv. Revela- 
 tion ix. 11. This is the only passage where the name occurs in Holy 
 Scripture. Sec W. Smith, Diet, of the Bible, under Asmodeus. 
 
NOTES, pp. 9-17. 317 
 
 1. 11. Beelzebub. BeeA^ovA, the title of a heathen deity, to whom 
 the Jews ascribed the sovereignty over evil spirits. See W. Smith, Diet, 
 of Hie Bible, under Beelzebul. 
 
 1. 30. As familiar . . . as nozv is the Bird with the Boy. Probably a 
 proverbial phrase connected with the saying — 
 
 ' Who may have a more ungracious lyfe 
 Than a chyldis bird and a knavis wyfe ? ' 
 
 1523 Skelton, Garl. Laurel, 1452, as quoted in Murray's New Eng. 
 Diet, under Bird ; and with another saying of similar import : — 
 
 'A Chyldys Byrde, and a Chorlys Wyfe, 
 Hath ofte sythys sorow and mischaunce.' 
 
 1652 Ashmole, Theatr. Chem. lxii. 225, Nezv Eng. Diet, under Bird. 
 
 1. 36. For that. Because. 
 
 P. 13, 1. 2. Legion. See Mark v. 9. 
 
 1. 4. What time of day 'twill be with us. A popular expression, similar 
 to the vulgar ' I'll show him what o'clock it is,' which is still familiar to 
 our ears. See p. 216, 1. 10. 
 
 1. 22. This went as etirrent down. As easily, or readily, down. 
 
 1. 35. Tisiphone. The second character introduced by Bunyan into 
 his Christian allegory from the realms of classical myth. 
 
 P. 14, 1. 5. Perspection. Observation by means of the eye-sight, a 
 word derived from the Latin perspeetus, pp. of per-spicere, to look 
 through. 
 
 1. 6. Ambuscado. An affected refashioning of ambuscade after the 
 Spanish, which was common in the seventeenth century, but has now 
 become archaic. 
 
 1. 33. Captivated. Made captive. 
 
 P. 16, 1. 13. Then stood forth he, Mr. Lll-pause. The he in this sen- 
 tence is one of the seemingly slight, but really impressive touches, which 
 give vivacity and credibility to the allegory. 
 
 1. 26. Bowels. Heart, centre, interior. 
 
 1. 29. Congee. Properly a reverential salute on parting ; from the 
 French conge, leave of absence, dismission ; Low Latin comiatus, leave, 
 permission ; the same as the Latin commeatus, a travelling together, also 
 leave of absence, which is formed from com- (cum), together, and 
 meatus, a course, from pp. of meare, to go. Here, however, congee 
 merely means a low bow. 
 
 P. 17, 1. 17. Taken with. Pleased or delighted with. An idiom 
 still constantly heard in familiar conversation. 
 
 1. 29. Deccivable. Deceitful. Milton uses the word in the sense of 
 subject to deception, when he makes Samson speak of himself as ' blind, 
 
31 8 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 and thereby dectvvabh? Samson Agouistes, 1. 941 ; but it has the 
 meaning of deceptive in an earlier passage of the same poem : — 
 
 ' O ever-failing trust 
 In mortal strength ! and oh what not in man 
 Deeeivable and vain.' 1. 34S. 
 
 1. 38. Bramble. See Judges he. 14, 15. 
 
 P. 18, 1. 6. Hold. A stronghold, a safe abode. So in Revelation 
 xviii. 2, ' . . . Babylon the great is fallen, is fallen, and is become the 
 habitation of devils, and the hold of every foul spirit . . . . ' 
 
 1. 14. New modelling. A political phrase derived from the 'New 
 Model Army,' which was formed after the passing of the Self-Denying 
 Ordinance of 1644-5 prevented all members of Parliament, with some 
 few exceptions, serving in a military capacity. Bishop Geo. Lavington's 
 Enthusiasm of Methodists and Papists Considered, which was first 
 published in the middle of the eighteenth century, contains an instance 
 of the term applied in a theological sense: 'Persons of a fickle and 
 inconsistent humour ; these are naturally fond of innovations, acting by 
 starts, and sudden flights ; and always prepared for the reception of 
 every pretender, that sets up for new- modelling religion.' Ed. 1820, 
 p. 298. Cf. Lingard, Hist. Eng. ; Paris Ed. 1826, vol. vi, p. 100. 
 
 P. 19, 1. 6. A tongue as bravely hung. As skilful a tongue. This 
 saying probably contains a reference to the tongue, or clapper, of a bell, 
 which ought to be so adjusted that it produces the most melodious 
 sound possible from the surface it strikes upon. 
 
 1. 11. Degenerated. Become worse, declined in virtue. Here used to 
 denote fallen away from the cause of Shaddai. 
 
 1. 20. The now King. The present king. 
 
 1. 26. Debauch. To corrupt, to seduce into evil. 
 
 P. 20, 1. 34. He hath now shaken his hands of us. Rid himself of 
 all connexion with us. Possibly Bunyan may have had the words of 
 Isaiah, ' .... It shall be afraid and fear because of the shaking of the 
 hand of the Lord of hosts, which He shaketh over it ' (xix. 16), running 
 in his mind when he chose this metaphor in preference to the more 
 ordinary ' washed his hands,' which has become a common idiom 
 among all Christian peoples (see Matthew xxvii. 24). Both phrases are 
 expressive of a natural symbolic action on the part of one disclaiming 
 responsibility. 
 
 P. 21, 1. 5. Pcnned-up. Limited or restricted in action. In Bunyan's 
 England nearly every village formed the heart of a group of small 
 enclosures shut in by a hedge provided with gates giving egress to the 
 open grass and plough-land of the community. As a consequence of 
 this arrangement, the cattle and pigs, which had free range on the un- 
 
NOTES, pp. 17-22. 319 
 
 inclosed fields after the harvest, had to be penned up during the spring 
 and summer months to prevent them injuring the crops. The following 
 entry illustrative of the local laws in force with regard to stray animals 
 is quoted from the Manor Orders of Scawby in Lincolnshire, 1597. 
 ' It. that euery one that hath any swyne shall haue sufficient styes that 
 they be kept out of thee Corne, in paine of Euery default soe seene iij s 4 a .' 
 In the records of the Manor of Bottesford, in the same county, similar 
 orders constantly occur ; for instance, in 1578 there is an entry, ' Item 
 that euery man have a sufficient swyne cotte before mayday next, in 
 
 payne of iij s iiij d Item that none shall kepe any diseased 
 
 horses or mares goinge of the common pastures in payne of vj s viij d .' 
 Other examples may be found in the Court Rolls of the Manor of 
 Scotter, 1556, e.g., 'It ys ordered that euerye Inhabitant withyn the 
 towne of Messingham shall make ther swyne styes sufficiently from tyme 
 to tyme hereafter, and keipe ther swyne therein vpon the nyght tyme, 
 and set theyme before the swyne-hyrde euery daye when he goeth, vpon 
 payne of euery defalt xij tocies quoties.' From the above extracts it may be 
 seen that Diabolus wishes to suggest to the men of Mansoul that their 
 liberty has been curtailed until they resemble a herd of swine or cattle 
 fastened up to prevent them enjoying the benefits reserved for their 
 master's delectation. 
 
 1. 15. Criw. A company of persons, a throng, generally applied in 
 a bad sense. Spenser, however, has 
 
 ' A noble crew about them waited rownd.' 
 
 The Faerie Queene, Book I, Canto xii, stanza v. 
 In Shropshire and South Cheshire crew is a pen for ducks and geese, 
 cf. G. F. Jackson, Shropshire Word-Book, 1879, p. 104, and T. 
 Darlington, The Folk-speech of South Cheshire, 1887, p. 162; while 
 in Nottinghamshire and Lincolnshire crew-yard is the common name 
 for the fold-yard in which bullocks are kept during the winter. In both 
 these cases the word probably once suggested the idea of animals 
 collected together in a crowd. 
 
 1. 36. I\' or in his occasion. Occasion, in the sense of incidental requirement 
 or need, is used by Shakspeare, Dryden, and Swift, among other authors. 
 P. 22, 1. 5. Betimes. Early, at an early period. 'And they rose up 
 betimes? Genesis xxvi. 31. 
 
 1. 33. What a desperate one this IVillbewill ivas. Desperate is here 
 outrageous or reckless. The character of ' my Lord YVillbewill,' with 
 his glowing zeal, first for Diabolus, and then for Emmanuel, brings to 
 mind Lord Lytton's biting couplets : 
 
 ' Ready alike to worship and revile, 
 To build the altar, or to light the pile ; 
 
320 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Now mad for patriots — hot for revolution, 
 Now all for hanging and the Constitution.' 
 
 'The New Tinion, Tart I, iii. 
 1. 36. Liege Lord. A liege lord was, properly speaking, the lord 
 of a free band, and his lieges were privileged men, faithful to him, 
 but free from other service. Old High German, ledic, Utile, free, 
 especially from all obligations of service. Liege has, however, acquired 
 the signification of ' subject ' from a confusion with the Latin, ligatus, 
 bound. 
 
 P. 23, 1. 4 To death. To the extremity, or to the utmost point. 
 1. 22. Cry up. See note, p. 61, 1. 21. 
 
 1. 23. An abject. A mean, worthless person, a cast-away. 
 The abjects gathered themselves together against me . . . .' Psalm xx.w. 
 
 15- 
 
 1. 25. J'assa/s. The original sense of vassal was servant-, Middle- 
 English vassal, French vassal, a subject, or tenant, from the Low Latin 
 uassallus ; extended from the Low Latin uassus, uasiis, a servant. 
 Bunyan seems to use the word loosely to imply rabble, or multitude, 
 perhaps regarding the members of the ' rascal crew ' who submitted to 
 the dictation of Willbewill as his retainers and underlings. 
 
 1. 33. Like to like quoth the Devil to the Collier. An old English 
 proverb which also occurs in German, ' " Gleich imd Cileich gesellt sich 
 gem," sprach der Teufel zum Kohler.' 
 
 P. 24, 1. 19. Llavoek. Cf. 'As for Saul, he made havoek of the 
 church,' Acts viii. 3. 
 
 1. 22. Civil and A'atural Documents. Here Documents are precepts, 
 instructions, French document, Latin documentum, a proof, an example, 
 from the Latin docere, to teach, to shew. In modem English the 
 meaning is almost invariably a paper, or parchment, containing written 
 instructions or evidence. 
 
 1. 23. Relative severities. The punishments following on an in- 
 fringement of the moral teaching and legal obligations once inculcated 
 in Mansoul. 
 
 1. 27. Like to the sensual sow. See 2 Epist. Peter, ii. 22. 
 
 P. 25, 1. 5. Being wholly at his beck, ami brought wholly to his bow. 
 That is, being ready to obey his slightest gesture. Beck, a mute signal 
 or significant gesture, and beck, to beckon, Middle English beckucu, 
 Anglo-Saxon becnau, bedenian, to make a sign, are derived from the 
 Anglo-Saxon been, bedcen, a beacon, a token or sign. Chaucer says — 
 1 Than peine I me to stretchen forth my necke, 
 And est and west upon the peple I becke, 
 As doth a dove, sitting upon a berne.' 
 
 The Pardo)ieres Tale, 1. 12329. 
 
A'OTES, pp. 22-29. 3 21 
 
 Milton gives us an example of the substantive : 
 
 ' Quips and cranks, and wanton wiles, 
 Nods, and beck's, and wreathed smiles.' 
 
 L' Allegro, 1. 2S. 
 1. 22. Naturally. By the effect of nature, in contradistinction to by 
 the effect of grace. 
 
 1. 25. He never could savour. He never could like, or relish. Old 
 French savour, later saveur, from the Latin saporcm, ace. of sapor, taste, 
 derived from sapere, to be aware. 
 
 1. 27. Sorry. Mean, worthless. Middle English sory, Anglo-Saxon 
 sarig, adj., sorry, sad, sore in mind, from sdr, sore. Compare with the 
 Dutch zeerig, Swedish sarig, sore, full of sores. Not allied with 
 sorrow, though the custom of spelling it with two r's shows some 
 confusion with that word. 
 
 1. 32. Grammar and settle. Instruct and confirm; as a scholar is 
 instructed in the first principles of a language. 
 
 P. 27, 1. 12. Rtmagate. Middle English renegat, an apostate, a 
 villain ; Old French renegat, a renegade ; Low Latin renegatus, pp. of 
 renegare, to deny again. 
 
 1. 15. To a very circumstance. With minute accuracy, circumstantially. 
 
 1. 25. Varlet. A scoundrel. Varlet is a word which has become 
 
 greatly degraded in meaning; the Old French varlet, or, as it was first 
 
 written, vaslet, a groom, a stripling or youth, was the diminutive of 
 
 vassal. 
 
 1. 35. They two did range and revel it all the Town over. Bunyan 
 here shows his innate discrimination in the choice of appropriate 
 language. The two alliterative verbs, following so closely on ' rebel ' 
 and ' runagate,' and strengthened by the emphatic ; it,' give the sentence 
 peculiar force. 
 
 P. 28, 1. 18. Capacitate. Render capable. Cf. Cromwell's speech to 
 Parliament, 8 April, 1657. ' It is you that can capacitate me to receive 
 satisfaction in them.' T. Carlyle, Oliver Cromwell's Letters and 
 Speeches, vol. iii. p. 227. 
 
 1. 24. But by that. But by the time that ; but when. 
 1. 35. Whit. The h in this word is misplaced, if its etymology be 
 considered, as it is identical with wight, a person, a thing, a bit. 
 Anglo-Saxon wiht, a thing, a bit. 
 
 P. 29, 1. 5. Consult. Consultation. 
 
 ' After short silence then, 
 And summons read, the great consult began.' 
 
 Paradise Lost, Bk. I, 1. 797. 
 
 ' It was sworn by Dugdale, that Stafford had assisted in a great 
 
 Y 
 
32 2 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 consult of the Catholics held at Tixal.' David Hume, Hist, of Eng. 
 vol. viii. chap, lxviii. p. 141, ed. 1 791 . 
 
 1. 10. Banyan lure represents Emmanuel striking hands with his Father, 
 according to Jewish custom, in token that he had bound himself to 
 recover the town of Mansoul. See Job xvii. 3 ; Proverbs vi. 1, xvii. iS. 
 xxii. 26. 
 
 1. 27. Brcviat. A sunimarv'. Latin brevialus, pa. pple. of brcriarc. 
 to shorten. 
 
 P. 30, 1. 1. Take air. To be spread abroad, to ' get wind.' ' Had 
 he suffered his detection .... of the guilty parties to take air.' Prescott, 
 Mexico, VI. iv. (1864) 361, as quoted in Murray's New Eng. Diet. 
 
 1. 17. After a few casts in his mind. Cast is here mental revolving, 
 mental reflection. More frequently it has the signification of device or 
 scheme, e. g. in Chaucer : 
 
 1 The derke tresons and the castes olde.' 
 
 The Knightes Tale, 1. 2470. 
 1. 3^). Nip the head. To destroy, as by crushing the head of an 
 animate creature. 
 
 P. 31, 1. 23. Belike. Probably, in all likelihood. Wordsworth 
 has the word in The Pet- Lamb — 
 
 'Things that I know not of belike to thee are dear.' 
 1. 25. Boggle. To hesitate, to stickle. A secondary meaning from 
 the verb boggle, to start with fright, as a horse does when it shies at a 
 boggle, bogle, or spectre. ' But I boggle about going twenty miles, and 
 cut bono? deadens me more and more.' Letters of Edward Fitzgerald. 
 vol. i. p. 189. 
 
 1. 27. A sprat in the mouth of a whale. Then, as now, a common 
 proverb. 
 
 1. 31. Changelings. Inconstant persons given to change, turncoats. 
 Shakspeare speaks of ' Fickle changelings and poor discontents.' First 
 Part of King Henry LV, V. i. 1. 76. 
 
 P. 32, 1. 25. Forestall. To anticipate, to hinder. A. S. fore-steall. 
 an obstructing. 
 
 1. 26. Bruit. To spread a rumour, to report. Adopted from the 
 French bruit, a noise, ppl. sb. belonging to bruire, to make a noise. 
 
 1. 27. Of this. By this. Cf. 'and he was eaten ^/worras, and gave 
 up the ghost.' Acts xii. 23. 
 
 P. 33, 1. 4. He useth to have. He usually, or customarily has, he 
 is wont. Bacon says, ' And we see that in Fowling of Trees, many do 
 use to leave a Bough or two on the Top to help to draw up the Sap.' 
 Sylva Sylvarum, 1664, p. 92. 
 
 1. 20. Sitting down. To sit down before a town is to commence 
 besieging it. This military term is of frequent occurrence in the literature 
 
NOTES, pp. 29-38. 323 
 
 relating to the struggle between Charles I. and the Parliament. In 
 describing the siege of Reading, Clarendon says : ' Upon the first 
 sitting down before it .... their general advised with his council of 
 war.' The History of the Rebellion, ed. 1843, p. 381. 
 
 P. 34, 1. 12. Learn. Cf. Psalm xxv. 4, 8, and cxix. 66, as rendered 
 in the Booh of Common Prayer. When Prospero is recounting the 
 benefits he has showered on Caliban, that uncouth pupil retorts : — 
 ' You taught me language ; and my profit on't 
 Is, I know how to curse. The red plague rid you 
 For learning me your language ! ' 
 
 The Tempest, Act I, Sc. ii, 1. 363. 
 
 1. 38. Twice told. See note p. 5, 1. 32. 
 
 P. 35, 1. 10. Aright. The a in aright is a worn-down proclitic 
 form of the Old English preposition an, on. This a is now rarely used, 
 except in a few verbal constructions, and in combinations where it is 
 treated as a prefix, and the whole word is regarded as a compound adverb. 
 
 1. 23. Stout. Bold, valiant. Middle English stout, Old French estout, 
 stout, bold ; Old Dutch stolt, stout, stout, bold. Cognate with the 
 German stolz, proud. 
 
 1. 26. Maul. A mace or war-club. Derived through the French 
 from the Latin malleus, a hammer. ' A man that beareth false witness 
 against his neighbour, is a maul, and a sword, and a sharp arrow,' 
 Proverbs xxv. 18. Cf. also the passage in the Pilgrim's Progress where 
 the Giant Maul, who 'did use to spoil young Pilgrims with Sophistry' 
 beats Mr. Great-heart to his knees with a stroke ot his club. 
 
 P. 36. 1. 5. Brunt. Onset, charge, shock of battle. The origin of the 
 word, which has not been traced back beyond the fourteenth century, is 
 unknown. It is possibly onomatopoetic, like various other br-words 
 implying sharp application of force ; or, it may have some association 
 with burnt (in Scotch brunt), as if the ' chief brunt ' were ' the hottest ' 
 of the fight. Cf. Murray, New Eng. Diet, under Brunt. 
 
 P. 37, 1. 5. Tough-hewn. Rugged, strongly-built ; able, like the Moor 
 of Venice, to face battles, sieges, fortunes, and most disastrous chances. 
 
 1. 5. Break the ice. So also in The Taming of the Shrezc, Act I, 
 Sc. ii, 1. 267 — 
 
 'And if you break the ice and do this feat.' 
 
 1. 13. Scutcheon. An escutcheon, a painted shield. Old French 
 escusson, derived through the lost Low Latin ace. scutioncm from the 
 Latin scutum, a shield. 
 
 1. 27. With an axe laying at the root thereof. Bunyan here falls into 
 the common error of confounding the verbs lie and lay. 
 
 P. 38, 1. 33. Cunning. In this passage cunning bears its original 
 signification of knowledge or skill; Icelandic kunnandi, knowledge, from 
 
 Y 2 
 
324 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 kuntuty to know. This meaning still obtains in many local dialects.' 
 In Yorkshire, for instance, a shrewd, observant animal is praised for its 
 'cunning,' and a man who is supposed to practise white-magic is a 
 ' cunning-man.' 
 
 P. 39, 1. 4. Gallantry. Splendour, magnificence, brilliancy. Iler- 
 rick sings in The Sadness of filings for Sappho's Sickness : — 
 'That gallant tulip will hang down its head 
 
 If Sappho droop.' 
 And in Farewell Frost he pictures a scene in which 
 
 'every tree 
 Now swaggers in her leafy gallantry? 
 1. 17. For their hearts. For very compassion. The same phrase is 
 found in The Merchant of Venice, where Gratiano says of the ring he 
 had received from Nerissa, — 
 
 'Now, by this hand, I gave it to a youth, 
 
 No higher than thyself, the judge's clerk, 
 A prating boy, that begg'd it as a fee : 
 I could not for my heart deny it him.' 
 
 Act V, Sc. i, 1. 161. 
 
 P. 40, 1. 8. Cap-a-pie. From head to foot, entirely. From the 
 French cap, Latin caput, a head, and the French pied, Latin pes, a foot. 
 The substantive cap, used in this sense, only occurs in one modern 
 French phrase, ' De pieds en cap,' from the feet to the head. 
 
 1. 13. And a been ready. And have been ready. A for ha\ a worn- 
 down form of Have, was in general use among authors from the thir- 
 teenth century down to the days of Bunyan. In later times it chiefly 
 appears in representations of colloquial speech, or of local dialects: — 
 
 ' Squoire's i' Lunnon, an' summun I reckons 'ull 'tf to wroite.' 
 
 Tennyson, Northern Farmer. Old Style. 
 
 1. 17. Push a pike. Push of pike; close quarters. 'Lieutenant- 
 Colonel Bowen and others were two hours at push of pike standing upon 
 the palisados, but could not enter,' Oliver Cro/nzvelfs Letter, September 
 14th, 1645, on the taking of Bristol. Sprigg, Anglia Rediviva, 1 ^47, 
 ed. 1854, p. 126. Another instance of the phrase is to be met with in 
 
 John Vicars's Jchovah-Jireh, i. 199, ' Sir Philip Stapleton had 
 
 charged it home to pnsh of pike with his single troop.' It also 
 occurs in a Letter of Geo. Bishop, June 16, 1645, in A more particular 
 and exact relation of the victory obtained by the Parliaments 
 forces under Command of Sir LVwmas Fairfax, 1645, p. 2; a 4to 
 pamphlet in the Library of Lincoln Coll. Oxford : ' Ffee [Fairfax] with 
 Lievtenant Generall Cromwell faced about to that Wing, with some 
 
NOTES, pp. 38-45. 325 
 
 divisions of Horse, charged bareheaded within push of Pike? Herrick 
 introduces the phrase into Good Men afflicted Most :— 
 
 'God makes not good men wantons, but doth bring 
 Them to the field, and there to skirmishing; 
 With trials those, with terrors these He proves. 
 And hazards those most whom the most He loves. 
 
 But bastard-slips, and such as He dislikes, 
 He never brings them once to th' push of pikes.' 
 The pike was a long lance employed by foot-soldiers to repel the 
 charges of cavalry till it was superseded by the invention of the bayonet 
 1. 23. Innocents. Persons wanting in natural wit, idiots 
 P. 41, 1. 20. Sped. From the Anglo-Saxon spMan, 'to haste to 
 succeed. ' 
 
 lb. Bid. An alternative form of bade. Cf. 'He bid the troopers 
 fetch those fellows': Clarendon, Hist, of the Rebellion, ed igL 
 P- 505. ' 4o ' 
 
 1. 24. Kept close. Remained shut up within the town Close is 
 descended from the Old French clos, pp. of clore, to shut in. Hence 
 Bunyan's use of it is perfectly accurate. 
 
 P. 42, 1. 12. Big and Ruffling words. Boastful and violent language 
 To ruffle was formerly used in the sense of to bluster, to be turbulent 
 and a ruffler was a swaggering bully, or other disorderly person 
 
 1. 20. Lift tip the heel. Quoted from Psalm xli. 9 : < Yea, mine owne 
 familiar friend in whom I trusted, which did eate of my bread, hath lift 
 vp his heele against mee.' Authorized Version, 1634. 
 
 P. 44, 1. 27. Broad seal. The great seal, or official seal of a kina or 
 subordinate ruler, by which the more important official documents 
 were authenticated; as distinguished from the secretum or privy seal 
 Here, the impression of the seal attached to a written warrant or 
 authority. 
 
 1. 29. Carry it to you. Behave to you. In Modern English we still 
 retain carry and carriage in certain expressions relating to bodily deport 
 ment, and we continue to speak of < carrying things with a high hand ' 
 but both the verb and the substantive have now a more limited appli- 
 cation than they possessed in earlier days, when thev were constantly 
 employed in relation to a man's general conduct towards his fellows 
 Shakspeare's Sir Toby Belch says, ' We may carry it thus for our 
 pleasure and his penance.' Twelfth Night, Act III, Sc. iv, 1. 150 
 
 P. 45, 1. 16. Overstand. To delay till the opportunity is past So in 
 Dryden's Third Idyl of Theocritus, 1. 84 — 
 
 'Hers they shall be, since you refuse the price: 
 W T hat madman would o'er stand his market twice.' 
 
326 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 P. 47, 1. 9. Fort-bespeaks, The only known instance of the word, Ii 
 
 the prefix/ore is used in reference to time it is unnecessary, since /'<-/ 
 means to betoken beforehand, to prognosticate. Probably Bunyan 
 intended us to understand that the evil fruit proclaimed the evil nature 
 of the tree. 
 
 1. 20. If I fetch my blo7v. Fetch, as an equivalent for to strike- 
 suddenly, to act abruptly or unexpectedly, is still to be met with in col- 
 loquial English. Shakspeare speaks of unhandled colts % fetching mad 
 bounds,' The Merchant of Venice ^ Act V, Sc. i, 1. 72. 
 
 1. 35. Cumber-ground. See the parable of the tig-tree, Luke xiii. 7. 
 Cumber is derived from the Old French combrcr, to hinder, which in its 
 turn springs from the Low Latin cumbrus, a heap, a corruption of the 
 Latin cumulus, a heap. Thus cumber really signifies to put a heap in 
 the way. ' The sparing mercy of God, in continuing so sinful a cumber- 
 ground,' Diary of Ralph Thoresby, 1677-1724, ed. Hunter, vol. ii. 
 p. I ; and again at p. 304, ' I, an useless unprofitable cumber-ground. 
 am left behind.' 
 
 P. 49, 1. 27. With bag and baggage. A military term denoting all the 
 property of an army collectively. Originally said to the credit of an army 
 or general who made an honourable retreat without surrender of anything. 
 Now used deprecialively to express the absolute character of any one's 
 departure, with the under-lying feeling, ' and a good riddance too.' 
 Cf. As You Like It, Act III, Sc. ii, 1. 170. 
 
 P. 50, 1. 18. Ward. The guard or watch. A. S. iveard, a guard, 
 a watchman, a defender. 
 
 1. 20. They mattered no xvords of the Captains. That is, they paid 
 no heed to the words, but treated them as of no importance. 
 
 1. 26. To try it out. To fight it out, to bring to a final decision. 
 
 1. 35. Two great guns, the one called High-mind, and the other Heady. 
 In the seventeenth century and previously, it was the custom to name 
 cannon as we now do ships. In 1646, among other guns at Newark was 
 ' One very great Piece of Ordnance, commonly called Smeetlips, 1 Rush 
 worth, Hist. Coll.vi. 271. 'The great iron murderer, called Muckle- 
 Megge,' is mentioned in the list of the ordnance, arms, &c. , taken 
 in Edinburgh Castle in December, 1650, when 'the good hand of God,' 
 using His Excellency the Lord General Cromwell as an earthly instru- 
 ment, gave that stronghold over to the Parliament, Cromwelliana, p. 99. 
 This gun was the well-known ' Mons,' or ; Mons Meg,' which is supposed 
 to have been used at the siege of Dumbarton ^1489 , and at Norham(i497). 
 Another cannon bearing a feminine sobriquet, ' De dulle Griete' = ' Mad 
 Marjory,' is shown at Ghent, and at Londonderry there is a gun called 
 ' Roaring Mcg/arelicof the famous defence in 1689. T. Dickson, Account > 
 of the Lord High Treasurer of Scotland, A. D. 1 473-1 498, vol. i. p. cexx. 
 
NOTES, pp. 47-54. 327 
 
 P. 51, 1. 4. Made no question. Did not doubt. 
 
 P. 52, 1. 3. Bid. See note, p. 41, 1. 20. 
 
 1. 7. Listed. Enlisted. The popular form of the word during the 
 Great Rebellion. ' The horse are to be listed on Thursday next at the 
 Christopher in St. AlbanV — 1644, Hist. A/SS. Co?n. Rep. vi. p. 36, 
 col. ii. 'Two new listed souldiers in Col. Deane's Regiment, Henry 
 Matthews, and Robert Rowe, were this day tryed by a Court Martial' — 
 1648, Rushworth, Hist. Coll. vii. 1369. 
 
 1. 13. Sally-port. The gate in a fortified place from which the 
 besieged troops sally against the enemy. Middle English salien, French 
 saillir, to issue forth, to leap ; Latin satire, to leap ; and French porte, 
 Latin porta, a gate. 
 
 1. 28. Then he sent the?n to zvard again. Then he sent them to 
 prison ; put them under a guard. So, among other Biblical instances, 
 in Aumbers xv. 34, where it is recorded that the man who gathered 
 sticks upon the Sabbath day was put in ward, 'because it was not 
 declared what should be done to him.' 
 
 1. 35. Captain Anything. In the Pilgrim's Progress, Mr. Anything 
 was a kinsman of By-ends, who lived in the town of Fair-speech. 
 
 P. 53, 1. 8. Ancient-Bearer. A standard-bearer. Ancient, in the 
 sense of a standard or a standard-bearer, being a corruption of ensign : 
 
 ' the Erie of Northumberland, he had in his ancyent 
 the halfe moone in sight soe hye.' 
 
 The Risinge in the jYorthe, Bishop Percy's Folio Manuscript, vol. ii. 
 p. 214. 
 
 ' That no Recusant convict .... shall bear any Office or Charge, as 
 Captain, Lieutenant, Corporal, Sergeant, Ancient-bearer, or other Office 
 in Camp, Troop, Band or Company of Souldiers.' Statute, III James I, 
 chapter v, section 8. , 
 
 1. 23. Carnages. Baggage- waggons and other vehicles for trans- 
 porting the impedimenta of the besiegers. Cf. ' We . . . entrenched 
 our carriages and waggon-borough,' Patten, Exped. to Scotl. 1548 
 [Eng. Garner, in. 103); quoted by T. L. O. Davies, Sitppl. Eng. Gloss., 
 1S81, p. 711. 
 
 1. 37. A Winter by itself. A winter to be remembered apart from all 
 others as a season of special distress. 
 
 P. 54, 1. 25. There was a blast, and a burning instead of beauty. 
 Blast is here blight ; Middle English blast. Anglo-Saxon blcest, a blow- 
 ing. The country folk of Lincolnshire still speak of a witch ' blowing 
 a blast' on any person or thing which she desires to cripple or otherwise 
 injure. 
 
 1. 37. Colotir. Pretence, excuse. ' This was a piece of Justice upon 
 
3*< 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 these two for the Example of others, who. under the colour of being 
 Souldiers. care not what knavery they act' — 1648, Rushworth, Hist. 
 Coll. vii. p. 1369. 
 
 P. 55, 1. 38. Harness. Armour. Old French harnas, karnois, 
 armour. Connate with the Welsh haiarn, Irish larau, iron. 
 
 P. 56, 1. 12. Harbor. A shelter, a place of security. A word of 
 Scandinavian origin. Icelandic herbergi. a harbour, literally ' army- 
 shelter,' from the Icelandic hcrr, an army, and barg, pt. t. of bja 
 to shelter. In Piers the Plowman (E. E. Text 80c), C. xii. 247. 
 we read, 
 
 ' . . . . holychurche, hcrbergh to alle that ben blessede.' 
 
 P. 57, 1. 17. Who. Used instead of whom. A common error at 
 the present day. 
 
 1. 38. At their points. In close contest. To come to points, is to 
 fight with swords. ' They would have come to points immediately, had 
 not the gentlemen interposed,' Smollett, Sir L. Greaves, ch. iii ; quoted 
 by T. L. O. Davies, Supp. Eng. Gloss., p. 502. 
 
 P. 58, 1. 9. If we rub over this brunt. If we surmount this difficulty. 
 See note, p. 36, 1. 5. To ' rub through ' is a still-surviving idiom ; and 
 the substantive rub, a hindrance, a difficulty, will remain classical 
 English until Hamlet's soliloquy has died out of remembrance. 
 
 1. 26. Marginal note. Hubbub. P"ormerly also spelt whoobub. 
 a confused noise. The word is a reduplication of hoop, .or whoop, to 
 shout. 
 
 P. 59, 1. 7. Run. Used for ran. A common error. 
 
 1. 12. Quasltfd. Here apparently used for quenched, but it may 
 merely mean subdued. Middle English quaschen, Old French quasser, 
 to break, to quash, from the Latin quassarc, to shatter. 
 
 P. 59, 1. 36. Unsavory. Displeasing, disgusting. 
 
 P. 60, 1. 15. Malapert. Forward in speech, ill-bred. From the Old 
 French mat apert ; derived from the Old French mat, ill, and apcrt. 
 open, expert, skilful. Hence 'malapert language' is the language of 
 one who is ill-skilled in proper behaviour. 
 
 P. 61, 1. 7. Peevish. The meaning of peevish was formerly more 
 comprehensive than it is at the present date. It frequently denoted 
 perverse, impracticable, obstinate; Middle English peuiseh, peyu, . 
 uncouth, perverse; originally signifying making a plaintive cry ; from 
 the Lowland Scotch pcu, to make a plaintive noise. Cf. peewit, the 
 lapwing, named from its peculiar cry. 
 
 I.19. Presently. At the present moment, without delay. 
 
 1.21. Phey then began to cry up parties again. To 'cry up' is 
 to applaud, to acclaim, while to ' cry down ' is to depreciate, to decry. 
 
NOTES, pp. 54-62. 329 
 
 Nothing can be more life-like than Bunyan's delineation of the sudden 
 outbreak of hostilities between the two contending parties, with all its 
 stirring incidents, from the knock-down treatment endured by Mr. 
 Conscience to the injuries inflicted on Mr. Anything and old Prejudice. 
 So vivid is the description, that the reader is convinced it can only have 
 been sketched from the memory of a struggle in which the ' dreamer of 
 dreams' had himself participated, and experienced the true Homeric 
 delight in battle. 
 
 1. 25. Bickermmt. A bickering, a skirmish. A word of uncertain 
 origin, according to Murray's New Eng. Diet. 
 
 1. 30. Harquebus. A kind of gun resembling a musket, which was 
 supported on a rest by a hook of iron attached to the barrel. Cf. C. 
 James, Universal Military Dictionary, 1816, under Arquebuse. French 
 arquebuse, Walloon harkibuse, a dialectal variation of the Dutch haakbus, 
 literally ' a gun with a hook ' ; Dutch haak, a hook, and bus, a hand- 
 barrel, a gun. 
 
 1. 31. Wanted to take his aim aright. Failed to take aim correctly. 
 To want now frequently stands for to desire, but its older meaning is to 
 lack, to be deficient. Middle English want, deficient ; Icelandic vant, 
 neuter of the adjective vanr, lacking ; akin to the Anglo-Saxon wan, 
 won, deficient, and to the Modern English wane, to decrease. 
 
 P. 62, 1. 3. Broil. A tumult. French brouiller, to jumble, to 
 confuse. 
 
 1. 5. Malapert ? zess. See note, p. 60, 1. 15. 
 
 1. 15. Claps them both up in prison. To 'clap' is to make an abrupt 
 noise ; hence, to act with sudden energy. To ' clap up in prison ' is to 
 imprison with promptitude or high-handedness. 
 
 1. 17 and marg. note. Rout, revel-rout. A brawl, an uproar. The 
 more ordinary signification of rout is a tumultuous crowd or troop. 
 Latin riipta, pp. of ruplus, broken ; from rumpere. This Latin rupta 
 came to mean a flying mass of disorganised soldiery, and afterwards, 
 a fragment of an army, a troop, a crowd. Revel-rout is a disorderly 
 riot. Middle English reuel, Old French revel, pride, rebellion, disorder ; 
 from the Old French reveler, to rebel, to riot, from the Latin rebellare, 
 to rebel. 
 
 1. 30. Inclinable. Favourably disposed. 
 
 1. 32. Ruggedness. Harshness, roughness, severity. See p. 97,1. 14; 
 p. 143, 1. 12 ; p. 229, 1. 26. 
 
 ' Nay, look not ruggedly upon me ; 
 I am made up too strong to fear such looks.' 
 
 Beaumont and Fletcher, The Woman-Hater, Act Y, Sc. v, p. 451, ed. 
 Darley, 1862, vol. ii. p. 451. 
 
330 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 P. 03, 1. ii. Carriages. Behaviour. See note p. 44, 1. 2<j. 
 
 I. U). Stay the bottles of heaven. * Who can number the clouds in 
 w isdoflb ? or who can stay the bottles of heaven ? ' Job xxxviii. 37. 
 
 1. 34. .-/>/</ W /v 0ftft& to sneak. Middle English sniken, Anglo- 
 Saxon snicau. to creep. 
 
 P. 64, 1. S. /'//<: ball is at thy foot. The image here is derived from 
 the gatne of foot-ball. 
 
 1. 14. Quash. Subdue. See note p. 59, 1. 12. 
 
 1. 16. Consult. Sec note p. 29, 1. 5. 
 
 P. 69, 1. 9. The Captain's armour rcas of proof. That is, of such 
 excellent quality that it had withstood the tests applied to try its 
 efficiency. 
 
 1. n. Kcforrnades. A military term borrowed from the Spanish 
 reformatio = one who engnges in military service, though not in actual 
 commission. The reformades or reformados of the Great Civil War 
 were officers of disbanded regiments who continued their connection 
 with the army, still being in the way of preferment. ' Resolved, .... that 
 the Earl Craford's Troop, and those other Officers in the Army that go 
 by the Name of Reformado, are an unnecessary Charge and fit to be 
 spared.' — Commons Journals, Nov. 30, 1640. Several pamphlets also 
 have the word on their title-pages, as, for instance, ' Reformado, 
 preeisely Characterised? 1643 ; ' The Disconsolate Refonnado,'' 1647 5 anc * 
 ; The Reformado s Remonstrance^ 1647. See Catalogue of Printed 
 Books in the British Museum, 1817. ihinyan seems to use Reformades 
 with the signification of angelic volunteers serving for or against 
 Emmanuel from motives of personal affection or dislike. See p. 82, 1. 5. 
 and p. 184, 1. 33. 
 
 1. 16. Withal. Likewise, at the same time. Middle English with, 
 with, and alle, dative case of al, all. Portia tells the Prince of Morocco 
 in The Merchant of Venice, Act II, Sc. vii, 1. 11, — 
 
 1 The one of them contains my picture, prince : 
 If you choose that, then I am yours ivilhal? 
 
 P. 71, 1. 38. Leaguer. The camp, the encamped army. Dutch legcr, 
 a lair, a camp. 
 
 P. 72, 1. 1. LLuffed. To huff"\% an imitative word like puff, originally 
 meaning to blow, to blow hard, hence to blustcT, to behave with inso- 
 lence. Cf. 
 
 ' To be expos'd i' th' end to suffer 
 By such a braggadocio huffcr' 
 
 Butler, ILudibras, Pt. II, c. iii, 1. 1034. 
 
 K. Thoresby speaks of meeting ' with a huff from Mr. 1). in reference tu 
 the printer,' 1714, Diary, vol. ii. p. 244. 
 
NOTES, pp. 63-82. 331 
 
 P. 72, 1. 35. Poor hearts. Once commonly used to express com- 
 passion and pity. In The Pilgri?ns Progress, Christian says of Little- 
 Faith, ''Tis a wonder he did not die with grief, poor heart; 
 
 P. 74, 1. 10. Sent of him. See note p. 32, 1. 27. 
 
 P. 75, 1. 20. I put in and became a surety. In other words, I inter- 
 posed and undertook the obligation of making amends. 
 
 P. 77, 1. 26. Rams. Battering-rams. 
 
 1. 38. Stiff. Obstinate, unyielding. 
 
 P. 80, 1. 9. Lay their heads together. A well-known idiom, which is 
 also found in The Taming of the Shrezu, Act I, Sc. ii, 1. 139, 'See, 
 to beguile the old folks, how the young folks lay their heads together.' 
 
 1. 16. Salved. Solved. In the facsimile of the first edition of Sir 
 Thomas Browne's Religio Medici this mode of spelling occurs twice. 
 ' They who to salve this would make the Deluge particular, proceed 
 upon a Principle that I can no way grant,' p. 51. ' But Moses decided 
 that question, and salv'd all with a new terme of creation,' p. 85. 
 
 P. 81, 1. 24. The ivord. The word given as the signal for attacking 
 the enemy ; the charging-cry, or field-word. The name of God was 
 frequently thus used in the battles between Charles I. and the Parliament. 
 At Edgehill the Roundheads had no onset-cry, but the Cavalier word 
 was ' For God and the King,' John Vicars, Jehovah-Jirch, i. 201 At the 
 assault on Nantwich, January 17, 1644, the Royalist war-cry was ' God 
 and a good cause,' Malbon's Memorials 'of Civil War i?i Cheshire, Record 
 Sac, vol. xix. p. 106 ; while at Marston Moor ' The Field-zvord given 
 by the Prince was God and the King; by the other Party, Godxvith Us,' 
 Rush worth, Hist. Coll., vol. v. p. 633. At Naseby the Parliamentary 
 word was ' God our strength,' and that of the enemy ' Queen Mary,' 
 Rushworth, Hist. Coll., vol. vi. p. 42. The last known instance of 
 a personal war-cry being used in a private feud occurred in 163 1, in 
 a riot concerning tithes, when Sir Francis Foljamb's retainers beat the 
 plaintiff's work-folks, and carried away the tithe corn in dispute to the 
 cry of 'A Foljamb, a Foljamb,' Rushworth, Hist. Coll., vol. iii. App. 
 p. 40. Consult M. A. Denham's Slogans and War and Gathering Cries, 
 Newcastle, 1851. 
 
 1. 27. Amain. With full force, with strength ; from the Middle 
 English main, Anglo-Saxon nicegen, strength. 
 
 1. 31. Entertained. Employed, occupied. Old French entretenir, 
 Low Latin i?iter-tenere,to entertain ; literally, 'to hold or keep among.' 
 
 P. 82, 1. 37. Stickler. One who persists obstinately; formerly one 
 who parted combatants, or settled disputes between two who were 
 fighting. A corruption of the Middle English stightlen, stightilen, to 
 order, arrange, govern, subdue, which is a frequentative of the Anglo- 
 Saxon stihtan, stihtian, to control. 
 
332 THE HOLY WAR, 
 
 P. 83, 1. 13. Took away the hearts. Took away (he courage. 
 1. 2 2. Brain-pan>. The skull. ' She is the very Pallas that fiewe out 
 of Jupiter's brainepan,' John Marston, Antonio and Mellida, Act II, 
 vol. i. p. 21, ed. 1856. 
 
 P. 84, 1. o. I wiU bend Man son I to thy bow. See note p. 25, 1. =,. 
 1. 25. Lecturers. The lecturers of Puritan England were preachers 
 whose duty it was to expound religious dogma without undertaking any 
 settled pastoral charge. About the year 1626, when ' one Dr. Preston ' 
 exercised predominant influence among the Puritans, a design was 
 formed ' for the establishment of Lectureships in market towns ; and 
 more especially, in those which were privileged to send Burgesses to 
 Parliament/ Laud, however, regarded the scheme as a device for over- 
 throwing church-government ; and the corporation which had been 
 formed for the purchase of impropriations with a view of providing 
 funds for the work, was consequently put down by the Court of Ex- 
 chequer. Sec C. W. Le Bas, Life of Archbishop Land, 1836, chap. v. 
 
 P. 85, 1. 5. List. Desire, inclination, wish. Cognate with the 
 Middle English lustcn, listen, to please ; Anglo-Saxon lystan, to desire, 
 used impersonally ; from the Anglo-Saxon Inst, pleasure. See p. 1 ^4. 
 1. 38. 
 
 1. 10. Bnt this is by-thc-by. But this is away from the main point. 
 1. 24. The last card. One of the many proverbial expressions drawn 
 from card-playing. 
 
 1. 30. J am not conic to put Mansoul upon 7c>orks. Cf. Galaiiaus 
 ii. 16. 
 
 1. 32. By what I have and shall do. An obscure expression. It is 
 difficult to decide whether Bunyan intended us to read ' By what I have 
 done and shall do,' or ' By what I have, and what I shall do.' 
 
 1- 35. By the law they can obtain mercy. An error. The passage 
 ought to run ' cannot obtain mercy.' 
 
 P. 86, 1. 11. Nonplus. One of the few cases where Bunyan uses 
 un-English phraseology. 
 
 P. 87, 1.6. Bend therefore . . . the hottest front of the Battle against 
 Diabolus. An expression taken from the Bible, ' When Joab saw that 
 the front of the battle was against him before and behind,' 2 Samuel x. 9. 
 I.14. The main of his power. The chief part of his power. Main. 
 chief, principal, came into our language through the Old French tnaine, 
 magne, chief, from the Latin magtius, great. It is a distinct word 
 from main, strength. 
 
 1, 34. Lrhsome den. Irksome is usually 'wearisome,' 'tedious.' 
 Middle English irken, to tire, from the Swedish yrka, to urge, to 
 enforce ; but in this passage it seems to suggest an idea of more acute 
 discomfort than could arise from simple weariness. 
 
NOTES, pp. 83-112. 333 
 
 P. 89, 1. 6. They -were riveted in their fears. One of the significations 
 of rivet is to fasten strongly, to make immovable ; French rivet, a rivet 
 from river, to rivet, to clench. < Terror riveted him to the' spot * is 
 current English. 
 
 P. 90, 1. 20. Mauls. See note p. 35, 1. 26. 
 
 P. 91, 1. 7. Splinters. Fragments. Swedish splint, a kind of spike ; 
 Danish splint, a splinter, from the Swedish splinta, to splinter ; Swedish 
 dial, splitta, to split. 
 
 1. 35. They had been in with. Engaged in the affair with. 
 
 P. 96, 1. 31. White as a clout. So in Romeo andfulkt, Act II Sc iv 
 1. 218. ' ' ' 
 
 P. 97, 1. 32. Stood to it. Adhered to the statement. According to 
 legend, a Lincolnshire horse-dealer, who died within the last twenty 
 years, was once giving evidence in a 'horse case' at the assizes and 
 swore, by mistake, that the animal in dispute was fifteen yards 'hi^h 
 The judge, observing the error, corrected him. ' Did I say yards my 
 lord?' responded the witness; 'in course I meant hands, but as' I've 
 sworn it I'll stand to it.'' 
 
 1. 33. Out. In error. 
 
 P. 98, 1. 1. Some of them had got this story by the end. The reference 
 is to spinning; in which handicraft an end of flax, tow, or wool is drawn 
 from the distaff towards the spinner, who forms it into thread bvtwistine 
 it between the finger and thumb. Cf. p. 209, 1. 24. ' 
 
 P. 103, 1. 9. Struck into their dumps. Dumps was not always 
 employed in the ludicrous sense which now attaches to it As late as 
 the end of the seventeenth century it expressed serious melancholy. 
 Swedish dial, dumpin, melancholy; originally pp.. of dimba, to reek 
 Allied to damp ; cf. ' to damp one's spirits.' 
 
 1. 1 1 Death seemed to sit on some of their Eyebrows. Death appeared 
 to be close to them. 
 
 P. 104, 1. 2 . Mourning-weeds. Mourning-garments. Weed is an 
 old word for clothing, from the Anglo-Saxon wide, neuter, weed 
 round"^ a garment Literall y something that binds, or is wrapped 
 
 1. 7. In tumultuous wise. Wise is way, manner; Middle English 
 imse, Anglo-Saxon wise, way. Original sense, 'wiseness' or skill & 
 
 P. 107, I.3. Tabor. A small drum. French tabour, Spanish tambor, 
 Arabic tambur, a kind of lute or guitar; also a drum. 
 
 Z' ™ !' 2 ' E< l ui P a S e - With what a retinue, or with what state. 
 P. 109, 1. 32. Tabret. A small tabor. 
 
 P. Ill 1. 12. Were marvellously taking. Were marvellouslv pleasing 
 1. 27. Carriages. See note p. 53, 1. 23. 
 P. 112, 1. 15. Furniture. Equipments. 
 
334 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 P. 113. 1. l8. Against their Prince . . . should come. In expectation 
 of the coming of their prince. 
 
 ' Some say that ever Against that season comes 
 Wherein our Saviour's birth is celebrated, 
 The bird of dawning singeth all night long.' 
 
 J lam let. Act I, Sc. i, 1. i§8. 
 P. 114, 1. 19. Haw they should shut their hands of them. How they 
 should get rid of them. ' To get shut of, or shot of,' still means to get 
 rid of, in Yorkshire and elsewhere. 
 
 P. 115, 1. 34. Outlandish. Foreign, strange. 
 
 1 Outlandisehe kynges fat of hym held, 
 pat bowed vntil Arthures scheld.' 
 
 Rob. Manning of Brunne, Story of England, ed. Furnivall, p. 388, 
 1. 11. 128. Compare with the Dutch uitlandsch, foreign; uitlander, 
 a foreigner. 
 
 P. 116, 1 2. They 7cist not. They knew not. Anglo-Saxon witan, to 
 know. The Dutch weten and German icissen, to know, are cognate 
 forms. 
 
 1. 3. Merry. ' And they drank, and were merry with him,' Genesis 
 xliii. 34. Sir Thomas More, writing to Henry VIII in the spring of 
 1533, says: 'Only should my comfort be, that after my short life and 
 your long ... I shold ones mete your grace againe in heauen, and there 
 be inery with you,' Workes, 1557, p. 1424. 
 
 1. 13. Riddles. 'Son of man, put forth a riddle, and speak a parable 
 unto the house of Israel,' Ezekiel xvii. 2. 
 
 1. 20. Lightened. Enlightened. 
 
 1. 24. Opened. Expounded. 
 
 P. 117, 1. 5. New-model. See note p. 18, 1. 14. 
 
 P. 119, 1. 38. Doliishly. Dolt, a stupid fellow, a blockhead, reaches 
 us through the Middle English dull, blunt ; extended from the Middle 
 English dul, dull, from the Anglo-Saxon dol, foolish, put for dzvol, base 
 of pp. of the strong verb dwelen, to err, to be stupid. Compare with 
 the kindred words, Dutch dol and Germ, toll, mad. 
 
 P. 120, 1. 12. A ... pestilent fellow. See Acts xxiv. 5. 'Pestilent' 
 and ' pestilential ' were two favourite terms of abuse among the 
 rhetoricians who took part in the theological warfare which raged 
 under the Tudors and Stuarts. 
 
 1. 37. Slomaehfulness. Pride, stubbornness, sullen obstinacy, or 
 resentful rage. ' Whoso hath also a proud look and high stomach : 
 I will not suffer him,' Psalm ci. 7, according to the version in The 
 Book of Common Prayer. 
 
 P. 121, 1. 30. Snub"d. Checked, reprimanded. Middle English 
 
NO TES. pp. 1 1 3- 1 3 o. 335 
 
 snibben. derived from the Danish snibbe, to reprimand ; Swedish snubba 
 Icelandic snubba, to snub, to chide. Originally to ' snip off' the end 
 of a thing. 
 
 P. 123, 1. i. Churlish. Surly, boorish. From churl, Middle 
 English cherl, cheorl, a man, a man without rank, the antithesis of kina 
 noble, gentle. Anglo-Saxon ceorl, a man. 
 
 P. 124, 1. io. Thou didst loth. Thou didst loathe. 
 
 P. 125, 1. 17. New. A misprint for knew. 
 
 I.20. Mischief. To injure. Cf. Timon of Athens, Act IV. Sc iii, 
 
 1. 
 
 ■4/5 
 
 1. 2* ^ r*^/ Diabolonian. Right in this acceptation of the word is 
 obsolete, unless an adjective be inserted between it and the subsequent 
 noun, and even then the phrase has an archaic sound except in the 
 case of such titles as ' Right honourable,' ' Right reverend.' 
 
 1. 38. Laid my mother of me. Assisted my mother in her lying in. 
 
 P. 126, 1. 1. Gossips, Gossip has here the original sense of 'bap- 
 tismal sponsor.' Middle English gossib, godsib, literally 'related in 
 God_ ; sib, related, being derived from the old Northumbrian sibbo, pi 
 relations; which is akin to the Gothic sibja, relationship, and to the 
 German sippe, affinity, sippen, kinsmen. The modern and degenerated 
 meaning of gossip finds a parallel in the French commere {co mere 
 a godmother, now commonly used to signify a chattering scandal- 
 monger. • ° 
 
 lb. Was. The singular used for the plural. A common error when 
 the substantive to which the verb relates does not immediately precede 
 
 !• 33- yes. See note p. 246. 1. 19. 
 
 P. 128. 1. 5. Besides the matter. Aside from the point in question- 
 
 -f. 1^9 1. 24. Did rent and tear. Rent, an old spelling of rend 
 may be frequently met with in the early editions of the Authorized 
 Version of the Bible : e. g. « A time to rent, and a time to sow/ 
 Eccesiastes 1,1. 7 . Ed. Fol. 1634 5 and again, < Oh that thou wouldest 
 rent the heauens, that thou wouldest come downe,' Isaiah lxiiij 1 
 
 1. 36. Advantaged. We now prefer to say ' benefited,' but 'advan- 
 taged was a popular word with early post-reformation authors. Cf 
 Luke ix. 25 ; 1 Corinthians xv. 32. 
 
 P. 130, 1. 5. To condole her own misery. So also in the Pilgrim's 
 Progress in the description of Christian's anguish before he meets 
 Evangelist, and in the scene where Giant Despair beats his prisoners 
 with the grievous crab-tree cudgel. 'Condole' was nearly always 
 used transitively in the seventeenth century and earlier. 
 
 1. 6. Evade. Probably used here in the sense of ' equivocate.' 
 
 I.18. Of concern. Of importance. 
 
3.} 6 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 P. 131, 1. 6. Sneak. See note p. 63, 1. 34. 
 
 1. 7. Veil their Bonnets, To veil, more properly written vail, is 
 to lower. French avalcr, to let fall down. 
 
 1 And the hest "of our nobles his bonnet will vail 
 Who at Rere-cross on Stanmore meets Allen-a-Dale.' 
 
 Rokeby, Canto III, st. x.w. 
 
 Bonnet comes through the French from the Low Latin bonneta, the 
 name of a stuff from which caps or bonnets were made. 
 
 1. 13. For that. Because. We read in Bacon's Sylva Sylvarum, 
 1664, p. 113 : 'The Cause is plain ; for that all things, that grow, will 
 grow as they find Room.' 
 
 P. 132, 1. 18. Warm man. A man inspired with zeal or fervour. 
 In The Supplication of Souks, Sir Thomas More says : ' Yet heare we 
 sometime our wiues pray for vs more warmly,' Workes, 1557, p. 336, 
 col. ii. The adverb bears this signification in Modern English, but 
 the adjective has undergone some change, and a ' warm man ' now is 
 a well-to-do man, rather than an ardent patriot, like Mr. Zeal-for- 
 God. 
 
 P, 133, 1. 16. In a heazy taking. In severe distress. ' What a 
 taking was he in when your husband asked who was in the basket ! 
 The Merry Wives of Windsor, Act III, Scene iii, 1. 191. 
 
 P. 138, 1. 25. And laid in Letters of Gold. Inlaid with letters of 
 gold. 
 
 1. 33. Ringed. An instance of the weak preterite where the strong 
 is the received form. 
 
 P. 139, 1. 16. Documented. Taught, instructed. See note p. -'4. 
 1. 22. 
 
 P. 140, 1. 36. Terrene. Earthly. 
 
 P. 142, 1. 16. For the breaking of them up. To 'break up' is to 
 open ; hence, to disclose, to interpret. 
 
 1. 37. Formal knowledge. Properly authorized knowledge, in con- 
 tradistinction to the deductions drawn from private experience. 
 
 P. 143, 1. 12. Untowardly. Perversely. 
 
 P. 144, 1. 31. Take, viortify, and put them to death. Cf. Romam 
 viii. 13. 
 
 1. 35. Quit you like men. Acquit yourselves like men. 
 
 ' Samson hath quit himself 
 Like Samson, and heroickly hath finish'd 
 A life Heroick.' Samson Agonistes, 1. 171 1. 
 
 P. 145, 1. 6. The Lord Evil-Eye. See Mark vii. 22. Down to 
 the present time the inhabitants of rural England believe in the power 
 
NOTES, pp. I3I-I47- 337 
 
 of casting the evil-eye, and attribute all kinds of occult malpractices 
 to those who have inherited the faculty of ' over-looking.' 
 
 1. 7. Mr. Witchcraft. The name of this Diabolonian may be ac- 
 cepted as a proof that Bunyan, like Bacon, Bishop Hall, Richard 
 Baxter, Sir Matthew Hale, Wesley and Sir Thomas Browne, believed 
 in sorcery and magic ; although he would perhaps have hesitated 
 to affirm with the last mentioned of these worthies, that those who 
 doubt of witches ' are obliquely, and upon consequence, a sort, not 
 of infidels, but atheists : ' Keligio Medici, sect. xxx. It would have 
 been strange indeed, if a Bedfordshire peasant born in the year 1628 
 had questioned the possibility of a human being forming a compact 
 with 'goblins damn'd ; ' for it is notorious that a lively faith in the 
 supernatural powers of certain old women flourishes in country districts 
 at the present date. Many a Jack and Joe, returning home from work 
 in the dusk of a winter's afternoon, quickens his pace while passing the 
 lonely cottage of some old crone, and diversifies the monotony of his 
 tramp by the recollection and anticipation of spiritual encounters, in 
 comparison with which the meditations and the actual experiences of 
 Tarn O'Shanter are tame and ordinary. Many a woman, also, if she 
 happens to be born of a family of hereditary witches, has to endure 
 the odium attaching to people who ' know more than they should,' 
 although those who look on her askance are always willing to ac- 
 knowledge her inability to do away with the unholy knowledge which 
 is her birthright. 
 
 1. 11. Skulkers. Middle English skulkeh, to slink, to lurk, from 
 the Danish skulke, to sculk ; Swedish skolka, to play the truant. 
 Allied to the Icelandic skolla, to sculk, to keep aloof. 
 
 1. 13. Physiognomy. A description of the general appearance and 
 disposition of the Diabolonians. 
 
 P. 146, 1. 4. Vagrant. Properly speaking a wanderer ; one who 
 has no fixed habitation. Here, however, it stands for ' a man of un- 
 settled opinions,' a theological vagabond, who may be classed with 
 declared renegades. 
 
 1. 7. Rife and hot for religion. Rife is a word of Scandinavian 
 origin ; Middle English rif Icelandic rifr, munificent, abundant ; Old 
 Swedish, rif, rife. In this passage it seems rather to have the meaning 
 of vehement, enthusiastic. 
 
 1. 30. Glistering. Shining, sparkling. Middle English glisteren, 
 glistren, to glitter. Cf. the Dutch glinsteren, to glitter. Spenser, 
 Shakspeare and Jonson all have it, and in 1 Maccabees vi. 39, we 
 find, 'Now when the sun shone upon the shields of gold and brass, 
 the mountains glistered therewith, and shined like lamps of fire.' 
 
 P. 147, 1. 19. Let them not lag with dust and dirt. Lag, as a verb, 
 
 Z 
 
338 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 is ordinarily equivalent to ' loiter' or ' fall behind ; ' but in the present 
 instance it expresses the ides of trailing loosely and carelessly. Cf. the 
 adjective /d^f, late, sluggish; Welsh llag, slack, loose, sluggish ; Cornish 
 lac, loose, remiss. In the First Part of Henry IV, Act V, Sc. i, 1. .;,. 
 Worcester is made to say : — 
 
 ' For mine own part, I could be well content 
 To entertain the lag-end of my life 
 With quiet hours.' 
 P. 149. 1. 4. Delicates. Rarities, delicacies. The word occurs in 
 Herrick's Country Life : — 
 
 ' Hunger makes coarse meats delicates ' ; 
 and also in one of Ford's dramas : — 
 
 ' My queen, my empress, saint 
 Shall taste no delicates but what are drest 
 With costlier spices than the Arabian bird 
 Sweetens her funeral bed with.' 
 
 The Lady's '/'rial, Act II, Sc. i. 
 P. 151, 1. 2. A very busy man. That is, a meddling person, a 
 busy-body. 
 
 lb. A r ews. See note p. 182, 1. 2. 
 
 1. 16. Unroosted. Dispossessed, driven from his stronghold as a bird 
 is driven from its roost. 
 
 1. 24. Having got some little smattering of EtnmanueFs things by the 
 end. Having acquired some slight knowledge of them. 
 1. 35. Tickled. Pleasurably excited. 
 
 P. 152. 1. S. Sleight. Middle Fnglish sleighthc, from the Icelandic 
 sl(Cgt), slyness, cunning. 
 
 1. 20. This naughty pack. A reproachful term, usually, but not 
 invariably, applied to women. ' For I tell you nothing nowe of many a 
 noughtyc packed Sir Thomas More, Workcs. 1.-57, P- M - 'At our 
 elbows standeth the devil, who roundeth us in the ears, and eggeth us 
 forwards; and, as helps to spur us on, there are a crew of naughty 
 packs that never cease to train us in,' Decades of Henry Bullenger, 
 Trans, by H. S. (Parker Soc), Pt. Ill 69. 
 
 ' I have been told they ride in coaches, flaunt it 
 In braveries, so rich, that 'tis scarce possible 
 To distinguish one of these vile naughty packs 
 From true and arrant ladies.' 
 
 John Ford, The Fancies, Chaste and Noble, Act III, Sc. ii. 
 It is rare to find any other adjective iiiNerted in the place of ' naughty,' 
 but in N. Bailey's version of Frasmus's Colloquies we have an example 
 of idle pack' applied to a school-boy; ed. 1725, p. 37. 
 
NOTES, pp. 147-157- 339 
 
 P. 153, 1. 36. He would up and run. The verb is often omitted 
 before the words ' up and ' in the conversation of the uneducated ; and 
 at times ' up ' itself is transformed into a verb : e. g. ' He ufd and 
 knocked the fellow flat.' 
 
 P. 154, 1. 16. His absence not condoled by them. His absence 
 caused them no distress. See note p. 130, 1. 5. 
 
 1. 34. Bonny and b lit h. Bonny is, of course, fair to see, handsome. 
 but it expresses several additional ideas. In the dialect of North 
 Lincolnshire, for example, it may mean 'in good-health,' 'well-con- 
 ditioned,' 'pleasant to deal with,' or 'well-conducted.' As used bv 
 Bunyan it implies a happy careless state of mind, untroubled by religion* 
 terrors and scruples. 
 
 P. 155, 1.13. Obnoxious to. Exposed to, liable to. Latin obnoxius, 
 liable to. 
 
 ' But made hereby obnoxious more 
 To all the miseries of life.' 
 
 Milton, Samson Agonistes, 1. 106. 
 
 1. 25. A feasting. A is here a worn -down proclitic form of the 
 Old English preposition an, on. This separate a is now rarely used, 
 except in a few verbal constructions, and in such phrases as ' twice a 
 day,' ' once a year,' or in compound adverbs. 
 
 1. 32. Are you afraid of being Sparrow-blasted. An old saying 
 which in this case seems to mean, ' Do you fear improbable or imaginary 
 evils.' The source of the phrase has yet to be discovered, but in all 
 likelihood it refers to some lost folk-tale, or superstition, in which the 
 sparrow brings a ' blast,' or blight, on fruit and corn, or inflicts bodily 
 injury on an enemy. Cf. Tobit ii. 10. The following instances of 
 sparrow-blasting, -blasted have been collected for the New En*. 
 Diet, in addition to the one under notice : — ' To lock up ones wife, 
 for fear of sparrow-blasting,' Tell, trot he's New Yeare's Gift, 1593 
 (New Shakspere Soc. Ser. vi. No. 2, 1876), 35. 'Otherwise they 
 say, we pray against sparrow-blasting? 1633, T. Adams, Exp. 2 Peter 
 (Sherman's ed. 1865), ch. ii. v. 1, p. 215. ' What art thou that canst 
 look thus Pie-pickt, Crow-trod, or Sparrow-blasted ? ha ! ' Brome, 
 Queenes Exchange, v. i. (1873) III. 537. 
 
 P. 156, 1. 38. Withdrawing-room. The original form of drawing- 
 room. According to Johnson's Dictionary, 1785, a withdrawing-room 
 is ' a room behind another room, for retirement ; ' a definition exactly 
 applicable to this passage of the Holy War. 
 
 1. 38. Dumpish. See note p. 103, 1. 9. 
 
 P. 157, 1. 4, marginal reference. Beast-master. In Luther's version 
 of the Bible, ' the governor of the feast,' John ii. 8, is rendered ' Speise- 
 meister,' an analogous word with Bunyan's Beast-master. There is an 
 
 Z 2 
 
J40 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 observable tendency among English-speaking people of little education 
 to form compound substantives like those of the Dutch and Germans, 
 in preference to using Less direct literary phraseology. 
 
 1.9. They bespeed themselves. The be of /vspced is a prefix giving 
 additional force to the verb. Hence bespeed is to speed thoroughly, to 
 make all possible haste. 
 
 1. 28. Swaggering words. Swagger is the frequentative of sw 
 to sway from side to side, which has come to mean to walk in an 
 affected or insolent manner, and also to use insolent or boastful language. 
 Swag appears as a substantive in Robert of Brunne's tale of the witch 
 and her cow-sucking bag, ffandfyng Sinne, p. 17 (Roxburghe 
 Club) :— 
 
 1 pere was a wyeche, and made a bagge, 
 A bely of le]>yr, a grete swagge? 
 
 P. 159, 1. 1. A very smart sermon. The primal meaning of smart 
 is painful '; hence it has come to denote severe, keen, pungent, brisk. 
 Middle English smcrtcn, Anglo-Saxon smearten, to feel pain. 
 
 1. 18. Of mine own head. By my own opinion. 
 
 1. 19. Afore, and. A forehand ? 
 
 P. 160, 1. 18. The answer made my Lord Mayor look black in t)ie 
 face. ' Looking black ' is almost always equivalent to ' clouded with 
 anger,' but here it evidently stands for ' overcast with sorrow or melan- 
 choly,' a signification which corresponds with Shakspeare's 'bitter, 
 black, and tragical, 1 King Richard III, Act IV, Sc iv, 1. 7. 
 
 P. 161, 1. 13. Riding post. Riding as posts or couriers with letters 
 and despatches. 
 
 P. 164, 1. 3. Cerberus. The incongruity of introducing the many- 
 headed dog of Hades, and other creations of the Greek mythology 
 -(pp. 12, 13, 188) into a world peopled by such characters as Mr. 
 Carnal-Security, Mr. False-Peace, and Mr. Benumbing, seems to have 
 escaped Bunyan's attention, although it is sufficiently obvious to the 
 modern reader. 
 
 1. 10. Rabblement. A hybrid word formed by adding the suffix 
 ment to rabble. Faithful speaks of ' The Prince of this Town, with all 
 the Rabblement of his attendants,' in The Pilgrim's Progress, when de- 
 fending himself after his arrest in Vanity Fair. 
 
 1. 11. So the letter was broken up. To 'break up' is to open, 
 generally to open by force, but here and in The Winter's Tale, Act III, 
 Sc. ii, 1. 133 there is no implication of violence. See note p. 142, 
 1. 16. 
 
 1. 12. Cerberus he stood by. Another instance of the insertion of a 
 redundant ' he ' for the sake of emphasis. 
 
 1. 14. Without let or stop. Cf. ' Sore let and hindered ' in the collect 
 
NOTES, pp. 157-168. 341 
 
 for the Fourth Sunday in Advent. Middle English letten, Anglo-Saxon 
 lettan. to hinder, to make late. 
 
 1. 15. Dead-mart s-bett. The custom of blessing bells and giving them 
 names was general till the Reformation, and still survives in Roman 
 Catholic communities. The name first bestowed on a favourite bell is 
 not invariably that by which it is popularly recognised, however. The 
 'proper christened name' of the great bell at Erfurt is Maria Gloriosa, 
 but it is commonly styled the Great Susanna, after an older bell, which, 
 till its destruction by fire, bore the characteristic inscription : — 
 1 Die Grosse Susanna 
 Treibt den Teufel von danna' 
 — 'The great Susanna drives the devil hence.' 
 Sir John Forbes, Sightseeing in Germany and the Tyrol, 1856, p. 22. 
 
 1. 17. Now the clapper of the bell went. The bells of many English 
 villages are supposed to utter certain words as they sound. The three 
 bells at Burton-on-Stather, in Lincolnshire, for instance, constantly ask. 
 ' Who ring best, who ring best ? ' and receive the answer from Ludding- 
 ton church, ' We two, we two.' The bells at Bottesford, in the same 
 county, chime ' Turn to God, turn to God.' 
 
 P. 165, 1. 16. Birth. That which is born, offspring. Cf. the lines 
 in Hernck's Another New Year's Gift, or Song for the Circumcision : — 
 ' Come then, and gently touch the birth 
 Of Him who 's lord of heaven and earth.' 
 
 A similar use of the word may also be quoted from the Star Song of the 
 same author : — 
 
 ' Or say, if this new Birth of ours 
 Sleeps, laid within some ark of flowers 
 Spangled with dew-light.' 
 P. 166, 1. 16. Gladded. Another form of ' gladdened.' Cf. : 
 ' And it much glads me, that to do him service 
 
 We meet thus happily.' 
 Beaumont and Fletcher, The Beggar's Bush, Act IV, Sc. v. 
 
 P. 167, 1. 9. Knock the nail on the head. Then, as now, a common 
 metaphor. 
 
 1. 23. Far- Country -men. Another instance of the compound words 
 so readily formed by those whose vocabulary is mainly derived from the 
 homely vernacular of an English village. 
 
 P. 168, 1. 5. Sheep 's-russet. Probably a kind of home-spun stuff, 
 manufactured from wool. Russet was the coarse cloth worn by the 
 poor in country districts during the latter half cf the Middle Ages, and 
 in the days of the Tudors and Stuarts. 
 
(42 THE II OL Y WAR. 
 
 ' As proud of a peny as of a pounde of golde, 
 Ami al-so glad of a goune of a grey russet 
 As of a cote of cammoka.' 
 Piers the Plowman, Pass. xvii. I. 264 (Early Eng. Text. S 
 Another instance of the word may be met with in the fifteenth century 
 ballad, John de Reeue\ — 
 
 ' I goe girt in a russett gowne, 
 My hood is of homemade hrownc.' 
 Cf. Bishop Percy's Folio Manuscript, ii. p. ." 
 A further example occurs in the same volume (p. 281) in the once 
 popular rhyme, Bessie off Bcdnall \ — 
 
 'Then Bcssye that was ofbewtye soe bright, 
 they cladd in gray russett.' 1 
 The Elizabethan poets and their successors often employed russet in the 
 sense of rustic, plain, countrified, although they made it do poetical 
 service in its original signification also; for example in Horatio's happy 
 description : — 
 
 ' Put look, the morn, in russet mantle clad, 
 Walks o'er the dew of yon high eastward hill.' — 
 
 Hamlet, Act I, Sc. i, 1. 166 ; two lines which may have suggested to 
 Milton — 
 
 ' While the still morn went out with sandals grey.' 
 
 Lye id as, 1. 187. 
 
 1. 15. Mansoul was now in Lent. This passage, and the one immedi- 
 ately following it, inform us that Bunyan was accustomed to see Lent 
 observed with some degree of strictness. Probably most of his neigh- 
 bours, nonconformist as well as orthodox, would have stood aghast at 
 the bare idea of a Good Friday ' tea-feast,' no matter how charitable the 
 object of its promoters might be. 
 
 1. 21. Arch. Cunning, hypocritical. The adjective arch is merely 
 the prefix arch used separately and peculiarly. In the second part of 
 the Pilgrim\s Progress, Greatheart tells Honest that By-ends was ' the 
 arch one .... A very arch fellow.' 
 
 1. 38. Marginal reference. Cumber. See note p. 47, 1. 35. 
 
 P. 169, 1. 3. Give us the rout. Defeat us. 
 
 1. 31. At your beck. See note p. 25, 1. 5. 
 
 1. 35. At your wliistle. A phrase similar to 'at your heck,' which 
 owes its existence to the old custom of summoning personal attendants 
 or retainers by the sound of a whistle. 
 
 P. 170, 1. 12. But the peevish old gentleman took pepper in the nose. 
 That is to say, he took offence. ' La moutarde monte au nez, 1 is used 
 figuratively in French to express the idea of rising irritation. John Lilly, 
 
NOTES, pp. 168-181. 343 
 
 in his Euphues, ed. 1607. as quoted in Southey's Common-place Book, 
 iv. 300, says : ' I would not that all women should take pepper in the nose, 
 in that I have disclosed the legerdemain of a few.' For peevish, see 
 note p. 61, 1. 7. 
 
 P. 171, 1. 7. Contrariwise. A hybrid derived from the French con- 
 traire, Latin conlrarins, contrary, and from wise, manner, way, Middle 
 Fnglish, wise, Anglo-Saxon wise, way. 
 
 1. 20. As great as Beggars. Great is here ' intimate.' Cf. The 
 similar comparison. ' As thick as thieves.' 
 
 1. 23. By Saint Mary. An expletive which seems rather incongruous 
 
 in the mouth of Cerberus, but we know from the Pilgrims Progress that 
 
 • Bunyan looked on Giant Pope and Giant Pagan as near neighbours, so 
 
 it is safe to assume that he imagined their dependents would have every 
 
 opportunity of picking up each other's favourite imprecations. 
 
 1. 31. Out with them. Out of favour, at variance. 
 
 1. 32. We have . . . a foot in their dish. A proverbial expression 
 with the meaning, ' a finger in their pie.' 
 
 P. 172, 1. 15. Coranto. A kind of quick, sprightly dance. Cf. King 
 Henry V, Act III, Sc. v, 1. 33. and Twelfth Night, Act I, Sc. iii, 1. 137- 
 
 1. 34. This is pi'obatum est. One of the rare instances in which 
 Bunyan avails himself of Latin phraseology. 
 
 P. 173, 1. 1. and marginal reference. Cumber, eumberments. See 
 
 note p. 47, 1. 35. 
 
 1. 36. Their Prince has given them the back. Has turned away 
 from them. 'I will shew them the back, and not the face,' Jeremiah 
 xviii. 17. 
 
 P. 174, 1. 5. Divert. Literally to turn aside, but here to draw the 
 attention from the principal point in question. 
 
 P. 176, 1. 30. To yotir amazing memory. To your astonishing 
 renown. 
 
 P. 179, 1. 2. Fall on. To begin the attack. 
 
 1. 28. Pit-wishes. Another instance of the forceful double-words 
 employed by Bunyan. 
 
 1. 30. Gather up his heels. A locution which has become antiquated, 
 although ' took to his heels ' remains current in colloquial English. 
 
 P. 180. 1. 29. To go to handy gripes. To begin a hand-to-hand 
 struggle. Cf. the Anglo-Saxon gripan, to seize. We find in John 
 Florio's Vocabolario Italiano et Inglese, ed. 168S, sub voce, ' Alle- 
 strette, adv. at handy-gripes, a close grappling.' ' The last man of 
 France, who could have swayed these coming troubles, lay there at 
 hand-grips with the unearthly power.'— Carlyle, French Revolution, 
 Pt. II, Bk. iii, ch. vii, as quoted in T. L. O. Davies, Sup. Eng. Gloss. 
 
 P. 181, 1. 2. Mr. Prywell. Bunyan employs pry in a more favour- 
 
344 TI[E HOLY WAR. 
 
 able sense than it now beats; see p. 191, 1. 37. Mr. Prywell was 'a 
 sober and judicious man,' and ' a great lover of the people of Mansoul.' 
 
 He went ' listening up and down," Indeed, but merely with the object <-' 
 discovering Diabolonian plots; honest anxiety for the welfare of bis 
 townsmen being his chief characteristic. Pry is another form of / 
 to look narrowly. Middle English prien, put for piren by the shifting 
 of r ; Low German piren, to look closely, in which / is lost after/. The 
 full form is p/ircn, to peer; originally to draw the eye-lids together, so as 
 to look closely. 
 
 1. 6. Jealous. Vigilant, cautious against dishonour, reasonably mis- 
 trustful, Middle English jalous, Old French jalous, Low Latin zelosus, 
 full of zeal, Latin zelus. zeal. ' And he said, I have been very jealous 
 for the Lord God of hosts,' 1 Kings xix. 10. See also 2 Cori)ithia>is\\. 2. 
 
 1. 26. Brake the business. Disclosed the business. 
 
 P. 182, 1. 2. Talks nothing of news. News is here ' uncertain report,' 
 or ' idle gossip.' Neivsing. — Gossipping .... Newsy . . . — Fond oi 
 gossip.' — Peacock's Manley and Corringham Glossary, v. ii, pp. 
 368, 369. 
 
 1. 14. Good-meaning. Good for Well may yet be heard in rural 
 England, e. g. 'a good-bred colt.' 
 
 1. 18. Inkling. A hint, an intimation. The source of the word 
 remains doubtful. 
 
 1. 37. That were upon the wheel. The allusion here seems to be to 
 the potter's wheel, but it may possibly have to do with spinning. 
 
 P. 183, 1. 20. Jake penance. The reference is to the punishment 
 imposed for a crime by the Ecclesiastical laws. The offender had to 
 satisfy the Church for the scandal given, by standing in some public 
 place, usually in the parish church, bare-footed, bare-headed, and clad 
 in a white sheet. See G. Jacob's Law Dictionary, ed. 1756, under 
 I^enancc. Excommunications for offences against the seventh command- 
 ment were not uncommon in the earlier years of the eighteenth century. 
 
 P. 185, 1. 37. Footing. Foot-marks, foot-tracks. 
 
 P. 186, 1. 3. To take sanctuary. To take refuge. Properly to retire 
 for protection to a sacred asylum beyond the reach of civil power. The 
 word reaches us through the French, from the Latin sanctuarium, a 
 shrine, sanctus, holy. Cf. Mazzinghi on Sanctuaries, and A Sketch 
 of the History of the Asylum, or Sanctuary, from its Origin to the final 
 Abolition of it in the Reign of James L. By the Rev. Samuel Pej 
 Archcrologia, vol. viii, pp. 1-44. 
 
 1. 15. LLis fwious stomach. See note. p. 120, 1. 37. 
 
 1. 20. Election- Doubter. This name, with those of the various other 
 companies subsequently mentioned, was probably coined by Bunyan. 
 During the period of social discord, in which his early life was spent. 
 
NOTES, pp. 1 81-189. 345 
 
 many religious sects rose into notoriety under the general name of 
 Independents. They were separated from each other by more or less 
 abstruse theological differences, which had long been subjects of 
 scholastic argument among Protestant divines, but which, apparently, 
 did not become matters of popular discussion until the relaxation of 
 ecclesiastical discipline, consequent on the contentions between the King 
 and the Parliament. 
 
 P. 187, 11. 3, 18. Aiicient-bearer, ancient. See note p> 53, 1. 8. 
 
 1. 22. Lord Python. A name derived from the famous dragon which 
 guarded the oracle of Delphi. 
 
 1. 23. Lord Belial. The translators of the Bible of 161 1, following 
 the Vulgate, treated Belial as a proper name where it occurs in the Old 
 Testament, as in Deut. xiii. 13, Judges xix. 22. Children, or sons, of 
 Belial, is a phrase indicating wicked or lawless people, such as the sons 
 of Eli, 1 Samuel ii. 12. In 2 Cor. vi. 15, ' What concord hath Christ 
 with Belial,' it seems to mean the devil, and it is, doubtless, from this 
 passage that Bunyan took the name for his Diabolonian captain. 
 
 1. 25. Rcformades. See note p. 69, 1. n. 
 
 1. 30. Rendezvous. See note p. 10, 1. 11. 
 
 P. 188, 1. 16. Warmly attended. 'Attend,' in a military' and nautical 
 sense, is to accompany or wait on for hostile purposes, so as to defeat an 
 enemy's schemes. Here it has the force of ' to attack,' ' to assail.' 
 
 1. 27. Mount Alecto, Mount Megaera, and Mount Tisiphone. For 
 some reason, ' the dreadful Furies of Hell ' had a strong hold on Bun- 
 yan's imagination. He not only represents them as warring in the 
 ranks of the evil-doers, but he makes Diabolus bestow their names on 
 three of the 'mounts' cast up against the town. 
 
 1- 33- Against stomach. Against inclination. 
 
 P. 189, 1. 6. A night's. The prefix a before substantives of time 
 denotes in, on., or by. Here it is followed by one of the old adverbial 
 genitives which are archaic and almost obsolete. ' Now-a-days ' is of 
 similar construction. 
 
 1. 24. Fugitive is here applied in an unusual manner, unless it may be 
 accepted as denoting one who has deserted his duty, or wandered from 
 the proper way = a religious vagabond. As many of the examples of 
 fugitive given in Johnson's Diet. 6th ed., 1785, link it with an adjective 
 or another substantive of a condemnatory character, it is possible that 
 a disparaging signification may have commonly attached to the word 
 in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. 
 
 1. 33. But when all came to all. When everything was summed up, 
 finally. 
 
 ' But when all came to all, nothing was done.' 
 
 Sir Thomas North. Plutarch, 1676, p. 141. 
 
346 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 P. 190, 1. 6. Ado. Properly at do, which was the fuller form. In 
 Northern English at was used (like to) to express the gerund. It is 
 a Scandinavian idiom. In Norse at is the preposition used with the 
 infinitive. 
 
 1. 2 j. Dumps, See note p. 103, 1. 9. 
 
 P. 191, 1. 22. Here were the straits that the Town of Mansoul was 
 betwixt. In modern English we should prefer to alter the arrangement 
 oi the sentence, and speak of Mansoul being 'in great straits,' but 
 Hunyan's idiom defines the position of the town more exactly than the 
 ordinary expression would do. The town stood between two great 
 difficulties, the active assaults of her enemies, and the apparent indiffer- 
 ence of her friends. 
 
 1. 37. Pry. See note p. 181, 1. 2. 
 
 P. 192, 1. 37. All-to-be-sugareil. All was formerly used to emphasize 
 the particle combined with a verb, especially the prefix to = asunder. 
 Thus all to-broken (German, all zerbrochen) meant quite broken in 
 pieces. In process of time, by form-association all to was extended to 
 other verbs ; especially verbs in be, with the meaning of completely, 
 utterly, wholly. For this reason all-to-be-stigared means completely or 
 perfectly sugared. An instance of the correct use of all to occurs in the 
 Bible, Judges ix. 53, ' And a certain woman cast a piece of a mill-stone 
 upon Abimelech'shead, and all to brake his scull.' Milton says — 
 ' She plumes her feathers, and let 's grow her wings, 
 That in the various bustle of resort 
 
 Were a/7 /0-ruffl'd.' Comus,l. 378. 
 
 And Sir Thomas More observes, speaking of the wife of a friend, 'She 
 fel in hand with hym . . . and all to rated him.' Workcs, 1557, p. 
 1224, i. 
 
 P. 193, 1. 1. Humour. Anger, petulance. 
 
 ' Yet such is now the duke's condition, 
 That he misconstrues all that you have done. 
 The duke is humourous.' 
 
 As You Like It, Act I, Sc. ii, 1. 276. 
 1. 16. Bonny and blithe. Bonny is here happy, untroubled by care. 
 See note p. 154, 1. 34- 
 
 1. 33. At such odds. Cf. King Lear. Act 1, Sc. iii, 1. 5 : — 
 
 ' Every hour 
 He flashes into one gross crime or other, 
 That sets us all at odds.' 
 Ilerrick also sings in The Bag of the Bee : — 
 
 ' About the sweet bag of a bee, 
 Two Cupids fell at odds.' 
 P. 194, 1. 37. Ward. See note p. 50, 1. 18. 
 
NOTES, pp. 190-196. 347 
 
 P. 195, 1. 3. Carriages. The meaning of the word is obscure in this 
 passage. It may be accepted as the equivalent of actions (see note 
 p. 44, 1. 29), if it refers to the behaviour of Diabolus; or of a train of 
 army waggons see note p. 53, 1. 23^, supposing it to be connected with 
 ' those persons and things, that should at any time as a prey be taken 
 from the Enemy.' 
 
 1. 15. To land tip Mouth-gate with diri. 'Land up,' in agricultural 
 parlance, is to ' silt up,' as the following quotation from Notes and 
 Queries, 6th S., ix, 511, testifies : 'A Trentside farmer complained to 
 me a short time ago that a certain outfall drain in Gunness " was that 
 landed up wi' warp that a goose could'nt get wetshod in it." ' In the 
 Instructions for Jury-men on the Commission of Sewers, a little book 
 published in 1664, we read, ' Your water-courses .... be landed up, and 
 want ditching' (p. 35). And in W. Marratt's History of Lincolnshire ', 
 18 15, vol. iii, p. 243, there is mention of ' a serpentine fish-pond, about 200 
 yards long, but partly landed up? Cf. gravel tip in the following lines : — 
 ' O thou, the fountain of whose better part 
 Is earth'd and gravelVd up with vain desire.' 
 Quarks, Emblems, 1. 7, as quoted in T. L. O. Davies, Sup. Eng. Gloss., 
 under Gravel. From these instances it is evident that Bunyan intended 
 to convey the idea of Mouth-gate being obstructed by dirt, in the same 
 manner that the sluggish streams of his native Bedfordshire were im- 
 peded by mud and ooze. 
 
 1. 38. Ticking and toying. To ' tick ' is to touch lightly; Middle 
 English, tech, a light touch, whence the game called tick, or tig. 
 A weakened form of the base tak, to touch. Tickle is the frequentative 
 form of the word, and means to keep on touching lightly. Here tick 
 has the same signification as toy, to handle amorously ; which is derived 
 from the Dutch tuig, tools, utensils ; whence speel-tuig, playthings, toys. 
 Cognate with the Icelandic tygi, gear, and the Danish tot, gear, lege-toi, 
 a plaything, a toy ; also with the Swedish tyg, gear, trash, and the 
 German zeug, stuff, trash, spielzetig, playthings. 
 
 P. 196, 1. 1. // xvas jealoused. It was suspected. Cf. l Jealotts, adj. 
 Apprehensive, ready to anticipate something, whatever it be, more or 
 less unpleasant in its nature. " Think you that wall will fall ? " "Aye 
 ah's very jealous on't." " Ah' s jealous he's efter nae guid.'" — Rev. J. C. 
 Atkinson, A Gloss, of the Cleveland Dialect, p. 283. In Lincolnshire, 
 both the adjective and the verb are current, e.g. ' I jealous 'd he was up 
 to no good.' ' I'm jealous 'at it'll be a back'ard harvist.' 
 
 I.7. Uncivil. Dryden also has ' uncivil ' for ' improper ' : — 
 ' And vex the ethereal powers 
 With midnight matins at uncivil hours.' 
 
 The Hind and the Panther, 1. 2305. 
 
348 THE HOLY WAR, 
 
 P. 197, L 8. Quat and close. Quat is probably derived from the 
 
 "■aiiie source a> squat, to cower, literally to lie flat Middle English 
 
 •tten, to crush flat. Old French esquatir, to flatten, to crush ; Old 
 
 French es (= L. ex), extremely, and quatir, to press down, a derivative 
 
 of the Latin coactus, pp. of cogere, to press, to compel. 
 
 I.35. ejections. Possibly an error for objurgations ; if not it must be 
 taken to mean resistance or opposition. 
 
 1. 36. 77/e slapping of their slings. Slap, a smart blow, or the sound 
 produced by such a blow, is supposed to be an imitative word allied to 
 slam. The Middle English is slappc, a smart blow. Cf. the Low 
 German slapp, the sound of a blow, a slap. 
 
 P. 198, 1. 5. Proof. See note p. 69, 1. 9. 
 
 1. 7. Engine-shot. The cannon-shot, and the projectiles hurled by the 
 catapults and other engines of war. 
 
 1. 9- Chirurgeon. The old spelling of surgeon. 
 
 P. 199, 1. 25. Doamients. See note p. 24, 1. 22. 
 
 P. 200, 1. 3. Forlorn hope. The soldiers who led the attack in battle, 
 light troops who occupied the van. ' Being the Forlorn-hope whom 
 Philopcemen had put before the Battell of the Achaians to begin the 
 skirmish,' North, Plutarch, 309 ; and again on the same page, ' and 
 spying the great fault his Enemies made, following the forlorn-hope on 
 the spur.' The expression is now generally employed to indicate a body 
 of soldiers selected to lead in an assault upon a fortified place. 
 
 1. 15. Carriages. Probably baggage-train. See note p. 195, 1. 3. 
 
 1. 30. List. Desire, inclination ; a kindred word with lust, pleasure. 
 desire. From the Anglo-Saxon lust, pleasure. 
 
 P. 201, 1. 12. Flush/. Elated. Middle English flushen, to redden 
 (with anger , from the Swedish dial, fossa, to burn, to flare ; Norwegian 
 flosa, passion, vehemence. 
 
 1. 30. As the Bird that saiv net the Snare fell into the hands of the 
 Fowler. Cf. Psalm exxiv. 7. 
 
 P. 202, 1. 2S. Ilurricaning. A forcible term fashioned from hurri- 
 cane, which came into our language through the Spanish from the 
 Caribbean huracan, a whirlwind, a tornado. 
 
 P. 203, 1. 5. Bout = a turn, an attempt, is of Scandinavian origin. 
 Danish bugt, a bend, a turn. 
 
 P. 204, 1. 17. Outlandish. See note p. 115, 1. 34. 
 
 P. 205, 1. 37. Make stray. Stroy is an ancient form of destroy. 
 ' T)ig garden, stroy mallow, 
 Set willow and sallow.' 
 Tusser, Fine Hundred Pointcs of Good Ilusbandrie (Eng. Dial. Soc.\ 
 33, st. 6, p. 72. 
 
 P. 206, 1. 3. Had rather have had their Room than their Company. 
 
NOTES, pp. 197-222. 349 
 
 A popular idiom which continues to keep its place in colloquial 
 English. 
 
 P. 209, 1. 17. Touched. Mentioned. 
 
 P. 210, 1. 26. Varlel. See note p. 27, 1. 2$. 
 
 1. 3 2 - Replication. Reply. See Hamlet, Act IV, Sc. ii, 1. 13. 
 
 P. 213, 1. 13. Jolliness. Jollity. Chaucer has— 
 
 1 1 say no more, but in ihh Jolinesse 
 I lete hem, til men to the souper hem dresse.' 
 
 The Squieres Tale, 1. 10603. 
 
 P. 214, 1. 2. Great. Intimate, familiar. See note, p. 171, 1. 20. 
 
 P. 216, 1. 10. We know what time of day it will be with us. See 
 note p. 13, 1. 4. 
 
 1. 17. Refelfd. Refuted, confuted. 'Unless mine adversaries... 
 can . . refel mine errors.' Foxe, Acts and Monuments, ed. 1854, 
 vol. iv, pt. i, p. 287. 
 
 P. 217, 1. 7. Witty. Quick of wit, clever, judicious, ingenious. Cfi 
 Proverbs viih 12, 'I wisdom dwell with prudence, and find out know- 
 ledge of witty inventions,' and Judith xi. 23, 'And now thou art both 
 beautiful in thy countenance^ and witty in thy words.' 
 
 1. 10. Arch. Pre-eminent, excellent. See note p. 168, 1. 21. 
 
 1. 11. Mr. Get-i -the- Inmdred-and-Lose-i-t he-shire. This polysyllabic 
 designation may perhaps be formed from a proverb, like the name pre- 
 ceding it. The allusion is to the hundreds into which the majority of 
 English counties are divided. There are nine hundreds in Bedfordshire, 
 namely, Barford, Biggleswade, Clifton, Flitt, Manshead, Redbornestoke,' 
 Stodden, Willey, and Wixamtree. 
 
 1. 15. Cunning. Well-versed, well-skilled. 
 
 P. 219, 1. 15, marginal reference. Gladed. Gladded or gladdened. 
 See note p. 166, 1. 16. 
 
 1. 22. They neither sound Boot-and-saddle, nor Horse-and-away, nor 
 a Charge. They sound none of the accustomary trumpet-calls. Boot- 
 and-saddle is a corruption of the French Bouie-selle, from bouter, to put, 
 and selle, a saddle. 
 
 1. 38. Terrene. Pertaining to the earth, but here apparently applied 
 in a different sense (Terrifying?). 
 
 P. 221, 1. 10. Dints. From the Anglo-Saxon dynt, a blow ; cf. the 
 Icelandic dyntr, a dint, dynta, to dint. 
 
 P. 222, 1. 36. Did . . . wind. Turned, wended, went. Anglo-Saxon 
 windan, to wind. 
 
 lb. To the Townward. It is now deemed preferable to say ' toward 
 the Town,' but 'he was going to Sheffield ward? 'she lives Ranskill 
 ward ' are idiomatic expressions which yet survive in the vernacular of 
 
350 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 the northern and eastern counties. Cf. ' To Canterbury ward ' in the 
 Prologue to the Canterbury Tales, 795, and the line — 
 
 ' You say, to me-ivards your affection 's strong,' 
 in Herrick's Love Me L^ittle, Love JILe Long. 
 
 P. 224. 1. 35. Adorned every one their fore-part against their house. 
 The ' fore-part ' was the space lying between a house and the public 
 street or highway, the plot of giound forming a garden or fore- 
 court. 
 
 P. 226, 1. 26. Savours. Exhalations. See note p. 25, 1. 25. 
 
 P. 228, 1. 14. Their raging Gorge thought every day even as long as 
 a short for ever. Their voracity made each day seem interminable. 
 
 1. 16. Delieates. See note p. 149, 1. 4. 
 
 1. 23. Put a question upon. To call in question. 
 
 1. 31. Points in. Runs to a point or angle. 
 
 1. 34. Bloal-meu. In the Second Part of the Pilgrim's L^rogress, 
 when Mr. Great-heart drew his sword 'with intent to make a way for 
 the Pilgrims, in spite of the lions,' ' then there appeared one, that it 
 seems, had taken upon him to back the lions.' ' Now the name of that 
 man was Grim, or Bloody-man, because of his slaying of Pilgrims, and 
 he was of the race of the Giants' Probably the lions and the giant of 
 this episode, and the Blood-men who had ' their name derived from the 
 malignity of their nature, and from the fury that is in them to execute it 
 upon the Town of Mansoul,' typify in a special manner the cruel 
 measures in force against nonconformists, and the officials who carried 
 these measures into effect, in addition to representing the persecutions 
 endured by searchers after religious truth in earlier ages. 
 
 P. 229, 1. 1. Dog-star. Sirius, the bright star in the constellation of 
 the Great Dog, which was supposed by all antiquity to exercise a 
 baneful influence on the earth when in the ascendant. 
 
 1. 2. Intellectuals. Intellectual qualities. 
 
 1. 4. They do both butt and bound. They abut on and touch the 
 boundary of. Cf. abut, to project towards. Old French about 'er, to 
 thrust towards, from the Latin, ad, to, and the Old French boter, to 
 thrust. 
 
 P. 230, 1. 16. Will hold one fair in hand with words. In like 
 manner Falstaff exclaims : — ' A rascally yea-forsooth knave ! to bear a 
 gentleman in hand, and then stand upon security.' Second Pt. of King 
 Henry IV, Act I, Sc. ii. 1. 42. The meaning of the phrase, as used by 
 the author of the Holy War, is ' to lead one on to believe,' ' to delude.' 
 
 P. 231, 1. 3. Out of the Kingdom of Universe. By 'universe ' Bunyan 
 must mean this world only, unless we can suppose that he entertained 
 the idea that Christ suffered elsewhere for other fallen souls, as is implied 
 in Bailey's Festus, where we read of — 
 
A T OTES. pp. 222-242. 351 
 
 ' The host of saved ones from the ends 
 And all the worlds of time.' 
 
 5th ed. 1854, p. 471. 
 
 1. 26. Stench. To stanch, to stop the flow of; derived through the 
 French and Low Latin from the Latin stagnare, to cease to flow. Here 
 it stands incorrectly for to allay. 
 
 1. 31. His last and sure card. One of the many figurative expressions 
 arising from card-playing. So in Fielding's Adventures of Joseph 
 Andrews, iv, in, ' We have one sure card, which is to carry him before 
 Justice Frolic' 
 
 P. 232, 1. 20. Many a shrewd brush. Many a sharp encounter. The 
 original signification of shrewd was malicious. Middle English schrezved, 
 accursed, depraved, malicious ; pp. of schrewen, to curse, from the 
 adjective schrewe, malicious. Cf. shrew-mouse, a mouse- like animal 
 fabled to have a very venomous bite. Brush = a hostile collision for- 
 merly expressed the notion of a forcible rush. At present its ordinary 
 acceptation is a short, but smart, encounter. Bunyan understood it in the 
 latter sense, for he uses it in connection with Captain Self-Denial, who 
 ' entered several brisk skirmishes with the Blood-men? At 1. 35 brushes 
 appears to mean injuries received in the sallies made against the Dia- 
 bolonians. 
 
 P. 235, 1. 35. Town boys. ' Town ' here seems to take the place of 
 energetic, firm in action, undaunted. In the version of the first edition, 
 published by Dr. Brown, the phrase is printed ' down boys.' ' Down ' is 
 often placed as an intensive before an adjective in vulgar English, e. g. 
 ' a real down good fellow,' 'a real down deep 'un.' 
 
 lb. You have the very length of my foot. You fully comprehend me ; 
 you understand my design. The reference being to the measure taken by 
 a shoemaker. ' 
 
 P. 236, 1. 11. A round Company. We still speak of ' a round sum,'' 
 or ' in round numbers ; ' but two hundred years ago the term had a more 
 extended sense, and signified large, candid, plain, out-spoken, hence 
 ' round dealing ' was fair dealing, and a ' round oath ' was, as Harry 
 Hotspur says, no ' protest of pepper-gingerbread,' 'but a good mouth- 
 filling oath.' 
 
 1. 27. Quat and close. See note p. 197, 1. 8. 
 
 P. 239, 1. 27. Lain in my house. Slept in my house. To 'lie ' 
 was commonly used for to stop the night at a place, till the close of the 
 eighteenth century. 
 
 P. 242, 1. 24. Experimental Truths. Experimental religion among 
 the later Puritans and the early Methodists was religion of the heart and 
 of practice, as distinguished from merely intellectual acceptance of the 
 teaching of the Gospel. Therefore, experimental truths were the truths 
 
THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 known to Mansoul through the ' most distinct and powerful call of her 
 Emmanuel,' when she experienced religion. 
 
 P. 244, 1. 24. Sequestered. Sequestrated. French sjquestrcr, to se- 
 quester, to lay aside, from the Latin sequestrare, to surrender, to lay 
 aside. 
 
 P. 245, 11. 3, 4. A-days . . . a-nights. By day . . . by night. See 
 note p. 189, 1. 6. 
 
 1. 10. Bend themselves. Apply themselves. An idiom which is occa- 
 sionally found in modern literature. 
 
 1. 18. Winked at. The best-known instance of ' wink at ' = to seem 
 not to see, to connive at, to tolerate, is found in Acts xvii. 30. Chaucer 
 has — 
 
 ' For he that winketh, when he shulde see, 
 Al wilfully, God let him never the.' 
 
 The Notifies Prccstes Talc, 1. 15437. 
 
 1. 31. Nimble Jack. A Jack was a worthless, paltry fellow. Cf. The 
 Taming of the Shrew, Act II, Sc. i, 11. 159, 290. Nimble Jack probably 
 meant a trickscy, Puck-like creature ; and therefore, one who was dex- 
 terous in evading his enemies. 
 
 P. 246, 1. 15. Home-bred. Native. In contradistinction to out- 
 landish. 
 
 1. 19. Then was an yes made for silence. Then was silence 
 proclaimed. O yes, the customary exclamation with which a public 
 crier attracts attention, is an anglicised form of the French oyez, hear ye. 
 
 lb. After some mutual carriages of love. It would now be more 
 natural to say, ' after some mutual expressions of love,' but Bunyan's is 
 in reality the more forcible term, including as it does both affectionate 
 gestures and affectionate utterances. See note p. 44, 1. 29. 
 
 P. 248, 1. 33. Admirer. The original meaning of to admire is 
 to wonder at. Here admirer —one filled with delighted wonderment. 
 
 An Advertisement to the Reader. 
 
 In this address Bunyan complains that he is accused of assuming the 
 authorship of the Pilgrim's Progress wrongfully ; although the allegory 
 came from his own heart and head, and owed both its manner and matter 
 entirely to him, as he alone composed and wrote the whole of it. In 
 addition to this statement, he further asserts that the other book, now 
 lying before the reader, is also the result of his own thought, and that 
 none but he can honestly say, ' This is mine.' I write this of no ostenta- 
 tion, he declares, but merely to keep men from scandalizing my name. 
 
 P. 253,1. 14. Dribble it daintily. Dribble is used instead of dripple 
 as the frequentative form of drip. Bunyan intends the reader to under- 
 stand that he let the allegory fall delicately from his pen. 
 
iVOTES, pp. 242-265. 
 
 P. 254. 1. 6. Nu hony in a /->'. Many anagiammatists of the period 
 were content with even less success in the transposition of letters than 
 satisfied Bunyan, modest as his demands seem to have been. 
 
 THE HEAVENLY FOOT-MAN. 
 
 Argument of the Epistle. 
 
 An appeal to all slothful and careless people, who fool away their 
 souls, shutting out Christ by their idle behaviour when the day of death 
 and judgment is at the door, 257, 259. Sluggard, turn from thy sloth 
 and run with all speed to escape Hell-fire, run now, ere the day of grace 
 be passed. Delay no longer, but set forward in the way of God. The 
 Crown is at the end of the race, 260, 261. 
 
 P. 255, Title-page. Foot-man. One who runs in a race, or in attend- 
 ance on the carriages and coaches of the rich. Ralph Thoresby, who 
 was at that time a nonconformist, mentions in his diary that the Leeds 
 dissenters, when suffering under the penal laws in 1683, took advantage 
 of a race to assemble together, and observes : — ' One day indeed we had 
 an opportunity of meeting more securely, though in greater numbers, 
 when the race was at Chapel Town Moor, to which many came from 
 London, Chester, Newcastle ; the Leeds butcher, Edward Preston, being 
 esteemed one, at least, of the best foot-men in England. Three thousand 
 pounds were said to be won by him this day.' Diary of Ralph 
 Thoresby, 1677-1724. Ed. by the Rev. J. Hunter, vol. i. p. 169. 
 
 P. 258, 1. 26. Without. Unless. 
 
 P. 259, 1. 24. Neglegent. Negligent. 
 
 P. 260, 1. 3. Soul-mazing. Soul-bewildering. 
 
 P. 261, 1. 19. Do not delay the time no longer. A double negative, 
 which seems to be used for the sake of emphasis. 
 
 C<».\" TENTS. 
 
 P. 265, 1. 5. Professor. One who outwardly conforms to the tenets 
 and the ecclesiastical government of an organised religious body. A 
 member of a church, in the sense now used by Congregationalists. 
 
 1. 19. Thorow. An antiquated spelling of ' through.' 
 
 A a 
 
354 rI1 ' HEAVENl V FOOT-MAN. 
 
 MM KAI. ARGUMEN !- 
 
 Everyone desires Heaven and happiness, yet few obtain the longed-for 
 glory, notwithstanding the counsel the Apostle gave to the Corinthians, 
 firstly, that they should not sit still and wish for Heaven, but should run 
 for it, and secondly, that they should not content themselves with any 
 kind <>f running, but should run to obtain, 207, 268. They that hope to 
 have Heaven must run with might and main to obtain the prize. Think 
 you, the heavy-heeled, who hasten forward scarcely faster than a snail 
 crawls, will win, 269. Run to gain the prize ; for how sad will be the 
 estate of those who run and miss. The way is long, and those who will 
 go to Heaven must make no delay, 270. They must hasten, because 
 the Devil and Hell follow after them, and because, perchance, the gates 
 of Heaven may be shortly shut, 271. Because, too, if he who iuns 
 should fail he loses all. But how should a poor soul run ? He must 
 get into the way leading to Heaven, 272. The way is Christ. Thy 
 business is to see if Christ be thine, and to mistrust thine own strength, 
 273. Take heed of trusting in thine own inherent righteousness, and 
 meditate on Christ, avoiding such things as are forbidden in the word of 
 God, 274. Strip thyself of all that may hinder thee in thy course, and 
 beware of by-paths, 275, 276. Look not too high in running, lest thou 
 stumble ; and heed not everyone who calls after thee, 277, 278. Be not 
 daunted by discouragements, and take heed of being offended at the 
 Cross. The Cross is the Way-mark by which all those who ^o to Glory 
 must pass, 279, 280. The Cross may be known by six things — Justifica- 
 tion, Mortification, Perseverance, Self-Denial, Patience, and Communion 
 with poor Saints, 280, 281. Were it not for the Cross, where one 
 professes religion there would be twenty professors, 283. Pray to God 
 to enlighten thine understanding, and inflame thy will ; strive against a 
 darkened understanding and against self-will, 28;,, 285. The children 
 of the Devil sin because they are not willing, 286. Consider there is no 
 way but this ; thou must either win or lose, 287. The Devil and 
 Damnation follow after thee, but the arms of Christ are open. Keep 
 thine eye on the prize, and do not say, ' This is too good for me.' 
 Heaven is prepared for all who will accept it. 288, 2S9. Think of those 
 gone before. How safe they are in the arms of Jesus, 289. The Lord 
 will help thee on thy way, 2<>o. Run apace. Shall not we labour for 
 Cod and Heaven ? 291. Art thou in the right way? Art thou unladen 
 of the things of this world? 292. What will become of those that 
 weary before they are half way towards Heaven! And what of those 
 running backward, and those who have sat still ! 293, 294. The} that 
 will have Heaven must run. Take heed lest striplings out-run thee. 
 
NOTES, pp. 265-277. 355 
 
 Run not with the hindmost and half-hearted. Be not idle, lest thou 
 destroy others with thyself. Learn of no man further than he followeth 
 Christ. 295-297. Look not back, but remember Lot's wife. What shall 
 it profit a man if he shall gain the whole world, and lose his own soul, 
 298. If thou wilt not run, the people of God will leave thee behind. 
 Will it not be a dishonour to see the very boys and girls have more 
 wit than thyself? 299. What sayest thou ? Wilt thou run ? Be sure 
 that thou dost begin betimes. Get into the way ; run apace ; hold out to 
 the em\. and the Lord give thee a prosperous journey, 299. 
 
 P. 269, 1. 12. Grounded and setted. In the text from which this 
 phrase is taken, Colossians i. 23, setted 'is settled. 
 
 P. 270, 1. 38. Dallying with things of great concernment. Dally, to 
 trifle, Middle English dalien, to play, to trifle, is allied with the Anglo* 
 Saxon dwcligan, to err, to be foolish. Concernment occurs also in 
 Samson Agonistes, 1. 969, ' To mix with thy concernments I desist.' 
 
 P. 271, 1. 34. Francis Spira. A celebrated Venetian jurist, who died 
 in 154S. After becoming a Protestant, Spira, it is said, returned to 
 the Roman Catholic faith from motives of worldly ambition, which act 
 subsequently caused him to suffer the bitterest remorse. 
 
 P. 272, 1. 35. One runs a Quaking, another a Wanting. One 
 follows the teaching of the Quakers, another that of the Ranters. These 
 latter were a sect of Antinomians who became conspicuous under the 
 Commonwealth. They were regarded as a singularly profligate and 
 profane set of heretics, and are said to have practised community of 
 women. See Blunt's Diet, of Sects and Heresies, s.v. The a which 
 precedes ' Quaking ' and ' Ranting ' is the worn-down proclitic form of the 
 preposition an. on, which is also found in a begging, alive, around, &c. 
 
 1. 36. Runs after the Baptism. Refuses to acknowledge the efficacy 
 of infant baptism, but believes in adult baptism. 
 
 P. 274, 1. 16. Studying. Meditation, cogitation. Uneducated people 
 at the present time sometimes say that a person who is buried in 
 reflection is ' studying.' 
 
 1. 20. Study. Meditation. 
 
 P. 276. 1. 9. Lanes and by-paths shoot down upon it. That is, they 
 run into it. Shoot is derived from the Anglo-Saxon scotian, to dart. Cf. 
 the Sanskrit skund, to jump, go by leaps ; skand, to jump, ascend. 
 
 1. 22. Light. To light is to settle or descend, but in this line it 
 signifies to enter by chance, to find one's self unexpectedly in a place. 
 
 I.34. Cryed up. Extolled. See note p. 61, 1. 21. 
 
 P. 277, 1. 1. Painted By-Paths. Bunyan appears to use 'paint' in 
 the literal acceptation of the word, but it was a favourite synonym for 
 decorate, or adorn, among the authors of the sixteenth and seventeenth 
 
 a a 2 
 
3 56 THE HEA VENL Y FOO T-MAX. 
 
 centuries, when they were describing the brilliant colours of natur.nl 
 object-. Shakspeare has : — 
 
 ' When daisies pied and violets blue 
 And ladies-smocks all silver-white 
 And cuckoo-buds of yellow hue 
 
 Do paint the meadows with delight.' 
 
 Love's Labour Lost, Act V, Sc. ii, 1. 904. 
 
 And again : — 
 
 'Or is the adder better than the eel, 
 Because his painted skin contents the eye?' 
 
 The Taming of tli e Shrew, Act [V, Sc. iii, 1. 179. 
 
 While Ilerrick tells us in The Maiden-Blush : — 
 
 1 So look the mornings, when the sun 
 Taints them with fresh vermillion.' 
 
 1. 18. Canting and Quakery. Cf. ' Really to understand the Quaker- 
 Cant is learning a new language.' C.Leslie, Snake in Gr. 169S , In trod. 
 46 ; as quoted in the Neiv. Eng. Diet, under Cant. 
 
 P. 278, 1. 1. Thuswise. Thus, so. 
 
 1. iS. Sink-soul. Another of Bunyan's expressive compound words. 
 The second verse of Tsalm lxix. may have been in his thoughts as he 
 wrote. 
 
 P. 279, 1. 29. Draw very heavily. Cf. Exodus xiv. 25. 
 
 I.31. Knock off. To desist, to cease ; erroneously regarded as modern 
 slang. 
 
 P. 280, 1. 3. Way-mark. Cf. Jeremiah xxxi. 21. 
 
 P. 282, 1. 7. Spurt. Spurt, a sudden effort, is derived from the 
 Icelandic sprettr, a spurt, spring, bound, run; which comes from the 
 Icelandic spretta (pt. t. spratt ' , to start, to spring, to sprout. 
 
 1. 16. A many. Now considered inelegant English, although it occurs 
 repeatedly in our classic authors. E. g. — 
 
 ' A care-crazed mother of a many children.' 
 
 King Richard III ', Act TIT, Sc vii, 1. 184. 
 
 In the Second Tart of King LLen. LV, Act I, Sc. iii, 1. 91, many is used 
 for multitude without the indefinite article : — 
 
 'O thou fond many, with what loud applause 
 Didst thou beat heaven with blessing Bolingbroke.' 
 
 Again, in the Fairie Queene, Book I, Canto XII, stanza ix, Spenser has — 
 ' And after all the raskall many ran.' 
 1. 19. Beat out of wind. Exhausted, rendered breathless. 
 
NOTES, pp. 277-292. 357 
 
 P. 283, 1. 1. A seldom work. Seldom also stands in place of ' rare ' 
 in Shakspeare's 52nd Sonnet: — 
 
 1 So am I as the rich, whose blessed key 
 Can bring him to his sweet up-locked treasure, 
 The which he will not every hour survey, 
 For blunting the fine point of seldom pleasure.' 
 
 1. 6. Rid for ridden is often used at the present day among people 
 who speak by ear, in preference to following the rules of grammarians. 
 
 P. 28-i, 1. 19. Thorotv thick and thin. A popular phrase which is 
 constantly heard in Modern English. Cf. The Hag, by R. Herrick. 
 
 1. 36. Brunt. See note p. 36, 1. 5. 
 
 P. 286, 1. 12. Starting-hole. Cf. the First Part of King Henry IV, 
 Act II, Sc. iv, 1. 290, ' What trick, what device, what starting-hole, 
 canst thou now find out.' A starting-hole is a place of refuge into which 
 one shrinks or flees from a pursuer. Middle English sterten, to start, to 
 move suddenly. Allied to the Dutch storten, to precipitate, to rush ; and 
 also to the Dutch steerten, to flee, which probably meant ' to turn tail,' 
 and is allied to the Anglo-Saxon steort, a tail. 
 
 1. 17. Till my children arc out of fit. Probably ' till my children are 
 fitted out and settled in life.' 
 
 P. 287, 1. 2. Get thy Will tipt with Heavenly Grace. Tipt here 
 means strengthened, as an arrow or other weapon is strengthened by the 
 addition of a metal head or tip. 
 
 1. 24. Lumpish. Already used in the sense of clumsy : ' great 
 lumpish shoes,' p. 275, 1. 21. Here it stands for dull or sluggish. 
 Cf. The Two Gentlemen of Verona, Act III, sc. ii, 1. 62. 
 
 P. 288, 1. 13. Confederation. Combination, or connection, of ideas. 
 
 P. 289, 1. 12. Scrubbed beggarly Lazarus. Scrubbed is mean, worth- 
 less, sorry. Cf. The Merchant of Venice, Act V, Sc. i, 11. 162, 261. 
 
 P. 290, 1. 4. Befool. To treat or consider as a fool. 
 
 I.27. While. Until. Of constant occurrence in many local dialects. 
 Cf. Atkinson's Glossary of the Cleveland Dialect, s. v. 
 
 I. 29. Ride. In infantile language ride often means to be borne in 
 the arms. 
 
 P. 292, 1. 28. Nimblest. Fittest, readiest, most suited for activity. 
 Shakspeare speaks of ' nimble lungs ' in the sense of active, readily- 
 laughing lungs : The Tempest, Act II, Sc. i, 1. 174. 
 
 II. 30-31. To run t ho row all them Jostles, all them Rubs, over all 
 them Stumbling-blocks, over all them Snares. Cf. Bunyan's ungram- 
 matical use of them in Grace Abounding, ' And the comfort was the 
 more, when I thought that the Lord Jesus should think on me so long 
 ago, and that he should speak them words on purpose for my sake.' 
 
 a a 3 
 
358 THE HEAVENLY FOOT-MAN. 
 
 P. 293. 1. io. Never a whit. See note p. 84, 1. 34. 
 
 P. 295, 1. 19. Young Striplings of Jesus that began to strip but the 
 other day. Stripling, a double diminutive from strip, is said to denote 
 a lad as thin as a strip, a growing lad not yet filled out. Here, 
 however, it is evidently a young man who has stripped by laying aside 
 'every weight, every sin,' in preparation for running the heavenly race. 
 Herrick uses the word with exactly the same meaning in his verses on 
 The Apparitio7i of his Mistress calling him io Elysium : — 
 
 ' Here naked younglings, handsome striplings, run 
 Their goals for virgins' kisses.' 
 
 P. 297, 1. 21. To pick up here and there a lock of wool that hangeth 
 by the way side. Bunyan may have drawn this illustration of his theme 
 irom the remembrance of a rural custom which must have been suffi- 
 ciently familiar to him. As late as the second decade of the present 
 century the thrifty wives of small cottagers were in the habit of collecting 
 the loose tufts of wool left by the village flocks on their pasture-grounds, 
 and spinning them into mop-yarn, or into finer thread suitable for 
 linsey-woolsey. At an earlier period it was necessary to promulgate 
 special manorial edicts limiting the number of hours when wool-gathering 
 was permissible. These regulations were issued to prevent any illegal 
 purloining from growing fleeces. An order of this kind occurs in the 
 Manor Roll of Scottcr (1578), ' that none shall geather any wolle before 
 eight of the clocke in the morning in payne of xiid.' See Archaeologia, 
 xlvi, 384. 
 
 1. 30. Flaggering. Flagger is probably a frequentive of flag, to 
 droop, to grow weary, which is a weakened form of flack, to hang 
 loosely; Middle English fakken, to flap about. From the hs.se fac- of 
 Anglo-Saxon fac-or, flying, roving. Compare with ficker, to flutter, 
 a kindred word. 
 
 P. 299, 1. 13. Apt to think. Disposed to think. 
 
 * + * This volume is printed from the second edition of the Holy War, 
 and the first edition of the Heavenly Foot-man. 
 
WORDS EXPLAINED IN THE NOTES. 
 
 A, Page 40. line 13. 
 Abject, n., 23. 23. 
 A-days, 245. 3. 
 Adjoyn, 9. 10. 
 Admirer, 24S. 33. 
 Ado, 190. 6. 
 Advantaged, 129. 36. 
 A feasting. 155. 25. 
 All to, 192. 37. 
 Amain, 81. 27. 
 A many, 282. 16. 
 Ambuscado, 14. 6. 
 Anatomize, 2. 4. 
 Ancient-Bearer, 53. s . 
 A nights, 189. 6. 
 Answerable, 9. 5. 
 Arch, 168. 2 1 ; 217. 10. 
 Aright, 35. 10. 
 Attended, 188. 16. 
 
 Bag and Baggage, 49. 27 
 Battel-'ray, 2. 33. 
 Beck, n., 25. 5. 
 Belike. 31. 23. 
 Bespeed, 157. 9. 
 Betimes, 22. 5. 
 Bickerment. 61. 25. 
 Bid, 41. 20. 
 Birth, 165. 16. 
 Blast. 54. 25. 
 Boggle, v., 31. 25. 
 Bonny, 1 54. 34. 
 Boot and saddle, 219. 22. 
 Bout, 203. 5. 
 Brain- pan, 83. 22. 
 Bravely, 7. 6. 
 Break. 10. 6. 
 
 Break up, 142. 16; 164. 11. 
 
 Breviat, 29. 27. 
 
 Broad seal, 44. 27. 
 
 Broil, 62. 3. 
 
 Bruit, v., 32. 26. 
 
 Brunt, 36. 5. 
 
 Brush, 232. 20. 
 
 Busy, 151. 2. 
 
 Butt, 229. 4. 
 
 Capacitate, 28. 18. 
 Cap-a-pie, 40. 8. 
 Captivated, 14. 33. 
 Carriages, 53. 2?,. 
 Carry, 44. 29. 
 Cast, n., 30. 17. 
 Changeling, 31. 31. 
 Churlish, 123. 1. 
 Clap up, 62. 15. 
 Close, 41. 24. 
 Colour, 54. 37. 
 Colours, 3. 1. 
 Complexion, 7. 9. 
 Concernment, 270. 38. 
 Condole, 130. 5. 
 Confederation, 28S. 13. 
 Congee, 16. 29. 
 Consult, 29. 5. 
 Contrariwise, 171. 7. 
 Copious, 8. 26. 
 Coranto, 172. 13. 
 Crew, 21. 15. 
 Cry up, 61. 21. 
 Cumber-ground, 47,. 35. 
 Cunning, 38. 33; 217. 15. 
 
 Dallying, 270. 38. 
 
360 
 
 WORDS EXPLAINED 
 
 Deceivable, Page 17 line 29. 
 
 I ^generated, 19. II. 
 Delicate, 8, 2. 
 
 Dclicates, 149. 4. 
 Dints, 2 2\. 10. 
 Divert, 174. 5. 
 Documented, 139. 1 6. 
 Documents, 24. 22. 
 Dribble, 253. 14 
 Dumps, 103. 9. 
 
 End, by the, 98. 1. 
 Entertained ,81.31. 
 Equipage, 108. 2. 
 Evade, 130. 6. 
 
 Eeast-master. 157. 4. margin. 
 Fetch, 47. 20. 
 Kit, 286. 17. 
 Klaggering, 297. 30. 
 Flusht, 201. 12. 
 Footing, 185. 37. 
 Foot-man, 255, title-page. 
 Fore-bespeaks, 47. 9. 
 Fore-part, 224. 35. 
 Forestall, 32. 25. 
 Forlorn-hope, 200. 3. 
 Frighted, II. 29. 
 Frontice-piece, 1. 19. 
 Fugitive, 189. 24. 
 Furniture, 112. 15. 
 
 Gallant, 8. 1. 
 Gallantry, 39. 4. 
 Gladded, 166. 16. 
 Glistering, 146. 30. 
 Gossips, 126. 1. 
 Grammar, v., 25. 32. 
 Great, 171. 20. 
 
 I landygripcs, 180. 29. 
 Happen into, 7. 2. 
 Harbor, 56. ] 2. 
 Harness, 55. 38. 
 Harquebus, 61. 30. 
 llistoriologv, 1. 3. 
 Hold, 18. 6. 
 Hubbub, 58. 26, margin. 
 
 Huffed, 72. I. 
 1 luinour, 193. 1. 
 Unmeaning, 202. 28. 
 
 Inclinable, 62. 30. 
 Inkling, 1S2. 18. 
 Intellectuals, 229. 2. 
 Irksome, 87. 34. 
 
 Jealous, 181. 6. 
 Jealoused, 196. 1. 
 Jolliness, 213. 13. 
 
 Lag, 147. 19. 
 Laid, 125. 38. 
 Laid, 138. 25. 
 Lain, 239. 27. 
 Land up, 195. 15. 
 Leaguer, 71. 38. 
 Learn, 34. 12. 
 Lecturers, 84. 25. 
 Let, 164. 14. 
 Liege Lord, 22. 36. 
 Light, 276. 22. 
 List, 85. 5 ; 200. 30. 
 Listed, 52. 7. 
 Lumpish, 287. 24. 
 
 Main, n., 87. 14. 
 Malapert, 60. 15. 
 Margent, 6. ti, margin. 
 Matter, v., 50. 20. 
 Maul, 35. 26. 
 Metropolitan, 8. i<j. 
 Mischief, v., 125. 20. 
 Mounts, 3. 5. 
 
 Native, 7. 19. 
 New-modelling, 1 8. 1 4. 
 News, 182. 2. 
 Nick, 10. 16. 
 Nimble Jack, 245. 31. 
 Nimblest, 292. 28. 
 
 Objections, 197. 35. 
 Obnoxious, 155. 13. 
 Occasion, 21. 36. 
 Odds, 193- 33- 
 Ope, 3. 29. 
 
IN THE NOTES. 
 
 361 
 
 Original, Page 8. line 5. 
 Outlandish, 115. 34. 
 Overstand, 45. 16. 
 yes, 246. 19. 
 
 Pack, 152. 20. 
 Painted, 277. 1. 
 Peevish, 61. 7. 
 Penned up, 21.5. 
 Perspection, 14. 5. 
 Pestilent, 120. 12. 
 Physiognomy, 145. 13. 
 Pike, 40. 17. 
 Points, at their, 57. 38. 
 Primum mobile, 3. 4. 
 Professor, 265. 5. 
 Proof, 69. 9. 
 Pry, 1 Si. 2. 
 
 Quashed, 59. 12. 
 Quat, 197. 8. 
 Quit, 144. 35. 
 
 Rabblement, 164. 10. 
 Ranting, 272. 35. 
 Rascal, adj., 12. 3. 
 Raving, 9. 23. 
 Refell'd, 216. 17. 
 Reformades, 69. 1 1. 
 Rendezvous, v., 10. 11. 
 Rent, v., 129. 24. 
 Replication, 210. 32. 
 Revel-rout, 62. 17. 
 Rife, 146. 7. 
 Right, 125, 22. 
 Rough-hewn, 37. 5. 
 Round, 236. 11. 
 Rout, 62. 17. 
 Rub, 58. 9. 
 Ruffling, 42. 12. 
 Ruggedness, 62. 32. 
 Runagate, 27. 12. 
 
 Saint Mary, 171. 23. 
 Sally-port, 52. 13. 
 Salved, 80. 16. 
 Savour, v., 25. 25. 
 Savours, 226. 26. 
 
 Scrubbed, 289. 12. 
 Scutcheon, 37. 13. 
 Sequestered, 244, 21. 
 Sheep's-russet, 168. 5. 
 Shoot, 276. 9. 
 Shrewd, 232. 20. 
 Shut, 114. 19. 
 Sit down, 33. 20. 
 Skulkers, 145. 11. 
 Slapping, 197. 36. 
 Sleight, 152. 8. 
 Slings, 3. 6. 
 Smart, 159. 1. 
 Sneak, 63. 34. 
 Snub'd, 121. 30. 
 Sorry, 25. 27. 
 Sparrow-blasted, 155. 32. 
 Sped, 41. 20. 
 Splinters, 91. 7. 
 Spurt, 282, 7. 
 Starting-hole, 286. 12. 
 Stench, 231. 26. 
 Stickler, 82. 37. 
 Stomach, 188. 33. 
 Stomachfulness, 120. 37. 
 Stout, 35. 23. 
 Striplings, 295. 19. 
 Stroy, 205. 37. 
 Studying, 274. 16. 
 Swaggering, 157. 28. 
 
 Tabor, 107. 3. 
 Tab ret, 109. 32. 
 Taken with, 17. 17. 
 Taking, in. 12. 
 Taking, n., 133. 16. 
 Tell, 5. 32. 
 Terrene, 219. 38. 
 Ticking, 195. 38. 
 Tickled, 151. 35. 
 Top-piece, 8. 1 2. 
 To . . . ward, 222. 36. 
 Town boys, 235. 35. 
 Toying, 195. 38. 
 Trip, 10. 16. 
 
 Uncivil, 196. 7. 
 Unsavoury, 59. 36. 
 
WORDS EXPLAINED IN THE NOTES. 
 
 Vagrant, Page 146. line 4. 
 Varlet, 27. 1 5. 
 Vassals, 23. 25. 
 Veil, 131. 7. 
 
 Want, 61. 31. 
 
 Ward, 50. 18. 
 Ward, 52. 28. 
 Warm, 132. 18. 
 Way-mark, 280. 3. 
 Weeds, 104. 2. 
 
 While, 290. 27. 
 Whit, 28. 35. 
 
 Wind, 222. 36, 
 
 Wise, 104. 7. 
 
 Wist. 110. 2. 
 
 Wit, to, 11. 24. 
 
 Withal, 69. 16. 
 
 Withdrawing-room, 156. 38. 
 
 Witty, 217. 7. 
 
 Wording jars, 5. 16. 
 
 Wo worth, 3. 12. 
 
 THE END. 
 
Extra fcap. 8vo., cloth, 5s. ; in parchment, 6s. 
 
 The Pilgrim's Progress, Grace Abounding, 
 
 Relation of the Imprisonment of 
 
 Mr. John Bunyan. 
 
 EDITED, WITH BIOGRAPHICAL INTRODUCTION AND NOTES, 
 
 BY E. VENABLES, M.A. 
 
 Ojforo 
 AT THE CLARENDON PRESS 
 
 .Bonbon 
 HENRY FROWDE 
 
 OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS WAREHOUSE, AMEN CORNER, E.C. 
 
V 
 
 
Date Due 
 
 ■ » *•» 
 
 ■«*°TT 
 
 FEB 2 8 'W 
 

Princeton Theological Seminary -Sow Libr, 
 
 1 1012 01005 0096